Index: head/README =================================================================== --- head/README (revision 325095) +++ head/README (revision 325096) @@ -1,84 +1,84 @@ This is the top level of the FreeBSD source directory. This file was last revised on: $FreeBSD$ For copyright information, please see the file COPYRIGHT in this directory (additional copyright information also exists for some sources in this tree - please see the specific source directories for more information). The Makefile in this directory supports a number of targets for building components (or all) of the FreeBSD source tree. See build(7) -and http://www.freebsd.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/makeworld.html +and https://www.freebsd.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/makeworld.html for more information, including setting make(1) variables. The `buildkernel` and `installkernel` targets build and install the kernel and the modules (see below). Please see the top of the Makefile in this directory for more information on the standard build targets and compile-time flags. Building a kernel is a somewhat more involved process. See build(7), config(8), -and http://www.freebsd.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig.html +and https://www.freebsd.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig.html for more information. Note: If you want to build and install the kernel with the `buildkernel` and `installkernel` targets, you might need to build world before. More information is available in the handbook. The kernel configuration files reside in the sys//conf sub-directory. GENERIC is the default configuration used in release builds. NOTES contains entries and documentation for all possible devices, not just those commonly used. Source Roadmap: --------------- bin System/user commands. cddl Various commands and libraries under the Common Development and Distribution License. contrib Packages contributed by 3rd parties. crypto Cryptography stuff (see crypto/README). etc Template files for /etc. gnu Various commands and libraries under the GNU Public License. Please see gnu/COPYING* for more information. include System include files. kerberos5 Kerberos5 (Heimdal) package. lib System libraries. libexec System daemons. release Release building Makefile & associated tools. rescue Build system for statically linked /rescue utilities. sbin System commands. secure Cryptographic libraries and commands. share Shared resources. sys Kernel sources. tests Regression tests which can be run by Kyua. See tests/README for additional information. tools Utilities for regression testing and miscellaneous tasks. usr.bin User commands. usr.sbin System administration commands. For information on synchronizing your source tree with one or more of the FreeBSD Project's development branches, please see: https://www.freebsd.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/updating-src.html Index: head/README.md =================================================================== --- head/README.md (revision 325095) +++ head/README.md (revision 325096) @@ -1,86 +1,86 @@ FreeBSD Source: --------------- This is the top level of the FreeBSD source directory. This file was last revised on: $FreeBSD$ For copyright information, please see the file COPYRIGHT in this directory (additional copyright information also exists for some sources in this tree - please see the specific source directories for more information). The Makefile in this directory supports a number of targets for building components (or all) of the FreeBSD source tree. See build(7) -and http://www.freebsd.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/makeworld.html +and https://www.freebsd.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/makeworld.html for more information, including setting make(1) variables. The `buildkernel` and `installkernel` targets build and install the kernel and the modules (see below). Please see the top of the Makefile in this directory for more information on the standard build targets and compile-time flags. Building a kernel is a somewhat more involved process. See build(7), config(8), -and http://www.freebsd.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig.html +and https://www.freebsd.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig.html for more information. Note: If you want to build and install the kernel with the `buildkernel` and `installkernel` targets, you might need to build world before. More information is available in the handbook. The kernel configuration files reside in the `sys//conf` sub-directory. GENERIC is the default configuration used in release builds. NOTES contains entries and documentation for all possible devices, not just those commonly used. Source Roadmap: --------------- ``` bin System/user commands. cddl Various commands and libraries under the Common Development and Distribution License. contrib Packages contributed by 3rd parties. crypto Cryptography stuff (see crypto/README). etc Template files for /etc. gnu Various commands and libraries under the GNU Public License. Please see gnu/COPYING* for more information. include System include files. kerberos5 Kerberos5 (Heimdal) package. lib System libraries. libexec System daemons. release Release building Makefile & associated tools. rescue Build system for statically linked /rescue utilities. sbin System commands. secure Cryptographic libraries and commands. share Shared resources. sys Kernel sources. tests Regression tests which can be run by Kyua. See tests/README for additional information. tools Utilities for regression testing and miscellaneous tasks. usr.bin User commands. usr.sbin System administration commands. ``` For information on synchronizing your source tree with one or more of the FreeBSD Project's development branches, please see: - http://www.freebsd.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/synching.html + https://www.freebsd.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/synching.html Index: head/etc/printcap =================================================================== --- head/etc/printcap (revision 325095) +++ head/etc/printcap (revision 325096) @@ -1,54 +1,54 @@ # @(#)printcap 5.3 (Berkeley) 6/30/90 # $FreeBSD$ # # This enables a simple local "raw" printer, hooked up to the first # parallel port. No kind of filtering is done, so everything you pass # to the "lpr" command will be printed unmodified. # # Remember, for further print queues you're going to add, you have # to choose different spool directories (the "sd" capability below), # otherwise you will greatly confuse lpd. # # For some advanced printing, have a look at the "apsfilter" package. # It plugs into the lpd system, allowing you to print a variety of # different file types by converting everything to PostScript(tm) # format. For more information about apsfilter visit # # http://www.apsfilter.org/ # # If you don't have a PostScript(tm) printer, don't panic, but do # also install the latest "ghostscript" package for best printer support. # # Do also refer to the "printing" section of the handbook. # -# http://www.freebsd.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/printing.html +# https://www.freebsd.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/printing.html # # A local copy can be found under # # /usr/share/doc/handbook/handbook.{html,latin1}. # # Banner pages are now suppressed by default. Remove the :sh: capability # to turn them back on. # #lp|local line printer:\ # :sh:\ # :lp=/dev/lpt0:sd=/var/spool/output/lpd:lf=/var/log/lpd-errs: # # Sample remote printer. The physical printer is on machine "lphost". # You can perform any kind of local filtering directly. If you need # local filters (e.g. LF -> CR-LF conversion for HP printers), create # a filter script that sends the proper escape sequence to the printer # and then concatenates stdin to stdout. # #remote|sample remote printer:\ # :sh:\ # :rm=lphost:sd=/var/spool/output/lphost:lf=/var/log/lpd-errs:\ # :if=/usr/local/libexec/if-script: # # Simple Russian printer with hardware CP866 character set, output filter # used for KOI8-R -> CP866 conversion # #lp|Russian local line printer:\ # :sh:of=/usr/libexec/lpr/ru/koi2alt:\ # :lp=/dev/lpt0:sd=/var/spool/output/lpd:lf=/var/log/lpd-errs: Index: head/lib/csu/arm/crt1.c =================================================================== --- head/lib/csu/arm/crt1.c (revision 325095) +++ head/lib/csu/arm/crt1.c (revision 325096) @@ -1,130 +1,130 @@ /* LINTLIBRARY */ /*- * Copyright 2001 David E. O'Brien. * All rights reserved. * Copyright 1996-1998 John D. Polstra. * All rights reserved. * Copyright (c) 1997 Jason R. Thorpe. * Copyright (c) 1995 Christopher G. Demetriou * All rights reserved. * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions * are met: * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software * must display the following acknowledgement: * This product includes software developed for the - * FreeBSD Project. See http://www.freebsd.org/ for + * FreeBSD Project. See https://www.freebsd.org/ for * information about FreeBSD. * This product includes software developed for the * NetBSD Project. See http://www.netbsd.org/ for * information about NetBSD. * 4. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products * derived from this software without specific prior written permission * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES * OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, * INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT * NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF * THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. */ #include __FBSDID("$FreeBSD$"); #include #include "libc_private.h" #include "crtbrand.c" #include "ignore_init.c" struct Struct_Obj_Entry; struct ps_strings; extern void _start(int, char **, char **, const struct Struct_Obj_Entry *, void (*)(void), struct ps_strings *); #ifdef GCRT extern void _mcleanup(void); extern void monstartup(void *, void *); extern int eprol; extern int etext; #endif struct ps_strings *__ps_strings; void __start(int, char **, char **, struct ps_strings *, const struct Struct_Obj_Entry *, void (*)(void)); /* The entry function. */ __asm(" .text \n" " .align 0 \n" " .globl _start \n" " _start: \n" " mov r5, r2 /* cleanup */ \n" " mov r4, r1 /* obj_main */ \n" " mov r3, r0 /* ps_strings */ \n" " /* Get argc, argv, and envp from stack */ \n" " ldr r0, [sp, #0x0000] \n" " add r1, sp, #0x0004 \n" " add r2, r1, r0, lsl #2 \n" " add r2, r2, #0x0004 \n" " /* Ensure the stack is properly aligned before calling C code. */\n" " bic sp, sp, #7 \n" " sub sp, sp, #8 \n" " str r5, [sp, #4] \n" " str r4, [sp, #0] \n" "\n" " b __start "); /* ARGSUSED */ void __start(int argc, char **argv, char **env, struct ps_strings *ps_strings, const struct Struct_Obj_Entry *obj __unused, void (*cleanup)(void)) { handle_argv(argc, argv, env); if (ps_strings != (struct ps_strings *)0) __ps_strings = ps_strings; if (&_DYNAMIC != NULL) atexit(cleanup); else _init_tls(); #ifdef GCRT atexit(_mcleanup); monstartup(&eprol, &etext); #endif handle_static_init(argc, argv, env); exit(main(argc, argv, env)); } static const struct { int32_t namesz; int32_t descsz; int32_t type; char name[sizeof(NOTE_FREEBSD_VENDOR)]; char desc[sizeof(MACHINE_ARCH)]; } archtag __attribute__ ((section (NOTE_SECTION), aligned(4))) __used = { .namesz = sizeof(NOTE_FREEBSD_VENDOR), .descsz = sizeof(MACHINE_ARCH), .type = ARCH_NOTETYPE, .name = NOTE_FREEBSD_VENDOR, .desc = MACHINE_ARCH }; #ifdef GCRT __asm__(".text"); __asm__("eprol:"); __asm__(".previous"); #endif Index: head/lib/csu/powerpc/crt1.c =================================================================== --- head/lib/csu/powerpc/crt1.c (revision 325095) +++ head/lib/csu/powerpc/crt1.c (revision 325096) @@ -1,102 +1,102 @@ /* LINTLIBRARY */ /*- * Copyright 2001 David E. O'Brien. * All rights reserved. * Copyright 1996-1998 John D. Polstra. * All rights reserved. * Copyright (c) 1997 Jason R. Thorpe. * Copyright (c) 1995 Christopher G. Demetriou * All rights reserved. * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions * are met: * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software * must display the following acknowledgement: * This product includes software developed for the - * FreeBSD Project. See http://www.freebsd.org/ for + * FreeBSD Project. See https://www.freebsd.org/ for * information about FreeBSD. * This product includes software developed for the * NetBSD Project. See http://www.netbsd.org/ for * information about NetBSD. * 4. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products * derived from this software without specific prior written permission * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES * OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, * INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT * NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF * THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. */ #include __FBSDID("$FreeBSD$"); #include #include "libc_private.h" #include "crtbrand.c" #include "ignore_init.c" struct Struct_Obj_Entry; struct ps_strings; #ifdef GCRT extern void _mcleanup(void); extern void monstartup(void *, void *); extern int eprol; extern int etext; #endif struct ps_strings *__ps_strings; void _start(int, char **, char **, const struct Struct_Obj_Entry *, void (*)(void), struct ps_strings *); /* The entry function. */ /* * First 5 arguments are specified by the PowerPC SVR4 ABI. * The last argument, ps_strings, is a BSD extension. */ /* ARGSUSED */ void _start(int argc, char **argv, char **env, const struct Struct_Obj_Entry *obj __unused, void (*cleanup)(void), struct ps_strings *ps_strings) { handle_argv(argc, argv, env); if (ps_strings != (struct ps_strings *)0) __ps_strings = ps_strings; if (&_DYNAMIC != NULL) atexit(cleanup); else _init_tls(); #ifdef GCRT atexit(_mcleanup); monstartup(&eprol, &etext); #endif handle_static_init(argc, argv, env); exit(main(argc, argv, env)); } #ifdef GCRT __asm__(".text"); __asm__("eprol:"); __asm__(".previous"); #endif Index: head/lib/csu/powerpc64/crt1.c =================================================================== --- head/lib/csu/powerpc64/crt1.c (revision 325095) +++ head/lib/csu/powerpc64/crt1.c (revision 325096) @@ -1,101 +1,101 @@ /* LINTLIBRARY */ /*- * Copyright 2001 David E. O'Brien. * All rights reserved. * Copyright 1996-1998 John D. Polstra. * All rights reserved. * Copyright (c) 1997 Jason R. Thorpe. * Copyright (c) 1995 Christopher G. Demetriou * All rights reserved. * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions * are met: * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software * must display the following acknowledgement: * This product includes software developed for the - * FreeBSD Project. See http://www.freebsd.org/ for + * FreeBSD Project. See https://www.freebsd.org/ for * information about FreeBSD. * This product includes software developed for the * NetBSD Project. See http://www.netbsd.org/ for * information about NetBSD. * 4. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products * derived from this software without specific prior written permission * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES * OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, * INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT * NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF * THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. */ #include __FBSDID("$FreeBSD$"); #include #include "libc_private.h" #include "crtbrand.c" #include "ignore_init.c" struct Struct_Obj_Entry; struct ps_strings; extern void _start(int, char **, char **, const struct Struct_Obj_Entry *, void (*)(void), struct ps_strings *); #ifdef GCRT extern void _mcleanup(void); extern void monstartup(void *, void *); extern int eprol; extern int etext; #endif struct ps_strings *__ps_strings; /* The entry function. */ /* * First 5 arguments are specified by the PowerPC SVR4 ABI. * The last argument, ps_strings, is a BSD extension. */ /* ARGSUSED */ void _start(int argc, char **argv, char **env, const struct Struct_Obj_Entry *obj __unused, void (*cleanup)(void), struct ps_strings *ps_strings) { handle_argv(argc, argv, env); if (ps_strings != (struct ps_strings *)0) __ps_strings = ps_strings; if (&_DYNAMIC != NULL) atexit(cleanup); else _init_tls(); #ifdef GCRT atexit(_mcleanup); monstartup(&eprol, &etext); #endif handle_static_init(argc, argv, env); exit(main(argc, argv, env)); } #ifdef GCRT __asm__(".text"); __asm__("eprol:"); __asm__(".previous"); #endif Index: head/lib/libusb/libusb10.c =================================================================== --- head/lib/libusb/libusb10.c (revision 325095) +++ head/lib/libusb/libusb10.c (revision 325096) @@ -1,1656 +1,1656 @@ /* $FreeBSD$ */ /*- * Copyright (c) 2009 Sylvestre Gallon. All rights reserved. * Copyright (c) 2009 Hans Petter Selasky. All rights reserved. * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions * are met: * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF * SUCH DAMAGE. */ #ifdef LIBUSB_GLOBAL_INCLUDE_FILE #include LIBUSB_GLOBAL_INCLUDE_FILE #else #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #endif #define libusb_device_handle libusb20_device #include "libusb20.h" #include "libusb20_desc.h" #include "libusb20_int.h" #include "libusb.h" #include "libusb10.h" #define LIBUSB_NUM_SW_ENDPOINTS (16 * 4) static pthread_mutex_t default_context_lock = PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER; struct libusb_context *usbi_default_context = NULL; /* Prototypes */ static struct libusb20_transfer *libusb10_get_transfer(struct libusb20_device *, uint8_t, uint8_t); static int libusb10_get_buffsize(struct libusb20_device *, libusb_transfer *); static int libusb10_convert_error(uint8_t status); static void libusb10_complete_transfer(struct libusb20_transfer *, struct libusb_super_transfer *, int); static void libusb10_isoc_proxy(struct libusb20_transfer *); static void libusb10_bulk_intr_proxy(struct libusb20_transfer *); static void libusb10_ctrl_proxy(struct libusb20_transfer *); static void libusb10_submit_transfer_sub(struct libusb20_device *, uint8_t); /* Library initialisation / deinitialisation */ static const struct libusb_version libusb_version = { .major = 1, .minor = 0, .micro = 0, .nano = 2016, .rc = "", - .describe = "http://www.freebsd.org" + .describe = "https://www.freebsd.org" }; const struct libusb_version * libusb_get_version(void) { return (&libusb_version); } void libusb_set_debug(libusb_context *ctx, int level) { ctx = GET_CONTEXT(ctx); if (ctx) ctx->debug = level; } static void libusb_set_nonblocking(int f) { int flags; /* * We ignore any failures in this function, hence the * non-blocking flag is not critical to the operation of * libUSB. We use F_GETFL and F_SETFL to be compatible with * Linux. */ flags = fcntl(f, F_GETFL, NULL); if (flags == -1) return; flags |= O_NONBLOCK; fcntl(f, F_SETFL, flags); } int libusb_init(libusb_context **context) { struct libusb_context *ctx; pthread_condattr_t attr; char *debug; int ret; ctx = malloc(sizeof(*ctx)); if (!ctx) return (LIBUSB_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM); memset(ctx, 0, sizeof(*ctx)); debug = getenv("LIBUSB_DEBUG"); if (debug != NULL) { ctx->debug = atoi(debug); if (ctx->debug != 0) ctx->debug_fixed = 1; } TAILQ_INIT(&ctx->pollfds); TAILQ_INIT(&ctx->tr_done); TAILQ_INIT(&ctx->hotplug_cbh); TAILQ_INIT(&ctx->hotplug_devs); if (pthread_mutex_init(&ctx->ctx_lock, NULL) != 0) { free(ctx); return (LIBUSB_ERROR_NO_MEM); } if (pthread_mutex_init(&ctx->hotplug_lock, NULL) != 0) { pthread_mutex_destroy(&ctx->ctx_lock); free(ctx); return (LIBUSB_ERROR_NO_MEM); } if (pthread_condattr_init(&attr) != 0) { pthread_mutex_destroy(&ctx->ctx_lock); pthread_mutex_destroy(&ctx->hotplug_lock); free(ctx); return (LIBUSB_ERROR_NO_MEM); } if (pthread_condattr_setclock(&attr, CLOCK_MONOTONIC) != 0) { pthread_mutex_destroy(&ctx->ctx_lock); pthread_mutex_destroy(&ctx->hotplug_lock); pthread_condattr_destroy(&attr); free(ctx); return (LIBUSB_ERROR_OTHER); } if (pthread_cond_init(&ctx->ctx_cond, &attr) != 0) { pthread_mutex_destroy(&ctx->ctx_lock); pthread_mutex_destroy(&ctx->hotplug_lock); pthread_condattr_destroy(&attr); free(ctx); return (LIBUSB_ERROR_NO_MEM); } pthread_condattr_destroy(&attr); ctx->ctx_handler = NO_THREAD; ctx->hotplug_handler = NO_THREAD; ret = pipe(ctx->ctrl_pipe); if (ret < 0) { pthread_mutex_destroy(&ctx->ctx_lock); pthread_mutex_destroy(&ctx->hotplug_lock); pthread_cond_destroy(&ctx->ctx_cond); free(ctx); return (LIBUSB_ERROR_OTHER); } /* set non-blocking mode on the control pipe to avoid deadlock */ libusb_set_nonblocking(ctx->ctrl_pipe[0]); libusb_set_nonblocking(ctx->ctrl_pipe[1]); libusb10_add_pollfd(ctx, &ctx->ctx_poll, NULL, ctx->ctrl_pipe[0], POLLIN); pthread_mutex_lock(&default_context_lock); if (usbi_default_context == NULL) { usbi_default_context = ctx; } pthread_mutex_unlock(&default_context_lock); if (context) *context = ctx; DPRINTF(ctx, LIBUSB_DEBUG_FUNCTION, "libusb_init complete"); return (0); } void libusb_exit(libusb_context *ctx) { ctx = GET_CONTEXT(ctx); if (ctx == NULL) return; /* stop hotplug thread, if any */ if (ctx->hotplug_handler != NO_THREAD) { pthread_t td; void *ptr; HOTPLUG_LOCK(ctx); td = ctx->hotplug_handler; ctx->hotplug_handler = NO_THREAD; HOTPLUG_UNLOCK(ctx); pthread_join(td, &ptr); } /* XXX cleanup devices */ libusb10_remove_pollfd(ctx, &ctx->ctx_poll); close(ctx->ctrl_pipe[0]); close(ctx->ctrl_pipe[1]); pthread_mutex_destroy(&ctx->ctx_lock); pthread_mutex_destroy(&ctx->hotplug_lock); pthread_cond_destroy(&ctx->ctx_cond); pthread_mutex_lock(&default_context_lock); if (ctx == usbi_default_context) { usbi_default_context = NULL; } pthread_mutex_unlock(&default_context_lock); free(ctx); } /* Device handling and initialisation. */ ssize_t libusb_get_device_list(libusb_context *ctx, libusb_device ***list) { struct libusb20_backend *usb_backend; struct libusb20_device *pdev; struct libusb_device *dev; int i; ctx = GET_CONTEXT(ctx); if (ctx == NULL) return (LIBUSB_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM); if (list == NULL) return (LIBUSB_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM); usb_backend = libusb20_be_alloc_default(); if (usb_backend == NULL) return (LIBUSB_ERROR_NO_MEM); /* figure out how many USB devices are present */ pdev = NULL; i = 0; while ((pdev = libusb20_be_device_foreach(usb_backend, pdev))) i++; /* allocate device pointer list */ *list = malloc((i + 1) * sizeof(void *)); if (*list == NULL) { libusb20_be_free(usb_backend); return (LIBUSB_ERROR_NO_MEM); } /* create libusb v1.0 compliant devices */ i = 0; while ((pdev = libusb20_be_device_foreach(usb_backend, NULL))) { dev = malloc(sizeof(*dev)); if (dev == NULL) { while (i != 0) { libusb_unref_device((*list)[i - 1]); i--; } free(*list); *list = NULL; libusb20_be_free(usb_backend); return (LIBUSB_ERROR_NO_MEM); } /* get device into libUSB v1.0 list */ libusb20_be_dequeue_device(usb_backend, pdev); memset(dev, 0, sizeof(*dev)); /* init transfer queues */ TAILQ_INIT(&dev->tr_head); /* set context we belong to */ dev->ctx = ctx; /* link together the two structures */ dev->os_priv = pdev; pdev->privLuData = dev; (*list)[i] = libusb_ref_device(dev); i++; } (*list)[i] = NULL; libusb20_be_free(usb_backend); return (i); } void libusb_free_device_list(libusb_device **list, int unref_devices) { int i; if (list == NULL) return; /* be NULL safe */ if (unref_devices) { for (i = 0; list[i] != NULL; i++) libusb_unref_device(list[i]); } free(list); } uint8_t libusb_get_bus_number(libusb_device *dev) { if (dev == NULL) return (0); /* should not happen */ return (libusb20_dev_get_bus_number(dev->os_priv)); } uint8_t libusb_get_port_number(libusb_device *dev) { if (dev == NULL) return (0); /* should not happen */ return (libusb20_dev_get_parent_port(dev->os_priv)); } int libusb_get_port_numbers(libusb_device *dev, uint8_t *buf, uint8_t bufsize) { return (libusb20_dev_get_port_path(dev->os_priv, buf, bufsize)); } int libusb_get_port_path(libusb_context *ctx, libusb_device *dev, uint8_t *buf, uint8_t bufsize) { return (libusb20_dev_get_port_path(dev->os_priv, buf, bufsize)); } uint8_t libusb_get_device_address(libusb_device *dev) { if (dev == NULL) return (0); /* should not happen */ return (libusb20_dev_get_address(dev->os_priv)); } enum libusb_speed libusb_get_device_speed(libusb_device *dev) { if (dev == NULL) return (LIBUSB_SPEED_UNKNOWN); /* should not happen */ switch (libusb20_dev_get_speed(dev->os_priv)) { case LIBUSB20_SPEED_LOW: return (LIBUSB_SPEED_LOW); case LIBUSB20_SPEED_FULL: return (LIBUSB_SPEED_FULL); case LIBUSB20_SPEED_HIGH: return (LIBUSB_SPEED_HIGH); case LIBUSB20_SPEED_SUPER: return (LIBUSB_SPEED_SUPER); default: break; } return (LIBUSB_SPEED_UNKNOWN); } int libusb_get_max_packet_size(libusb_device *dev, uint8_t endpoint) { struct libusb_config_descriptor *pdconf; struct libusb_interface *pinf; struct libusb_interface_descriptor *pdinf; struct libusb_endpoint_descriptor *pdend; int i; int j; int k; int ret; if (dev == NULL) return (LIBUSB_ERROR_NO_DEVICE); ret = libusb_get_active_config_descriptor(dev, &pdconf); if (ret < 0) return (ret); ret = LIBUSB_ERROR_NOT_FOUND; for (i = 0; i < pdconf->bNumInterfaces; i++) { pinf = &pdconf->interface[i]; for (j = 0; j < pinf->num_altsetting; j++) { pdinf = &pinf->altsetting[j]; for (k = 0; k < pdinf->bNumEndpoints; k++) { pdend = &pdinf->endpoint[k]; if (pdend->bEndpointAddress == endpoint) { ret = pdend->wMaxPacketSize; goto out; } } } } out: libusb_free_config_descriptor(pdconf); return (ret); } int libusb_get_max_iso_packet_size(libusb_device *dev, uint8_t endpoint) { int multiplier; int ret; ret = libusb_get_max_packet_size(dev, endpoint); switch (libusb20_dev_get_speed(dev->os_priv)) { case LIBUSB20_SPEED_LOW: case LIBUSB20_SPEED_FULL: break; default: if (ret > -1) { multiplier = (1 + ((ret >> 11) & 3)); if (multiplier > 3) multiplier = 3; ret = (ret & 0x7FF) * multiplier; } break; } return (ret); } libusb_device * libusb_ref_device(libusb_device *dev) { if (dev == NULL) return (NULL); /* be NULL safe */ CTX_LOCK(dev->ctx); dev->refcnt++; CTX_UNLOCK(dev->ctx); return (dev); } void libusb_unref_device(libusb_device *dev) { if (dev == NULL) return; /* be NULL safe */ CTX_LOCK(dev->ctx); dev->refcnt--; CTX_UNLOCK(dev->ctx); if (dev->refcnt == 0) { libusb20_dev_free(dev->os_priv); free(dev); } } int libusb_open(libusb_device *dev, libusb_device_handle **devh) { libusb_context *ctx = dev->ctx; struct libusb20_device *pdev = dev->os_priv; uint8_t dummy; int err; if (devh == NULL) return (LIBUSB_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM); /* set default device handle value */ *devh = NULL; dev = libusb_ref_device(dev); if (dev == NULL) return (LIBUSB_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM); err = libusb20_dev_open(pdev, LIBUSB_NUM_SW_ENDPOINTS); if (err) { libusb_unref_device(dev); return (LIBUSB_ERROR_NO_MEM); } libusb10_add_pollfd(ctx, &dev->dev_poll, pdev, libusb20_dev_get_fd(pdev), POLLIN | POLLOUT | POLLRDNORM | POLLWRNORM); /* make sure our event loop detects the new device */ dummy = 0; err = write(ctx->ctrl_pipe[1], &dummy, sizeof(dummy)); if (err < (int)sizeof(dummy)) { /* ignore error, if any */ DPRINTF(ctx, LIBUSB_DEBUG_FUNCTION, "libusb_open write failed!"); } *devh = pdev; return (0); } libusb_device_handle * libusb_open_device_with_vid_pid(libusb_context *ctx, uint16_t vendor_id, uint16_t product_id) { struct libusb_device **devs; struct libusb20_device *pdev; struct LIBUSB20_DEVICE_DESC_DECODED *pdesc; int i; int j; ctx = GET_CONTEXT(ctx); if (ctx == NULL) return (NULL); /* be NULL safe */ DPRINTF(ctx, LIBUSB_DEBUG_FUNCTION, "libusb_open_device_width_vid_pid enter"); if ((i = libusb_get_device_list(ctx, &devs)) < 0) return (NULL); pdev = NULL; for (j = 0; j < i; j++) { struct libusb20_device *tdev; tdev = devs[j]->os_priv; pdesc = libusb20_dev_get_device_desc(tdev); /* * NOTE: The USB library will automatically swap the * fields in the device descriptor to be of host * endian type! */ if (pdesc->idVendor == vendor_id && pdesc->idProduct == product_id) { libusb_open(devs[j], &pdev); break; } } libusb_free_device_list(devs, 1); DPRINTF(ctx, LIBUSB_DEBUG_FUNCTION, "libusb_open_device_width_vid_pid leave"); return (pdev); } void libusb_close(struct libusb20_device *pdev) { libusb_context *ctx; struct libusb_device *dev; uint8_t dummy; int err; if (pdev == NULL) return; /* be NULL safe */ dev = libusb_get_device(pdev); ctx = dev->ctx; libusb10_remove_pollfd(ctx, &dev->dev_poll); libusb20_dev_close(pdev); /* unref will free the "pdev" when the refcount reaches zero */ libusb_unref_device(dev); /* make sure our event loop detects the closed device */ dummy = 0; err = write(ctx->ctrl_pipe[1], &dummy, sizeof(dummy)); if (err < (int)sizeof(dummy)) { /* ignore error, if any */ DPRINTF(ctx, LIBUSB_DEBUG_FUNCTION, "libusb_close write failed!"); } } libusb_device * libusb_get_device(struct libusb20_device *pdev) { if (pdev == NULL) return (NULL); return ((libusb_device *)pdev->privLuData); } int libusb_get_configuration(struct libusb20_device *pdev, int *config) { struct libusb20_config *pconf; if (pdev == NULL || config == NULL) return (LIBUSB_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM); pconf = libusb20_dev_alloc_config(pdev, libusb20_dev_get_config_index(pdev)); if (pconf == NULL) return (LIBUSB_ERROR_NO_MEM); *config = pconf->desc.bConfigurationValue; free(pconf); return (0); } int libusb_set_configuration(struct libusb20_device *pdev, int configuration) { struct libusb20_config *pconf; struct libusb_device *dev; int err; uint8_t i; dev = libusb_get_device(pdev); if (dev == NULL) return (LIBUSB_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM); if (configuration < 1) { /* unconfigure */ i = 255; } else { for (i = 0; i != 255; i++) { uint8_t found; pconf = libusb20_dev_alloc_config(pdev, i); if (pconf == NULL) return (LIBUSB_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM); found = (pconf->desc.bConfigurationValue == configuration); free(pconf); if (found) goto set_config; } return (LIBUSB_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM); } set_config: libusb10_cancel_all_transfer(dev); libusb10_remove_pollfd(dev->ctx, &dev->dev_poll); err = libusb20_dev_set_config_index(pdev, i); libusb10_add_pollfd(dev->ctx, &dev->dev_poll, pdev, libusb20_dev_get_fd(pdev), POLLIN | POLLOUT | POLLRDNORM | POLLWRNORM); return (err ? LIBUSB_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM : 0); } int libusb_claim_interface(struct libusb20_device *pdev, int interface_number) { libusb_device *dev; int err = 0; dev = libusb_get_device(pdev); if (dev == NULL) return (LIBUSB_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM); if (interface_number < 0 || interface_number > 31) return (LIBUSB_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM); if (pdev->auto_detach != 0) { err = libusb_detach_kernel_driver(pdev, interface_number); if (err != 0) goto done; } CTX_LOCK(dev->ctx); dev->claimed_interfaces |= (1 << interface_number); CTX_UNLOCK(dev->ctx); done: return (err); } int libusb_release_interface(struct libusb20_device *pdev, int interface_number) { libusb_device *dev; int err = 0; dev = libusb_get_device(pdev); if (dev == NULL) return (LIBUSB_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM); if (interface_number < 0 || interface_number > 31) return (LIBUSB_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM); if (pdev->auto_detach != 0) { err = libusb_attach_kernel_driver(pdev, interface_number); if (err != 0) goto done; } CTX_LOCK(dev->ctx); if (!(dev->claimed_interfaces & (1 << interface_number))) err = LIBUSB_ERROR_NOT_FOUND; else dev->claimed_interfaces &= ~(1 << interface_number); CTX_UNLOCK(dev->ctx); done: return (err); } int libusb_set_interface_alt_setting(struct libusb20_device *pdev, int interface_number, int alternate_setting) { libusb_device *dev; int err = 0; dev = libusb_get_device(pdev); if (dev == NULL) return (LIBUSB_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM); if (interface_number < 0 || interface_number > 31) return (LIBUSB_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM); CTX_LOCK(dev->ctx); if (!(dev->claimed_interfaces & (1 << interface_number))) err = LIBUSB_ERROR_NOT_FOUND; CTX_UNLOCK(dev->ctx); if (err) return (err); libusb10_cancel_all_transfer(dev); libusb10_remove_pollfd(dev->ctx, &dev->dev_poll); err = libusb20_dev_set_alt_index(pdev, interface_number, alternate_setting); libusb10_add_pollfd(dev->ctx, &dev->dev_poll, pdev, libusb20_dev_get_fd(pdev), POLLIN | POLLOUT | POLLRDNORM | POLLWRNORM); return (err ? LIBUSB_ERROR_OTHER : 0); } static struct libusb20_transfer * libusb10_get_transfer(struct libusb20_device *pdev, uint8_t endpoint, uint8_t xfer_index) { xfer_index &= 1; /* double buffering */ xfer_index |= (endpoint & LIBUSB20_ENDPOINT_ADDRESS_MASK) * 4; if (endpoint & LIBUSB20_ENDPOINT_DIR_MASK) { /* this is an IN endpoint */ xfer_index |= 2; } return (libusb20_tr_get_pointer(pdev, xfer_index)); } int libusb_clear_halt(struct libusb20_device *pdev, uint8_t endpoint) { struct libusb20_transfer *xfer; struct libusb_device *dev; int err; xfer = libusb10_get_transfer(pdev, endpoint, 0); if (xfer == NULL) return (LIBUSB_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM); dev = libusb_get_device(pdev); if (dev == NULL) return (LIBUSB_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM); CTX_LOCK(dev->ctx); err = libusb20_tr_open(xfer, 0, 1, endpoint); CTX_UNLOCK(dev->ctx); if (err != 0 && err != LIBUSB20_ERROR_BUSY) return (LIBUSB_ERROR_OTHER); libusb20_tr_clear_stall_sync(xfer); /* check if we opened the transfer */ if (err == 0) { CTX_LOCK(dev->ctx); libusb20_tr_close(xfer); CTX_UNLOCK(dev->ctx); } return (0); /* success */ } int libusb_reset_device(struct libusb20_device *pdev) { libusb_device *dev; int err; dev = libusb_get_device(pdev); if (dev == NULL) return (LIBUSB_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM); libusb10_cancel_all_transfer(dev); libusb10_remove_pollfd(dev->ctx, &dev->dev_poll); err = libusb20_dev_reset(pdev); libusb10_add_pollfd(dev->ctx, &dev->dev_poll, pdev, libusb20_dev_get_fd(pdev), POLLIN | POLLOUT | POLLRDNORM | POLLWRNORM); return (err ? LIBUSB_ERROR_OTHER : 0); } int libusb_check_connected(struct libusb20_device *pdev) { libusb_device *dev; int err; dev = libusb_get_device(pdev); if (dev == NULL) return (LIBUSB_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM); err = libusb20_dev_check_connected(pdev); return (err ? LIBUSB_ERROR_NO_DEVICE : 0); } int libusb_kernel_driver_active(struct libusb20_device *pdev, int interface) { if (pdev == NULL) return (LIBUSB_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM); if (libusb20_dev_kernel_driver_active(pdev, interface)) return (0); /* no kernel driver is active */ else return (1); /* kernel driver is active */ } int libusb_get_driver_np(struct libusb20_device *pdev, int interface, char *name, int namelen) { return (libusb_get_driver(pdev, interface, name, namelen)); } int libusb_get_driver(struct libusb20_device *pdev, int interface, char *name, int namelen) { char *ptr; int err; if (pdev == NULL) return (LIBUSB_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM); if (namelen < 1) return (LIBUSB_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM); if (namelen > 255) namelen = 255; err = libusb20_dev_get_iface_desc( pdev, interface, name, namelen); if (err != 0) return (LIBUSB_ERROR_OTHER); /* we only want the driver name */ ptr = strstr(name, ":"); if (ptr != NULL) *ptr = 0; return (0); } int libusb_detach_kernel_driver_np(struct libusb20_device *pdev, int interface) { return (libusb_detach_kernel_driver(pdev, interface)); } int libusb_detach_kernel_driver(struct libusb20_device *pdev, int interface) { int err; if (pdev == NULL) return (LIBUSB_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM); err = libusb20_dev_detach_kernel_driver( pdev, interface); return (err ? LIBUSB_ERROR_OTHER : 0); } int libusb_attach_kernel_driver(struct libusb20_device *pdev, int interface) { if (pdev == NULL) return (LIBUSB_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM); /* stub - currently not supported by libusb20 */ return (0); } int libusb_set_auto_detach_kernel_driver(libusb_device_handle *dev, int enable) { dev->auto_detach = (enable ? 1 : 0); return (0); } /* Asynchronous device I/O */ struct libusb_transfer * libusb_alloc_transfer(int iso_packets) { struct libusb_transfer *uxfer; struct libusb_super_transfer *sxfer; int len; len = sizeof(struct libusb_transfer) + sizeof(struct libusb_super_transfer) + (iso_packets * sizeof(libusb_iso_packet_descriptor)); sxfer = malloc(len); if (sxfer == NULL) return (NULL); memset(sxfer, 0, len); uxfer = (struct libusb_transfer *)( ((uint8_t *)sxfer) + sizeof(*sxfer)); /* set default value */ uxfer->num_iso_packets = iso_packets; return (uxfer); } void libusb_free_transfer(struct libusb_transfer *uxfer) { struct libusb_super_transfer *sxfer; if (uxfer == NULL) return; /* be NULL safe */ /* check if we should free the transfer buffer */ if (uxfer->flags & LIBUSB_TRANSFER_FREE_BUFFER) free(uxfer->buffer); sxfer = (struct libusb_super_transfer *)( (uint8_t *)uxfer - sizeof(*sxfer)); free(sxfer); } static uint32_t libusb10_get_maxframe(struct libusb20_device *pdev, libusb_transfer *xfer) { uint32_t ret; switch (xfer->type) { case LIBUSB_TRANSFER_TYPE_ISOCHRONOUS: ret = 60 | LIBUSB20_MAX_FRAME_PRE_SCALE; /* 60ms */ break; case LIBUSB_TRANSFER_TYPE_CONTROL: ret = 2; break; default: ret = 1; break; } return (ret); } static int libusb10_get_buffsize(struct libusb20_device *pdev, libusb_transfer *xfer) { int ret; int usb_speed; usb_speed = libusb20_dev_get_speed(pdev); switch (xfer->type) { case LIBUSB_TRANSFER_TYPE_ISOCHRONOUS: ret = 0; /* kernel will auto-select */ break; case LIBUSB_TRANSFER_TYPE_CONTROL: ret = 1024; break; default: switch (usb_speed) { case LIBUSB20_SPEED_LOW: ret = 256; break; case LIBUSB20_SPEED_FULL: ret = 4096; break; case LIBUSB20_SPEED_SUPER: ret = 65536; break; default: ret = 16384; break; } break; } return (ret); } static int libusb10_convert_error(uint8_t status) { ; /* indent fix */ switch (status) { case LIBUSB20_TRANSFER_START: case LIBUSB20_TRANSFER_COMPLETED: return (LIBUSB_TRANSFER_COMPLETED); case LIBUSB20_TRANSFER_OVERFLOW: return (LIBUSB_TRANSFER_OVERFLOW); case LIBUSB20_TRANSFER_NO_DEVICE: return (LIBUSB_TRANSFER_NO_DEVICE); case LIBUSB20_TRANSFER_STALL: return (LIBUSB_TRANSFER_STALL); case LIBUSB20_TRANSFER_CANCELLED: return (LIBUSB_TRANSFER_CANCELLED); case LIBUSB20_TRANSFER_TIMED_OUT: return (LIBUSB_TRANSFER_TIMED_OUT); default: return (LIBUSB_TRANSFER_ERROR); } } /* This function must be called locked */ static void libusb10_complete_transfer(struct libusb20_transfer *pxfer, struct libusb_super_transfer *sxfer, int status) { struct libusb_transfer *uxfer; struct libusb_device *dev; uxfer = (struct libusb_transfer *)( ((uint8_t *)sxfer) + sizeof(*sxfer)); if (pxfer != NULL) libusb20_tr_set_priv_sc1(pxfer, NULL); /* set transfer status */ uxfer->status = status; /* update super transfer state */ sxfer->state = LIBUSB_SUPER_XFER_ST_NONE; dev = libusb_get_device(uxfer->dev_handle); TAILQ_INSERT_TAIL(&dev->ctx->tr_done, sxfer, entry); } /* This function must be called locked */ static void libusb10_isoc_proxy(struct libusb20_transfer *pxfer) { struct libusb_super_transfer *sxfer; struct libusb_transfer *uxfer; uint32_t actlen; uint16_t iso_packets; uint16_t i; uint8_t status; status = libusb20_tr_get_status(pxfer); sxfer = libusb20_tr_get_priv_sc1(pxfer); actlen = libusb20_tr_get_actual_length(pxfer); iso_packets = libusb20_tr_get_max_frames(pxfer); if (sxfer == NULL) return; /* cancelled - nothing to do */ uxfer = (struct libusb_transfer *)( ((uint8_t *)sxfer) + sizeof(*sxfer)); if (iso_packets > uxfer->num_iso_packets) iso_packets = uxfer->num_iso_packets; if (iso_packets == 0) return; /* nothing to do */ /* make sure that the number of ISOCHRONOUS packets is valid */ uxfer->num_iso_packets = iso_packets; switch (status) { case LIBUSB20_TRANSFER_COMPLETED: /* update actual length */ uxfer->actual_length = actlen; for (i = 0; i != iso_packets; i++) { uxfer->iso_packet_desc[i].actual_length = libusb20_tr_get_length(pxfer, i); } libusb10_complete_transfer(pxfer, sxfer, LIBUSB_TRANSFER_COMPLETED); break; case LIBUSB20_TRANSFER_START: /* setup length(s) */ actlen = 0; for (i = 0; i != iso_packets; i++) { libusb20_tr_setup_isoc(pxfer, &uxfer->buffer[actlen], uxfer->iso_packet_desc[i].length, i); actlen += uxfer->iso_packet_desc[i].length; } /* no remainder */ sxfer->rem_len = 0; libusb20_tr_set_total_frames(pxfer, iso_packets); libusb20_tr_submit(pxfer); /* fork another USB transfer, if any */ libusb10_submit_transfer_sub(libusb20_tr_get_priv_sc0(pxfer), uxfer->endpoint); break; default: libusb10_complete_transfer(pxfer, sxfer, libusb10_convert_error(status)); break; } } /* This function must be called locked */ static void libusb10_bulk_intr_proxy(struct libusb20_transfer *pxfer) { struct libusb_super_transfer *sxfer; struct libusb_transfer *uxfer; uint32_t max_bulk; uint32_t actlen; uint8_t status; uint8_t flags; status = libusb20_tr_get_status(pxfer); sxfer = libusb20_tr_get_priv_sc1(pxfer); max_bulk = libusb20_tr_get_max_total_length(pxfer); actlen = libusb20_tr_get_actual_length(pxfer); if (sxfer == NULL) return; /* cancelled - nothing to do */ uxfer = (struct libusb_transfer *)( ((uint8_t *)sxfer) + sizeof(*sxfer)); flags = uxfer->flags; switch (status) { case LIBUSB20_TRANSFER_COMPLETED: uxfer->actual_length += actlen; /* check for short packet */ if (sxfer->last_len != actlen) { if (flags & LIBUSB_TRANSFER_SHORT_NOT_OK) { libusb10_complete_transfer(pxfer, sxfer, LIBUSB_TRANSFER_ERROR); } else { libusb10_complete_transfer(pxfer, sxfer, LIBUSB_TRANSFER_COMPLETED); } break; } /* check for end of data */ if (sxfer->rem_len == 0) { libusb10_complete_transfer(pxfer, sxfer, LIBUSB_TRANSFER_COMPLETED); break; } /* FALLTHROUGH */ case LIBUSB20_TRANSFER_START: if (max_bulk > sxfer->rem_len) { max_bulk = sxfer->rem_len; } /* setup new BULK or INTERRUPT transaction */ libusb20_tr_setup_bulk(pxfer, sxfer->curr_data, max_bulk, uxfer->timeout); /* update counters */ sxfer->last_len = max_bulk; sxfer->curr_data += max_bulk; sxfer->rem_len -= max_bulk; libusb20_tr_submit(pxfer); /* check if we can fork another USB transfer */ if (sxfer->rem_len == 0) libusb10_submit_transfer_sub(libusb20_tr_get_priv_sc0(pxfer), uxfer->endpoint); break; default: libusb10_complete_transfer(pxfer, sxfer, libusb10_convert_error(status)); break; } } /* This function must be called locked */ static void libusb10_ctrl_proxy(struct libusb20_transfer *pxfer) { struct libusb_super_transfer *sxfer; struct libusb_transfer *uxfer; uint32_t max_bulk; uint32_t actlen; uint8_t status; uint8_t flags; status = libusb20_tr_get_status(pxfer); sxfer = libusb20_tr_get_priv_sc1(pxfer); max_bulk = libusb20_tr_get_max_total_length(pxfer); actlen = libusb20_tr_get_actual_length(pxfer); if (sxfer == NULL) return; /* cancelled - nothing to do */ uxfer = (struct libusb_transfer *)( ((uint8_t *)sxfer) + sizeof(*sxfer)); flags = uxfer->flags; switch (status) { case LIBUSB20_TRANSFER_COMPLETED: uxfer->actual_length += actlen; /* subtract length of SETUP packet, if any */ actlen -= libusb20_tr_get_length(pxfer, 0); /* check for short packet */ if (sxfer->last_len != actlen) { if (flags & LIBUSB_TRANSFER_SHORT_NOT_OK) { libusb10_complete_transfer(pxfer, sxfer, LIBUSB_TRANSFER_ERROR); } else { libusb10_complete_transfer(pxfer, sxfer, LIBUSB_TRANSFER_COMPLETED); } break; } /* check for end of data */ if (sxfer->rem_len == 0) { libusb10_complete_transfer(pxfer, sxfer, LIBUSB_TRANSFER_COMPLETED); break; } /* FALLTHROUGH */ case LIBUSB20_TRANSFER_START: if (max_bulk > sxfer->rem_len) { max_bulk = sxfer->rem_len; } /* setup new CONTROL transaction */ if (status == LIBUSB20_TRANSFER_COMPLETED) { /* next fragment - don't send SETUP packet */ libusb20_tr_set_length(pxfer, 0, 0); } else { /* first fragment - send SETUP packet */ libusb20_tr_set_length(pxfer, 8, 0); libusb20_tr_set_buffer(pxfer, uxfer->buffer, 0); } if (max_bulk != 0) { libusb20_tr_set_length(pxfer, max_bulk, 1); libusb20_tr_set_buffer(pxfer, sxfer->curr_data, 1); libusb20_tr_set_total_frames(pxfer, 2); } else { libusb20_tr_set_total_frames(pxfer, 1); } /* update counters */ sxfer->last_len = max_bulk; sxfer->curr_data += max_bulk; sxfer->rem_len -= max_bulk; libusb20_tr_submit(pxfer); /* check if we can fork another USB transfer */ if (sxfer->rem_len == 0) libusb10_submit_transfer_sub(libusb20_tr_get_priv_sc0(pxfer), uxfer->endpoint); break; default: libusb10_complete_transfer(pxfer, sxfer, libusb10_convert_error(status)); break; } } /* The following function must be called locked */ static void libusb10_submit_transfer_sub(struct libusb20_device *pdev, uint8_t endpoint) { struct libusb20_transfer *pxfer0; struct libusb20_transfer *pxfer1; struct libusb_super_transfer *sxfer; struct libusb_transfer *uxfer; struct libusb_device *dev; int err; int buffsize; int maxframe; int temp; uint8_t dummy; dev = libusb_get_device(pdev); pxfer0 = libusb10_get_transfer(pdev, endpoint, 0); pxfer1 = libusb10_get_transfer(pdev, endpoint, 1); if (pxfer0 == NULL || pxfer1 == NULL) return; /* shouldn't happen */ temp = 0; if (libusb20_tr_pending(pxfer0)) temp |= 1; if (libusb20_tr_pending(pxfer1)) temp |= 2; switch (temp) { case 3: /* wait till one of the transfers complete */ return; case 2: sxfer = libusb20_tr_get_priv_sc1(pxfer1); if (sxfer == NULL) return; /* cancelling */ if (sxfer->rem_len) return; /* cannot queue another one */ /* swap transfers */ pxfer1 = pxfer0; break; case 1: sxfer = libusb20_tr_get_priv_sc1(pxfer0); if (sxfer == NULL) return; /* cancelling */ if (sxfer->rem_len) return; /* cannot queue another one */ /* swap transfers */ pxfer0 = pxfer1; break; default: break; } /* find next transfer on same endpoint */ TAILQ_FOREACH(sxfer, &dev->tr_head, entry) { uxfer = (struct libusb_transfer *)( ((uint8_t *)sxfer) + sizeof(*sxfer)); if (uxfer->endpoint == endpoint) { TAILQ_REMOVE(&dev->tr_head, sxfer, entry); sxfer->entry.tqe_prev = NULL; goto found; } } return; /* success */ found: libusb20_tr_set_priv_sc0(pxfer0, pdev); libusb20_tr_set_priv_sc1(pxfer0, sxfer); /* reset super transfer state */ sxfer->rem_len = uxfer->length; sxfer->curr_data = uxfer->buffer; uxfer->actual_length = 0; switch (uxfer->type) { case LIBUSB_TRANSFER_TYPE_ISOCHRONOUS: libusb20_tr_set_callback(pxfer0, libusb10_isoc_proxy); break; case LIBUSB_TRANSFER_TYPE_BULK: case LIBUSB_TRANSFER_TYPE_INTERRUPT: libusb20_tr_set_callback(pxfer0, libusb10_bulk_intr_proxy); break; case LIBUSB_TRANSFER_TYPE_CONTROL: libusb20_tr_set_callback(pxfer0, libusb10_ctrl_proxy); if (sxfer->rem_len < 8) goto failure; /* remove SETUP packet from data */ sxfer->rem_len -= 8; sxfer->curr_data += 8; break; default: goto failure; } buffsize = libusb10_get_buffsize(pdev, uxfer); maxframe = libusb10_get_maxframe(pdev, uxfer); /* make sure the transfer is opened */ err = libusb20_tr_open_stream(pxfer0, buffsize, maxframe, endpoint, sxfer->stream_id); if (err && (err != LIBUSB20_ERROR_BUSY)) { goto failure; } libusb20_tr_start(pxfer0); return; failure: libusb10_complete_transfer(pxfer0, sxfer, LIBUSB_TRANSFER_ERROR); /* make sure our event loop spins the done handler */ dummy = 0; err = write(dev->ctx->ctrl_pipe[1], &dummy, sizeof(dummy)); } /* The following function must be called unlocked */ int libusb_submit_transfer(struct libusb_transfer *uxfer) { struct libusb20_transfer *pxfer0; struct libusb20_transfer *pxfer1; struct libusb_super_transfer *sxfer; struct libusb_device *dev; uint8_t endpoint; int err; if (uxfer == NULL) return (LIBUSB_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM); if (uxfer->dev_handle == NULL) return (LIBUSB_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM); endpoint = uxfer->endpoint; dev = libusb_get_device(uxfer->dev_handle); DPRINTF(dev->ctx, LIBUSB_DEBUG_FUNCTION, "libusb_submit_transfer enter"); sxfer = (struct libusb_super_transfer *)( (uint8_t *)uxfer - sizeof(*sxfer)); CTX_LOCK(dev->ctx); pxfer0 = libusb10_get_transfer(uxfer->dev_handle, endpoint, 0); pxfer1 = libusb10_get_transfer(uxfer->dev_handle, endpoint, 1); if (pxfer0 == NULL || pxfer1 == NULL) { err = LIBUSB_ERROR_OTHER; } else if ((sxfer->entry.tqe_prev != NULL) || (libusb20_tr_get_priv_sc1(pxfer0) == sxfer) || (libusb20_tr_get_priv_sc1(pxfer1) == sxfer)) { err = LIBUSB_ERROR_BUSY; } else { /* set pending state */ sxfer->state = LIBUSB_SUPER_XFER_ST_PEND; /* insert transfer into transfer head list */ TAILQ_INSERT_TAIL(&dev->tr_head, sxfer, entry); /* start work transfers */ libusb10_submit_transfer_sub( uxfer->dev_handle, endpoint); err = 0; /* success */ } CTX_UNLOCK(dev->ctx); DPRINTF(dev->ctx, LIBUSB_DEBUG_FUNCTION, "libusb_submit_transfer leave %d", err); return (err); } /* Asynchronous transfer cancel */ int libusb_cancel_transfer(struct libusb_transfer *uxfer) { struct libusb20_transfer *pxfer0; struct libusb20_transfer *pxfer1; struct libusb_super_transfer *sxfer; struct libusb_device *dev; uint8_t endpoint; int retval; if (uxfer == NULL) return (LIBUSB_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM); /* check if not initialised */ if (uxfer->dev_handle == NULL) return (LIBUSB_ERROR_NOT_FOUND); endpoint = uxfer->endpoint; dev = libusb_get_device(uxfer->dev_handle); DPRINTF(dev->ctx, LIBUSB_DEBUG_FUNCTION, "libusb_cancel_transfer enter"); sxfer = (struct libusb_super_transfer *)( (uint8_t *)uxfer - sizeof(*sxfer)); retval = 0; CTX_LOCK(dev->ctx); pxfer0 = libusb10_get_transfer(uxfer->dev_handle, endpoint, 0); pxfer1 = libusb10_get_transfer(uxfer->dev_handle, endpoint, 1); if (sxfer->state != LIBUSB_SUPER_XFER_ST_PEND) { /* only update the transfer status */ uxfer->status = LIBUSB_TRANSFER_CANCELLED; retval = LIBUSB_ERROR_NOT_FOUND; } else if (sxfer->entry.tqe_prev != NULL) { /* we are lucky - transfer is on a queue */ TAILQ_REMOVE(&dev->tr_head, sxfer, entry); sxfer->entry.tqe_prev = NULL; libusb10_complete_transfer(NULL, sxfer, LIBUSB_TRANSFER_CANCELLED); } else if (pxfer0 == NULL || pxfer1 == NULL) { /* not started */ retval = LIBUSB_ERROR_NOT_FOUND; } else if (libusb20_tr_get_priv_sc1(pxfer0) == sxfer) { libusb10_complete_transfer(pxfer0, sxfer, LIBUSB_TRANSFER_CANCELLED); libusb20_tr_stop(pxfer0); /* make sure the queue doesn't stall */ libusb10_submit_transfer_sub( uxfer->dev_handle, endpoint); } else if (libusb20_tr_get_priv_sc1(pxfer1) == sxfer) { libusb10_complete_transfer(pxfer1, sxfer, LIBUSB_TRANSFER_CANCELLED); libusb20_tr_stop(pxfer1); /* make sure the queue doesn't stall */ libusb10_submit_transfer_sub( uxfer->dev_handle, endpoint); } else { /* not started */ retval = LIBUSB_ERROR_NOT_FOUND; } CTX_UNLOCK(dev->ctx); DPRINTF(dev->ctx, LIBUSB_DEBUG_FUNCTION, "libusb_cancel_transfer leave"); return (retval); } UNEXPORTED void libusb10_cancel_all_transfer(libusb_device *dev) { struct libusb20_device *pdev = dev->os_priv; unsigned x; for (x = 0; x != LIBUSB_NUM_SW_ENDPOINTS; x++) { struct libusb20_transfer *xfer; xfer = libusb20_tr_get_pointer(pdev, x); if (xfer == NULL) continue; libusb20_tr_close(xfer); } } uint16_t libusb_cpu_to_le16(uint16_t x) { return (htole16(x)); } uint16_t libusb_le16_to_cpu(uint16_t x) { return (le16toh(x)); } const char * libusb_strerror(int code) { switch (code) { case LIBUSB_SUCCESS: return ("Success"); case LIBUSB_ERROR_IO: return ("I/O error"); case LIBUSB_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM: return ("Invalid parameter"); case LIBUSB_ERROR_ACCESS: return ("Permissions error"); case LIBUSB_ERROR_NO_DEVICE: return ("No device"); case LIBUSB_ERROR_NOT_FOUND: return ("Not found"); case LIBUSB_ERROR_BUSY: return ("Device busy"); case LIBUSB_ERROR_TIMEOUT: return ("Timeout"); case LIBUSB_ERROR_OVERFLOW: return ("Overflow"); case LIBUSB_ERROR_PIPE: return ("Pipe error"); case LIBUSB_ERROR_INTERRUPTED: return ("Interrupted"); case LIBUSB_ERROR_NO_MEM: return ("Out of memory"); case LIBUSB_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED: return ("Not supported"); case LIBUSB_ERROR_OTHER: return ("Other error"); default: return ("Unknown error"); } } const char * libusb_error_name(int code) { switch (code) { case LIBUSB_SUCCESS: return ("LIBUSB_SUCCESS"); case LIBUSB_ERROR_IO: return ("LIBUSB_ERROR_IO"); case LIBUSB_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM: return ("LIBUSB_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM"); case LIBUSB_ERROR_ACCESS: return ("LIBUSB_ERROR_ACCESS"); case LIBUSB_ERROR_NO_DEVICE: return ("LIBUSB_ERROR_NO_DEVICE"); case LIBUSB_ERROR_NOT_FOUND: return ("LIBUSB_ERROR_NOT_FOUND"); case LIBUSB_ERROR_BUSY: return ("LIBUSB_ERROR_BUSY"); case LIBUSB_ERROR_TIMEOUT: return ("LIBUSB_ERROR_TIMEOUT"); case LIBUSB_ERROR_OVERFLOW: return ("LIBUSB_ERROR_OVERFLOW"); case LIBUSB_ERROR_PIPE: return ("LIBUSB_ERROR_PIPE"); case LIBUSB_ERROR_INTERRUPTED: return ("LIBUSB_ERROR_INTERRUPTED"); case LIBUSB_ERROR_NO_MEM: return ("LIBUSB_ERROR_NO_MEM"); case LIBUSB_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED: return ("LIBUSB_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED"); case LIBUSB_ERROR_OTHER: return ("LIBUSB_ERROR_OTHER"); default: return ("LIBUSB_ERROR_UNKNOWN"); } } Index: head/release/amd64/mkisoimages.sh =================================================================== --- head/release/amd64/mkisoimages.sh (revision 325095) +++ head/release/amd64/mkisoimages.sh (revision 325096) @@ -1,60 +1,60 @@ #!/bin/sh # # Module: mkisoimages.sh # Author: Jordan K Hubbard # Date: 22 June 2001 # # $FreeBSD$ # # This script is used by release/Makefile to build the (optional) ISO images # for a FreeBSD release. It is considered architecture dependent since each # platform has a slightly unique way of making bootable CDs. This script # is also allowed to generate any number of images since that is more of # publishing decision than anything else. # # Usage: # # mkisoimages.sh [-b] image-label image-name base-bits-dir [extra-bits-dir] # # Where -b is passed if the ISO image should be made "bootable" by # whatever standards this architecture supports (may be unsupported), # image-label is the ISO image label, image-name is the filename of the # resulting ISO image, base-bits-dir contains the image contents and # extra-bits-dir, if provided, contains additional files to be merged # into base-bits-dir as part of making the image. if [ "$1" = "-b" ]; then # This is highly x86-centric and will be used directly below. bootable="-o bootimage=i386;$4/boot/cdboot -o no-emul-boot" # Make EFI system partition (should be done with makefs in the future) dd if=/dev/zero of=efiboot.img bs=4k count=200 device=`mdconfig -a -t vnode -f efiboot.img` newfs_msdos -F 12 -m 0xf8 /dev/$device mkdir efi mount -t msdosfs /dev/$device efi mkdir -p efi/efi/boot cp "$4/boot/loader.efi" efi/efi/boot/bootx64.efi umount efi rmdir efi mdconfig -d -u $device bootable="-o bootimage=i386;efiboot.img -o no-emul-boot $bootable" shift else bootable="" fi if [ $# -lt 3 ]; then echo "Usage: $0 [-b] image-label image-name base-bits-dir [extra-bits-dir]" exit 1 fi LABEL=`echo "$1" | tr '[:lower:]' '[:upper:]'`; shift NAME="$1"; shift -publisher="The FreeBSD Project. http://www.FreeBSD.org/" +publisher="The FreeBSD Project. https://www.FreeBSD.org/" echo "/dev/iso9660/$LABEL / cd9660 ro 0 0" > "$1/etc/fstab" makefs -t cd9660 $bootable -o rockridge -o label="$LABEL" -o publisher="$publisher" "$NAME" "$@" rm -f "$1/etc/fstab" rm -f efiboot.img Index: head/release/i386/mkisoimages.sh =================================================================== --- head/release/i386/mkisoimages.sh (revision 325095) +++ head/release/i386/mkisoimages.sh (revision 325096) @@ -1,45 +1,45 @@ #!/bin/sh # # Module: mkisoimages.sh # Author: Jordan K Hubbard # Date: 22 June 2001 # # $FreeBSD$ # # This script is used by release/Makefile to build the (optional) ISO images # for a FreeBSD release. It is considered architecture dependent since each # platform has a slightly unique way of making bootable CDs. This script # is also allowed to generate any number of images since that is more of # publishing decision than anything else. # # Usage: # # mkisoimages.sh [-b] image-label image-name base-bits-dir [extra-bits-dir] # # Where -b is passed if the ISO image should be made "bootable" by # whatever standards this architecture supports (may be unsupported), # image-label is the ISO image label, image-name is the filename of the # resulting ISO image, base-bits-dir contains the image contents and # extra-bits-dir, if provided, contains additional files to be merged # into base-bits-dir as part of making the image. if [ "$1" = "-b" ]; then # This is highly x86-centric and will be used directly below. bootable="-o bootimage=i386;$4/boot/cdboot -o no-emul-boot" shift else bootable="" fi if [ $# -lt 3 ]; then echo "Usage: $0 [-b] image-label image-name base-bits-dir [extra-bits-dir]" exit 1 fi LABEL=`echo "$1" | tr '[:lower:]' '[:upper:]'`; shift NAME="$1"; shift -publisher="The FreeBSD Project. http://www.FreeBSD.org/" +publisher="The FreeBSD Project. https://www.FreeBSD.org/" echo "/dev/iso9660/$LABEL / cd9660 ro 0 0" > "$1/etc/fstab" makefs -t cd9660 $bootable -o rockridge -o label="$LABEL" -o publisher="$publisher" "$NAME" "$@" rm -f "$1/etc/fstab" Index: head/release/powerpc/mkisoimages.sh =================================================================== --- head/release/powerpc/mkisoimages.sh (revision 325095) +++ head/release/powerpc/mkisoimages.sh (revision 325096) @@ -1,69 +1,69 @@ #!/bin/sh # # Module: mkisoimages.sh # Author: Jordan K Hubbard # Date: 22 June 2001 # # $FreeBSD$ # # This script is used by release/Makefile to build the (optional) ISO images # for a FreeBSD release. It is considered architecture dependent since each # platform has a slightly unique way of making bootable CDs. This script # is also allowed to generate any number of images since that is more of # publishing decision than anything else. # # Usage: # # mkisoimages.sh [-b] image-label image-name base-bits-dir [extra-bits-dir] # # Where -b is passed if the ISO image should be made "bootable" by # whatever standards this architecture supports (may be unsupported), # image-label is the ISO image label, image-name is the filename of the # resulting ISO image, base-bits-dir contains the image contents and # extra-bits-dir, if provided, contains additional files to be merged # into base-bits-dir as part of making the image. if [ "$1" = "-b" ]; then # Apple boot code uudecode -o /tmp/hfs-boot-block.bz2 "`dirname "$0"`/hfs-boot.bz2.uu" bzip2 -d /tmp/hfs-boot-block.bz2 OFFSET=$(hd /tmp/hfs-boot-block | grep 'Loader START' | cut -f 1 -d ' ') OFFSET=0x$(echo 0x$OFFSET | awk '{printf("%x\n",$1/512);}') dd if="$4/boot/loader" of=/tmp/hfs-boot-block seek=$OFFSET conv=notrunc bootable="-o bootimage=macppc;/tmp/hfs-boot-block -o no-emul-boot" # pSeries/PAPR boot code mkdir -p "$4/ppc/chrp" cp "$4/boot/loader" "$4/ppc/chrp" cat > "$4/ppc/bootinfo.txt" << EOF FreeBSD Install FreeBSD boot &device;:,\ppc\chrp\loader EOF bootable="$bootable -o chrp-boot" # Playstation 3 boot code echo "FreeBSD Install='/boot/loader.ps3'" > "$4/etc/kboot.conf" shift else bootable="" fi if [ $# -lt 3 ]; then echo "Usage: $0 [-b] image-label image-name base-bits-dir [extra-bits-dir]" exit 1 fi LABEL=`echo "$1" | tr '[:lower:]' '[:upper:]'`; shift NAME="$1"; shift -publisher="The FreeBSD Project. http://www.FreeBSD.org/" +publisher="The FreeBSD Project. https://www.FreeBSD.org/" echo "/dev/iso9660/$LABEL / cd9660 ro 0 0" > "$1/etc/fstab" makefs -t cd9660 $bootable -o rockridge -o label="$LABEL" -o publisher="$publisher" "$NAME" "$@" rm -f "$1/etc/fstab" rm -f /tmp/hfs-boot-block rm -rf "$1/ppc" Index: head/release/sparc64/mkisoimages.sh =================================================================== --- head/release/sparc64/mkisoimages.sh (revision 325095) +++ head/release/sparc64/mkisoimages.sh (revision 325096) @@ -1,84 +1,84 @@ #!/bin/sh # # Module: mkisoimages.sh # Author: Jordan K Hubbard # Date: 22 June 2001 # # $FreeBSD$ # # This script is used by release/Makefile to build the (optional) ISO images # for a FreeBSD release. It is considered architecture dependent since each # platform has a slightly unique way of making bootable CDs. This script # is also allowed to generate any number of images since that is more of # publishing decision than anything else. # # Usage: # # mkisoimages.sh [-b] image-label image-name base-bits-dir [extra-bits-dir] # # Where -b is passed if the ISO image should be made "bootable" by # whatever standards this architecture supports (may be unsupported), # image-label is the ISO image label, image-name is the filename of the # resulting ISO image, base-bits-dir contains the image contents and # extra-bits-dir, if provided, contains additional files to be merged # into base-bits-dir as part of making the image. if [ $# -lt 3 ]; then echo "Usage: $0 [-b] image-label image-name base-bits-dir [extra-bits-dir]" > /dev/stderr exit 1 fi case "$1" in -b) BOPT="$1"; shift ;; esac LABEL=`echo "$1" | tr '[:lower:]' '[:upper:]'`; shift NAME="$1"; shift BASEBITSDIR="$1" # Create an ISO image -publisher="The FreeBSD Project. http://www.FreeBSD.org/" +publisher="The FreeBSD Project. https://www.FreeBSD.org/" echo "/dev/iso9660/$LABEL / cd9660 ro 0 0" > "$BASEBITSDIR/etc/fstab" makefs -t cd9660 -o rockridge -o label="$LABEL" -o publisher="$publisher" "$NAME.tmp" "$@" rm -f "$BASEBITSDIR/etc/fstab" if [ "$BOPT" != "-b" ]; then mv "$NAME.tmp" "$NAME" exit 0 fi TMPIMGDIR=`mktemp -d /tmp/bootfs.XXXXXXXX` || exit 1 BOOTFSDIR="$TMPIMGDIR/bootfs" BOOTFSIMG="$TMPIMGDIR/bootfs.img" # Create a boot filesystem mkdir -p "$BOOTFSDIR/boot" cp -p "$BASEBITSDIR/boot/loader" "$BOOTFSDIR/boot" makefs -t ffs -B be -M 512k "$BOOTFSIMG" "$BOOTFSDIR" dd if="$BASEBITSDIR/boot/boot1" of="$BOOTFSIMG" bs=512 conv=notrunc,sync # Create a boot ISO image : ${CYLSIZE:=640} ISOSIZE=$(stat -f %z "$NAME.tmp") ISOBLKS=$((($ISOSIZE + 511) / 512)) ISOCYLS=$((($ISOBLKS + ($CYLSIZE - 1)) / $CYLSIZE)) BOOTFSSIZE=$(stat -f %z "$BOOTFSIMG") BOOTFSBLKS=$((($BOOTFSSIZE + 511) / 512)) BOOTFSCYLS=$((($BOOTFSBLKS + ($CYLSIZE - 1)) / $CYLSIZE)) ENDCYL=$(($ISOCYLS + $BOOTFSCYLS)) NSECTS=$(($ENDCYL * 1 * $CYLSIZE)) dd if="$NAME.tmp" of="$NAME" bs="${CYLSIZE}b" conv=notrunc,sync dd if="$BOOTFSIMG" of="$NAME" bs="${CYLSIZE}b" seek=$ISOCYLS conv=notrunc,sync # The number of alternative cylinders is always 2. dd if=/dev/zero of="$NAME" bs="${CYLSIZE}b" seek=$ENDCYL count=2 conv=notrunc,sync rm -rf "$NAME.tmp" "$TMPIMGDIR" # Write VTOC8 label to boot ISO image MD=`mdconfig -a -t vnode -S 512 -y 1 -x "$CYLSIZE" -f "$NAME"` gpart create -s VTOC8 $MD # !4: usr, for ISO image part gpart add -i 1 -s "$(($ISOCYLS * $CYLSIZE * 512))b" -t \!4 $MD # !2: root, for bootfs part. gpart add -i 6 -s "$(($BOOTFSCYLS * $CYLSIZE * 512))b" -t \!2 $MD mdconfig -d -u ${MD#md} Index: head/share/doc/papers/contents/contents.ms =================================================================== --- head/share/doc/papers/contents/contents.ms (revision 325095) +++ head/share/doc/papers/contents/contents.ms (revision 325096) @@ -1,218 +1,218 @@ .\" Copyright (c) 1996 FreeBSD Inc. .\" .\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without .\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions .\" are met: .\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright .\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. .\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright .\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the .\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. .\" .\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND .\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE .\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE .\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE .\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL .\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS .\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) .\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT .\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY .\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF .\" SUCH DAMAGE. .\" .\" $FreeBSD$ .\" .OH '''Papers Contents' .EH 'Papers Contents''' .TL UNIX Papers coming with FreeBSD .PP These papers are of both historic and current interest, but most of them are many years old. More recent documentation is available from -.>> -http://www.FreeBSD.org/docs/ +.>> +https://www.FreeBSD.org/docs/ .>> .IP .tl '\fBBerkeley Pascal''px\fP' .if !r.U .nr .U 0 .if \n(.U \{\ .br .>> px.html .\} .QP Berkeley Pascal PX Implementation Notes .br Version 2.0 .sp Performance Effects of Disk Subsystem Choices for VAX\(dg Systems Running 4.2BSD UNIX. .sp William N. Joy, M. Kirk McKusick. .sp Revised January, 1979. .sp .IP .tl '\fBDisk Performance''diskperf\fP' .if \n(.U \{\ .br .>> diskperf.html .\} .QP Performance Effects of Disk Subsystem Choices for VAX\(dg Systems Running 4.2BSD UNIX. .sp Bob Kridle, Marshall Kirk McKusick. .sp Revised July 27, 1983. .sp .IP .tl '\fBTune the 4.2BSD Kernel''kerntune\fP' .if \n(.U \{\ .br .>> kerntune.html .\} .QP Using gprof to Tune the 4.2BSD Kernel. .sp Marshall Kirk McKusick. .sp Revised May 21, 1984 (?). .sp .IP .tl '\fBNew Virtual Memory''newvm\fP' .if \n(.U \{\ .br .>> newvm.html .\} .QP A New Virtual Memory Implementation for Berkeley. .sp Marshall Kirk McKusick, Michael J. Karels. .sp Revised 1986. .sp .IP .tl '\fBKernel Malloc''kernmalloc\fP' .if \n(.U \{\ .br .>> kernmalloc.html .\} .QP Design of a General Purpose Memory Allocator for the 4.3BSD UNIX Kernel. .sp Marshall Kirk McKusick, Michael J. Karels. .sp Reprinted from: \fIProceedings of the San Francisco USENIX Conference\fP, pp. 295-303, June 1988. .sp .IP .tl '\fBRelease Engineering''relengr\fP' .if \n(.U \{\ .br .>> releng.html .\} .QP The Release Engineering of 4.3\s-1BSD\s0. .sp Marshall Kirk McKusick, Michael J. Karels, Keith Bostic. .sp Revised 1989. .sp .IP .tl '\fBBeyond 4.3BSD''beyond4.3\fP' .if \n(.U \{\ .br .>> beyond43.html .\} .QP Current Research by The Computer Systems Research Group of Berkeley. .sp Marshall Kirk McKusick, Michael J Karels, Keith Sklower, Kevin Fall, Marc Teitelbaum, Keith Bostic. .sp Revised February 2, 1989. .sp .IP .tl '\fBFilesystem Interface''fsinterface\fP' .if \n(.U \{\ .br .>> fsinterface.html .\} .QP Toward a Compatible Filesystem Interface. .sp Michael J. Karels, Marshall Kirk McKusick. .sp Conference of the European Users' Group, September 1986. Last modified April 16, 1991. .sp .IP .tl '\fBSystem Performance''sysperf\fP' .if \n(.U \{\ .br .>> sysperf.html .\} .QP Measuring and Improving the Performance of Berkeley UNIX. .sp Marshall Kirk McKusick, Samuel J. Leffler, Michael J. Karels. .sp Revised April 17, 1991. .sp .IP .tl '\fBNot Quite NFS''nqnfs\fP' .if \n(.U \{\ .br .>> nqnfs.html .\} .QP Not Quite NFS, Soft Cache Consistency for NFS. .sp Rick Macklem. .sp Reprinted with permission from the "Proceedings of the Winter 1994 Usenix Conference", January 1994, San Francisco. .sp .IP .tl '\fBMalloc(3)''malloc\fP' .if \n(.U \{\ .br .>> malloc.html .\} .QP Malloc(3) in modern Virtual Memory environments. .sp Poul-Henning Kamp. .sp Revised April 5, 1996. .sp .IP .tl '\fBJails: Confining the omnipotent root''jail\fP' .if \n(.U \{\ .br .>> jail.html .\} .QP The jail system call sets up a jail and locks the current process in it. .sp Poul-Henning Kamp, Robert N. M. Watson. .sp This paper was presented at the 2nd International System Administration and Networking Conference "SANE 2000" May 22-25, 2000 in Maastricht, The Netherlands and is published in the proceedings. Index: head/share/examples/BSD_daemon/poster.sh =================================================================== --- head/share/examples/BSD_daemon/poster.sh (revision 325095) +++ head/share/examples/BSD_daemon/poster.sh (revision 325096) @@ -1,65 +1,65 @@ #!/bin/sh # ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- # "THE BEER-WARE LICENSE" (Revision 42): # wrote this file. As long as you retain this notice you # can do whatever you want with this stuff. If we meet some day, and you think # this stuff is worth it, you can buy me a beer in return. Poul-Henning Kamp # ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- # # $FreeBSD$ # echo '%!' echo '/beastie {' cat beastie.eps echo '} def' cat FreeBSD.pfa echo ' /mm {25.4 div 72 mul} def /FreeBSD findfont 120 scalefont setfont /center 210 mm 2 div def /top 297 mm def /cshow { dup stringwidth pop 2 div neg 0 rmoveto show } def % "FreeBSD" across the top. % 691 is "top - height of caps - (left - X("F"))" center 691 moveto (FreeBSD) cshow % Put beastie in the center /sc 1.25 def center 125 moveto 384 sc mul 2 div neg 0 rmoveto gsave currentpoint translate sc sc scale beastie grestore % A box for the bottom text gsave 10 30 moveto 210 mm 20 sub 0 rlineto 0 70 rlineto 210 mm 20 sub neg 0 rlineto closepath .7 .7 .9 setrgbcolor fill grestore % Bottom text center 90 moveto /FreeBSD findfont 50 scalefont setfont center 50 moveto -(http://www.FreeBSD.org) cshow +(https://www.FreeBSD.org) cshow % Do not forget Kirks copyright string. 10 105 moveto /Times-Roman findfont 8 scalefont setfont (BSD Daemon ) show /Symbol findfont 8 scalefont setfont (\343 ) show /Times-Roman findfont 8 scalefont setfont (Copyright 1988 by Marshall Kirk McKusick. All Rights Reserved.) show showpage ' Index: head/share/man/man4/lge.4 =================================================================== --- head/share/man/man4/lge.4 (revision 325095) +++ head/share/man/man4/lge.4 (revision 325096) @@ -1,157 +1,157 @@ .\" Copyright (c) 2001 Wind River Systems .\" Copyright (c) 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 .\" Bill Paul . All rights reserved. .\" .\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without .\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions .\" are met: .\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright .\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. .\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright .\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the .\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. .\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software .\" must display the following acknowledgement: .\" This product includes software developed by Bill Paul. .\" 4. Neither the name of the author nor the names of any co-contributors .\" may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software .\" without specific prior written permission. .\" .\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY Bill Paul AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND .\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE .\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE .\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL Bill Paul OR THE VOICES IN HIS HEAD .\" BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR .\" CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF .\" SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS .\" INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN .\" CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) .\" ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF .\" THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. .\" .\" $FreeBSD$ .\" .Dd July 16, 2005 .Dt LGE 4 .Os .Sh NAME .Nm lge .Nd "Level 1 LXT1001 NetCellerator PCI Gigabit Ethernet adapter driver" .Sh SYNOPSIS To compile this driver into the kernel, place the following lines in your kernel configuration file: .Bd -ragged -offset indent .Cd "device miibus" .Cd "device lge" .Ed .Pp Alternatively, to load the driver as a module at boot time, place the following line in .Xr loader.conf 5 : .Bd -literal -offset indent if_lge_load="YES" .Ed .Sh DESCRIPTION The .Nm driver provides support for various NICs based on the Level 1 LXT1001 NetCellerator Gigabit Ethernet controller chip. .Pp The LXT1001 supports fiber PHYs and also a GMII port for use with 10/100/1000 copper PHYs, however there are currently no NICs on the market that use this feature. .Pp The LXT1001 supports TCP/IP checksum offload for receive and VLAN-based filtering as well as a 64-bit multicast hash filter. It also supports jumbo frames, which can be configured via the interface MTU setting. Selecting an MTU larger than 1500 bytes with the .Xr ifconfig 8 utility configures the adapter to receive and transmit jumbo frames. Using jumbo frames can greatly improve performance for certain tasks, such as file transfers and data streaming. .Pp The .Nm driver supports the following media types: .Bl -tag -width ".Cm 1000baseSX" .It Cm autoselect Enable autoselection of the media type and options. The user can manually override the autoselected mode by adding media options to .Xr rc.conf 5 . .It Cm 1000baseSX Set 1000baseSX operation over fiber optic cable. Both .Cm full-duplex and .Cm half-duplex modes are supported. .El .Pp The .Nm driver supports the following media options: .Bl -tag -width ".Cm full-duplex" .It Cm full-duplex Force full duplex operation. .It Cm half-duplex Force half duplex operation. .El .Pp For more information on configuring this device, see .Xr ifconfig 8 . .Sh HARDWARE Adapters supported by the .Nm driver include: .Pp .Bl -bullet -compact .It SMC TigerCard 1000 (SMC9462SX) .It D-Link DGE-500SX .El .Sh DIAGNOSTICS .Bl -diag .It "lge%d: couldn't map memory" A fatal initialization error has occurred. .It "lge%d: couldn't map ports" A fatal initialization error has occurred. .It "lge%d: couldn't map interrupt" A fatal initialization error has occurred. .It "lge%d: no memory for softc struct!" The driver failed to allocate memory for per-device instance information during initialization. .It "lge%d: failed to enable memory mapping!" The driver failed to initialize PCI shared memory mapping. This might happen if the card is not in a bus-master slot. .It "lge%d: no memory for jumbo buffers!" The driver failed to allocate memory for jumbo frames during initialization. .It "lge%d: watchdog timeout" The device has stopped responding to the network, or there is a problem with the network connection (cable). .El .Sh SEE ALSO .Xr arp 4 , .Xr miibus 4 , .Xr netintro 4 , .Xr ng_ether 4 , .Xr ifconfig 8 .Rs .%T Level 1 LXT1001 Programming Manual -.%U http://www.FreeBSD.org/~wpaul/Level1/LXT1001SRM.pdf +.%U https://www.FreeBSD.org/~wpaul/Level1/LXT1001SRM.pdf .Re .Sh HISTORY The .Nm device driver first appeared in .Fx 4.4 . .Sh AUTHORS The .Nm driver was written by .An Bill Paul Aq Mt william.paul@windriver.com . Index: head/share/man/man4/mac.4 =================================================================== --- head/share/man/man4/mac.4 (revision 325095) +++ head/share/man/man4/mac.4 (revision 325096) @@ -1,246 +1,246 @@ .\" Copyright (c) 2003 Networks Associates Technology, Inc. .\" All rights reserved. .\" .\" This software was developed for the FreeBSD Project by Chris Costello .\" at Safeport Network Services and Network Associates Labs, the .\" Security Research Division of Network Associates, Inc. under .\" DARPA/SPAWAR contract N66001-01-C-8035 ("CBOSS"), as part of the .\" DARPA CHATS research program. .\" .\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without .\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions .\" are met: .\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright .\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. .\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright .\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the .\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. .\" .\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHORS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND .\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE .\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE .\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE .\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL .\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS .\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) .\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT .\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY .\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF .\" SUCH DAMAGE. .\" .\" $FreeBSD$ .\" .Dd July 25, 2015 .Dt MAC 4 .Os .Sh NAME .Nm mac .Nd Mandatory Access Control .Sh SYNOPSIS .Cd "options MAC" .Sh DESCRIPTION .Ss Introduction The Mandatory Access Control, or MAC, framework allows administrators to finely control system security by providing for a loadable security policy architecture. It is important to note that due to its nature, MAC security policies may only restrict access relative to one another and the base system policy; they cannot override traditional .Ux security provisions such as file permissions and superuser checks. .Pp Currently, the following MAC policy modules are shipped with .Fx : .Bl -column ".Xr mac_seeotheruids 4" "low-watermark mac policy" ".Em Labeling" "boot only" .It Sy Name Ta Sy Description Ta Sy Labeling Ta Sy "Load time" .It Xr mac_biba 4 Ta "Biba integrity policy" Ta yes Ta boot only .It Xr mac_bsdextended 4 Ta "File system firewall" Ta no Ta any time .It Xr mac_ifoff 4 Ta "Interface silencing" Ta no Ta any time .It Xr mac_lomac 4 Ta "Low-Watermark MAC policy" Ta yes Ta boot only .It Xr mac_mls 4 Ta "Confidentiality policy" Ta yes Ta boot only .It Xr mac_none 4 Ta "Sample no-op policy" Ta no Ta any time .It Xr mac_partition 4 Ta "Process partition policy" Ta yes Ta any time .It Xr mac_portacl 4 Ta "Port bind(2) access control" Ta no Ta any time .It Xr mac_seeotheruids 4 Ta "See-other-UIDs policy" Ta no Ta any time .It Xr mac_test 4 Ta "MAC testing policy" Ta no Ta any time .El .Ss MAC Labels Each system subject (processes, sockets, etc.) and each system object (file system objects, sockets, etc.) can carry with it a MAC label. MAC labels contain data in an arbitrary format taken into consideration in making access control decisions for a given operation. Most MAC labels on system subjects and objects can be modified directly or indirectly by the system administrator. The format for a given policy's label may vary depending on the type of object or subject being labeled. More information on the format for MAC labels can be found in the .Xr maclabel 7 man page. .Ss MAC Support for UFS2 File Systems By default, file system enforcement of labeled MAC policies relies on a single file system label (see .Sx "MAC Labels" ) in order to make access control decisions for all the files in a particular file system. With some policies, this configuration may not allow administrators to take full advantage of features. In order to enable support for labeling files on an individual basis for a particular file system, the .Dq multilabel flag must be enabled on the file system. To set the .Dq multilabel flag, drop to single-user mode and unmount the file system, then execute the following command: .Pp .Dl "tunefs -l enable" Ar filesystem .Pp where .Ar filesystem is either the mount point (in .Xr fstab 5 ) or the special file (in .Pa /dev ) corresponding to the file system on which to enable multilabel support. .Ss Policy Enforcement Policy enforcement is divided into the following areas of the system: .Bl -ohang .It Sy "File System" File system mounts, modifying directories, modifying files, etc. .It Sy KLD Loading, unloading, and retrieving statistics on loaded kernel modules .It Sy Network Network interfaces, .Xr bpf 4 , packet delivery and transmission, interface configuration .Xr ( ioctl 2 , .Xr ifconfig 8 ) .It Sy Pipes Creation of and operation on .Xr pipe 2 objects .It Sy Processes Debugging (e.g.\& .Xr ktrace 2 ) , process visibility .Pq Xr ps 1 , process execution .Pq Xr execve 2 , signalling .Pq Xr kill 2 .It Sy Sockets Creation of and operation on .Xr socket 2 objects .It Sy System Kernel environment .Pq Xr kenv 1 , system accounting .Pq Xr acct 2 , .Xr reboot 2 , .Xr settimeofday 2 , .Xr swapon 2 , .Xr sysctl 3 , .Xr nfsd 8 Ns -related operations .It Sy VM .Xr mmap 2 Ns -ed files .El .Ss Setting MAC Labels From the command line, each type of system object has its own means for setting and modifying its MAC policy label. .Bl -column "user (by login class)" "Xr setfmac 8 , Xr setfsmac 8" -offset indent .It Sy "Subject/Object" Ta Sy "Utility" .It "File system object" Ta Xr setfmac 8 , Xr setfsmac 8 .It "Network interface" Ta Xr ifconfig 8 .It "TTY (by login class)" Ta Xr login.conf 5 .It "User (by login class)" Ta Xr login.conf 5 .El .Pp Additionally, the .Xr su 1 and .Xr setpmac 8 utilities can be used to run a command with a different process label than the shell's current label. .Ss Programming With MAC MAC security enforcement itself is transparent to application programs, with the exception that some programs may need to be aware of additional .Xr errno 2 returns from various system calls. .Pp The interface for retrieving, handling, and setting policy labels is documented in the .Xr mac 3 man page. .\" *** XXX *** .\" Support for this feature is poor and should not be encouraged. .\" .\" .It Va security.mac.mmap_revocation .\" Revoke .\" .Xr mmap 2 .\" access to files on subject relabel. .\" .It Va security.mac.mmap_revocation_via_cow .\" Revoke .\" .Xr mmap 2 .\" access to files via copy-on-write semantics; .\" mapped regions will still appear writable, but will no longer .\" effect a change on the underlying vnode. .\" (Default: 0). .Sh SEE ALSO .Xr mac 3 , .Xr mac_biba 4 , .Xr mac_bsdextended 4 , .Xr mac_ifoff 4 , .Xr mac_lomac 4 , .Xr mac_mls 4 , .Xr mac_none 4 , .Xr mac_partition 4 , .Xr mac_portacl 4 , .Xr mac_seeotheruids 4 , .Xr mac_test 4 , .Xr login.conf 5 , .Xr maclabel 7 , .Xr getfmac 8 , .Xr getpmac 8 , .Xr setfmac 8 , .Xr setpmac 8 , .Xr mac 9 .Rs .%B "The FreeBSD Handbook" .%T "Mandatory Access Control" -.%U http://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/mac.html +.%U https://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/mac.html .Re .Sh HISTORY The .Nm implementation first appeared in .Fx 5.0 and was developed by the .Tn TrustedBSD Project. .Sh AUTHORS This software was contributed to the .Fx Project by Network Associates Labs, the Security Research Division of Network Associates Inc. under DARPA/SPAWAR contract N66001-01-C-8035 .Pq Dq CBOSS , as part of the DARPA CHATS research program. .Sh BUGS While the MAC Framework design is intended to support the containment of the root user, not all attack channels are currently protected by entry point checks. As such, MAC Framework policies should not be relied on, in isolation, to protect against a malicious privileged user. Index: head/share/man/man7/ports.7 =================================================================== --- head/share/man/man7/ports.7 (revision 325095) +++ head/share/man/man7/ports.7 (revision 325096) @@ -1,571 +1,571 @@ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1997 David E. O'Brien .\" .\" All rights reserved. .\" .\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without .\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions .\" are met: .\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright .\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. .\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright .\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the .\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. .\" .\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE DEVELOPERS ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR .\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES .\" OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. .\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE DEVELOPERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, .\" INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT .\" NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, .\" DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY .\" THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT .\" (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF .\" THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. .\" .\" $FreeBSD$ .\" .Dd June 6, 2014 .Dt PORTS 7 .Os .Sh NAME .Nm ports .Nd contributed applications .Sh DESCRIPTION The .Fx Ports Collection offers a simple way for users and administrators to install applications. Each .Em port contains any patches necessary to make the original application source code compile and run on .Fx . Compiling an application is as simple as typing .Nm make Cm build in the port directory! The .Pa Makefile automatically fetches the application source code, either from a local disk or via FTP, unpacks it on your system, applies the patches, and compiles it. If all goes well, simply type .Nm make Cm install to install the application. .Pp For more information about using ports, see .Dq "Packages and Ports" in .%B "The FreeBSD Handbook" , .Pa ( file:/usr/share/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/ports.html or -.Pa http://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/ports.html ) . +.Pa https://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/ports.html ) . For information about creating new ports, see .%B "The Porter's Handbook" .Pa ( file:/usr/share/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/porters-handbook/index.html or -.Pa http://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/porters-handbook/ ) . +.Pa https://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/porters-handbook/ ) . .Sh TARGETS Some of the targets work recursively through subdirectories. This lets you, for example, install all of the .Dq Li biology ports. The targets that do this are .Cm build , checksum , clean , configure , .Cm depends , extract , fetch , install , and .Cm package . .Pp The following targets will be run automatically by each proceeding target in order. That is, .Cm build will be run (if necessary) by .Cm install , and so on all the way to .Cm fetch . Usually, you will only use the .Cm install target. .Bl -tag -width ".Cm configure" .It Cm config Configure .Va OPTIONS for this port using .Xr dialog4ports 1 . .It Cm fetch Fetch all of the files needed to build this port from the sites listed in .Va MASTER_SITES and .Va PATCH_SITES . See .Va FETCH_CMD , MASTER_SITE_OVERRIDE and .Va MASTER_SITE_BACKUP . .It Cm checksum Verify that the fetched distfile's checksum matches the one the port was tested against. If the distfile's checksum does not match, it also fetches the distfiles which are missing or failed the checksum calculation. Defining .Va NO_CHECKSUM will skip this step. .It Cm depends Install (or compile if only compilation is necessary) any dependencies of the current port. When called by the .Cm extract or .Cm fetch targets, this is run in piecemeal as .Cm fetch-depends , build-depends , etc. Defining .Va NO_DEPENDS will skip this step. .It Cm extract Expand the distfile into a work directory. .It Cm patch Apply any patches that are necessary for the port. .It Cm configure Configure the port. Some ports will ask you questions during this stage. See .Va INTERACTIVE and .Va BATCH . .It Cm build Build the port. This is the same as calling the .Cm all target. .It Cm install Install the port and register it with the package system. This is all you really need to do. .El .Pp The following targets are not run during the normal install process. .Bl -tag -width ".Cm fetch-recursive" .It Cm showconfig Display .Va OPTIONS config for this port. .It Cm showconfig-recursive Display .Va OPTIONS config for this port and all its dependencies. .It Cm rmconfig Remove .Va OPTIONS config for this port. .It Cm rmconfig-recursive Remove .Va OPTIONS config for this port and all its dependencies. .It Cm config-conditional Skip the ports which have already had their .Va OPTIONS configured. .It Cm config-recursive Configure .Va OPTIONS for this port and all its dependencies using .Xr dialog4ports 1 . .It Cm fetch-list Show list of files to be fetched in order to build the port. .It Cm fetch-recursive Fetch the distfiles of the port and all its dependencies. .It Cm fetch-recursive-list Show list of files that would be retrieved by .Cm fetch-recursive . .It Cm run-depends-list , build-depends-list Print a list of all the compile and run dependencies, and dependencies of those dependencies, by port directory. .It Cm all-depends-list Print a list of all dependencies for the port. .It Cm pretty-print-run-depends-list , pretty-print-build-depends-list Print a list of all the compile and run dependencies, and dependencies of those dependencies, by port name and version. .It Cm missing Print a list of missing dependencies to be installed for the port. .It Cm clean Remove the expanded source code. This recurses to dependencies unless .Va NOCLEANDEPENDS is defined. .It Cm distclean Remove the port's distfiles and perform the .Cm clean target. The .Cm clean portion recurses to dependencies unless .Va NOCLEANDEPENDS is defined, but the .Cm distclean portion never recurses (this is perhaps a bug). .It Cm reinstall Use this to restore a port after using .Xr pkg-delete 8 when you should have used .Cm deinstall . .It Cm deinstall Remove an installed port from the system, similar to .Xr pkg-delete 8 . .It Cm deinstall-all Remove all installed ports with the same .Va PKGORIGIN from the system. .It Cm package Make a binary package for the port. The port will be installed if it has not already been. The package is a .Pa .tbz file that you can use to install the port on other machines with .Xr pkg-add 8 . If the directory specified by .Va PACKAGES does not exist, the package will be put into the current directory. See .Va PKGREPOSITORY and .Va PKGFILE . .It Cm package-recursive Like .Cm package , but makes a package for each depending port as well. .It Cm package-name Prints the name with version of the port. .It Cm readmes Create a port's .Pa README.html . This can be used from .Pa /usr/ports to create a browsable web of all ports on your system! .It Cm search Search the .Pa INDEX file for the pattern specified by the .Va key (searches the port name, comment, and dependencies), .Va name (searches the port name only), .Va path (searches the port path), .Va info (searches the port info), .Va maint (searches the port maintainer), .Va cat (searches the port category), .Va bdeps (searches the port build-time dependency), .Va rdeps (searches the port run-time dependency), .Va www (searches the port web site) .Xr make 1 variables, and their exclusion counterparts: .Va xname , xkey etc. For example, one would type: .Pp .Dl "cd /usr/ports && make search name=query" .Pp to find all ports whose name matches .Dq Li query . Results include the matching ports' path, comment, maintainer, build dependencies, and run dependencies. .Bd -literal -offset indent cd /usr/ports && make search name=pear- \e xbdeps=apache .Ed .Pp To find all ports whose names contain .Dq Li pear- and which do not have apache listed in build-time dependencies. .Bd -literal -offset indent cd /usr/ports && make search name=pear- \e xname='ht(tp|ml)' .Ed .Pp To find all ports whose names contain .Dq Li pear- , but not .Dq Li html or .Dq Li http . .Bd -literal -offset indent make search key=apache display=name,path,info keylim=1 .Ed .Pp To find ports that contain .Dq Li apache in either of the name, path, info fields, ignore the rest of the record. .Pp By default the search is not case-sensitive. In order to make it case-sensitive you can use the .Va icase variable: .Bd -literal -offset indent make search name=p5-R icase=0 .Ed .It Cm quicksearch Reduced .Cm search output. Only display name, path and info. .It Cm describe Generate a one-line description of each port for use in the .Pa INDEX file. .It Cm maintainer Display the port maintainer's email address. .It Cm index Create .Pa /usr/ports/INDEX , which is used by the .Cm pretty-print-* and .Cm search targets. Running the .Cm index target will ensure your .Pa INDEX file is up to date with your ports tree. .It Cm fetchindex Fetch the .Pa INDEX file from the .Fx cluster. .El .Sh ENVIRONMENT You can change all of these. .Bl -tag -width ".Va MASTER_SITES" .It Va PORTSDIR Location of the ports tree. This is .Pa /usr/ports on .Fx and .Ox , and .Pa /usr/pkgsrc on .Nx . .It Va WRKDIRPREFIX Where to create any temporary files. Useful if .Va PORTSDIR is read-only (perhaps mounted from a CD-ROM). .It Va DISTDIR Where to find/put distfiles, normally .Pa distfiles/ in .Va PORTSDIR . .It Va PACKAGES Used only for the .Cm package target; the base directory for the packages tree, normally .Pa packages/ in .Va PORTSDIR . If this directory exists, the package tree will be (partially) constructed. This directory does not have to exist; if it does not, packages will be placed into the current directory, or you can define one of .Bl -tag -width ".Va PKGREPOSITORY" .It Va PKGREPOSITORY Directory to put the package in. .It Va PKGFILE The full path to the package. .El .It Va LOCALBASE Where existing things are installed and where to search for files when resolving dependencies (usually .Pa /usr/local ) . .It Va PREFIX Where to install this port (usually set to the same as .Va LOCALBASE ) . .It Va MASTER_SITES Primary sites for distribution files if not found locally. .It Va PATCH_SITES Primary locations for distribution patch files if not found locally. .It Va MASTER_SITE_FREEBSD If set, go to the master .Fx site for all files. .It Va MASTER_SITE_OVERRIDE Try going to these sites for all files and patches, first. .It Va MASTER_SITE_BACKUP Try going to these sites for all files and patches, last. .It Va RANDOMIZE_MASTER_SITES Try the download locations in a random order. .It Va MASTER_SORT Sort the download locations according to user supplied pattern. Example: .Dl .dk .sunet.se .se dk.php.net .no .de heanet.dl.sourceforge.net .It Va MASTER_SITE_INDEX Where to get .Pa INDEX source built on .Fx cluster (for .Cm fetchindex target). Defaults to -.Pa http://www.FreeBSD.org/ports/ . +.Pa https://www.FreeBSD.org/ports/ . .It Va FETCHINDEX Command to get .Pa INDEX (for .Cm fetchindex target). Defaults to .Dq Nm fetch Fl am . .It Va NOCLEANDEPENDS If defined, do not let .Cm clean recurse to dependencies. .It Va FETCH_CMD Command to use to fetch files. Normally .Xr fetch 1 . .It Va FORCE_PKG_REGISTER If set, overwrite any existing package registration on the system. .It Va MOTIFLIB Location of .Pa libXm. Ns Brq Pa a , Ns Pa so . .It Va INTERACTIVE If defined, only operate on a port if it requires interaction. .It Va BATCH If defined, only operate on a port if it can be installed 100% automatically. .It Va DISABLE_VULNERABILITIES If defined, disable check for security vulnerabilities using .Xr pkg-audit 8 when installing new ports. .It Va NO_IGNORE If defined, allow installation of ports marked as .Aq Va FORBIDDEN . The default behavior of the Ports framework is to abort when the installation of a forbidden port is attempted. Of course, these ports may not work as expected, but if you really know what you are doing and are sure about installing a forbidden port, then .Va NO_IGNORE lets you do it. .It Va NO_CHECKSUM If defined, skip verifying the port's checksum. .It Va TRYBROKEN If defined, attempt to build a port even if it is marked as .Aq Va BROKEN . .It Va PORT_DBDIR Directory where the results of configuring .Va OPTIONS are stored. Defaults to .Pa /var/db/ports . Each port where .Va OPTIONS have been configured will have a uniquely named sub-directory, containing a single file .Pa options . .El .Sh MAKE VARIABLES The following list provides a name and short description for many of the variables that are used when building ports. More information on these and other related variables may be found in .Pa ${PORTSDIR}/Mk/* and the .Fx Porter's Handbook. .Bl -tag -width ".Va OVERRIDE_LINUX_BASE_PORT" .It Va WITH_OPENSSL_PORT .Pq Vt bool If set, causes ports that make use of OpenSSL to use the OpenSSL from ports .Pq if available instead of the OpenSSL from the base system. .It Va WITH_DEBUG .Pq Vt bool If set, debugging symbols are installed for ports binaries. .It Va WITH_DEBUG_PORTS A list of origins for which to set .Va WITH_DEBUG_PORTS . .It Va WITH_SSP_PORTS .Pq Vt bool If set, enables .Fl fstack-protector for most ports. .It Va WITH_GHOSTSCRIPT_VER If set, the version of ghostscript to be used by ports. .It Va OVERRIDE_LINUX_BASE_PORT The default linux base to use. .It Va WITH_CCACHE_BUILD .Pq Vt bool If set, enables the use of .Xr ccache 1 for building ports. .It Va CCACHE_DIR Which directory to use for the ccache data. .El .Sh FILES .Bl -tag -width ".Pa /usr/ports/Mk/bsd.port.mk" -compact .It Pa /usr/ports The default ports directory .It Pa /usr/ports/Mk/bsd.port.mk The big Kahuna. .El .Sh SEE ALSO .Xr make 1 , .Xr make.conf 5 , .Xr pkg 8 , .Xr portsnap 8 .Pp The following are part of the ports collection: .Pp .Xr pkg 7 , .Xr portlint 1 .Rs .%B "The FreeBSD Handbook" .Re .Pp -.Pa http://www.FreeBSD.org/ports +.Pa https://www.FreeBSD.org/ports (searchable index of all ports) .Sh HISTORY The Ports Collection appeared in .Fx 1.0 . It has since spread to .Nx and .Ox . .Sh AUTHORS .An -nosplit This manual page was originated by .An David O'Brien . .Sh BUGS Ports documentation is split over four places \(em .Pa /usr/ports/Mk/bsd.port.mk , .%B "The Porter's Handbook" , the .Dq "Packages and Ports" chapter of .%B "The FreeBSD Handbook" , and this manual page. Index: head/share/man/man7/release.7 =================================================================== --- head/share/man/man7/release.7 (revision 325095) +++ head/share/man/man7/release.7 (revision 325096) @@ -1,793 +1,793 @@ .\" Copyright (c) 2002 Murray Stokely .\" All rights reserved. .\" .\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without .\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions .\" are met: .\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright .\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. .\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright .\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the .\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. .\" .\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND .\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE .\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE .\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE .\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL .\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS .\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) .\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT .\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY .\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF .\" SUCH DAMAGE. .\" .\" $FreeBSD$ .\" .Dd January 28, 2017 .Dt RELEASE 7 .Os .Sh NAME .Nm release .Nd "release building infrastructure" .Sh DESCRIPTION .Fx provides a complete build environment suitable for users to make full releases of the .Fx operating system. All of the tools necessary to build a release are available from the .Fx source code repository in .Pa src/release . A complete release can actually be built with only a single command, including the creation of ISO images suitable for burning to CD-ROM, memory stick images, and an FTP install directory. This command is aptly named .Dq Li "make release" . .Pp For some users, it may be desirable to provide an absolutely clean build environment, with no local modifications to the source tree or to .Xr make.conf 5 , and with clean checkouts of specific versions of the doc, src, and ports trees. For this purpose, a script .Pq Pa src/release/release.sh is provided to automate these checkouts and then execute .Dq Li "make release" in a clean .Xr chroot 8 . .Pp Before attempting to build a release, the user is expected to be familiar with the contents of .Xr build 7 , and should have experience upgrading systems from source. .Pp The release build process requires that .Pa /usr/obj be populated with the output of .Dq Li "make buildworld" and .Dq Li "make buildkernel" . This is necessary to provide the object files for the release or, when using .Pa release.sh , so that the object files for a complete system can be installed into a clean .Xr chroot 8 environment. .Pp If the target release build is for a different architecture or machine type, the .Va TARGET and .Va TARGET_ARCH variables must be used. See the supported .Fa release.conf variables for more information. .Pp The release procedure on some architectures may also require that the .Xr md 4 (memory disk) device driver be present in the kernel .Pq either by being compiled in or available as a module . .Pp This document does not cover source code management, quality assurance, or other aspects of the release engineering process. .Sh CLEAN RELEASE GENERATION Official releases of .Fx are produced in a totally clean environment to ensure consistency between the versions of the src, ports, and doc trees and to avoid contamination from the host system .Po such as local patches, changes to .Xr make.conf 5 , etc. .Pc . This is accomplished using the wrapper script .Pa src/release/release.sh . .Pp .Ic release.sh .Op Fl c Ar release.conf .Pp .Ic release.sh checks out the .Li src/ , .Li ports/ , and .Li doc/ trees to .Va CHROOTDIR , then calls .Dq Li "make buildworld" and .Dq Li "make installworld" to generate a .Xr chroot 8 environment. Next, .Dq Li "make release" is run within the .Xr chroot 8 environment and places the result in .Pa $CHROOTDIR/R . .Pp The optional .Fa release.conf configuration file supports the following variables: .Bl -tag -width Ev .It Va CHROOTDIR The directory within which the release will be built. .It Va CHROOT_MAKEENV Additional .Xr make 1 arguments to pass through, which directly affect the tuning of the build chroot. .It Va SVNROOT The .Xr svn 1 host used to check out the various trees. Defaults to .Pa svn://svn.FreeeBSD.org . .It Va SRCBRANCH The .Li src/ branch to use. Defaults to .Va head/@rHEAD . .It Va DOCBRANCH The .Li doc/ branch to use. Defaults to .Va head/@rHEAD . .It Va PORTBRANCH The .Li ports/ branch to use. Defaults to .Va head/@rHEAD . .It Va TARGET The target machine type for cross-building a release. .It Va TARGET_ARCH The target machine architecture for cross-building a release. .Pp For the supported list of .Va TARGET and .Va TARGET_ARCH combinations, consult the output of .Dq make targets as documented in .Xr build 7 . .It Va KERNEL The target kernel configuration to use. Defaults to .Va GENERIC . Multiple .Va KERNEL entries may be specified. .It Va MAKE_CONF The .Xr make.conf 5 to use for the release build. Defaults to .Fa /dev/null to prevent polluting the release with local system changes. .It Va SRC_CONF The .Xr src.conf 5 to use for the release build. Defaults to .Fa /dev/null to prevent polluting the release with local system changes. .It Va MAKE_FLAGS Additional flags to pass to .Xr make 1 . .It Va WORLD_FLAGS Additional flags to pass to .Xr make 1 during the .Dq buildworld phase. Defaults to setting the number of .Xr make 1 jobs .Pq Ar -j to the number of CPUs available on a SMP-capable system. .It Va KERNEL_FLAGS Additional flags to pass to .Xr make 1 during the .Dq buildkernel phase. Defaults to setting the number of .Xr make 1 jobs .Pq Ar -j to half the number of CPUs available on a SMP-capable system. .It Va NODOC Set to a non-empty value to skip the .Li doc/ tree checkout. When set, .Va NODOC will prevent the .Fa doc.txz distribution package from being created. .It Va NOPORTS Set to a non-empty value to skip the .Li ports/ tree checkout. When set, .Va NOPORTS will prevent the .Fa ports.txz distribution package from being created. Setting this also sets .Va NODOC . .It Va WITH_DVD Set to a non-empty value to include the .Cm dvdrom target. .It Va WITH_COMPRESSED_IMAGES Set to a non-empty value to compress the release images with .Xr xz 1 . The original .Pq uncompressed images are not removed. .It Va XZ_THREADS Pq Vt int Set to the number of threads .Xr xz 1 should use when compressing images. By default, .Va XZ_THREADS is set to .Va 0 , which uses all available cores on the system. .It Va VCSCMD The command run to obtain the source trees. Defaults to .Qq Cm svn checkout . .It Va CHROOTBUILD_SKIP If defined, the .Li buildworld , .Li installworld , and .Li distribution stages of the .Xr chroot 8 build environment setup are skipped. This is intended solely for cases where the .Xr chroot 8 userland are provided by alternate means. .It Va SRC_UPDATE_SKIP Set to a non-empty value to prevent checkout or update of .Fa /usr/src within the .Xr chroot 8 . This is intended for use only when .Fa /usr/src is expected to exist by alternative means. .It Va DOC_UPDATE_SKIP Set to a non-empty value to prevent checkout or update of .Fa /usr/doc within the .Xr chroot 8 . This is intended for use only when .Fa /usr/doc is expected to exist by alternative means. .It Va PORTS_UPDATE_SKIP Set to a non-empty value to prevent checkout or update of .Fa /usr/ports within the .Xr chroot 8 . This is intended for use only when .Fa /usr/ports is expected to exist by alternative means. .El .Sh EMBEDDED BUILDS The following .Fa release.conf variables are relevant only to release builds for embedded systems: .Bl -tag -width Ev .It Va EMBEDDEDBUILD Set to a non-null value to enable functionality for embedded device release builds. .Pq This option is considered highly experimental. .Pp When set, .Va WITH_DVD is unset, and .Va NODOC is defined. Additionally, .Va XDEV and .Va XDEV_ARCH must also be defined. When the build environment is created, .Fa release.sh runs a separate build script located in an architecture-specific directory in .Pa src/release/${XDEV}/ . .It Va EMBEDDEDPORTS Set to the list of any ports that are required for the target device in the format of .Fa category/port . The .Fa devel/subversion port is built by default. .It Va CROCHETSRC Set to the source URL for the Crochet build tool. .It Va CROCHETBRANCH Set to the subversion branch from .Va ${CROCHETSRC} to use. Defaults to .Pa trunk . .It Va UBOOTSRC Set to the source URL of u-boot, if required. .It Va UBOOTBRANCH Set to the subversion branch from .Va ${UBOOTSRC} to use. Defaults to .Pa trunk . .It Va UBOOTDIR Set to the target directory within .Va ${CHROOTDIR} to check out .Va ${UBOOTSRC}/${UBOOTBRANCH} . .El .Sh VIRTUAL MACHINE DISK IMAGES The following .Fa release.conf variables are relevant only to virtual machine disk image builds: .Bl -tag -width Ev .It Va WITH_VMIMAGES Set to a non-null value to build virtual machine disk images as part of the release build. .Va WITH_VMIMAGES may also be specified as an environment variable passed to .Xr make 1 . .Pp The option requires .Xr mkimg 1 version 20140927 or later. .It Va WITH_COMPRESSED_VMIMAGES Set to a non-null value to compress the virtual machine disk images with .Xr xz 1 as part of the .Cm install .Xr make 1 target. Note that compressing virtual machine disk images may take a very long time on some systems. .It Va VMBASE Set to change the name of the resulting virtual machine disk image file. The default value is .Va vm . .It Va VMSIZE Set to change the size of the virtual machine disk capacity. The default value is .Va 20G . See .Xr truncate 1 for valid values. .Pp Virtual machine disk images are, by default, created as sparse images. When .Va WITH_COMPRESSED_VMIMAGES is used, the resulting files compressed with .Xr xz 1 compress to roughly the same size, regardless of the specified disk image size. .It Va VMFORMATS Set to the target virtual disk image format(s) to create. By default, the .Va vhdf , Va vmdk , Va qcow2 , and .Va raw formats are created. See .Xr mkimg 1 for valid format values .Pq requires version 20140927 or later . .El .Pp For a list of supported .Va VMFORMATS values .Pq including cloud hosting provider formats along with a brief description, run: .Bd -literal -offset indent cd /usr/src make -C release list-vmtargets .Ed .Sh CLOUD HOSTING MACHINE IMAGES The .Fx release build tools support building virtual machine images for various cloud hosting providers, each with their own specific configuration to include support for each hosting provider by default. .Pp The following .Xr make 1 environment variables are supported: .Bl -tag -width Ev .It Va CLOUDWARE Set to a list of one or more cloud hosting providers, enclosed in quotes. Requires .Va WITH_CLOUDWARE to also be set. .It Va WITH_CLOUDWARE Set to a non-empty value to enable building virtual machine images for various cloud hosting providers. Requires .Va CLOUDWARE to also be set. .El .Pp Additionally, the .Va CLOUDWARE and .Va WITH_CLOUDWARE variables can be added to .Pa release.conf , and used in conjunction with .Pa release.sh . .Pp For a list of supported .Va CLOUDWARE values, run: .Bd -literal -offset indent cd /usr/src make -C release list-cloudware .Ed .Sh MAKEFILE TARGETS The release makefile .Pq Pa src/release/Makefile is fairly abstruse. Most developers will only be concerned with the .Cm release and .Cm install targets. .\" XXX: Some sort of introduction to this list? All the others have one. .Bl -tag -width ".Cm packagesystem" .It Cm release Meta-target to build all release media and distributions applicable to this platform. .It Cm install Copy all produced release media to .Pa ${DESTDIR} . .It Cm cdrom Builds installation CD-ROM images. This may require the .Xr md 4 (memory disk) device driver be present in the kernel (either by being compiled in or available as a module). This target produces files called .Pa disc1.iso and .Pa bootonly.iso as its output. .It Cm dvdrom Builds installation DVD-ROM images. This may require the .Xr md 4 (memory disk) device driver be present in the kernel (either by being compiled in or available as a module). This target produces the .Pa dvd1.iso file as its output. .It Cm memstick Builds an installation memory stick image named .Pa memstick.img . Not applicable on all platforms. Requires that the .Xr md 4 .Pq memory disk device driver be present in the kernel .Pq either by being compiled in or available as a module . .It Cm mini-memstick Similar to .Cm memstick , with the exception that the installation distribution sets are not included. .It Cm ftp Creates a directory named .Pa ftp containing the distribution files used in network installations and suitable for upload to an FTP mirror. .It Cm vm-image Creates virtual machine disk images in various formats. The .Cm vm-image target requires the .Va WITH_VMIMAGES .Xr make 1 environment variable to be set to a non-null value. .It Cm vm-cloudware Builds .Fx virtual machine images for various cloud hosting providers. See .Qq CLOUD HOSTING MACHINE IMAGES for implementation details. .It Cm list-cloudware Displays the list of valid .Va CLOUDWARE values. .It Cm list-vmtargets Displays the list of valid .Va VMFORMAT and .Va CLOUDWARE values. .El .Pp Major subtargets called by targets above: .Bl -tag -width ".Cm packagesystem" .It Cm packagesystem Generates all the distribution archives .Pq base, kernel, ports, doc applicable on this platform. .It Cm disc1 Builds a bootable installation system containing all the distribution files packaged by the .Cm packagesystem target, and suitable for imaging by the .Cm cdrom , .Cm dvdrom and .Cm memstick targets. .It Cm reldoc Builds the release documentation. This includes the release notes, hardware guide, and installation instructions. Other documentation, such as the Handbook, is built during the .Cm base.txz target invoked by .Cm packagesystem . .El .Sh ENVIRONMENT Optional variables: .Bl -tag -width ".Ev TARGET_ARCH" .It Ev OSRELEASE Optional base name for generated media images .Pq e.g., FreeBSD-9.0-RC2-amd64 . Defaults to the output of .Ic `uname -s`-`uname -r`-`uname -p` within the chroot. .It Ev WORLDDIR Location of a directory containing the src tree. By default, the directory above the one containing the makefile .Pq Pa src . .It Ev PORTSDIR Location of a directory containing the ports tree. By default, .Pa /usr/ports . If it is unset or cannot be found, ports will not be included in the release. .It Ev DOCDIR Location of a directory containing the doc tree. By default, .Pa /usr/doc . If it is unset or cannot be found, most documentation will not be included in the release; see .Ev NODOC below. .It Ev NOPORTS If defined, the Ports Collection will be omitted from the release. .It Ev NOSRC If set, do not include system source code in the release. .It Ev NODOC If defined, the XML-based documentation from the .Fx Documentation Project will not be built. However, the .Dq doc distribution will still be created with the minimal documentation set provided in .Pa src/share/doc . .It Ev TARGET The target hardware platform. This is analogous to the .Dq Nm uname Fl m output. This is necessary to cross-build some target architectures. For example, cross-building for ARM64 machines requires .Ev TARGET_ARCH Ns = Ns Li aarch64 and .Ev TARGET Ns = Ns Li arm64 . If not set, .Ev TARGET defaults to the current hardware platform. .It Ev TARGET_ARCH The target machine processor architecture. This is analogous to the .Dq Nm uname Fl p output. Set this to cross-build for a different architecture. If not set, .Ev TARGET_ARCH defaults to the current machine architecture, unless .Ev TARGET is also set, in which case it defaults to the appropriate value for that platform. Typically, one only needs to set .Ev TARGET . .El .Sh FILES .Bl -tag -compact -width Pa .It Pa /usr/doc/Makefile .It Pa /usr/doc/share/mk/doc.project.mk .It Pa /usr/ports/Mk/bsd.port.mk .It Pa /usr/ports/Mk/bsd.sites.mk .It Pa /usr/share/examples/etc/make.conf .It Pa /usr/src/Makefile .It Pa /usr/src/Makefile.inc1 .It Pa /usr/src/release/Makefile .It Pa /usr/src/release/Makefile.vm .It Pa /usr/src/release/release.sh .It Pa /usr/src/release/release.conf.sample .It Pa /usr/src/release/tools/*.conf .It Pa /usr/src/release/tools/vmimage.subr .El .Sh EXAMPLES The following sequence of commands can be used to build a .Dq "-CURRENT snapshot": .Bd -literal -offset indent cd /usr svn co svn://svn.freebsd.org/base/head src cd src make buildworld buildkernel cd release make release make install DESTDIR=/var/freebsd-snapshot .Ed .Pp After running these commands, all produced distribution files (tarballs for FTP, CD-ROM images, etc.) are available in the .Pa /var/freebsd-snapshot directory. .Pp The following sequence of commands can be used to build a .Dq "-CURRENT snapshot" in a clean environment, including ports and documentation: .Bd -literal -offset indent cd /usr/src/release sh release.sh .Ed .Pp Optionally, a configuration file can be used customize the release build, such as the subversion revision to use, the branch of the subversion tree for .Li src/ , .Li ports/ , and .Li doc/ . .Bd -literal -offset indent cd /usr/src/release sh release.sh -c $HOME/release.conf .Ed .Pp After running these commands, all prepared release files are available in the .Pa /scratch directory. The target directory can be changed by specifying the .Va CHROOTDIR variable in .Li release.conf . .Sh SEE ALSO .Xr cc 1 , .Xr install 1 , .Xr make 1 , .Xr svn 1 Pq Pa ports/devel/subversion , .Xr uname 1 , .Xr md 4 , .Xr make.conf 5 , .Xr build 7 , .Xr ports 7 , .Xr chroot 8 , .Xr mtree 8 , .Xr sysctl 8 .Rs .%T "FreeBSD Release Engineering" -.%U http://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/releng/ +.%U https://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/releng/ .Re .Rs .%T "FreeBSD Developers' Handbook" -.%U http://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/developers-handbook/ +.%U https://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/developers-handbook/ .Re .Sh HISTORY .Fx 1.x used a manual checklist, compiled by .An Rod Grimes , to produce a release. Apart from being incomplete, the list put a lot of specific demands on available file systems and was quite torturous to execute. .Pp As part of the .Fx 2.0 release engineering effort, significant effort was spent getting .Pa src/release/Makefile into a shape where it could at least automate most of the tediousness of building a release in a sterile environment. .Pp For the .Fx 9.0 release, .Pa src/release/Makefile was overhauled and the wrapper script .Pa src/release/generate-release.sh introduced to support the introduction of a new installer. .Pp For the .Fx 9.2 release, .Pa src/release/release.sh was introduced to support per-build configuration files. .Pa src/release/release.sh is heavily based on the .Pa src/release/generate-release.sh script. .Pp At near 1000 revisions spread over multiple branches, the .Xr svn 1 log of .Pa src/release/Makefile contains a vivid historical record of some of the hardships release engineers go through. .Sh AUTHORS .Pa src/release/Makefile was originally written by .An -nosplit .An Rod Grimes , .An Jordan Hubbard , and .An Poul-Henning Kamp . .Pp This manual page was originally written by .An Murray Stokely Aq Mt murray@FreeBSD.org . .Pp It was updated by .An Nathan Whitehorn Aq Mt nwhitehorn@FreeBSD.org to include the .Fa generate-release.sh script used for the .Fx 9.0 release cycle. .Pp It was later updated by .An Glen Barber Aq Mt gjb@FreeBSD.org to include the .Fa release.sh script used for the .Fx 9.2 release cycle. Index: head/share/man/man7/tests.7 =================================================================== --- head/share/man/man7/tests.7 (revision 325095) +++ head/share/man/man7/tests.7 (revision 325096) @@ -1,239 +1,239 @@ .\" $FreeBSD$ .\" $NetBSD: tests.kyua.7,v 1.2 2013/07/20 21:39:59 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2010 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. .\" All rights reserved. .\" .\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without .\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions .\" are met: .\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright .\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. .\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright .\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the .\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. .\" .\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE NETBSD FOUNDATION, INC. AND .\" CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, .\" INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF .\" MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. .\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY .\" DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL .\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE .\" GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS .\" INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER .\" IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR .\" OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN .\" IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. .\" .Dd August 21, 2017 .Dt TESTS 7 .Os .Sh NAME .Nm tests .Nd introduction to the .Fx Test Suite .Sh DESCRIPTION The .Fx Test Suite provides a collection of automated tests for two major purposes. On one hand, the test suite aids .Em developers to detect bugs and regressions when they modify the source tree. On the other hand, it allows .Em end users (and, in particular, system administrators) to verify that fresh installations of the .Fx operating system behave correctly on their hardware platform and also to ensure that the system does not suffer from regressions during regular operation and maintenance. .Pp The .Fx Test Suite can be found in the .Pa /usr/tests hierarchy. .Pp This manual page describes how to run the test suite and how to configure some of its optional features. .Ss Installing the test suite The test suite is installed by default as of .Fx 11.0-RELEASE. .Pp If the .Pa /usr/tests directory is missing, then you will have to enable the build of the test suite, rebuild your system and install the results. You can do so by setting .Sq WITH_TESTS=yes in your .Pa /etc/src.conf file (see .Xr src.conf 5 for details) and rebuilding the system as described in .Xr build 7 . .Ss When to run the tests? Before diving into the details of how to run the test suite, here are some scenarios in which you should run it: .Bl -bullet -offset indent .It After a fresh installation of .Fx to ensure that the system works correctly on your hardware platform. .It After an upgrade of .Fx to a different version to ensure that the new code works well on your hardware platform and that the upgrade did not introduce regressions in your configuration. .It After modifying the source tree to detect any new bugs and/or regressions. .It Periodically, maybe from a .Xr cron 8 job, to ensure that any changes to the system (such as the installation of third-party packages or manual modifications to configuration files) do not introduce unexpected failures. .El .Ss Running the tests First, you will need to install the .Sq devel/kyua package from .Xr ports 7 . Then use the following command to run the whole test suite: .Bd -literal -offset indent $ kyua test -k /usr/tests/Kyuafile .Ed .Pp The above will iterate through all test programs in .Pa /usr/tests recursively, execute them, store their results and debugging data in Kyua's database (by default in .Pa ~/.kyua/store.db ) , and print a summary of the results. This summary includes a brief count of all total tests run and how many of them failed. .Pp It is possible to restrict which tests to run by providing their names in the command line. For example, this would execute the tests for the .Xr cp 1 and .Xr cut 1 utilities: .Bd -literal -offset indent $ kyua test -k /usr/tests/Kyuafile bin/cp usr.bin/cut .Ed .Ss Obtaining reports of the tests execution Additional information about the test results can be retrieved by using Kyua's various reporting commands. For example, the following would print a plain-text report of the executed tests and show which ones failed: .Bd -literal -offset indent $ kyua report .Ed .Pp This example would generate an HTML report ready to be published on a web server: .Bd -literal -offset indent $ kyua report-html --output ~/public_html/tests .Ed .Pp For further details on the command-line interface of Kyua, please refer to its manual page .Xr kyua 1 . .Ss Configuring the tests Some test cases in the .Fx Test Suite require manual configuration by the administrator before they can be run. Unless certain properties are defined, the tests that require them will be skipped. .Pp Test suites are configured by defining their configuration variables in .Pa /usr/local/etc/kyua/kyua.conf . The format of this file is detailed in .Xr kyua.conf 5 . .Pp The following configuration variables are available in the .Fx Test Suite: .Bl -tag -width "allow_sysctl_side_effects" .It allow_devfs_side_effects If defined, enables tests that may destroy and recreate semipermanent device nodes, like disk devices. Without this variable, tests may still create and destroy devices nodes that are normally transient, like /dev/tap* and /dev/pts*, as long as they clean them up afterwards. However, tests that require this variable have a relaxed cleanup requirement; they must recreate any devices that they destroyed, but not necessarily with the same devnames. .It allow_sysctl_side_effects Enables tests that change globally significant .Xr sysctl 8 variables. The tests will undo any changes in their cleanup phases. .It disks Must be set to a space delimited list of disk device nodes. Tests that need destructive access to disks must use these devices. Tests are not required to preserve any data present on these disks. .It fibs Must be set to a space delimited list of FIBs (routing tables). Tests that need to modify a routing table may use any of these. Tests will cleanup any new routes that they create. .El .Ss What to do if something fails? If there is .Em any failure during the execution of the test suite, please consider reporting it to the .Fx developers so that the failure can be analyzed and fixed. To do so, either send a message to the appropriate mailing list or file a problem report. For more details please refer to: .Bl -bullet -offset indent -compact .It .Lk http://lists.freebsd.org/ "FreeBSD Mailing Lists" .It -.Lk http://www.freebsd.org/support.html "Problem Reporting" +.Lk https://www.freebsd.org/support.html "Problem Reporting" .El .Sh FILES .Bl -tag -compact -width usrXlocalXetcXkyuaXkyuaXconfXX .It Pa /usr/local/etc/kyua/kyua.conf System-wide configuration file for .Xr kyua 1 . .It Pa ~/.kyua/kyua.conf User-specific configuration file for .Xr kyua 1 ; overrides the system file. .It Pa ~/.kyua/store.db Default result database used by Kyua. .It Pa /usr/tests/ Location of the .Fx Test Suite. .It Pa /usr/tests/Kyuafile Top-level test suite definition file. .El .Sh SEE ALSO .Xr kyua 1 , .Xr build 7 .Sh HISTORY The .Fx Test Suite first appeared in .Fx 10.1 . .Pp The .Nm manual page first appeared in .Nx 6.0 and was later ported to .Fx 10.1 . .Sh AUTHORS .An Julio Merino Aq Mt jmmv@FreeBSD.org Index: head/share/man/man8/crash.8 =================================================================== --- head/share/man/man8/crash.8 (revision 325095) +++ head/share/man/man8/crash.8 (revision 325096) @@ -1,216 +1,216 @@ .\" FreeBSD version Copyright (c) 1996 .\" Mike Pritchard . All rights reserved. .\" .\" Adapted from share/man/man8/man8.hp300/crash.8 .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. .\" .\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without .\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions .\" are met: .\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright .\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. .\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright .\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the .\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. .\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors .\" may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software .\" without specific prior written permission. .\" .\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND .\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE .\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE .\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE .\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL .\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS .\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) .\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT .\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY .\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF .\" SUCH DAMAGE. .\" .\" $FreeBSD$ .\" .Dd July 23, 2011 .Dt CRASH 8 .Os .Sh NAME .Nm crash .Nd FreeBSD system failures .Sh DESCRIPTION This section explains a bit about system crashes and (very briefly) how to analyze crash dumps. .Pp When the system crashes voluntarily it prints a message of the form .Bl -diag -offset indent .It "panic: why i gave up the ghost" .El .Pp on the console, and if dumps have been enabled (see .Xr dumpon 8 ) , takes a dump on a mass storage peripheral, and then invokes an automatic reboot procedure as described in .Xr reboot 8 . Unless some unexpected inconsistency is encountered in the state of the file systems due to hardware or software failure, the system will then resume multi-user operations. .Pp The system has a large number of internal consistency checks; if one of these fails, then it will panic with a very short message indicating which one failed. In many instances, this will be the name of the routine which detected the error, or a two-word description of the inconsistency. A full understanding of most panic messages requires perusal of the source code for the system. .Pp The most common cause of system failures is hardware failure, which can reflect itself in different ways. Here are the messages which are most likely, with some hints as to causes. Left unstated in all cases is the possibility that hardware or software error produced the message in some unexpected way. .Pp .Bl -diag -compact .It "cannot mount root" This panic message results from a failure to mount the root file system during the bootstrap process. Either the root file system has been corrupted, or the system is attempting to use the wrong device as root file system. Usually, an alternate copy of the system binary or an alternate root file system can be used to bring up the system to investigate. Most often this is done by the use of the boot floppy you used to install the system, and then using the .Dq fixit floppy. .Pp .It "init: not found" This is not a panic message, as reboots are likely to be futile. Late in the bootstrap procedure, the system was unable to locate and execute the initialization process, .Xr init 8 . The root file system is incorrect or has been corrupted, or the mode or type of .Pa /sbin/init forbids execution or is totally missing. .Pp .It "ffs_realloccg: bad optim" .It "ffs_valloc: dup alloc" .It "ffs_alloccgblk: cyl groups corrupted" .It "ffs_alloccg: map corrupted" .It "blkfree: freeing free block" .It "blkfree: freeing free frag" .It "ifree: freeing free inode" These panic messages are among those that may be produced when file system inconsistencies are detected. The problem generally results from a failure to repair damaged file systems after a crash, hardware failures, or other condition that should not normally occur. A file system check will normally correct the problem. .Pp .It "timeout table full" This really should not be a panic, but until the data structure involved is made to be extensible, running out of entries causes a crash. If this happens, make the timeout table bigger. .Pp .\" .It "trap type %d, code = %x, v = %x" .\" An unexpected trap has occurred within the system; the trap types are: .\" .Bl -column xxxx -offset indent .\" 0 bus error .\" 1 address error .\" 2 illegal instruction .\" 3 divide by zero .\" .No 4\t Em chk No instruction .\" .No 5\t Em trapv No instruction .\" 6 privileged instruction .\" 7 trace trap .\" 8 MMU fault .\" 9 simulated software interrupt .\" 10 format error .\" 11 FP coprocessor fault .\" 12 coprocessor fault .\" 13 simulated AST .\" .El .\" .Pp .\" The favorite trap type in system crashes is trap type 8, .\" indicating a wild reference. .\" ``code'' (hex) is the concatenation of the .\" MMU .\" status register .\" (see ) .\" in the high 16 bits and the 68020 special status word .\" (see the 68020 manual, page 6-17) .\" in the low 16. .\" ``v'' (hex) is the virtual address which caused the fault. .\" Additionally, the kernel will dump about a screenful of semi-useful .\" information. .\" ``pid'' (decimal) is the process id of the process running at the .\" time of the exception. .\" Note that if we panic in an interrupt routine, .\" this process may not be related to the panic. .\" ``ps'' (hex) is the 68020 processor status register ``ps''. .\" ``pc'' (hex) is the value of the program counter saved .\" on the hardware exception frame. .\" It may .\" .Em not .\" be the PC of the instruction causing the fault. .\" ``sfc'' and ``dfc'' (hex) are the 68020 source/destination function codes. .\" They should always be one. .\" ``p0'' and ``p1'' are the .\" VAX-like .\" region registers. .\" They are of the form: .\" .Pp .\" .Bd -ragged -offset indent .\" '@' .\" .Ed .\" .Pp .\" where both are in hex. .\" Following these values are a dump of the processor registers (hex). .\" Finally, is a dump of the stack (user/kernel) at the time of the offense. .\" .Pp .It "init died (signal #, exit #)" The system initialization process has exited with the specified signal number and exit code. This is bad news, as no new users will then be able to log in. Rebooting is the only fix, so the system just does it right away. .El .Pp That completes the list of panic types you are likely to see. .Pp If the system has been configured to take crash dumps (see .Xr dumpon 8 ) , then when it crashes it will write (or at least attempt to write) an image of memory into the back end of the dump device, usually the same as the primary swap area. After the system is rebooted, the program .Xr savecore 8 runs and preserves a copy of this core image and the current system in a specified directory for later perusal. See .Xr savecore 8 for details. .Pp To analyze a dump you should begin by running .Xr kgdb 1 on the system load image and core dump. If the core image is the result of a panic, the panic message is printed. For more details consult the chapter on kernel debugging in the .%B "FreeBSD Developers' Handbook" -.Pq Pa http://www.freebsd.org/doc/en/books/developers-handbook/ . +.Pq Pa https://www.freebsd.org/doc/en/books/developers-handbook/ . .Sh SEE ALSO .Xr kgdb 1 , .Xr dumpon 8 , .Xr reboot 8 , .Xr savecore 8 .Sh HISTORY The .Nm manual page first appeared in .Fx 2.2 . Index: head/share/man/man9/mac.9 =================================================================== --- head/share/man/man9/mac.9 (revision 325095) +++ head/share/man/man9/mac.9 (revision 325096) @@ -1,231 +1,231 @@ .\"- .\" Copyright (c) 1999-2002 Robert N. M. Watson .\" Copyright (c) 2002-2004 Networks Associates Technology, Inc. .\" All rights reserved. .\" .\" This software was developed by Robert Watson for the TrustedBSD Project. .\" .\" This software was developed for the FreeBSD Project in part by Network .\" Associates Laboratories, the Security Research Division of Network .\" Associates, Inc. under DARPA/SPAWAR contract N66001-01-C-8035 .\" ("CBOSS"), as part of the DARPA CHATS research program. .\" .\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without .\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions .\" are met: .\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright .\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. .\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright .\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the .\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. .\" .\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND .\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE .\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE .\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE .\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL .\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS .\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) .\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT .\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY .\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF .\" SUCH DAMAGE. .\" .\" $FreeBSD$ .\" .Dd July 25, 2015 .Dt MAC 9 .Os .Sh NAME .Nm mac .Nd TrustedBSD Mandatory Access Control framework .Sh SYNOPSIS .In sys/types.h .In sys/mac.h .Pp In the kernel configuration file: .Cd "options MAC" .Cd "options MAC_DEBUG" .Sh DESCRIPTION .Ss Introduction The .Tn TrustedBSD mandatory access control framework permits dynamically introduced system security modules to modify system security functionality. This can be used to support a variety of new security services, including traditional labeled mandatory access control models. The framework provides a series of entry points which must be called by code supporting various kernel services, especially with respects to access control points and object creation. The framework then calls out to security modules to offer them the opportunity to modify security behavior at those MAC API entry points. Both consumers of the API (normal kernel services) and security modules must be aware of the semantics of the API calls, particularly with respect to synchronization primitives (such as locking). .Ss Kernel Objects Supported by the Framework The MAC framework manages labels on a variety of types of in-kernel objects, including process credentials, vnodes, devfs_dirents, mount points, sockets, mbufs, bpf descriptors, network interfaces, IP fragment queues, and pipes. Label data on kernel objects, represented by .Vt "struct label" , is policy-unaware, and may be used in the manner seen fit by policy modules. .Ss API for Consumers The MAC API provides a large set of entry points, too broad to specifically document here. In general, these entry points represent an access control check or other MAC-relevant operations, accept one or more subjects (credentials) authorizing the activity, a set of objects on which the operation is to be performed, and a set of operation arguments providing information about the type of operation being requested. .Ss Locking for Consumers Consumers of the MAC API must be aware of the locking requirements for each API entry point: generally, appropriate locks must be held over each subject or object being passed into the call, so that MAC modules may make use of various aspects of the object for access control purposes. For example, vnode locks are frequently required in order that the MAC framework and modules may retrieve security labels and attributes from the vnodes for the purposes of access control. Similarly, the caller must be aware of the reference counting semantics of any subject or object passed into the MAC API: all calls require that a valid reference to the object be held for the duration of the (potentially lengthy) MAC API call. Under some circumstances, objects must be held in either a shared or exclusive manner. .Ss API for Module Writers Each module exports a structure describing the MAC API operations that the module chooses to implement, including initialization and destruction API entry points, a variety of object creation and destruction calls, and a large set of access control check points. In the future, additional audit entry points will also be present. Module authors may choose to only implement a subset of the entry points, setting API function pointers in the description structure to .Dv NULL , permitting the framework to avoid calling into the module. .Ss Locking for Module Writers Module writers must be aware of the locking semantics of entry points that they implement: MAC API entry points will have specific locking or reference counting semantics for each argument, and modules must follow the locking and reference counting protocol or risk a variety of failure modes (including race conditions, inappropriate pointer dereferences, etc). .Pp MAC module writers must also be aware that MAC API entry points will frequently be invoked from deep in a kernel stack, and as such must be careful to avoid violating more global locking requirements, such as global lock order requirements. For example, it may be inappropriate to lock additional objects not specifically maintained and ordered by the policy module, or the policy module might violate a global ordering requirement relating to those additional objects. .Pp Finally, MAC API module implementors must be careful to avoid inappropriately calling back into the MAC framework: the framework makes use of locking to prevent inconsistencies during policy module attachment and detachment. MAC API modules should avoid producing scenarios in which deadlocks or inconsistencies might occur. .Ss Adding New MAC Entry Points The MAC API is intended to be easily expandable as new services are added to the kernel. In order that policies may be guaranteed the opportunity to ubiquitously protect system subjects and objects, it is important that kernel developers maintain awareness of when security checks or relevant subject or object operations occur in newly written or modified kernel code. New entry points must be carefully documented so as to prevent any confusion regarding lock orders and semantics. Introducing new entry points requires four distinct pieces of work: introducing new MAC API entries reflecting the operation arguments, scattering these MAC API entry points throughout the new or modified kernel service, extending the front-end implementation of the MAC API framework, and modifying appropriate modules to take advantage of the new entry points so that they may consistently enforce their policies. .Sh ENTRY POINTS System service and module authors should reference the .%T "FreeBSD Architecture Handbook" for information on the MAC Framework APIs. .Sh SEE ALSO .Xr acl 3 , .Xr mac 3 , .Xr posix1e 3 , .Xr mac_biba 4 , .Xr mac_bsdextended 4 , .Xr mac_ifoff 4 , .Xr mac_lomac 4 , .Xr mac_mls 4 , .Xr mac_none 4 , .Xr mac_partition 4 , .Xr mac_seeotheruids 4 , .Xr mac_test 4 , .Xr ucred 9 , .Xr vaccess 9 , .Xr vaccess_acl_posix1e 9 , .Xr VFS 9 .Rs .%T "The FreeBSD Architecture Handbook" -.%U "http://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/arch-handbook/" +.%U "https://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/arch-handbook/" .Re .Sh HISTORY The .Tn TrustedBSD MAC Framework first appeared in .Fx 5.0 . .Sh AUTHORS This manual page was written by .An Robert Watson . This software was contributed to the .Fx Project by Network Associates Laboratories, the Security Research Division of Network Associates Inc.\& under DARPA/SPAWAR contract N66001-01-C-8035 .Pq Dq CBOSS , as part of the DARPA CHATS research program. .Pp .An -nosplit The .Tn TrustedBSD MAC Framework was designed by .An Robert Watson , and implemented by the Network Associates Laboratories Network Security (NETSEC), Secure Execution Environment (SEE), and Adaptive Network Defense research groups. Network Associates Laboratory staff contributing to the CBOSS Project include (in alphabetical order): .An Lee Badger , .An Brian Feldman , .An Hrishikesh Dandekar , .An Tim Fraser , .An Doug Kilpatrick , .An Suresh Krishnaswamy , .An Adam Migus , .An Wayne Morrison , .An Andrew Reisse , .An Chris Vance , and .An Robert Watson . .Pp Sub-contracted staff include: .An Chris Costello , .An Poul-Henning Kamp , .An Jonathan Lemon , .An Kirk McKusick , .An Dag-Erling Sm\(/orgrav . .Pp Additional contributors include: .An Pawel Dawidek , .An Chris Faulhaber , .An Ilmar Habibulin , .An Mike Halderman , .An Bosko Milekic , .An Thomas Moestl , .An Andrew Reiter , and .An Tim Robbins . .Sh BUGS While the MAC Framework design is intended to support the containment of the root user, not all attack channels are currently protected by entry point checks. As such, MAC Framework policies should not be relied on, in isolation, to protect against a malicious privileged user. Index: head/share/man/man9/own.9 =================================================================== --- head/share/man/man9/own.9 (revision 325095) +++ head/share/man/man9/own.9 (revision 325096) @@ -1,230 +1,230 @@ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2015 M. Warner Losh .\" All rights reserved. .\" .\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without .\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions .\" are met: .\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright .\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. .\" 2. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products .\" derived from this software without specific prior written permission. .\" .\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND .\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE .\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE .\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE .\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL .\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS .\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) .\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT .\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY .\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF .\" SUCH DAMAGE. .\" .\" $FreeBSD$ .\" .Dd July 20, 2015 .Dt OWN 9 .Os .Sh NAME .Nm own , .Nm own_send_command , .Nm own_commmand_wait , .Nm own_self_command , .Nm own_acquire_bus , .Nm own crc , .Nm own_release_bus , .Nm OWN_ACQUIRE_BUS , .Nm OWN_CRC , .Nm OWN_RELEASE_BUS , .Nm OWN_SEND_COMMAND .Nd Dallas Semiconductor 1-Wire Network and Transport Interface .Sh SYNOPSIS .In sys/bus.h .In dev/ow/own.h .Ft int .Fn own_send_command "device_t pdev" "struct ow_cmd *cmd" .Ft int .Fn own_command_wait "device_t pdev" "struct ow_cmd *cmd" .Ft int .Fn own_self_command "device_t pdev" "struct ow_cmd *cmd" "uint8_t xpt_cmd" .Ft int .Fn own_acquire_bus "device_t pdev" "int how" .Ft int .Fn own_release_bus "device_t pdev" .Ft int .Fn own_crc "device_t pdev" "uint8_t *buffer" "size_t len" .Ft int .Fn OWN_SEND_COMMAND "device_t ndev" "device_t pdev" "struct ow_cmd *cmd" .Ft int .Fn OWN_ACQUIRE_BUS "device_t ndev" "device_t pdev" "int how" .Ft void .Fn OWN_RELEASE_BUS "device_t ndev" "device_t pdev" .Ft uint8_t .Fn OWN_CRC "device_t ndev" "device_t pdev" "uint8_t *buffer" "size_t len" .Sh DESCRIPTION The .Nm interface defines three sets of functions for interacting with 1-Wire devices: sending commands, reserving the bus, and ensuring data integrity. Wrappers are provided for the raw .Nm OWN .Xr kobj 9 interfaces and should be used for improved safety over the .Xr kobj 9 ones. .Ss Bus Commands The 1-Wire bus defines different layers of access to the devices on the bus. The .Nm functions provide access to the network and transport layers. The network layer designates the next command as being either for all devices on the bus, or for a specific device. The network layer also specifies the speed used by the link layer. .Pp .Vt "struct ow_cmd" encapsulates network access, speed, and timing information. It specifies the commands to send and whether or not to read data. Its members are: .Bl -tag -width ".Va xxxx" .It Va flags Flags controlling the interpretation of the structure. These flags are defined in .In dev/ow/ow.h : .Bl -tag -width indent .It OW_FLAG_OVERDRIVE Send .Va xpt_cmd bytes and read .Va xpt_read bytes at overdrive speed. .It OW_FLAG_READ_BIT Interpret .Va xpt_read_len to be in bits to be read after .Va xpt_cmd rather than bytes. .El .It Va rom_cmd ROM command bytes to send. .It Va rom_len Number of ROM command bytes to send. .It Va rom_read_len Number of bytes to read after sending the ROM command. .It Va rom_read Buffer for bytes read after the ROM command. .It Va xpt_cmd Transport command to send. .It Va xpt_len Length of the transport command bytes to send. Specify 0 for no transport command. .It Va xpt_read_len Number of bytes to read after .Va xpt_cmd bytes are sent. If the .Dv OW_FLAG_READ_BIT bit is set in .Va flags , then it is the number of bits to read. Bits read are packed into bytes. .It Va xpt_read Buffer for data read. .El .Pp .Fn own_command_wait acquires the 1-Wire bus, waiting if necessary, sends the command, and then releases the bus. .Fn own_send_command sends the command without bus reservation. .Fa pdev is the client device (the presentation layer device) sending the command. The .Fa cmd argument describes the transaction to send to the 1-Wire bus. .Pp .Fn own_self_command fills in .Fa cmd with a MATCH_ROM ROM command, the ROM address of .Fa pdev and the .Fa xpt_cmd as a convenient way to create directed commands. .Ss Bus Reservation The 1-Wire system includes an advisory lock for the bus that presentation layer devices can use to coordinate access. Locking is purely advisory at this time. .Pp .Fn own_acquire_bus reserves the bus. It waits indefinitely if the .Fa how argument is .Dv OWN_WAIT and returns the error .Dv EWOULDBLOCK if passed .Dv OWN_DONTWAIT when the bus is owned by another client. .Pp .Fn own_release_bus releases the bus. .Ss Data Integrity .Fn own_crc computes the 1-Wire standard CRC function over the data passed in .Fa buffer and .Fa len and returns the result. .Ss Notes The 1-Wire standard (Maxim AN937) defines layers that are akin to ISO networking layers. The lowest relevant layer, the link layer, defines the polling windows and the timing of the signaling of different modes. The network layer is built on top of the link layer and is used to address devices in a unicast or multicast manner. The transport layer defines commands and responses from the devices. The presentation layer is composed of the device specific commands and actions used to control the specific 1-Wire devices on bus. .Pp These interfaces are implemented by the .Xr ow 4 device. Presentation layer devices (children of the newbus .Xr ow 4 device) should only call the functions described here. The functionality provided by the .Xr owc 4 device (specifically the .Xr owll 9 interface) should only be called by the .Xr ow 4 driver. .Sh SEE ALSO .Xr ow 4 , .Xr owc 4 , .Xr owll 9 -.Pa http://pdfserv.maximintegrated.com/en/an/AN937.pdf +.Pa https://pdfserv.maximintegrated.com/en/an/AN937.pdf .Sh LEGAL .Tn 1-Wire is a registered trademark of Maxim Integrated Products, Inc. .Sh HISTORY The .Nm driver first appeared in .Fx 11.0 . .Sh AUTHORS The .Nm device driver and this manual page were written by .An Warner Losh . Index: head/share/man/man9/pci.9 =================================================================== --- head/share/man/man9/pci.9 (revision 325095) +++ head/share/man/man9/pci.9 (revision 325096) @@ -1,1075 +1,1075 @@ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2005 Bruce M Simpson .\" All rights reserved. .\" .\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without .\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions .\" are met: .\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright .\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. .\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright .\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the .\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. .\" .\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND .\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE .\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE .\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE .\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL .\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS .\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) .\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT .\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY .\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF .\" SUCH DAMAGE. .\" .\" $FreeBSD$ .\" .Dd January 15, 2017 .Dt PCI 9 .Os .Sh NAME .Nm pci , .Nm pci_alloc_msi , .Nm pci_alloc_msix , .Nm pci_disable_busmaster , .Nm pci_disable_io , .Nm pci_enable_busmaster , .Nm pci_enable_io , .Nm pci_find_bsf , .Nm pci_find_cap , .Nm pci_find_dbsf , .Nm pci_find_device , .Nm pci_find_extcap , .Nm pci_find_htcap , .Nm pci_find_pcie_root_port , .Nm pci_get_id , .Nm pci_get_max_payload , .Nm pci_get_max_read_req , .Nm pci_get_powerstate , .Nm pci_get_vpd_ident , .Nm pci_get_vpd_readonly , .Nm pci_iov_attach , .Nm pci_iov_attach_name , .Nm pci_iov_detach , .Nm pci_msi_count , .Nm pci_msix_count , .Nm pci_msix_pba_bar , .Nm pci_msix_table_bar , .Nm pci_pending_msix , .Nm pci_read_config , .Nm pci_release_msi , .Nm pci_remap_msix , .Nm pci_restore_state , .Nm pci_save_state , .Nm pci_set_max_read_req , .Nm pci_set_powerstate , .Nm pci_write_config , .Nm pcie_adjust_config , .Nm pcie_flr , .Nm pcie_get_max_completion_timeout , .Nm pcie_read_config , .Nm pcie_wait_for_pending_transactions , .Nm pcie_write_config .Nd PCI bus interface .Sh SYNOPSIS .In sys/bus.h .In dev/pci/pcireg.h .In dev/pci/pcivar.h .Ft int .Fn pci_alloc_msi "device_t dev" "int *count" .Ft int .Fn pci_alloc_msix "device_t dev" "int *count" .Ft int .Fn pci_disable_busmaster "device_t dev" .Ft int .Fn pci_disable_io "device_t dev" "int space" .Ft int .Fn pci_enable_busmaster "device_t dev" .Ft int .Fn pci_enable_io "device_t dev" "int space" .Ft device_t .Fn pci_find_bsf "uint8_t bus" "uint8_t slot" "uint8_t func" .Ft int .Fn pci_find_cap "device_t dev" "int capability" "int *capreg" .Ft device_t .Fn pci_find_dbsf "uint32_t domain" "uint8_t bus" "uint8_t slot" "uint8_t func" .Ft device_t .Fn pci_find_device "uint16_t vendor" "uint16_t device" .Ft int .Fn pci_find_extcap "device_t dev" "int capability" "int *capreg" .Ft int .Fn pci_find_htcap "device_t dev" "int capability" "int *capreg" .Ft device_t .Fn pci_find_pcie_root_port "device_t dev" .Ft int .Fn pci_get_id "device_t dev" "enum pci_id_type type" "uintptr_t *id" .Ft int .Fn pci_get_max_payload "device_t dev" .Ft int .Fn pci_get_max_read_req "device_t dev" .Ft int .Fn pci_get_powerstate "device_t dev" .Ft int .Fn pci_get_vpd_ident "device_t dev" "const char **identptr" .Ft int .Fn pci_get_vpd_readonly "device_t dev" "const char *kw" "const char **vptr" .Ft int .Fn pci_msi_count "device_t dev" .Ft int .Fn pci_msix_count "device_t dev" .Ft int .Fn pci_msix_pba_bar "device_t dev" .Ft int .Fn pci_msix_table_bar "device_t dev" .Ft int .Fn pci_pending_msix "device_t dev" "u_int index" .Ft uint32_t .Fn pci_read_config "device_t dev" "int reg" "int width" .Ft int .Fn pci_release_msi "device_t dev" .Ft int .Fn pci_remap_msix "device_t dev" "int count" "const u_int *vectors" .Ft void .Fn pci_restore_state "device_t dev" .Ft void .Fn pci_save_state "device_t dev" .Ft int .Fn pci_set_max_read_req "device_t dev" "int size" .Ft int .Fn pci_set_powerstate "device_t dev" "int state" .Ft void .Fn pci_write_config "device_t dev" "int reg" "uint32_t val" "int width" .Ft uint32_t .Fo pcie_adjust_config .Fa "device_t dev" .Fa "int reg" .Fa "uint32_t mask" .Fa "uint32_t val" .Fa "int width" .Fc .Ft bool .Fn pcie_flr "device_t dev" "u_int max_delay" "bool force" .Ft int .Fn pcie_get_max_completion_timeout "device_t dev" .Ft uint32_t .Fn pcie_read_config "device_t dev" "int reg" "int width" .Ft bool .Fn pcie_wait_for_pending_transactions "device_t dev" "u_int max_delay" .Ft void .Fn pcie_write_config "device_t dev" "int reg" "uint32_t val" "int width" .Ft void .Fn pci_event_fn "void *arg" "device_t dev" .Fn EVENTHANDLER_REGISTER "pci_add_device" "pci_event_fn" .Fn EVENTHANDLER_DEREGISTER "pci_delete_resource" "pci_event_fn" .In dev/pci/pci_iov.h .Ft int .Fn pci_iov_attach "device_t dev" "nvlist_t *pf_schema" "nvlist_t *vf_schema" .Ft int .Fo pci_iov_attach_name .Fa "device_t dev" .Fa "nvlist_t *pf_schema" .Fa "nvlist_t *vf_schema" .Fa "const char *fmt" .Fa "..." .Fc .Ft int .Fn pci_iov_detach "device_t dev" .Sh DESCRIPTION The .Nm set of functions are used for managing PCI devices. The functions are split into several groups: raw configuration access, locating devices, device information, device configuration, and message signaled interrupts. .Ss Raw Configuration Access The .Fn pci_read_config function is used to read data from the PCI configuration space of the device .Fa dev , at offset .Fa reg , with .Fa width specifying the size of the access. .Pp The .Fn pci_write_config function is used to write the value .Fa val to the PCI configuration space of the device .Fa dev , at offset .Fa reg , with .Fa width specifying the size of the access. .Pp The .Fn pcie_adjust_config function is used to modify the value of a register in the PCI-express capability register set of device .Fa dev . The offset .Fa reg specifies a relative offset in the register set with .Fa width specifying the size of the access. The new value of the register is computed by modifying bits set in .Fa mask to the value in .Fa val . Any bits not specified in .Fa mask are preserved. The previous value of the register is returned. .Pp The .Fn pcie_read_config function is used to read the value of a register in the PCI-express capability register set of device .Fa dev . The offset .Fa reg specifies a relative offset in the register set with .Fa width specifying the size of the access. .Pp The .Fn pcie_write_config function is used to write the value .Fa val to a register in the PCI-express capability register set of device .Fa dev . The offset .Fa reg specifies a relative offset in the register set with .Fa width specifying the size of the access. .Pp .Em NOTE : Device drivers should only use these functions for functionality that is not available via another .Fn pci function. .Ss Locating Devices The .Fn pci_find_bsf function looks up the .Vt device_t of a PCI device, given its .Fa bus , .Fa slot , and .Fa func . The .Fa slot number actually refers to the number of the device on the bus, which does not necessarily indicate its geographic location in terms of a physical slot. Note that in case the system has multiple PCI domains, the .Fn pci_find_bsf function only searches the first one. Actually, it is equivalent to: .Bd -literal -offset indent pci_find_dbsf(0, bus, slot, func); .Ed .Pp The .Fn pci_find_dbsf function looks up the .Vt device_t of a PCI device, given its .Fa domain , .Fa bus , .Fa slot , and .Fa func . The .Fa slot number actually refers to the number of the device on the bus, which does not necessarily indicate its geographic location in terms of a physical slot. .Pp The .Fn pci_find_device function looks up the .Vt device_t of a PCI device, given its .Fa vendor and .Fa device IDs. Note that there can be multiple matches for this search; this function only returns the first matching device. .Ss Device Information The .Fn pci_find_cap function is used to locate the first instance of a PCI capability register set for the device .Fa dev . The capability to locate is specified by ID via .Fa capability . Constant macros of the form .Dv PCIY_xxx for standard capability IDs are defined in .In dev/pci/pcireg.h . If the capability is found, then .Fa *capreg is set to the offset in configuration space of the capability register set, and .Fn pci_find_cap returns zero. If the capability is not found or the device does not support capabilities, .Fn pci_find_cap returns an error. .Pp The .Fn pci_find_extcap function is used to locate the first instance of a PCI-express extended capability register set for the device .Fa dev . The extended capability to locate is specified by ID via .Fa capability . Constant macros of the form .Dv PCIZ_xxx for standard extended capability IDs are defined in .In dev/pci/pcireg.h . If the extended capability is found, then .Fa *capreg is set to the offset in configuration space of the extended capability register set, and .Fn pci_find_extcap returns zero. If the extended capability is not found or the device is not a PCI-express device, .Fn pci_find_extcap returns an error. .Pp The .Fn pci_find_htcap function is used to locate the first instance of a HyperTransport capability register set for the device .Fa dev . The capability to locate is specified by type via .Fa capability . Constant macros of the form .Dv PCIM_HTCAP_xxx for standard HyperTransport capability types are defined in .In dev/pci/pcireg.h . If the capability is found, then .Fa *capreg is set to the offset in configuration space of the capability register set, and .Fn pci_find_htcap returns zero. If the capability is not found or the device is not a HyperTransport device, .Fn pci_find_htcap returns an error. .Pp The .Fn pci_find_pcie_root_port function walks up the PCI device hierarchy to locate the PCI-express root port upstream of .Fa dev . If a root port is not found, .Fn pci_find_pcie_root_port returns .Dv NULL . .Pp The .Fn pci_get_id function is used to read an identifier from a device. The .Fa type flag is used to specify which identifier to read. The following flags are supported: .Bl -hang -width ".Dv PCI_ID_RID" .It Dv PCI_ID_RID Read the routing identifier for the device. .It Dv PCI_ID_MSI Read the MSI routing ID. This is needed by some interrupt controllers to route MSI and MSI-X interrupts. .El .Pp The .Fn pci_get_vpd_ident function is used to fetch a device's Vital Product Data .Pq VPD identifier string. If the device .Fa dev supports VPD and provides an identifier string, then .Fa *identptr is set to point at a read-only, null-terminated copy of the identifier string, and .Fn pci_get_vpd_ident returns zero. If the device does not support VPD or does not provide an identifier string, then .Fn pci_get_vpd_ident returns an error. .Pp The .Fn pci_get_vpd_readonly function is used to fetch the value of a single VPD read-only keyword for the device .Fa dev . The keyword to fetch is identified by the two character string .Fa kw . If the device supports VPD and provides a read-only value for the requested keyword, then .Fa *vptr is set to point at a read-only, null-terminated copy of the value, and .Fn pci_get_vpd_readonly returns zero. If the device does not support VPD or does not provide the requested keyword, then .Fn pci_get_vpd_readonly returns an error. .Pp The .Fn pcie_get_max_completion_timeout function returns the maximum completion timeout configured for the device .Fa dev in microseconds. If the .Fa dev device is not a PCI-express device, .Fn pcie_get_max_completion_timeout returns zero. When completion timeouts are disabled for .Fa dev , this function returns the maxmimum timeout that would be used if timeouts were enabled. .Pp The .Fn pcie_wait_for_pending_transactions function waits for any pending transactions initiated by the .Fa dev device to complete. The function checks for pending transactions by polling the transactions pending flag in the PCI-express device status register. It returns .Dv true once the transaction pending flag is clear. If transactions are still pending after .Fa max_delay milliseconds, .Fn pcie_wait_for_pending_transactions returns .Dv false . If .Fa max_delay is set to zero, .Fn pcie_wait_for_pending_transactions performs a single check; otherwise, this function may sleep while polling the transactions pending flag. .Nm pcie_wait_for_pending_transactions returns .Dv true if .Fa dev is not a PCI-express device. .Ss Device Configuration The .Fn pci_enable_busmaster function enables PCI bus mastering for the device .Fa dev , by setting the .Dv PCIM_CMD_BUSMASTEREN bit in the .Dv PCIR_COMMAND register. The .Fn pci_disable_busmaster function clears this bit. .Pp The .Fn pci_enable_io function enables memory or I/O port address decoding for the device .Fa dev , by setting the .Dv PCIM_CMD_MEMEN or .Dv PCIM_CMD_PORTEN bit in the .Dv PCIR_COMMAND register appropriately. The .Fn pci_disable_io function clears the appropriate bit. The .Fa space argument specifies which resource is affected; this can be either .Dv SYS_RES_MEMORY or .Dv SYS_RES_IOPORT as appropriate. Device drivers should generally not use these routines directly. The PCI bus will enable decoding automatically when a .Dv SYS_RES_MEMORY or .Dv SYS_RES_IOPORT resource is activated via .Xr bus_alloc_resource 9 or .Xr bus_activate_resource 9 . .Pp The .Fn pci_get_max_payload function returns the current maximum TLP payload size in bytes for a PCI-express device. If the .Fa dev device is not a PCI-express device, .Fn pci_get_max_payload returns zero. .Pp The .Fn pci_get_max_read_req function returns the current maximum read request size in bytes for a PCI-express device. If the .Fa dev device is not a PCI-express device, .Fn pci_get_max_read_req returns zero. .Pp The .Fn pci_set_max_read_req sets the PCI-express maximum read request size for .Fa dev . The requested .Fa size may be adjusted, and .Fn pci_set_max_read_req returns the actual size set in bytes. If the .Fa dev device is not a PCI-express device, .Fn pci_set_max_read_req returns zero. .Pp The .Fn pci_get_powerstate function returns the current power state of the device .Fa dev . If the device does not support power management capabilities, then the default state of .Dv PCI_POWERSTATE_D0 is returned. The following power states are defined by PCI: .Bl -hang -width ".Dv PCI_POWERSTATE_UNKNOWN" .It Dv PCI_POWERSTATE_D0 State in which device is on and running. It is receiving full power from the system and delivering full functionality to the user. .It Dv PCI_POWERSTATE_D1 Class-specific low-power state in which device context may or may not be lost. Buses in this state cannot do anything to the bus, to force devices to lose context. .It Dv PCI_POWERSTATE_D2 Class-specific low-power state in which device context may or may not be lost. Attains greater power savings than .Dv PCI_POWERSTATE_D1 . Buses in this state can cause devices to lose some context. Devices .Em must be prepared for the bus to be in this state or higher. .It Dv PCI_POWERSTATE_D3 State in which the device is off and not running. Device context is lost, and power from the device can be removed. .It Dv PCI_POWERSTATE_UNKNOWN State of the device is unknown. .El .Pp The .Fn pci_set_powerstate function is used to transition the device .Fa dev to the PCI power state .Fa state . If the device does not support power management capabilities or it does not support the specific power state .Fa state , then the function will fail with .Er EOPNOTSUPP . .Pp The .Fn pci_iov_attach function is used to advertise that the given device .Pq and associated device driver supports PCI Single-Root I/O Virtualization .Pq SR-IOV . A driver that supports SR-IOV must implement the .Xr PCI_IOV_INIT 9 , .Xr PCI_IOV_ADD_VF 9 and .Xr PCI_IOV_UNINIT 9 methods. This function should be called during the .Xr DEVICE_ATTACH 9 method. If this function returns an error, it is recommended that the device driver still successfully attaches, but runs with SR-IOV disabled. The .Fa pf_schema and .Fa vf_schema parameters are used to define what device-specific configuration parameters the device driver accepts when SR-IOV is enabled for the Physical Function .Pq PF and for individual Virtual Functions .Pq VFs respectively. See .Xr pci_iov_schema 9 for details on how to construct the schema. If either the .Pa pf_schema or .Pa vf_schema is invalid or specifies parameter names that conflict with parameter names that are already in use, .Fn pci_iov_attach will return an error and SR-IOV will not be available on the PF device. If a driver does not accept configuration parameters for either the PF device or the VF devices, the driver must pass an empty schema for that device. The SR-IOV infrastructure takes ownership of the .Fa pf_schema and .Fa vf_schema and is responsible for freeing them. The driver must never free the schemas itself. .Pp The .Fn pci_iov_attach_name function is a variant of .Fn pci_iov_attach that allows the name of the associated character device in .Pa /dev/iov to be specified by .Fa fmt . The .Fn pci_iov_attach function uses the name of .Fa dev as the device name. .Pp The .Fn pci_iov_detach function is used to advise the SR-IOV infrastructure that the driver for the given device is attempting to detach and that all SR-IOV resources for the device must be released. This function must be called during the .Xr DEVICE_DETACH 9 method if .Fn pci_iov_attach was successfully called on the device and .Fn pci_iov_detach has not subsequently been called on the device and returned no error. If this function returns an error, the .Xr DEVICE_DETACH 9 method must fail and return an error, as detaching the PF driver while VF devices are active would cause system instability. This function is safe to call and will always succeed if .Fn pci_iov_attach previously failed with an error on the given device, or if .Fn pci_iov_attach was never called on the device. .Pp The .Fn pci_save_state and .Fn pci_restore_state functions can be used by a device driver to save and restore standard PCI config registers. The .Fn pci_save_state function must be invoked while the device has valid state before .Fn pci_restore_state can be used. If the device is not in the fully-powered state .Pq Dv PCI_POWERSTATE_D0 when .Fn pci_restore_state is invoked, then the device will be transitioned to .Dv PCI_POWERSTATE_D0 before any config registers are restored. .Pp The .Fn pcie_flr function requests a Function Level Reset .Pq FLR of .Fa dev . If .Fa dev is not a PCI-express device or does not support Function Level Resets via the PCI-express device control register, .Dv false is returned. Pending transactions are drained by disabling busmastering and calling .Fn pcie_wait_for_pending_transactions before resetting the device. The .Fa max_delay argument specifies the maximum timeout to wait for pending transactions as described for .Fn pcie_wait_for_pending_transactions . If .Fn pcie_wait_for_pending_transactions fails with a timeout and .Fa force is .Dv false , busmastering is re-enabled and .Dv false is returned. If .Fn pcie_wait_for_pending_transactions fails with a timeout and .Fa force is .Dv true , the device is reset despite the timeout. After the reset has been requested, .Nm pcie_flr sleeps for at least 100 milliseconds before returning .Dv true . Note that .Nm pcie_flr does not save and restore any state around the reset. The caller should save and restore state as needed. .Ss Message Signaled Interrupts Message Signaled Interrupts .Pq MSI and Enhanced Message Signaled Interrupts .Pq MSI-X are PCI capabilities that provide an alternate method for PCI devices to signal interrupts. The legacy INTx interrupt is available to PCI devices as a .Dv SYS_RES_IRQ resource with a resource ID of zero. MSI and MSI-X interrupts are available to PCI devices as one or more .Dv SYS_RES_IRQ resources with resource IDs greater than zero. A driver must ask the PCI bus to allocate MSI or MSI-X interrupts using .Fn pci_alloc_msi or .Fn pci_alloc_msix before it can use MSI or MSI-X .Dv SYS_RES_IRQ resources. A driver is not allowed to use the legacy INTx .Dv SYS_RES_IRQ resource if MSI or MSI-X interrupts have been allocated, and attempts to allocate MSI or MSI-X interrupts will fail if the driver is currently using the legacy INTx .Dv SYS_RES_IRQ resource. A driver is only allowed to use either MSI or MSI-X, but not both. .Pp The .Fn pci_msi_count function returns the maximum number of MSI messages supported by the device .Fa dev . If the device does not support MSI, then .Fn pci_msi_count returns zero. .Pp The .Fn pci_alloc_msi function attempts to allocate .Fa *count MSI messages for the device .Fa dev . The .Fn pci_alloc_msi function may allocate fewer messages than requested for various reasons including requests for more messages than the device .Fa dev supports, or if the system has a shortage of available MSI messages. On success, .Fa *count is set to the number of messages allocated and .Fn pci_alloc_msi returns zero. The .Dv SYS_RES_IRQ resources for the allocated messages will be available at consecutive resource IDs beginning with one. If .Fn pci_alloc_msi is not able to allocate any messages, it returns an error. Note that MSI only supports message counts that are powers of two; requests to allocate a non-power of two count of messages will fail. .Pp The .Fn pci_release_msi function is used to release any allocated MSI or MSI-X messages back to the system. If any MSI or MSI-X .Dv SYS_RES_IRQ resources are allocated by the driver or have a configured interrupt handler, this function will fail with .Er EBUSY . The .Fn pci_release_msi function returns zero on success and an error on failure. .Pp The .Fn pci_msix_count function returns the maximum number of MSI-X messages supported by the device .Fa dev . If the device does not support MSI-X, then .Fn pci_msix_count returns zero. .Pp The .Fn pci_msix_pba_bar function returns the offset in configuration space of the Base Address Register .Pq BAR containing the MSI-X Pending Bit Array (PBA) for device .Fa dev . The returned value can be used as the resource ID with .Xr bus_alloc_resource 9 and .Xr bus_release_resource 9 to allocate the BAR. If the device does not support MSI-X, then .Fn pci_msix_pba_bar returns -1. .Pp The .Fn pci_msix_table_bar function returns the offset in configuration space of the BAR containing the MSI-X vector table for device .Fa dev . The returned value can be used as the resource ID with .Xr bus_alloc_resource 9 and .Xr bus_release_resource 9 to allocate the BAR. If the device does not support MSI-X, then .Fn pci_msix_table_bar returns -1. .Pp The .Fn pci_alloc_msix function attempts to allocate .Fa *count MSI-X messages for the device .Fa dev . The .Fn pci_alloc_msix function may allocate fewer messages than requested for various reasons including requests for more messages than the device .Fa dev supports, or if the system has a shortage of available MSI-X messages. On success, .Fa *count is set to the number of messages allocated and .Fn pci_alloc_msix returns zero. For MSI-X messages, the resource ID for each .Dv SYS_RES_IRQ resource identifies the index in the MSI-X table of the corresponding message. A resource ID of one maps to the first index of the MSI-X table; a resource ID two identifies the second index in the table, etc. The .Fn pci_alloc_msix function assigns the .Fa *count messages allocated to the first .Fa *count table indices. If .Fn pci_alloc_msix is not able to allocate any messages, it returns an error. Unlike MSI, MSI-X does not require message counts that are powers of two. .Pp The BARs containing the MSI-X vector table and PBA must be allocated via .Xr bus_alloc_resource 9 before calling .Fn pci_alloc_msix and must not be released until after calling .Fn pci_release_msi . Note that the vector table and PBA may be stored in the same BAR or in different BARs. .Pp The .Fn pci_pending_msix function examines the .Fa dev device's PBA to determine the pending status of the MSI-X message at table index .Fa index . If the indicated message is pending, this function returns a non-zero value; otherwise, it returns zero. Passing an invalid .Fa index to this function will result in undefined behavior. .Pp As mentioned in the description of .Fn pci_alloc_msix , MSI-X messages are initially assigned to the first N table entries. A driver may use a different distribution of available messages to table entries via the .Fn pci_remap_msix function. Note that this function must be called after a successful call to .Fn pci_alloc_msix but before any of the .Dv SYS_RES_IRQ resources are allocated. The .Fn pci_remap_msix function returns zero on success, or an error on failure. .Pp The .Fa vectors array should contain .Fa count message vectors. The array maps directly to the MSI-X table in that the first entry in the array specifies the message used for the first entry in the MSI-X table, the second entry in the array corresponds to the second entry in the MSI-X table, etc. The vector value in each array index can either be zero to indicate that no message should be assigned to the corresponding MSI-X table entry, or it can be a number from one to N .Po where N is the count returned from the previous call to .Fn pci_alloc_msix .Pc to indicate which of the allocated messages should be assigned to the corresponding MSI-X table entry. .Pp If .Fn pci_remap_msix succeeds, each MSI-X table entry with a non-zero vector will have an associated .Dv SYS_RES_IRQ resource whose resource ID corresponds to the table index as described above for .Fn pci_alloc_msix . MSI-X table entries that with a vector of zero will not have an associated .Dv SYS_RES_IRQ resource. Additionally, if any of the original messages allocated by .Fn pci_alloc_msix are not used in the new distribution of messages in the MSI-X table, they will be released automatically. Note that if a driver wishes to use fewer messages than were allocated by .Fn pci_alloc_msix , the driver must use a single, contiguous range of messages beginning with one in the new distribution. The .Fn pci_remap_msix function will fail if this condition is not met. .Ss Device Events The .Va pci_add_device event handler is invoked every time a new PCI device is added to the system. This includes the creation of Virtual Functions via SR-IOV. .Pp The .Va pci_delete_device event handler is invoked every time a PCI device is removed from the system. .Pp Both event handlers pass the .Vt device_t object of the relevant PCI device as .Fa dev to each callback function. Both event handlers are invoked while .Fa dev is unattached but with valid instance variables. .Sh SEE ALSO .Xr pci 4 , .Xr pciconf 8 , .Xr bus_alloc_resource 9 , .Xr bus_dma 9 , .Xr bus_release_resource 9 , .Xr bus_setup_intr 9 , .Xr bus_teardown_intr 9 , .Xr devclass 9 , .Xr device 9 , .Xr driver 9 , .Xr eventhandler 9 , .Xr rman 9 .Rs .%B FreeBSD Developers' Handbook .%T NewBus -.%U http://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/developers-handbook/ +.%U https://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/developers-handbook/ .Re .Rs .%A Shanley .%A Anderson .%B PCI System Architecture .%N 2nd Edition .%I Addison-Wesley .%O ISBN 0-201-30974-2 .Re .Sh AUTHORS .An -nosplit This manual page was written by .An Bruce M Simpson Aq Mt bms@FreeBSD.org and .An John Baldwin Aq Mt jhb@FreeBSD.org . .Sh BUGS The kernel PCI code has a number of references to .Dq "slot numbers" . These do not refer to the geographic location of PCI devices, but to the device number assigned by the combination of the PCI IDSEL mechanism and the platform firmware. This should be taken note of when working with the kernel PCI code. .Pp The PCI bus driver should allocate the MSI-X vector table and PBA internally as necessary rather than requiring the caller to do so. Index: head/share/misc/bsd-family-tree =================================================================== --- head/share/misc/bsd-family-tree (revision 325095) +++ head/share/misc/bsd-family-tree (revision 325096) @@ -1,788 +1,788 @@ The UNIX system family tree: Research and BSD --------------------------------------------- First Edition (V1) | Second Edition (V2) | Third Edition (V3) | Fourth Edition (V4) | Fifth Edition (V5) | Sixth Edition (V6) -----* \ | \ | \ | Seventh Edition (V7) | \ | \ 1BSD 32V | \ 2BSD---------------* \ / | \ / | \/ | 3BSD | | | 4.0BSD 2.79BSD | | 4.1BSD --------------> 2.8BSD | | 4.1aBSD -----------\ | | \ | 4.1bBSD \ | | \ | *------ 4.1cBSD --------------> 2.9BSD / | | Eighth Edition | 2.9BSD-Seismo | | | +----<--- 4.2BSD 2.9.1BSD | | | +----<--- 4.3BSD -------------> 2.10BSD | | / | Ninth Edition | / 2.10.1BSD | 4.3BSD Tahoe-----+ | | | \ | | | \ | v | 2.11BSD Tenth Edition | | | 2.11BSD rev #430 4.3BSD NET/1 | | v 4.3BSD Reno | *---------- 4.3BSD NET/2 -------------------+-------------* | | | | 386BSD 0.0 | | BSD/386 ALPHA | | | | 386BSD 0.1 ------------>+ | BSD/386 0.3.[13] | \ | 4.4BSD Alpha | | 386BSD 1.0 | | BSD/386 0.9.[34] | | 4.4BSD | | | / | | | | 4.4BSD-Encumbered | | | -NetBSD 0.8 | BSD/386 1.0 | / | | | FreeBSD 1.0 <-----' NetBSD 0.9 | BSD/386 1.1 | | .----- 4.4BSD Lite | FreeBSD 1.1 | / / | \ | | | / / | \ | FreeBSD 1.1.5 .---|--------' / | \ | | / | / | \ | FreeBSD 1.1.5.1 / | / | \ | | / NetBSD 1.0 <-' | \ | | / | | \ | FreeBSD 2.0 <--' | | BSD/OS 2.0 | \ | | FreeBSD 2.0.5 \ | BSD/OS 2.0.1 | .-----\------------- 4.4BSD Lite2 | | | \ | | | | | | | .-----|------Rhapsody | | | | | | | | NetBSD 1.3 | | | | | | | OpenBSD 2.3 | | | | | | BSD/OS 3.0 | FreeBSD 2.1 | | | | | | | | NetBSD 1.1 ------. BSD/OS 2.1 | FreeBSD 2.1.5 | | | \ | | | | | NetBSD 1.2 \ BSD/OS 3.0 | FreeBSD 2.1.6 | | | \ OpenBSD 2.0 | | | | | | \ | | | FreeBSD 2.1.6.1 | | | \ | | | | | | | \ | | | FreeBSD 2.1.7 | | | | | | | | | | | NetBSD 1.2.1 | | | FreeBSD 2.1.7.1 | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | *-FreeBSD 2.2 | | | | | | \ | | | | | | FreeBSD 2.2.1 | | | | | | | | | | | | | FreeBSD 2.2.2 | | | OpenBSD 2.1 | | | | | | | | | FreeBSD 2.2.5 | | | | | | | | | | OpenBSD 2.2 | | | | | NetBSD 1.3 | | | FreeBSD 2.2.6 | | | | | | | | | | | NetBSD 1.3.1 | BSD/OS 3.1 | | | | | | OpenBSD 2.3 | | | | | | NetBSD 1.3.2 | | | FreeBSD 2.2.7 | | | | | | | | | | | | | BSD/OS 4.0 | FreeBSD 2.2.8 | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | v | | | | OpenBSD 2.4 | | FreeBSD 2.2.9 | | | | | | | | | | | | | FreeBSD 3.0 <--------* | | v | | | | | NetBSD 1.3.3 | | *---FreeBSD 3.1 | | | | | | | | | BSD/OS 4.0.1 | FreeBSD 3.2----* | NetBSD 1.4 OpenBSD 2.5 | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | FreeBSD 3.3 | | | | NetBSD 1.4.1 | | | | | | | | | OpenBSD 2.6 | | FreeBSD 3.4 | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | BSD/OS 4.1 FreeBSD 4.0 | | | | | NetBSD 1.4.2 | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | FreeBSD 3.5 | | | | | OpenBSD 2.7 | | | | | | | | | | | FreeBSD 3.5.1 | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | *---FreeBSD 4.1 | | | | | | | | | | | (?) | | | | | FreeBSD 4.1.1 | | / | | | | | | | | / | | | | | FreeBSD 4.2 Darwin/ | NetBSD 1.4.3 | | | | Mac OS X | OpenBSD 2.8 BSD/OS 4.2 | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 10.0 NetBSD 1.5 | | | FreeBSD 4.3 | | | | | | | | | | OpenBSD 2.9 | | | | | NetBSD 1.5.1 | | | | | | | | | | FreeBSD 4.4-. | | NetBSD 1.5.2 | | | | | Mac OS X | | | | | | | 10.1 | | OpenBSD 3.0 | | FreeBSD 4.5 | | | | | | | | \ | | | | BSD/OS 4.3 | FreeBSD 4.6 \ | | | OpenBSD 3.1 | | | \ | | NetBSD 1.5.3 | | | FreeBSD 4.6.2 Mac OS X | | | | | 10.2 | | | | FreeBSD 4.7 | | | | | | | NetBSD 1.6 OpenBSD 3.2 | | FreeBSD 4.8 | | | | | | | | | NetBSD 1.6.1 | | | |--------. | | | OpenBSD 3.3 BSD/OS 5.0 | | \ | | | | | | FreeBSD 4.9 | | | | OpenBSD 3.4 BSD/OS 5.1 ISE | | | | | | | | | | | | NetBSD 1.6.2 | | | | | | | | | | | | | | OpenBSD 3.5 | | | | | v | | FreeBSD 4.10 | | | | | | | | | | | FreeBSD 4.11 | | | | | | | | | | `-|------|-----------------|---------------------. | | | | \ FreeBSD 5.0 | | | | | | | | | FreeBSD 5.1 | | | DragonFly 1.0 | \ | | | | | ----- Mac OS X | | | | 10.3 | | | FreeBSD 5.2 | | | | | | | | | | | FreeBSD 5.2.1 | | | | | | | | | *-------FreeBSD 5.3 | | | | | | | | OpenBSD 3.6 | | | | NetBSD 2.0 | | | | | | | | | DragonFly 1.2.0 | | Mac OS X | | NetBSD 2.0.2 | | | | 10.4 | | | | | | FreeBSD 5.4 | | | | | | | | | | | | OpenBSD 3.7 | | | | | | NetBSD 2.0.3 | | | | | | | | | | *--FreeBSD | | | | v OpenBSD 3.8 | | 6.0 | | | | | | | | | | | \ | | | | | | | NetBSD 2.1 | | | | | | | | | | | | | NetBSD 3.0 | | | | | | | | | | DragonFly 1.4.0 | | | | | | | OpenBSD 3.9 | | FreeBSD | | | | | | | | 6.1 | | | | | | | | | FreeBSD 5.5 | | | | | | | | | | | NetBSD 3.0.1 | DragonFly 1.6.0 | | | | | | | | | | | | | | OpenBSD 4.0 | | | | | | NetBSD 3.0.2 | | | | | | NetBSD 3.1 | | | FreeBSD 6.2 | | | | | | | | | DragonFly 1.8.0 | | | | OpenBSD 4.1 | | | | | | DragonFly 1.10.0 | | Mac OS X | | | | | 10.5 | | | | | | | OpenBSD 4.2 | | | | NetBSD 4.0 | | | FreeBSD 6.3 | | | | | | \ | | | | | *--FreeBSD | | | | | DragonFly 1.12.0 | 7.0 | | | | | | | | | | | | OpenBSD 4.3 | | | | | | NetBSD | DragonFly 2.0.0 | | FreeBSD | | 4.0.1 OpenBSD 4.4 | | | 6.4 | | | | | | | | | | | FreeBSD 7.1 | | | | | | | | | DragonFly 2.2.0 | FreeBSD 7.2 | NetBSD 5.0 OpenBSD 4.5 | | \ | | | \ | | | | Mac OS X | | \ | | | | 10.6 | | \ | | | | | | | NetBSD | DragonFly 2.4.0 | | | | | 5.0.1 OpenBSD 4.6 | | | | | | | | | *--FreeBSD | | | | | | | | 8.0 | | | | | | | | | FreeBSD | | | NetBSD | | | | 7.3 | | | 5.0.2 | DragonFly 2.6.0 | | | | | | OpenBSD 4.7 | | FreeBSD | | | | | | | 8.1 | | | | | | | | | | | | | DragonFly 2.8.2 | | | | | | OpenBSD 4.8 | | | | | | *--NetBSD | | | FreeBSD FreeBSD | | | 5.1 | | | 8.2 7.4 | | | | | DragonFly 2.10.1 | | | | | | OpenBSD 4.9 | | `-----. Mac OS X | | | | | | \ 10.7 | | | | | | | | | | | OpenBSD 5.0 | *--FreeBSD | | | | | | | | 9.0 | | | | NetBSD | DragonFly 3.0.1 | | FreeBSD | | | 5.1.2 | | | | 8.3 | | | | | | | | | | | | NetBSD | | | | | | | | 5.1.3 | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | NetBSD | | | | | | | | 5.1.4 | | | | | | | | OpenBSD 5.1 | | | | Mac OS X | `----. | | | | | 10.8 | \ | | | | | | NetBSD 6.0 | | | | | | | | | | | OpenBSD 5.2 DragonFly 3.2.1 | FreeBSD | | | | | NetBSD | | | 9.1 | | | | | 5.2 | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | NetBSD | | | | | | | | | 5.2.1 | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | NetBSD | | | | | | | | | 5.2.2 | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | \ | | | | | | | | NetBSD | | | | | | | | 6.0.1 | | | | | | | | | OpenBSD 5.3 DragonFly 3.4.1 | | | | | | NetBSD | | | | | | | | 6.0.2 | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | NetBSD | | | | | | | | 6.0.3 | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | NetBSD | | | | | | | | 6.0.4 | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | NetBSD | | | | | | | | 6.0.5 | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |`-NetBSD 6.1 | | | | FreeBSD | | | | | | | 8.4 | | NetBSD 6.1.1 | | | | | | | | | | FreeBSD | | NetBSD 6.1.2 | | | 9.2 Mac OS X | | | | | | 10.9 | | OpenBSD 5.4 | | `-----. | | | | DragonFly 3.6.0 | \ | | | | | *--FreeBSD | | | NetBSD 6.1.3 | | | 10.0 | | | | | | | | | | | | | DragonFly 3.6.1 | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | DragonFly 3.6.2 | | | | | NetBSD 6.1.4 | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | OpenBSD 5.5 | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | DragonFly 3.8.0 | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | DragonFly 3.8.1 | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | DragonFly 3.6.3 | | | | | | | | | | FreeBSD | | | | | | | 9.3 | | | | | | | | | NetBSD 6.1.5 | DragonFly 3.8.2 | | Mac OS X | | | | | 10.10 | | | | | | | OpenBSD 5.6 | | FreeBSD | | | | | 10.1 | | | DragonFly 4.0.1 | | | | | | | | | | | DragonFly 4.0.2 | | | | | | | | | | | DragonFly 4.0.3 | | | | | | | | | | | DragonFly 4.0.4 | | | | | | | | | | | DragonFly 4.0.5 | | | | | | | | | | OpenBSD 5.7 | | | | | | DragonFly 4.2.0 | FreeBSD | | | | | 10.2 | | | | | | macOS NetBSD 7.0 | | | | 10.11 | OpenBSD 5.8 | | | | | | DragonFly 4.4.1 | FreeBSD | | OpenBSD 5.9 | | 10.3 | | | | | | | NetBSD 7.0.1 | | | `------. | | | DragonFly 4.6.0 | | | | | | | | | | | | *--FreeBSD | macOS | OpenBSD 6.0 | | 11.0 | 10.12 | | | | | | | NetBSD 7.1 | | | | | macOS | | DragonFly 4.8.0 | | | 10.13 | OpenBSD 6.1 | | FreeBSD | | | | | | 11.1 FreeBSD | | | | | | 10.4 | | OpenBSD 6.2 | | v | | | DragonFly 5.0.0 | | | | | FreeBSD 12 -current | NetBSD -current OpenBSD -current DragonFly -current | | | | | v v v v v Time ---------------- Time tolerance +/- 6 months, depending on which book/article you read; if it was the announcement in Usenet or if it was available as tape. [44B] McKusick, Marshall Kirk, Keith Bostic, Michael J Karels, and John Quarterman. The Design and Implementation of the 4.4BSD Operating System. -[APL] Apple website [http://www.apple.com/macosx/] +[APL] Apple website [https://www.apple.com/macosx/] [BSDI] Berkeley Software Design, Inc. [DFB] DragonFlyBSD Project, The. [DOC] README, COPYRIGHT on tape. [FBD] FreeBSD Project, The. [KB] Keith Bostic. BSD2.10 available from Usenix. comp.unix.sources, Volume 11, Info 4, April, 1987. [KKK] Mike Karels, Kirk McKusick, and Keith Bostic. tahoe announcement. comp.bugs.4bsd.ucb-fixes, June 15, 1988. [KSJ] Michael J. Karels, Carl F. Smith, and William F. Jolitz. Changes in the Kernel in 2.9BSD. Second Berkeley Software Distribution UNIX Version 2.9, July, 1983. [NBD] NetBSD Project, The. [OBD] OpenBSD Project, The. [QCU] Salus, Peter H. A quarter century of UNIX. [SMS] Steven M. Schultz. 2.11BSD, UNIX for the PDP-11. [TUHS] The Unix Historical Society. http://minnie.tuhs.org/Unix_History/. [USE] Usenet announcement. [WRS] Wind River Systems, Inc. [dmr] Dennis Ritchie, via E-Mail Multics 1965 UNIX Summer 1969 DEC PDP-7 First Edition 1971-11-03 [QCU] DEC PDP-11/20, Assembler Second Edition 1972-06-12 [QCU] 10 UNIX installations Third Edition 1973-02-xx [QCU] Pipes, 16 installations Fourth Edition 1973-11-xx [QCU] rewriting in C effected, above 30 installations Fifth Edition 1974-06-xx [QCU] above 50 installations Sixth Edition 1975-05-xx [QCU] port to DEC Vax Seventh Edition 1979-01-xx [QCU] first portable UNIX Eighth Edition 1985-02-xx [QCU] VAX 11/750, VAX 11/780 [dmr] descended from 4.1c BSD [dmr] descended from 4.1 BSD [44B] scooping-out and replacement of the character-device and networking part by the streams mechanism Ninth Edition 1986-09-xx [QCU] Tenth Edition 1989-10-xx [QCU] 1BSD late 1977 1978-03-09 [QCU] PDP-11, Pascal, ex(1) 30 free copies of 1BSD sent out 35 tapes sold for 50 USD [QCU] 2BSD mid 1978 [QCU] 1979-05-10 [TUHS] 75 2BSD tapes shipped 2.79BSD 1980-04-xx [TUHS] 2.8BSD 1981-07-xx [KSJ] 2.8.1BSD 1982-01-xx [QCU] set of performance improvements 2.9BSD 1983-07-xx [KSJ] 2.9.1BSD 1983-11-xx [TUHS] 2.9BSD-Seismo 1985-08-xx [SMS] 2.10BSD 1987-04-xx [KKK] 2.10.1BSD 1989-01-xx [SMS] 2.11BSD 1992-02-xx [SMS] 2.11BSD rev #430 1999-12-13 [SMS] 32V 1978-1[01]-xx [QCU] 3BSD late 1979 [QCU] March 1980 [TUHS] virtual memory, page replacement, demand paging 4.0BSD 1980-10-xx 4.1BSD 1981-07-08 [DOC] 4.1aBSD 1982-04-xx alpha release, 100 sites, networking [44B] 4.1bBSD internal release, fast filesystem [44B] 4.1cBSD late 1982 beta release, IPC [44B] 4.2BSD 1983-09-xx [QCU] 1983-08-03 [DOC] 4.3BSD 1986-06-xx [QCU] 1986-04-05 [KB], [DOC] 4.3BSD Tahoe 1988-06-15 [QCU], [DOC] 4.3BSD NET/1 1988-11-xx [QCU] 1989-01-01 [DOC] 4.3BSD Reno 1990-06-29 [QCU], [DOC] 4.3BSD NET/2 1991-06-28 [QCU], [DOC] BSD/386 ALPHA 1991-12-xx [BSDI] first code released to people outside BSDI 386BSD 0.0 1992-02-xx [DOC] BSD/386 0.3.1 1992-04-xx [BSDI] first ext. beta; B customers BSD/386 0.3.3 1992-06-xx [BSDI] first CDROM version 386BSD 0.1 1992-07-28 [DOC] 4.4BSD Alpha 1992-07-07 BSD/386 0.9.3 1992-10-xx [BSDI] first external gamma; G customers BSD/386 0.9.4 1992-12-xx [BSDI] would have been 1.0 except for request for preliminary injunction BSD/386 1.0 1993-03-xx [BSDI] injunction denied; first official release NetBSD 0.8 1993-04-20 [NBD] 4.4BSD 1993-06-01 [USE] NetBSD 0.9 1993-08-23 [NBD] FreeBSD 1.0 1993-11-01 [FBD] FreeBSD 1.0.2 1993-11-14 [FBD] supersedes 1.0 13 days after release. BSD/386 1.1 1994-02-xx [BSDI] 4.4BSD Lite 1994-03-01 [USE] FreeBSD 1.1 1994-05-07 [FBD] FreeBSD 1.1.5 1994-06-30 [FBD] FreeBSD 1.1.5.1 1994-07-05 [FBD] supersedes 1.1.5 5 days after release. NetBSD 1.0 1994-10-26 [NBD] 386BSD 1.0 1994-11-12 [USE] FreeBSD 2.0 1994-11-23 [FBD] BSD/OS 2.0 1995-01-xx [BSDI] 4.4 lite based FreeBSD 2.0.5 1995-06-10 [FBD] BSD/OS 2.0.1 1995-06-xx [BSDI] 4.4BSD Lite Release 2 1995-06-xx [44B] the true final distribution from the CSRG FreeBSD 2.1.0 1995-11-19 [FBD] NetBSD 1.1 1995-11-26 [NBD] BSD/OS 2.1 1996-01-xx [BSDI] FreeBSD 2.1.5 1996-07-14 [FBD] NetBSD 1.2 1996-10-04 [NBD] OpenBSD 2.0 1996-10-18 [OBD] FreeBSD 2.1.6 1996-11-16 [FBD] FreeBSD 2.1.6.1 1996-11-25 [FBD] (sendmail security release) Rhapsody 1997-xx-xx FreeBSD 2.1.7 1997-02-20 [FBD] BSD/OS 3.0 1997-02-xx [BSDI] 4.4 lite2 based FreeBSD 2.2.0 1997-03-16 [FBD] FreeBSD 2.2.1 1997-03-25 [FBD] FreeBSD 2.2.2 1997-05-16 [FBD] NetBSD 1.2.1 1997-05-20 [NBD] (patch release) OpenBSD 2.1 1997-06-01 [OBD] FreeBSD 2.2.5 1997-10-22 [FBD] OpenBSD 2.2 1997-12-01 [OBD] NetBSD 1.3 1998-01-04 [NBD] FreeBSD 2.2.6 1998-03-25 [FBD] NetBSD 1.3.1 1998-03-09 [NBD] (patch release) BSD/OS 3.1 1998-03-xx [BSDI] OpenBSD 2.3 1998-05-19 [OBD] NetBSD 1.3.2 1998-05-29 [NBD] (patch release) FreeBSD 2.2.7 1998-07-22 [FBD] BSD/OS 4.0 1998-08-xx [BSDI] 2-lock MP support, ELF executables FreeBSD 3.0 1998-10-16 [FBD] FreeBSD-3.0 is a snapshot from -current, while 3.1 and 3.2 are from 3.x-stable which was branched quite some time after 3.0-release FreeBSD 2.2.8 1998-11-29 [FBD] OpenBSD 2.4 1998-12-01 [OBD] NetBSD 1.3.3 1998-12-23 [NBD] (patch release) FreeBSD 3.1 1999-02-15 [FBD] BSD/OS 4.0.1 1999-03-xx [BSDI] NetBSD 1.4 1999-05-12 [NBD] FreeBSD 3.2 1999-05-17 [FBD] OpenBSD 2.5 1999-05-19 [OBD] NetBSD 1.4.1 1999-08-26 [NBD] (patch release) FreeBSD 3.3 1999-09-17 [FBD] OpenBSD 2.6 1999-12-01 [OBD] FreeBSD 3.4 1999-12-20 [FBD] BSD/OS 4.1 1999-12-xx [BSDI] FreeBSD 4.0 2000-03-13 [FBD] NetBSD 1.4.2 2000-03-19 [NBD] (patch release) OpenBSD 2.7 2000-06-15 [OBD] FreeBSD 3.5 2000-06-24 [FBD] FreeBSD 4.1 2000-07-27 [FBD] FreeBSD 3.5.1 2000-07-28 [FBD] FreeBSD 4.1.1 2000-09-25 [FBD] (a network-only patch release) FreeBSD 4.2 2000-11-21 [FBD] NetBSD 1.4.3 2000-11-25 [NBD] (patch release) BSD/OS 4.2 2000-11-29 [BSDI] OpenBSD 2.8 2000-12-01 [OBD] NetBSD 1.5 2000-12-06 [NBD] Mac OS X 10.0 2001-03-24 [APL] FreeBSD 4.3 2001-04-20 [FBD] OpenBSD 2.9 2001-06-01 [OBD] NetBSD 1.5.1 2001-07-11 [NBD] (patch release) NetBSD 1.5.2 2001-09-13 [NBD] (patch release) FreeBSD 4.4 2001-09-18 [FBD] Mac OS X 10.1 2001-09-29 [APL] OpenBSD 3.0 2001-12-01 [OBD] FreeBSD 4.5 2002-01-29 [FBD] BSD/OS 4.3 2002-03-14 [WRS] OpenBSD 3.1 2002-05-19 [OBD] FreeBSD 4.6 2002-06-15 [FBD] NetBSD 1.5.3 2002-07-22 [NBD] (patch release) FreeBSD 4.6.2 2002-08-15 [FBD] (patch release) Mac OS X 10.2 2002-08-23 [APL] NetBSD 1.6 2002-09-14 [NBD] FreeBSD 4.7 2002-10-08 [FBD] OpenBSD 3.2 2002-11-01 [OBD] FreeBSD 5.0 2003-01-17 [FBD] FreeBSD 5.0 is a separate branch off of -current, similar to 3.0. FreeBSD 4.8 2003-04-03 [FBD] NetBSD 1.6.1 2003-04-21 [NBD] (patch release) OpenBSD 3.3 2003-05-01 [OBD] BSD/OS 5.0 2003-05-?? [WRS] FreeBSD 5.1 2003-06-09 [FBD] Mac OS X 10.3 2003-10-24 [APL] FreeBSD 4.9 2003-10-28 [FBD] BSD/OS 5.1 ISE 2003-10-?? [WRS] (final version) OpenBSD 3.4 2003-11-01 [OBD] FreeBSD 5.2 2004-01-12 [FBD] FreeBSD 5.2.1 2004-02-22 [FBD] (patch release) NetBSD 1.6.2 2004-03-01 [NBD] (patch release) OpenBSD 3.5 2004-04-01 [OBD] FreeBSD 4.10 2004-05-27 [FBD] DragonFly 1.0 2004-07-12 [DFB] OpenBSD 3.6 2004-10-29 [OBD] FreeBSD 5.3 2004-11-06 [FBD] NetBSD 2.0 2004-12-09 [NBD] FreeBSD 4.11 2005-01-25 [FBD] DragonFly 1.2.0 2005-04-08 [DFB] NetBSD 2.0.2 2005-04-14 [NBD] (security/critical release) Mac OS X 10.4 2005-04-29 [APL] FreeBSD 5.4 2005-05-09 [FBD] OpenBSD 3.7 2005-05-19 [OBD] NetBSD 2.0.3 2005-10-31 [NBD] (security/critical release) OpenBSD 3.8 2005-11-01 [OBD] FreeBSD 6.0 2005-11-01 [FBD] NetBSD 2.1 2005-11-02 [NBD] NetBSD 3.0 2005-12-23 [NBD] DragonFly 1.4.0 2006-01-08 [DFB] FreeBSD 2.2.9 2006-04-01 [FBD] OpenBSD 3.9 2006-05-01 [OBD] FreeBSD 6.1 2006-05-08 [FBD] FreeBSD 5.5 2006-05-25 [FBD] NetBSD 3.0.1 2006-07-24 [NBD] (security/critical release) DragonFly 1.6.0 2006-07-24 [DFB] OpenBSD 4.0 2006-11-01 [OBD] NetBSD 3.0.2 2006-11-04 [NBD] (security/critical release) NetBSD 3.1 2006-11-04 [NBD] FreeBSD 6.2 2007-01-15 [FBD] DragonFly 1.8.0 2007-01-30 [DFB] OpenBSD 4.1 2007-05-01 [OBD] DragonFly 1.10.0 2007-08-06 [DFB] Mac OS X 10.5 2007-10-26 [APL] OpenBSD 4.2 2007-11-01 [OBD] NetBSD 4.0 2007-12-19 [NBD] FreeBSD 6.3 2008-01-18 [FBD] DragonFly 1.12.0 2008-02-26 [DFB] FreeBSD 7.0 2008-02-27 [FBD] OpenBSD 4.3 2008-05-01 [OBD] DragonFly 2.0.0 2008-07-21 [DFB] OpenBSD 4.4 2008-11-01 [OBD] FreeBSD 6.4 2008-11-28 [FBD] FreeBSD 7.1 2009-01-04 [FBD] DragonFly 2.2.0 2009-02-17 [DFB] NetBSD 5.0 2009-04-29 [NBD] OpenBSD 4.5 2009-05-01 [OBD] FreeBSD 7.2 2009-05-04 [FBD] Mac OS X 10.6 2009-06-08 [APL] NetBSD 5.0.1 2009-08-02 [NBD] (security/critical release) DragonFly 2.4.0 2009-09-16 [DFB] OpenBSD 4.6 2009-10-18 [OBD] FreeBSD 8.0 2009-11-26 [FBD] NetBSD 5.0.2 2010-02-12 [NBD] (security/critical release) FreeBSD 7.3 2010-03-23 [FBD] DragonFly 2.6.0 2010-03-28 [DFB] OpenBSD 4.7 2010-05-19 [OBD] FreeBSD 8.1 2010-07-24 [FBD] DragonFly 2.8.2 2010-10-30 [DFB] OpenBSD 4.8 2010-11-01 [OBD] NetBSD 5.1 2010-11-19 [NBD] FreeBSD 7.4 2011-02-24 [FBD] FreeBSD 8.2 2011-02-24 [FBD] DragonFly 2.10.1 2011-04-26 [DFB] OpenBSD 4.9 2011-05-01 [OBD] Mac OS X 10.7 2011-07-20 [APL] OpenBSD 5.0 2011-11-01 [OBD] FreeBSD 9.0 2012-01-12 [FBD] NetBSD 5.1.2 2012-02-02 [NBD] (security/critical release) DragonFly 3.0.1 2012-02-21 [DFB] FreeBSD 8.3 2012-04-18 [FBD] OpenBSD 5.1 2012-05-01 [OBD] Mac OS X 10.8 2012-07-25 [APL] NetBSD 6.0 2012-10-17 [NBD] OpenBSD 5.2 2012-11-01 [OBD] DragonFly 3.2.1 2012-11-02 [DFB] NetBSD 5.2 2012-12-03 [NBD] NetBSD 6.0.1 2012-12-26 [NBD] (security/critical release) FreeBSD 9.1 2012-12-30 [FBD] DragonFly 3.4.1 2013-04-29 [DFB] OpenBSD 5.3 2013-05-01 [OBD] NetBSD 6.0.2 2013-05-18 [NBD] (security/critical release) NetBSD 6.1 2013-05-18 [NBD] FreeBSD 8.4 2013-06-07 [FBD] NetBSD 6.1.1 2013-08-22 [NBD] NetBSD 5.1.3 2013-09-29 [NBD] NetBSD 5.2.1 2013-09-29 [NBD] FreeBSD 9.2 2013-09-30 [FBD] NetBSD 6.0.3 2013-09-30 [NBD] NetBSD 6.1.2 2013-09-30 [NBD] Mac OS X 10.9 2013-10-22 [APL] OpenBSD 5.4 2013-11-01 [OBD] DragonFly 3.6.0 2013-11-25 [DFB] FreeBSD 10.0 2014-01-20 [FBD] NetBSD 5.1.4 2014-01-25 [NBD] NetBSD 5.2.2 2014-01-25 [NBD] NetBSD 6.0.4 2014-01-25 [NBD] NetBSD 6.1.3 2014-01-25 [NBD] DragonFly 3.6.1 2014-02-22 [DFB] DragonFly 3.6.2 2014-04-10 [DFB] NetBSD 6.0.5 2014-04-12 [NDB] NetBSD 6.1.4 2014-04-12 [NDB] OpenBSD 5.5 2014-05-01 [OBD] DragonFly 3.8.0 2014-06-04 [DFB] DragonFly 3.8.1 2014-06-16 [DFB] DragonFly 3.6.3 2014-06-17 [DFB] FreeBSD 9.3 2014-07-05 [FBD] DragonFly 3.8.2 2014-08-08 [DFB] NetBSD 6.1.5 2014-09-22 [NBD] Mac OS X 10.10 2014-10-16 [APL] OpenBSD 5.6 2014-11-01 [OBD] FreeBSD 10.1 2014-11-14 [FBD] DragonFly 4.0.1 2014-11-25 [DFB] DragonFly 4.0.2 2015-01-07 [DFB] DragonFly 4.0.3 2015-01-21 [DFB] DragonFly 4.0.4 2015-03-09 [DFB] DragonFly 4.0.5 2015-03-23 [DFB] OpenBSD 5.7 2015-05-01 [OBD] DragonFly 4.2.0 2015-06-29 [DFB] FreeBSD 10.2 2015-08-13 [FBD] NetBSD 7.0 2015-09-25 [NBD] OS X 10.11 2015-09-30 [APL] OpenBSD 5.8 2015-10-18 [OBD] DragonFly 4.4.1 2015-12-07 [DFB] OpenBSD 5.9 2016-03-29 [OBD] FreeBSD 10.3 2016-04-04 [FBD] NetBSD 7.0.1 2016-05-22 [NBD] DragonFly 4.6.0 2016-08-02 [DFB] OpenBSD 6.0 2016-09-01 [OBD] macOS 10.12 2016-09-20 [APL] FreeBSD 11.0 2016-10-10 [FBD] NetBSD 7.1 2017-03-11 [NBD] DragonFly 4.8.0 2017-03-27 [DFB] OpenBSD 6.1 2017-04-11 [OBD] FreeBSD 11.1 2017-07-26 [FBD] macOS 10.13 2017-09-25 [APL] FreeBSD 10.4 2017-10-03 [FBD] OpenBSD 6.2 2017-10-09 [OBD] DragonFly 5.0.0 2017-10-16 [DFB] Bibliography ------------------------ Leffler, Samuel J., Marshall Kirk McKusick, Michael J Karels and John Quarterman. The Design and Implementation of the 4.3BSD UNIX Operating System. Reading, Mass. Addison-Wesley, 1989. ISBN 0-201-06196-1 Salus, Peter H. A quarter century of UNIX. Addison-Wesley Publishing Company, Inc., 1994. ISBN 0-201-54777-5 McKusick, Marshall Kirk, Keith Bostic, Michael J Karels, and John Quarterman. The Design and Implementation of the 4.4BSD Operating System. Reading, Mass. Addison-Wesley, 1996. ISBN 0-201-54979-4 McKusick, Marshall Kirk, George Neville-Neil. The Design and Implementation of the FreeBSD Operating System. Addison-Wesley Professional, Published: Aug 2, 2004. ISBN 0-201-70245-2 McKusick, Marshall Kirk, George Neville-Neil, Robert Watson. The Design and Implementation of the FreeBSD Operating System, 2nd Edition. Pearson Education, Inc., 2014. ISBN 0-321-96897-2 Doug McIlroy. Research Unix Reader. Michael G. Brown. The Role of BSD in the Development of Unix. Presented to the Tasmanian Unix Special Interest Group of the Australian Computer Society, Hobart, August 1993. Peter H. Salus. Unix at 25. Byte Magazine, October 1994. URL: http://www.byte.com/art/9410/sec8/art3.htm Andreas Klemm, Lars Köller. If you're going to San Francisco ... Die freien BSD-Varianten von Unix. c't April 1997, page 368ff. BSD Release Announcements collection. -URL: http://www.FreeBSD.org/releases/ +URL: https://www.FreeBSD.org/releases/ BSD Hypertext Man Pages -URL: http://www.FreeBSD.org/cgi/man.cgi +URL: https://www.FreeBSD.org/cgi/man.cgi UNIX history graphing project URL: http://minnie.tuhs.org/Unix_History/index.html UNIX history URL: http://www.levenez.com/unix/ James Howard: The BSD Family Tree URL: http://ezine.daemonnews.org/200104/bsd_family.html ("what are the differences between FreeBSD, NetBSD, and OpenBSD?") Acknowledgments --------------- Josh Gilliam for suggestions, bug fixes, and finding very old original BSD announcements from Usenet or tapes. Steven M. Schultz for providing 2.8BSD, 2.10BSD, 2.11BSD manual pages. -- Copyright (c) 1997-2012 Wolfram Schneider URL: http://svnweb.freebsd.org/base/head/share/misc/bsd-family-tree $FreeBSD$ Index: head/share/misc/iso3166 =================================================================== --- head/share/misc/iso3166 (revision 325095) +++ head/share/misc/iso3166 (revision 325096) @@ -1,557 +1,557 @@ # $FreeBSD$ # -# Please consult with http://www.FreeBSD.org/internal/i18n.html before +# Please consult with https://www.FreeBSD.org/internal/i18n.html before # making changes to this file. # # ISO 3166 country codes # This includes many places that are not legally independent countries, # but which is it convenient to refer to separately from their # parent lands. # # The original information in this file comes from ftp.ripe.net, # which got it from DIN, the official keeper of these codes. # The file format used by RIPE was not suitable, so it has been # rearranged to put the two-letter country code first. The country # names were capitalized, and most parenthetical designations have # been deleted unless necessary to distinguish two countries. # # The ISO3166 Maintenance Agency can be found at: # http://www.iso.org/iso/country_codes.htm # # two three number name AF AFG 004 Afghanistan AL ALB 008 Albania AX ALA 248 Åland Islands DZ DZA 012 Algeria AS ASM 016 American Samoa AD AND 020 Andorra AO AGO 024 Angola AI AIA 660 Anguilla AQ ATA 010 Antarctica AG ATG 028 Antigua and Barbuda AR ARG 032 Argentina AM ARM 051 Armenia AW ABW 533 Aruba AU AUS 036 Australia AT AUT 040 Austria AZ AZE 031 Azerbaijan BS BHS 044 Bahamas BH BHR 048 Bahrain BD BGD 050 Bangladesh BB BRB 052 Barbados BY BLR 112 Belarus BE BEL 056 Belgium BZ BLZ 084 Belize BJ BEN 204 Benin BM BMU 060 Bermuda BT BTN 064 Bhutan BO BOL 068 Bolivia, Plurinational State of BQ BES 535 Bonaire, Sint Eustatius and Saba BA BIH 070 Bosnia and Herzegovina BW BWA 072 Botswana BV BVT 074 Bouvet Island BR BRA 076 Brazil IO IOT 086 British Indian Ocean Territory BN BRN 096 Brunei Darussalam BG BGR 100 Bulgaria BF BFA 854 Burkina Faso BI BDI 108 Burundi KH KHM 116 Cambodia CM CMR 120 Cameroon CA CAN 124 Canada CV CPV 132 Cabo Verde KY CYM 136 Cayman Islands CF CAF 140 Central African Republic TD TCD 148 Chad CL CHL 152 Chile CN CHN 156 China CX CXR 162 Christmas Island CC CCK 166 Cocos (Keeling) Islands CO COL 170 Colombia KM COM 174 Comoros CG COG 178 Congo CD COD 180 Congo, Democratic Republic of the CK COK 184 Cook Islands CR CRI 188 Costa Rica CI CIV 384 Côte d'Ivoire HR HRV 191 Croatia CU CUB 192 Cuba CW CUW 531 Curaçao CY CYP 196 Cyprus CZ CZE 203 Czech Republic DK DNK 208 Denmark DJ DJI 262 Djibouti DM DMA 212 Dominica DO DOM 214 Dominican Republic EC ECU 218 Ecuador EG EGY 818 Egypt SV SLV 222 El Salvador GQ GNQ 226 Equatorial Guinea ER ERI 232 Eritrea EE EST 233 Estonia ET ETH 231 Ethiopia FK FLK 238 Falkland Islands (Malvinas) FO FRO 234 Faroe Islands FJ FJI 242 Fiji FI FIN 246 Finland FR FRA 250 France GF GUF 254 French Guiana PF PYF 258 French Polynesia TF ATF 260 French Southern Territories GA GAB 266 Gabon GM GMB 270 Gambia GE GEO 268 Georgia DE DEU 276 Germany GH GHA 288 Ghana GI GIB 292 Gibraltar GR GRC 300 Greece GL GRL 304 Greenland GD GRD 308 Grenada GP GLP 312 Guadeloupe GU GUM 316 Guam GT GTM 320 Guatemala GG GGY 831 Guernsey GN GIN 324 Guinea GW GNB 624 Guinea-Bissau GY GUY 328 Guyana HT HTI 332 Haiti HM HMD 334 Heard Island and McDonald Islands VA VAT 336 Holy See HN HND 340 Honduras HK HKG 344 Hong Kong HU HUN 348 Hungary IS ISL 352 Iceland IN IND 356 India ID IDN 360 Indonesia IR IRN 364 Iran (Islamic Republic of) IQ IRQ 368 Iraq IE IRL 372 Ireland IM IMN 833 Isle of Man IL ISR 376 Israel IT ITA 380 Italy JM JAM 388 Jamaica JP JPN 392 Japan JE JEY 832 Jersey JO JOR 400 Jordan KZ KAZ 398 Kazakhstan KE KEN 404 Kenya KI KIR 296 Kiribati KP PRK 408 Korea (Democratic People's Republic of) KR KOR 410 Korea (Republic of) KW KWT 414 Kuwait KG KGZ 417 Kyrgyzstan LA LAO 418 Lao People's Democratic Republic LV LVA 428 Latvia LB LBN 422 Lebanon LS LSO 426 Lesotho LR LBR 430 Liberia LY LBY 434 Libya LI LIE 438 Liechtenstein LT LTU 440 Lithuania LU LUX 442 Luxembourg MO MAC 446 Macao MK MKD 807 Macedonia (the former Yugoslav Republic of) MG MDG 450 Madagascar MW MWI 454 Malawi MY MYS 458 Malaysia MV MDV 462 Maldives ML MLI 466 Mali MT MLT 470 Malta MH MHL 584 Marshall Islands MQ MTQ 474 Martinique MR MRT 478 Mauritania MU MUS 480 Mauritius YT MYT 175 Mayotte MX MEX 484 Mexico FM FSM 583 Micronesia (Federated States of) MD MDA 498 Moldova (Republic of) MC MCO 492 Monaco MN MNG 496 Mongolia ME MNE 499 Montenegro MS MSR 500 Montserrat MA MAR 504 Morocco MZ MOZ 508 Mozambique MM MMR 104 Myanmar NA NAM 516 Namibia NR NRU 520 Nauru NP NPL 524 Nepal NL NLD 528 Netherlands NC NCL 540 New Caledonia NZ NZL 554 New Zealand NI NIC 558 Nicaragua NE NER 562 Niger NG NGA 566 Nigeria NU NIU 570 Niue NF NFK 574 Norfolk Island MP MNP 580 Northern Mariana Islands NO NOR 578 Norway OM OMN 512 Oman PK PAK 586 Pakistan PW PLW 585 Palau PS PSE 275 Palestine, State of PA PAN 591 Panama PG PNG 598 Papua New Guinea PY PRY 600 Paraguay PE PER 604 Peru PH PHL 608 Philippines PN PCN 612 Pitcairn PL POL 616 Poland PT PRT 620 Portugal PR PRI 630 Puerto Rico QA QAT 634 Qatar RE REU 638 Réunion RO ROU 642 Romania RU RUS 643 Russian Federation RW RWA 646 Rwanda BL BLM 652 Saint Barthélemy SH SHN 654 Saint Helena Ascension and Tristan da Cunha KN KNA 659 Saint Kitts and Nevis LC LCA 662 Saint Lucia MF MAF 663 Saint Martin (French part) PM SPM 666 Saint Pierre and Miquelon VC VCT 670 Saint Vincent and the Grenadines WS WSM 882 Samoa SM SMR 674 San Marino ST STP 678 Sao Tome and Principe SA SAU 682 Saudi Arabia SN SEN 686 Senegal RS SRB 688 Serbia SC SYC 690 Seychelles SL SLE 694 Sierra Leone SG SGP 702 Singapore SX SXM 534 Sint Maarten (Dutch part) SK SVK 703 Slovakia SI SVN 705 Slovenia SB SLB 090 Solomon Islands SO SOM 706 Somalia ZA ZAF 710 South Africa GS SGS 239 South Georgia and the South Sandwich Islands SS SSD 728 South Sudan ES ESP 724 Spain LK LKA 144 Sri Lanka SD SDN 729 Sudan SR SUR 740 Suriname SJ SJM 744 Svalbard and Jan Mayen SZ SWZ 748 Swaziland SE SWE 752 Sweden CH CHE 756 Switzerland SY SYR 760 Syrian Arab Republic TW TWN 158 Taiwan TJ TJK 762 Tajikistan TZ TZA 834 Tanzania United Republic of TH THA 764 Thailand TL TLS 626 Timor-Leste TG TGO 768 Togo TK TKL 772 Tokelau TO TON 776 Tonga TT TTO 780 Trinidad and Tobago TN TUN 788 Tunisia TR TUR 792 Turkey TM TKM 795 Turkmenistan TC TCA 796 Turks and Caicos Islands TV TUV 798 Tuvalu UG UGA 800 Uganda UA UKR 804 Ukraine AE ARE 784 United Arab Emirates GB GBR 826 United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland US USA 840 United States of America UM UMI 581 United States Minor Outlying Islands UY URY 858 Uruguay UZ UZB 860 Uzbekistan VU VUT 548 Vanuatu VE VEN 862 Venezuela, Bolivarian Republic of VN VNM 704 Viet Nam VG VGB 092 Virgin Islands (British) VI VIR 850 Virgin Islands (U.S.) WF WLF 876 Wallis and Futuna EH ESH 732 Western Sahara YE YEM 887 Yemen ZM ZMB 894 Zambia ZW ZWE 716 Zimbabwe # # Revision history: # # # List of changes applied, as specified in registration newsletters: # # Newsletter III-1, 1989-12-5: # Burma deleted, Myanmar added (same numeric value, change of country name) # # Newsletter III-2, 1990-07-16 # Namibia, changing information not included in this file # # Newsletter III-3, 1990-08-14 # Afghanistan, changing information not included in this file # # Newsletter III-4, 1990-08-14 # Ethiopia, changing information not included in this file # # Newsletter III-5, 1990-08-14 # Fiji, changing information not included in this file # # Newsletter III-6, 1990-08-14 # Hungary, changing information not included in this file # # Newsletter III-7, 1990-08-14 # Unification of Yemen, under new numeric code # # Newsletter III-8, 1990-08-14 # Romania, changing information not included in this file # # Newsletter III-9, 1990-08-14 # Poland, changing information not included in this file # # Newsletter III-10, 1990-08-14 # Kampuchea deleted, Cambodia added (same numeric value, change of name) # # Newsletter III-11, 1990-08-14 # Benin, changing information not included in this file # # Newsletter III-12, 1990-12-04 # Czechoslovakia, changing information not included in this file # # Newsletter III-13, 1990-10-30 # Germany unified (DDR deleted, new name and numeric code for unified Germany) # # Newsletter III-14 1991-02-10 # Mozambique, changing information not included in this file # # Newsletter III-15 1991-02-10 # Bulgaria, changing information not included in this file # # Newsletter III-16 1992-06-15 # ESTONIA added (EE, EST, 233) # # Newsletter III-17 1992-06-15 # LATVIA added (LV, LVA, 428) # # Newsletter III-18 1992-06-15 # Lithuania added # # Newsletter III-19 1992-06-15 # Belarus, named and 3c changed # # Newsletter III-20 1992-04-06 # Albania, changing information not included in this file # # Newsletter III-21 1992-04-06 # Congo, changing information not included in this file # # Newsletter III-22 1992-04-19 # Micronesia, name changed to Micronesia (Federated States of) # # Newsletter III-23 1992-04-19 # Ukraine, name changed # # Newsletter III-24 1993-06-18 # France, Metropolitan (FX) added (European part of France thus excluding: # GF, GP, MQ, NC, PF, PM, RE, TF, WF, YT) # # Newsletter III-25, 1991-12-18 # Pitcairn, changing information not included in this file # # Newsletter III-26, 1992-06-15 # Croatia, added NR, HRV, 191 # # Newsletter III-27, 1992-06-15 # Armenia, added AM, ARM, 051 # # Newsletter III-28, 1992-08-28 # Georgia added # # Newsletter III-29, 1992-06-15 # Russian Federation added # # Newsletter III-30, 1992-06-15 # Turkmenistan added # # Newsletter III-31, 1992-06-15 # Kazakhstan added # # Newsletter III-32, 1992-06-15 # Kyrgyzstan added # # Newsletter III-33, 1992-06-15 # Tajikistan added # # Newsletter III-34, 1992-06-15 # Uzbekistan added # # Newsletter III-35, 1992-06-15 # Azerbaijan added # # Newsletter III-36 1992-06-15 # MOLDOVA, REPUBLIC OF added (MD, MDA, 498) # # Newsletter III-37 1992-08-30 # USSR deleted # # Newsletter III-38, 1993-06-15 # Slovenia, number code 705 assigned # # Newsletter III-39 (undated) # BOSNIA AND HERZEGOWINA added (BA, BIH, 070) # # Newsletter III-40 1993-07-12 # YEMEN, REPUBLIC OF changed to YEMEN # # Newsletter III-41 1993-07-28 # MAURITIUS, changes outside this document # # Newsletter III-42 1993-07-12 # SAINT VINCENT AND THE GRENADINES, changes outside this document # # Newsletter III-43 1993-07-12 # MONGOLIA, changes outside this document # # Newsletter III-44 1993-07-22 # PANAMA, changed numeric code from 590 to 591 # # Newsletter III-45 1993-07-28 # YUGOSLAVIA changed numeric code from 890 to 891 # # Newsletter III-46 1993-07-12 # NEUTRAL ZONE deleted # # Newsletter III-47 1993-07-12 # NETHERLANDS ANTILLES changed numeric code from 532 to 530 # # Newsletter III-48, 1993-07-12 # Added MAYOTTE # # Newsletter III-49, 1993-06-15 # Slovakia added # # Newsletter III-50, 1993-06-15 # Czech Republic added # # Newsletter III-51, 1993-06-15 # Czechoslovakia officially deleted # # Newsletter III-52, 1993-07-02 # Angola, changing information not included in this file. Official name # change to Republic of Angola # # Newsletter III-53, 1993-07-12 # Madagascar, changing information not included in this file. Official # name change to Republic of Madagascar # # Newsletter III-54, 1993-07-23 # South Georgia and the South Sandwich Islands, previously covered by # Falkland Islands # # Newsletter III-55, 1993-07-16 # Ethiopia, numeric code change to 231 # # Newsletter III-56, 1993-07-16 # Eritrea, changing information not included in this file # Previously covered by the entry ET # # Newsletter III-57, 1993-07-16 # Macedonia, the former Yugoslav Republic of, # Previously covered by the entry YU # # Newsletter III-58, 1993-07-16 # Afghanistan, changing information not included in this file # Official name change to Islamic State of Afghanistan # # Newsletter III-32, 1993-07-25 amendment # Kyrgyzstan, changing information not included in this file. Official name # change to Kyrgyz Republic # # Newsletter III-59, 1994-01-26 # Andorra, changing information not included in this file. Official name # change to Pricipality of Andorra # # Newsletter III-60, 1994-01-26 # Cambodia, changing information not included in this file. Official name # change to Kingdom of Cambodia # # Thu Feb 10 1994 # At this point the fourth edition of ISO 3166 appears. It can *now* be # ordered from national standards institutions. The RIPE NCC will continue # tracking changes. # # [deletia] # Newsletter IV-2 1997-07-14 # ZAIRE (ZA) changed to CONGO, THE DEMOCRATIC REPUBLIC OF THE (CD) # change of name, alpha-2 and alpha-3, numeric remains 180 # # Newsletter V-3 2002-02-01 # ROMANIA (RO) changed alpha-3 code from ROM to ROU. Numeric remains 642. # # Newsletter V-4 2002-05-20 # KAZAKSTAN (KZ) changed short name to KAZAKHSTAN (no change in this file, # which already had the `h' spelling). MACAU (MO) changed short name to # MACAO (again). Numeric, alpha-2, and alpha-3 codes remain unchanged. # AFGHANISTAN (AF), AZERBAIJAN (AZ), BAHRAIN (BH), BOSNIA AND HERZEGOVINA # (BA), FIJI (FJ), HONG KONG (HK), KIRIBATI (KI), NIUE (NU), SOMALIA (SO), # and VENEZUELA (VE) all changed official names, which are not included in # this file. # # Newsletter V-5 2002-05-20 # EAST TIMOR changed alpha-2 code from TP to TL and alpha-3 from TMP to TLS. # Numeric remains 626. # # Newsletter V-6 2002-11-15 # EAST TIMOR (TL) changed short name to TIMOR-LESTE. Codes unchanged. # # Newsletter V-7 2003-01-14 # COMOROS (KM) changed official name, not included in this file. # # Newsletter V-8 2003-07-23 # YUGOSLAVIA (YU) changed official name, short name, alpha-2, and alpha-3. # # Newsletter V-9 2004-02-13 # ALAND ISLANDS (AX) added as a new entry. In the official newsletter, # this territory is shown with the correct (Swedish) orthography. As this # file is restricted to the ASCII character set, we have substituted the # letter `A' for the Swedish letter U+00C5. (The Finnish name for this # semi-autonomous territory is Ahvenanmaa, but the official place-names # in the territory are Swedish-only.) Note that the standard collation # order for Swedish in Finland would sort this letter after Z. # # Newsletter V-10 2004-04-26 # Name changes not relevant to this file. # # Newsletter V-11 2006-03-29 # GUERNSEY (GG), ISLE OF MAN (IM), and JERSEY (JE) added as new entries. # These territories were previously included as a part of the UNITED # KINGDOM (GB). # # Newsletter V-12 2006-09-26 # Removed SERBIA AND MONTENEGRO (CS). Added SERBIA (RS) and MONTENEGRO (ME). # # Newsletter VI-1 2007-09-21 # Added SAINT BARTHELEMY (BL) and SAINT MARTIN (MF). # # Newsletter VI-2 2008-04-25 # Name changes for Moldova, Montenegro and other minor corrections. # # Newsletter VI-3 2008-09-09 # Name change for Nepal and other minor corrections. # Not relevant to this file. # # Newsletter VI-4 2009-01-07 # Name change for the Republic of Moldova and other minor corrections. # # Newsletter VI-5 2009-03-03 # Name change for Bolivarian Republic of Venezuela and other minor corrections. # # Newsletter VI-6 2009-05-08 # Name change for Plurinational State of Bolivia. # # Newsletter VI-7 2010-02-22 # Name change for Saint Helena, Ascension and Tristan da Cunha # # Newsletter VI-8 2010-12-15 # BONAIRE, SAINT EUSTATIUS AND SABA (BQ), CURACAO (CW) and # SINT MAARTEN (DUTCH PART) (SX) added as new entries. # NETHERLANDS ANTILLES (AN) removed. # # Newsletter VI-9 2011-06-12 # Name changes for Fiji and Myanmar as well as other minor corrections # # Newsletter VI-10 2011-08-09 # Code elements for South Sudan. # Index: head/share/misc/organization.dot =================================================================== --- head/share/misc/organization.dot (revision 325095) +++ head/share/misc/organization.dot (revision 325096) @@ -1,99 +1,99 @@ # $FreeBSD$ # This file is meant to show the infrastructural organization of the # FreeBSD Project; what kind of teams we have and how they relate to # each other. # For a detailed description of the responsibilities and duties of the listed # teams, please see our Administration page at -# http://www.freebsd.org/administration.html . +# https://www.freebsd.org/administration.html . # # The graphical output can be generated from this file with the following # command: # $ dot -T png -o file.png organization.dot # # The dot binary is part of the graphics/graphviz port. digraph org { node [color=lightblue2, style=filled, bgcolor=black]; # Meta-categories go here _devel [label="FreeBSD Developers"] _admin [label="FreeBSD Infrastructure Administrators"] _misc [label="Miscellaneous Hats"] # Development teams go here alphabetically sorted core [label="Core Team\ncore@FreeBSD.org\nallanjude, bapt, bcr,\nbenno, emaste, gnn,\nhrs, jhb, kmoore"] coresecretary [label="Core Team Secretary\ncore-secretary@FreeBSD.org\nmatthew"] doccommitters [label="Doc/www Committers\ndoc-committers@FreeBSD.org"] doceng [label="Documentation Engineering Team\ndoceng@FreeBSD.org\ngjb, blackend,\ngabor, hrs,\nwblock"] portscommitters [label="Ports Committers\nports-committers@FreeBSD.org"] portmgr [label="Port Management Team\nportmgr@FreeBSD.org\nadamw, antoine, bapt, bdrewery\nfeld, mat, rene, swills"] portmgrsecretary [label="Port Management Team Secretary\nportmgr-secretary@FreeBSD.org\nrene"] re [label="Primary Release Engineering Team\nre@FreeBSD.org\ngjb, kib,\nbdrewery, blackend,\nrgrimes, delphij,\nhrs, glebius,\nmarius, rwatson"] secteam [label="Security Team\nsecteam@FreeBSD.org\ndelphij,\ndes, gavin, gjb,\nglebius, remko"] portssecteam [label="Ports Security Team\nports-secteam@FreeBSD.org\ndelphij, amdmi3, eadler, feld, jgh, junovitch, rea, sbz, simon, swills, zi"] secteamsecretary [label="Security Team Secretary\nsecteam-secretary@FreeBSD.org\nremko"] securityofficer [label="Security Officer Team\nsecurity-officer@FreeBSD.org\ndelphij, des,\ngavin, gjb,\nglebius, remko"] srccommitters [label="Src Committers\nsrc-committers@FreeBSD.org"] # Admin teams go here alphabetically sorted accounts [label="Accounts Team\naccounts@FreeBSD.org\nmarkm, simon, kensmith,\ndhw"] backups [label="Backup Administrators\nbackups@FreeBSD.org\nsimon, kensmith,\ndhw"] bugmeister [label="Bugmeister Team\nbugmeister@FreeBSD.org\neadler, gavin, gonzo"] clusteradm [label="Cluster Administrators\nclusteradm@FreeBSD.org\nallanjude, brd,\ndhw, gavin,\ngjb, peter,\nsbruno, simon,\nzi"] dnsadm [label="DNS Administrators\ndnsadm@FreeBSD.org\nbillf, dg, ps,\nkensmith, peter"] mirroradmin [label="FTP/WWW Mirror Site Coordinators\nmirror-admin@FreeBSD.org\nkuriyama, kensmith"] perforceadmin [label="Perforce Repository Administrators\nperforce-admin@FreeBSD.org\nscottl, kensmith, gordon,\nrwatson, peter, dhw"] postmaster [label="Postmaster Team\npostmaster@FreeBSD.org\ndhw, ler, pi, rea, remko, zi"] refadm [label="Reference Systems Administrators\nrefadm@FreeBSD.org\njake, billf, markm, simon,\nobrien, ps, kensmith,\npeter, dhw"] webmaster [label="Webmaster Team\nwebmaster@FreeBSD.org\ngjb, wblock, blackend,\ngabor, hrs, wosch"] # Misc hats go here alphabetically sorted donations [label="Donations Team\ndonations@FreeBSD.org\nwilko, gahr, pgolluci,\nobrien, trhodes, ds,\nrwatson"] marketing [label="Marketing Team\nmarketing@FreeBSD.org\nSteven Beedle, Denise Ebery, deb,\njkoshy, dru, mwlucas, imp,\nKris Moore, murray, mattt,\nJeremy C. Reed, rwatson"] vendorrelations [label="Vendor Relations\nvendor-relations@FreeBSD.org\ncore, FreeBSD Foundation"] # Here are the team relationships. # Group together all the entries for the superior team. # Keep the list sorted by the superior team entry. _admin -> accounts _admin -> backups _admin -> bugmeister _admin -> clusteradm _admin -> dnsadm _admin -> mirroradmin _admin -> perforceadmin _admin -> refadm _admin -> postmaster _admin -> webmaster _devel -> core _misc -> donations _misc -> marketing _misc -> vendorrelations core -> coresecretary core -> doceng core -> portmgr core -> re core -> securityofficer core -> srccommitters doceng -> doccommitters portmgr -> portmgrsecretary portmgr -> portscommitters securityofficer -> secteam securityofficer -> portssecteam secteam -> secteamsecretary } Index: head/sys/amd64/conf/GENERIC =================================================================== --- head/sys/amd64/conf/GENERIC (revision 325095) +++ head/sys/amd64/conf/GENERIC (revision 325096) @@ -1,375 +1,375 @@ # # GENERIC -- Generic kernel configuration file for FreeBSD/amd64 # # For more information on this file, please read the config(5) manual page, # and/or the handbook section on Kernel Configuration Files: # -# http://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html +# https://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html # # The handbook is also available locally in /usr/share/doc/handbook # if you've installed the doc distribution, otherwise always see the -# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (http://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the +# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (https://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the # latest information. # # An exhaustive list of options and more detailed explanations of the # device lines is also present in the ../../conf/NOTES and NOTES files. # If you are in doubt as to the purpose or necessity of a line, check first # in NOTES. # # $FreeBSD$ cpu HAMMER ident GENERIC makeoptions DEBUG=-g # Build kernel with gdb(1) debug symbols makeoptions WITH_CTF=1 # Run ctfconvert(1) for DTrace support options SCHED_ULE # ULE scheduler options PREEMPTION # Enable kernel thread preemption options VIMAGE # Subsystem virtualization, e.g. VNET options INET # InterNETworking options INET6 # IPv6 communications protocols options IPSEC # IP (v4/v6) security options IPSEC_SUPPORT # Allow kldload of ipsec and tcpmd5 options TCP_OFFLOAD # TCP offload options TCP_HHOOK # hhook(9) framework for TCP options SCTP # Stream Control Transmission Protocol options FFS # Berkeley Fast Filesystem options SOFTUPDATES # Enable FFS soft updates support options UFS_ACL # Support for access control lists options UFS_DIRHASH # Improve performance on big directories options UFS_GJOURNAL # Enable gjournal-based UFS journaling options QUOTA # Enable disk quotas for UFS options MD_ROOT # MD is a potential root device options NFSCL # Network Filesystem Client options NFSD # Network Filesystem Server options NFSLOCKD # Network Lock Manager options NFS_ROOT # NFS usable as /, requires NFSCL options MSDOSFS # MSDOS Filesystem options CD9660 # ISO 9660 Filesystem options PROCFS # Process filesystem (requires PSEUDOFS) options PSEUDOFS # Pseudo-filesystem framework options GEOM_PART_GPT # GUID Partition Tables. options GEOM_RAID # Soft RAID functionality. options GEOM_LABEL # Provides labelization options COMPAT_FREEBSD32 # Compatible with i386 binaries options COMPAT_FREEBSD4 # Compatible with FreeBSD4 options COMPAT_FREEBSD5 # Compatible with FreeBSD5 options COMPAT_FREEBSD6 # Compatible with FreeBSD6 options COMPAT_FREEBSD7 # Compatible with FreeBSD7 options COMPAT_FREEBSD9 # Compatible with FreeBSD9 options COMPAT_FREEBSD10 # Compatible with FreeBSD10 options COMPAT_FREEBSD11 # Compatible with FreeBSD11 options SCSI_DELAY=5000 # Delay (in ms) before probing SCSI options KTRACE # ktrace(1) support options STACK # stack(9) support options SYSVSHM # SYSV-style shared memory options SYSVMSG # SYSV-style message queues options SYSVSEM # SYSV-style semaphores options _KPOSIX_PRIORITY_SCHEDULING # POSIX P1003_1B real-time extensions options PRINTF_BUFR_SIZE=128 # Prevent printf output being interspersed. options KBD_INSTALL_CDEV # install a CDEV entry in /dev options HWPMC_HOOKS # Necessary kernel hooks for hwpmc(4) options AUDIT # Security event auditing options CAPABILITY_MODE # Capsicum capability mode options CAPABILITIES # Capsicum capabilities options MAC # TrustedBSD MAC Framework options KDTRACE_FRAME # Ensure frames are compiled in options KDTRACE_HOOKS # Kernel DTrace hooks options DDB_CTF # Kernel ELF linker loads CTF data options INCLUDE_CONFIG_FILE # Include this file in kernel options RACCT # Resource accounting framework options RACCT_DEFAULT_TO_DISABLED # Set kern.racct.enable=0 by default options RCTL # Resource limits # Debugging support. Always need this: options KDB # Enable kernel debugger support. options KDB_TRACE # Print a stack trace for a panic. # For full debugger support use (turn off in stable branch): options BUF_TRACKING # Track buffer history options DDB # Support DDB. options FULL_BUF_TRACKING # Track more buffer history options GDB # Support remote GDB. options DEADLKRES # Enable the deadlock resolver options INVARIANTS # Enable calls of extra sanity checking options INVARIANT_SUPPORT # Extra sanity checks of internal structures, required by INVARIANTS options WITNESS # Enable checks to detect deadlocks and cycles options WITNESS_SKIPSPIN # Don't run witness on spinlocks for speed options MALLOC_DEBUG_MAXZONES=8 # Separate malloc(9) zones # Make an SMP-capable kernel by default options SMP # Symmetric MultiProcessor Kernel options DEVICE_NUMA # I/O Device Affinity options EARLY_AP_STARTUP # CPU frequency control device cpufreq # Bus support. device acpi options ACPI_DMAR device pci options PCI_HP # PCI-Express native HotPlug options PCI_IOV # PCI SR-IOV support # Floppy drives device fdc # ATA controllers device ahci # AHCI-compatible SATA controllers device ata # Legacy ATA/SATA controllers device mvs # Marvell 88SX50XX/88SX60XX/88SX70XX/SoC SATA device siis # SiliconImage SiI3124/SiI3132/SiI3531 SATA # SCSI Controllers device ahc # AHA2940 and onboard AIC7xxx devices options AHC_REG_PRETTY_PRINT # Print register bitfields in debug # output. Adds ~128k to driver. device ahd # AHA39320/29320 and onboard AIC79xx devices options AHD_REG_PRETTY_PRINT # Print register bitfields in debug # output. Adds ~215k to driver. device esp # AMD Am53C974 (Tekram DC-390(T)) device hptiop # Highpoint RocketRaid 3xxx series device isp # Qlogic family #device ispfw # Firmware for QLogic HBAs- normally a module device mpt # LSI-Logic MPT-Fusion device mps # LSI-Logic MPT-Fusion 2 device mpr # LSI-Logic MPT-Fusion 3 #device ncr # NCR/Symbios Logic device sym # NCR/Symbios Logic (newer chipsets + those of `ncr') device trm # Tekram DC395U/UW/F DC315U adapters device adv # Advansys SCSI adapters device adw # Advansys wide SCSI adapters device aic # Adaptec 15[012]x SCSI adapters, AIC-6[23]60. device bt # Buslogic/Mylex MultiMaster SCSI adapters device isci # Intel C600 SAS controller # ATA/SCSI peripherals device scbus # SCSI bus (required for ATA/SCSI) device ch # SCSI media changers device da # Direct Access (disks) device sa # Sequential Access (tape etc) device cd # CD device pass # Passthrough device (direct ATA/SCSI access) device ses # Enclosure Services (SES and SAF-TE) #device ctl # CAM Target Layer # RAID controllers interfaced to the SCSI subsystem device amr # AMI MegaRAID device arcmsr # Areca SATA II RAID device ciss # Compaq Smart RAID 5* device dpt # DPT Smartcache III, IV - See NOTES for options device hptmv # Highpoint RocketRAID 182x device hptnr # Highpoint DC7280, R750 device hptrr # Highpoint RocketRAID 17xx, 22xx, 23xx, 25xx device hpt27xx # Highpoint RocketRAID 27xx device iir # Intel Integrated RAID device ips # IBM (Adaptec) ServeRAID device mly # Mylex AcceleRAID/eXtremeRAID device twa # 3ware 9000 series PATA/SATA RAID device tws # LSI 3ware 9750 SATA+SAS 6Gb/s RAID controller # RAID controllers device aac # Adaptec FSA RAID device aacp # SCSI passthrough for aac (requires CAM) device aacraid # Adaptec by PMC RAID device ida # Compaq Smart RAID device mfi # LSI MegaRAID SAS device mlx # Mylex DAC960 family device mrsas # LSI/Avago MegaRAID SAS/SATA, 6Gb/s and 12Gb/s device pmspcv # PMC-Sierra SAS/SATA Controller driver #XXX pointer/int warnings #device pst # Promise Supertrak SX6000 device twe # 3ware ATA RAID # NVM Express (NVMe) support device nvme # base NVMe driver device nvd # expose NVMe namespaces as disks, depends on nvme # atkbdc0 controls both the keyboard and the PS/2 mouse device atkbdc # AT keyboard controller device atkbd # AT keyboard device psm # PS/2 mouse device kbdmux # keyboard multiplexer device vga # VGA video card driver options VESA # Add support for VESA BIOS Extensions (VBE) device splash # Splash screen and screen saver support # syscons is the default console driver, resembling an SCO console device sc options SC_PIXEL_MODE # add support for the raster text mode # vt is the new video console driver device vt device vt_vga device vt_efifb device agp # support several AGP chipsets # PCCARD (PCMCIA) support # PCMCIA and cardbus bridge support device cbb # cardbus (yenta) bridge device pccard # PC Card (16-bit) bus device cardbus # CardBus (32-bit) bus # Serial (COM) ports device uart # Generic UART driver # Parallel port device ppc device ppbus # Parallel port bus (required) device lpt # Printer device ppi # Parallel port interface device #device vpo # Requires scbus and da device puc # Multi I/O cards and multi-channel UARTs # PCI Ethernet NICs. device bxe # Broadcom NetXtreme II BCM5771X/BCM578XX 10GbE device de # DEC/Intel DC21x4x (``Tulip'') device em # Intel PRO/1000 Gigabit Ethernet Family device ix # Intel PRO/10GbE PCIE PF Ethernet device ixv # Intel PRO/10GbE PCIE VF Ethernet device ixl # Intel XL710 40Gbe PCIE Ethernet options IXL_IW # Enable iWARP Client Interface in ixl(4) device ixlv # Intel XL710 40Gbe VF PCIE Ethernet device le # AMD Am7900 LANCE and Am79C9xx PCnet device ti # Alteon Networks Tigon I/II gigabit Ethernet device txp # 3Com 3cR990 (``Typhoon'') device vx # 3Com 3c590, 3c595 (``Vortex'') # PCI Ethernet NICs that use the common MII bus controller code. # NOTE: Be sure to keep the 'device miibus' line in order to use these NICs! device miibus # MII bus support device ae # Attansic/Atheros L2 FastEthernet device age # Attansic/Atheros L1 Gigabit Ethernet device alc # Atheros AR8131/AR8132 Ethernet device ale # Atheros AR8121/AR8113/AR8114 Ethernet device bce # Broadcom BCM5706/BCM5708 Gigabit Ethernet device bfe # Broadcom BCM440x 10/100 Ethernet device bge # Broadcom BCM570xx Gigabit Ethernet device cas # Sun Cassini/Cassini+ and NS DP83065 Saturn device dc # DEC/Intel 21143 and various workalikes device et # Agere ET1310 10/100/Gigabit Ethernet device fxp # Intel EtherExpress PRO/100B (82557, 82558) device gem # Sun GEM/Sun ERI/Apple GMAC device hme # Sun HME (Happy Meal Ethernet) device jme # JMicron JMC250 Gigabit/JMC260 Fast Ethernet device lge # Level 1 LXT1001 gigabit Ethernet device msk # Marvell/SysKonnect Yukon II Gigabit Ethernet device nfe # nVidia nForce MCP on-board Ethernet device nge # NatSemi DP83820 gigabit Ethernet device pcn # AMD Am79C97x PCI 10/100 (precedence over 'le') device re # RealTek 8139C+/8169/8169S/8110S device rl # RealTek 8129/8139 device sf # Adaptec AIC-6915 (``Starfire'') device sge # Silicon Integrated Systems SiS190/191 device sis # Silicon Integrated Systems SiS 900/SiS 7016 device sk # SysKonnect SK-984x & SK-982x gigabit Ethernet device ste # Sundance ST201 (D-Link DFE-550TX) device stge # Sundance/Tamarack TC9021 gigabit Ethernet device tl # Texas Instruments ThunderLAN device tx # SMC EtherPower II (83c170 ``EPIC'') device vge # VIA VT612x gigabit Ethernet device vr # VIA Rhine, Rhine II device wb # Winbond W89C840F device xl # 3Com 3c90x (``Boomerang'', ``Cyclone'') # Wireless NIC cards device wlan # 802.11 support options IEEE80211_DEBUG # enable debug msgs options IEEE80211_AMPDU_AGE # age frames in AMPDU reorder q's options IEEE80211_SUPPORT_MESH # enable 802.11s draft support device wlan_wep # 802.11 WEP support device wlan_ccmp # 802.11 CCMP support device wlan_tkip # 802.11 TKIP support device wlan_amrr # AMRR transmit rate control algorithm device an # Aironet 4500/4800 802.11 wireless NICs. device ath # Atheros NICs device ath_pci # Atheros pci/cardbus glue device ath_hal # pci/cardbus chip support options AH_SUPPORT_AR5416 # enable AR5416 tx/rx descriptors options AH_AR5416_INTERRUPT_MITIGATION # AR5416 interrupt mitigation options ATH_ENABLE_11N # Enable 802.11n support for AR5416 and later device ath_rate_sample # SampleRate tx rate control for ath #device bwi # Broadcom BCM430x/BCM431x wireless NICs. #device bwn # Broadcom BCM43xx wireless NICs. device ipw # Intel 2100 wireless NICs. device iwi # Intel 2200BG/2225BG/2915ABG wireless NICs. device iwn # Intel 4965/1000/5000/6000 wireless NICs. device malo # Marvell Libertas wireless NICs. device mwl # Marvell 88W8363 802.11n wireless NICs. device ral # Ralink Technology RT2500 wireless NICs. device wi # WaveLAN/Intersil/Symbol 802.11 wireless NICs. device wpi # Intel 3945ABG wireless NICs. # Pseudo devices. device loop # Network loopback device random # Entropy device device padlock_rng # VIA Padlock RNG device rdrand_rng # Intel Bull Mountain RNG device ether # Ethernet support device vlan # 802.1Q VLAN support device tun # Packet tunnel. device md # Memory "disks" device gif # IPv6 and IPv4 tunneling device firmware # firmware assist module # The `bpf' device enables the Berkeley Packet Filter. # Be aware of the administrative consequences of enabling this! # Note that 'bpf' is required for DHCP. device bpf # Berkeley packet filter # USB support options USB_DEBUG # enable debug msgs device uhci # UHCI PCI->USB interface device ohci # OHCI PCI->USB interface device ehci # EHCI PCI->USB interface (USB 2.0) device xhci # XHCI PCI->USB interface (USB 3.0) device usb # USB Bus (required) device ukbd # Keyboard device umass # Disks/Mass storage - Requires scbus and da # Sound support device sound # Generic sound driver (required) device snd_cmi # CMedia CMI8338/CMI8738 device snd_csa # Crystal Semiconductor CS461x/428x device snd_emu10kx # Creative SoundBlaster Live! and Audigy device snd_es137x # Ensoniq AudioPCI ES137x device snd_hda # Intel High Definition Audio device snd_ich # Intel, NVidia and other ICH AC'97 Audio device snd_via8233 # VIA VT8233x Audio # MMC/SD device mmc # MMC/SD bus device mmcsd # MMC/SD memory card device sdhci # Generic PCI SD Host Controller # VirtIO support device virtio # Generic VirtIO bus (required) device virtio_pci # VirtIO PCI device device vtnet # VirtIO Ethernet device device virtio_blk # VirtIO Block device device virtio_scsi # VirtIO SCSI device device virtio_balloon # VirtIO Memory Balloon device # HyperV drivers and enhancement support device hyperv # HyperV drivers # Xen HVM Guest Optimizations # NOTE: XENHVM depends on xenpci. They must be added or removed together. options XENHVM # Xen HVM kernel infrastructure device xenpci # Xen HVM Hypervisor services driver # VMware support device vmx # VMware VMXNET3 Ethernet # Netmap provides direct access to TX/RX rings on supported NICs device netmap # netmap(4) support # The crypto framework is required by IPSEC device crypto # Required by IPSEC Index: head/sys/amd64/conf/GENERIC-NODEBUG =================================================================== --- head/sys/amd64/conf/GENERIC-NODEBUG (revision 325095) +++ head/sys/amd64/conf/GENERIC-NODEBUG (revision 325096) @@ -1,40 +1,40 @@ # # GENERIC-NODEBUG -- WITNESS and INVARIANTS free kernel configuration file # for FreeBSD/amd64 # # This configuration file removes several debugging options, including # WITNESS and INVARIANTS checking, which are known to have significant # performance impact on running systems. When benchmarking new features # this kernel should be used instead of the standard GENERIC. # This kernel configuration should never appear outside of the HEAD # of the FreeBSD tree. # # For more information on this file, please read the config(5) manual page, # and/or the handbook section on Kernel Configuration Files: # -# http://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html +# https://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html # # The handbook is also available locally in /usr/share/doc/handbook # if you've installed the doc distribution, otherwise always see the -# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (http://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the +# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (https://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the # latest information. # # An exhaustive list of options and more detailed explanations of the # device lines is also present in the ../../conf/NOTES and NOTES files. # If you are in doubt as to the purpose or necessity of a line, check first # in NOTES. # # $FreeBSD$ include GENERIC ident GENERIC-NODEBUG nooptions INVARIANTS nooptions INVARIANT_SUPPORT nooptions WITNESS nooptions WITNESS_SKIPSPIN nooptions BUF_TRACKING nooptions DEADLKRES nooptions FULL_BUF_TRACKING Index: head/sys/amd64/conf/MINIMAL =================================================================== --- head/sys/amd64/conf/MINIMAL (revision 325095) +++ head/sys/amd64/conf/MINIMAL (revision 325096) @@ -1,148 +1,148 @@ # # MINIMAL -- Mostly Minimal kernel configuration file for FreeBSD/amd64 # # Many definitions of minimal are possible. The one this file follows is # GENERIC, minus all functionality that can be replaced by loading kernel # modules. # # Exceptions: # o While UFS is buildable as a module, the current module lacks # some features (ACL, GJOURNAL) that GENERIC includes. # o acpi as a module has been reported flakey and not well tested, so # is included in the kernel. # o random is included due to uncertaty... # o Many networking things are included # # For now, please run changes to these list past imp@freebsd.org # # For more information on this file, please read the config(5) manual page, # and/or the handbook section on Kernel Configuration Files: # -# http://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html +# https://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html # # The handbook is also available locally in /usr/share/doc/handbook # if you've installed the doc distribution, otherwise always see the -# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (http://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the +# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (https://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the # latest information. # # An exhaustive list of options and more detailed explanations of the # device lines is also present in the ../../conf/NOTES and NOTES files. # If you are in doubt as to the purpose or necessity of a line, check first # in NOTES. # # $FreeBSD$ cpu HAMMER ident MINIMAL makeoptions DEBUG=-g # Build kernel with gdb(1) debug symbols makeoptions WITH_CTF=1 # Run ctfconvert(1) for DTrace support options SCHED_ULE # ULE scheduler options PREEMPTION # Enable kernel thread preemption options INET # InterNETworking options INET6 # IPv6 communications protocols options TCP_OFFLOAD # TCP offload options SCTP # Stream Control Transmission Protocol options FFS # Berkeley Fast Filesystem options SOFTUPDATES # Enable FFS soft updates support options UFS_ACL # Support for access control lists options UFS_DIRHASH # Improve performance on big directories options UFS_GJOURNAL # Enable gjournal-based UFS journaling options QUOTA # Enable disk quotas for UFS options MD_ROOT # MD is a potential root device options COMPAT_FREEBSD32 # Compatible with i386 binaries options COMPAT_FREEBSD4 # Compatible with FreeBSD4 options COMPAT_FREEBSD5 # Compatible with FreeBSD5 options COMPAT_FREEBSD6 # Compatible with FreeBSD6 options COMPAT_FREEBSD7 # Compatible with FreeBSD7 options COMPAT_FREEBSD9 # Compatible with FreeBSD9 options COMPAT_FREEBSD10 # Compatible with FreeBSD10 options COMPAT_FREEBSD11 # Compatible with FreeBSD11 options SCSI_DELAY=5000 # Delay (in ms) before probing SCSI options KTRACE # ktrace(1) support options STACK # stack(9) support options SYSVSHM # SYSV-style shared memory options SYSVMSG # SYSV-style message queues options SYSVSEM # SYSV-style semaphores options _KPOSIX_PRIORITY_SCHEDULING # POSIX P1003_1B real-time extensions options PRINTF_BUFR_SIZE=128 # Prevent printf output being interspersed. options KBD_INSTALL_CDEV # install a CDEV entry in /dev options HWPMC_HOOKS # Necessary kernel hooks for hwpmc(4) options AUDIT # Security event auditing options CAPABILITY_MODE # Capsicum capability mode options CAPABILITIES # Capsicum capabilities options MAC # TrustedBSD MAC Framework options KDTRACE_FRAME # Ensure frames are compiled in options KDTRACE_HOOKS # Kernel DTrace hooks options DDB_CTF # Kernel ELF linker loads CTF data options INCLUDE_CONFIG_FILE # Include this file in kernel # Debugging support. Always need this: options KDB # Enable kernel debugger support. options KDB_TRACE # Print a stack trace for a panic. # For full debugger support use (turn off in stable branch): options DDB # Support DDB. options GDB # Support remote GDB. options DEADLKRES # Enable the deadlock resolver options INVARIANTS # Enable calls of extra sanity checking options INVARIANT_SUPPORT # Extra sanity checks of internal structures, required by INVARIANTS options WITNESS # Enable checks to detect deadlocks and cycles options WITNESS_SKIPSPIN # Don't run witness on spinlocks for speed options MALLOC_DEBUG_MAXZONES=8 # Separate malloc(9) zones # Make an SMP-capable kernel by default options SMP # Symmetric MultiProcessor Kernel options DEVICE_NUMA # I/O Device Affinity options EARLY_AP_STARTUP # CPU frequency control device cpufreq # Bus support. device acpi options ACPI_DMAR device pci # atkbdc0 controls both the keyboard and the PS/2 mouse device atkbdc # AT keyboard controller device atkbd # AT keyboard device psm # PS/2 mouse device kbdmux # keyboard multiplexer device vga # VGA video card driver options VESA # Add support for VESA BIOS Extensions (VBE) device splash # Splash screen and screen saver support # syscons is the default console driver, resembling an SCO console device sc options SC_PIXEL_MODE # add support for the raster text mode # vt is the new video console driver device vt device vt_vga device vt_efifb device agp # support several AGP chipsets # Pseudo devices. device loop # Network loopback device random # Entropy device device padlock_rng # VIA Padlock RNG device rdrand_rng # Intel Bull Mountain RNG device ether # Ethernet support device vlan # 802.1Q VLAN support device tun # Packet tunnel. device gif # IPv6 and IPv4 tunneling # The `bpf' device enables the Berkeley Packet Filter. # Be aware of the administrative consequences of enabling this! # Note that 'bpf' is required for DHCP. device bpf # Berkeley packet filter # Xen HVM Guest Optimizations # NOTE: XENHVM depends on xenpci. They must be added or removed together. options XENHVM # Xen HVM kernel infrastructure device xenpci # Xen HVM Hypervisor services driver Index: head/sys/arm/conf/ALLWINNER_UP =================================================================== --- head/sys/arm/conf/ALLWINNER_UP (revision 325095) +++ head/sys/arm/conf/ALLWINNER_UP (revision 325096) @@ -1,108 +1,108 @@ # # ALLWINNER_UP -- Custom configuration for the AllWinner Uniprocessor SoC # # For more information on this file, please read the config(5) manual page, # and/or the handbook section on Kernel Configuration Files: # -# http://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html +# https://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html # # The handbook is also available locally in /usr/share/doc/handbook # if you've installed the doc distribution, otherwise always see the -# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (http://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the +# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (https://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the # latest information. # # An exhaustive list of options and more detailed explanations of the # device lines is also present in the ../../conf/NOTES and NOTES files. # If you are in doubt as to the purpose or necessity of a line, check first # in NOTES. # # $FreeBSD$ ident ALLWINNER_UP include "std.armv7" include "../allwinner/std.allwinner_up" options INTRNG options SOC_ALLWINNER_A10 options SOC_ALLWINNER_A13 options SCHED_4BSD # 4BSD scheduler options PLATFORM # NFS root from boopt/dhcp #options BOOTP #options BOOTP_NFSROOT #options BOOTP_COMPAT #options BOOTP_NFSV3 #options BOOTP_WIRED_TO=emac0 # EXT_RESOURCES pseudo devices options EXT_RESOURCES device clk device phy device hwreset device regulator # MMC/SD/SDIO Card slot support device mmc # mmc/sd bus device mmcsd # mmc/sd flash cards # ATA controllers device ahci # AHCI-compatible SATA controllers #device ata # Legacy ATA/SATA controllers # Console and misc device uart device uart_snps device pty device snp device md device random # Entropy device # I2C support device iicbus device iic device twsi device axp209 # AXP209 Power Management Unit device pcf8563 # RTC # GPIO device gpio device gpioled device scbus # SCSI bus (required for ATA/SCSI) device da # Direct Access (disks) device pass # Passthrough device (direct ATA/SCSI access) # USB support options USB_HOST_ALIGN=64 # Align usb buffers to cache line size. device usb #device uhci device ohci device ehci device umass # Ethernet device loop device ether device mii device bpf device emac # USB ethernet support, requires miibus device miibus # Sound support device sound # Pinmux device fdt_pinctrl # Flattened Device Tree options FDT # Configure using FDT/DTB data makeoptions MODULES_EXTRA=dtb/allwinner Index: head/sys/arm/conf/ALPINE =================================================================== --- head/sys/arm/conf/ALPINE (revision 325095) +++ head/sys/arm/conf/ALPINE (revision 325096) @@ -1,85 +1,85 @@ # Kernel configuration for Alpine Board. # # For more information on this file, please read the config(5) manual page, # and/or the handbook section on Kernel Configuration Files: # -# http://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html +# https://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html # # The handbook is also available locally in /usr/share/doc/handbook # if you've installed the doc distribution, otherwise always see the -# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (http://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the +# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (https://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the # latest information. # # An exhaustive list of options and more detailed explanations of the # device lines is also present in the ../../conf/NOTES and NOTES files. # If you are in doubt as to the purpose or necessity of a line, check first # in NOTES. # # $FreeBSD$ ident ALPINE include "std.armv7" include "../annapurna/alpine/std.alpine" makeoptions MODULES_OVERRIDE="" makeoptions WERROR="-Werror" options SCHED_4BSD # 4BSD scheduler options SMP # Enable multiple cores options PLATFORM # Interrupt controller device gic options INTRNG # Annapurna Alpine drivers device al_ccu # Alpine Cache Coherency Unit device al_nb_service # Alpine North Bridge Service device al_iofic # I/O Fabric Interrupt Controller device al_serdes # Serializer/Deserializer device al_udma # Universal DMA # Pseudo devices device loop device random device pty device md device gpio # ATA controllers device ahci # AHCI-compatible SATA controllers device ata # Legacy ATA/SATA controllers # ATA/SCSI peripherals device scbus # SCSI bus (required for ATA/SCSI) device ch # SCSI media changers device da # Direct Access (disks) device sa # Sequential Access (tape etc) device cd # CD device pass # Passthrough device (direct ATA/SCSI access) device ses # Enclosure Services (SES and SAF-TE) #device ctl # CAM Target Layer # Serial ports device uart # PCI/PCIE device pci device pci_host_generic device al_pci # Annapurna Alpine PCI-E # Ethernet device ether device mii device bpf device al_eth # Annapurna Alpine Ethernet NIC options DEVICE_POLLING # USB ethernet support, requires miibus device miibus #FDT options FDT options FDT_DTB_STATIC makeoptions FDT_DTS_FILE=annapurna-alpine.dts Index: head/sys/arm/conf/AML8726 =================================================================== --- head/sys/arm/conf/AML8726 (revision 325095) +++ head/sys/arm/conf/AML8726 (revision 325096) @@ -1,101 +1,101 @@ # # Kernel configuration for Amlogic aml8726 boards. # # For more information on this file, please read the config(5) manual page, # and/or the handbook section on Kernel Configuration Files: # -# http://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html +# https://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html # # The handbook is also available locally in /usr/share/doc/handbook # if you've installed the doc distribution, otherwise always see the -# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (http://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the +# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (https://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the # latest information. # # An exhaustive list of options and more detailed explanations of the # device lines is also present in the ../../conf/NOTES and NOTES files. # If you are in doubt as to the purpose or necessity of a line, check first # in NOTES. # # $FreeBSD$ # TODO: Port to INTRNG #NO_UNIVERSE ident AML8726 include "std.armv7" include "../amlogic/aml8726/std.aml8726" options SCHED_ULE # ULE scheduler options PRINTF_BUFR_SIZE=128 # Prevent printf output being interspersed. options LINUX_BOOT_ABI # NFS root from boopt/dhcp #options BOOTP #options BOOTP_NFSROOT #options BOOTP_COMPAT #options BOOTP_NFSV3 #options BOOTP_WIRED_TO=axe0 # Interrupt controller device aml_pic # MMC/SD/SDIO Card slot support device mmc # mmc/sd bus device mmcsd # mmc/sd flash cards # Boot device is 2nd slice on MMC/SD card options ROOTDEVNAME=\"ufs:mmcsd0s2\" device pl310 # PL310 L2 cache controller # GPIO device gpio device gpioled # I2C support device iicbus device iicbb device iic # vt is the default console driver, resembling an SCO console device vt #device kbdmux # Serial (COM) ports device uart # Generic UART driver # Pseudo devices. device loop # Network loopback device random # Entropy device device ether # Ethernet support device pty # BSD-style compatibility pseudo ttys # The `bpf' device enables the Berkeley Packet Filter. # Be aware of the administrative consequences of enabling this! # Note that 'bpf' is required for DHCP. device bpf # Berkeley packet filter # USB support device usb # General USB code (mandatory for USB) device dwcotg # DWC OTG controller options USB_HOST_ALIGN=64 # Align usb buffers to cache line size. #device ukbd # USB keyboard #device ums # USB mouse device scbus # SCSI bus (required for ATA/SCSI) device da # Direct Access (disks) device umass # Disks/Mass storage - Requires scbus and da # Ethernet support device miibus # MII bus support # SoC Ethernet, requires miibus device dwc # USB Ethernet support, requires miibus device axe # ASIX Electronics USB Ethernet # Flattened Device Tree options FDT # Configure using FDT/DTB data Index: head/sys/arm/conf/APALIS-IMX6 =================================================================== --- head/sys/arm/conf/APALIS-IMX6 (revision 325095) +++ head/sys/arm/conf/APALIS-IMX6 (revision 325096) @@ -1,31 +1,31 @@ # Kernel configuration for Toradex Apalis i.MX6 # # For more information on this file, please read the config(5) manual page, # and/or the handbook section on Kernel Configuration Files: # -# http://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html +# https://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html # # The handbook is also available locally in /usr/share/doc/handbook # if you've installed the doc distribution, otherwise always see the -# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (http://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the +# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (https://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the # latest information. # # An exhaustive list of options and more detailed explanations of the # device lines is also present in the ../../conf/NOTES and NOTES files. # If you are in doubt as to the purpose or necessity of a line, check first # in NOTES. # # $FreeBSD$ #NO_UNIVERSE include "IMX6" ident APALIS-IMX6 makeoptions MODULES_OVERRIDE="" makeoptions WITHOUT_MODULES="ahc" # Flattened Device Tree options FDT options FDT_DTB_STATIC makeoptions FDT_DTS_FILE=apalis-imx6.dts Index: head/sys/arm/conf/ARMADAXP =================================================================== --- head/sys/arm/conf/ARMADAXP (revision 325095) +++ head/sys/arm/conf/ARMADAXP (revision 325096) @@ -1,90 +1,90 @@ # # Custom kernel for Marvell Armada XP # # For more information on this file, please read the config(5) manual page, # and/or the handbook section on Kernel Configuration Files: # -# http://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html +# https://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html # # The handbook is also available locally in /usr/share/doc/handbook # if you've installed the doc distribution, otherwise always see the -# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (http://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the +# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (https://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the # latest information. # # An exhaustive list of options and more detailed explanations of the # device lines is also present in the ../../conf/NOTES and NOTES files. # If you are in doubt as to the purpose or necessity of a line, check first # in NOTES. # # $FreeBSD$ # TODO: Port to INTRNG #NO_UNIVERSE ident MV-88F78XX0 include "std.armv7" include "../mv/armadaxp/std.mv78x60" options SOC_MV_ARMADAXP makeoptions WERROR="-Werror" options SCHED_ULE # ULE scheduler options SMP # Enable multiple cores # NFS root from boopt/dhcp options BOOTP options BOOTP_NFSROOT options BOOTP_NFSV3 options BOOTP_WIRED_TO=mge0 options ROOTDEVNAME=\"ufs:/dev/da0p1\" options MUTEX_NOINLINE options RWLOCK_NOINLINE options NO_FFS_SNAPSHOT options NO_SWAPPING # Pseudo devices device random device pty device loop device md # USB device usb device ehci device umass device scbus device pass device da # SATA device mvs # Serial ports device uart # I2C (TWSI) device iic device iicbus device twsi #Network device ether device mge # Marvell Gigabit Ethernet controller device mii device mdio device e1000phy device bpf options DEVICE_POLLING device vlan #PCI/PCIE device pci # Flattened Device Tree options FDT # Configure using FDT/DTB data options FDT_DTB_STATIC makeoptions FDT_DTS_FILE=db78460.dts Index: head/sys/arm/conf/ARNDALE =================================================================== --- head/sys/arm/conf/ARNDALE (revision 325095) +++ head/sys/arm/conf/ARNDALE (revision 325096) @@ -1,28 +1,28 @@ # Kernel configuration for Arndale Board (Exynos5 Dual development platform). # # For more information on this file, please read the config(5) manual page, # and/or the handbook section on Kernel Configuration Files: # -# http://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html +# https://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html # # The handbook is also available locally in /usr/share/doc/handbook # if you've installed the doc distribution, otherwise always see the -# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (http://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the +# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (https://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the # latest information. # # An exhaustive list of options and more detailed explanations of the # device lines is also present in the ../../conf/NOTES and NOTES files. # If you are in doubt as to the purpose or necessity of a line, check first # in NOTES. # # $FreeBSD$ #NO_UNIVERSE include "EXYNOS5250" ident ARNDALE #FDT options FDT options FDT_DTB_STATIC makeoptions FDT_DTS_FILE=exynos5250-arndale.dts Index: head/sys/arm/conf/ARNDALE-OCTA =================================================================== --- head/sys/arm/conf/ARNDALE-OCTA (revision 325095) +++ head/sys/arm/conf/ARNDALE-OCTA (revision 325096) @@ -1,28 +1,28 @@ # Kernel configuration for Arndale Octa Board (Exynos 5420) # # For more information on this file, please read the config(5) manual page, # and/or the handbook section on Kernel Configuration Files: # -# http://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html +# https://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html # # The handbook is also available locally in /usr/share/doc/handbook # if you've installed the doc distribution, otherwise always see the -# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (http://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the +# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (https://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the # latest information. # # An exhaustive list of options and more detailed explanations of the # device lines is also present in the ../../conf/NOTES and NOTES files. # If you are in doubt as to the purpose or necessity of a line, check first # in NOTES. # # $FreeBSD$ #NO_UNIVERSE include "EXYNOS5420" ident ARNDALE-OCTA #FDT options FDT options FDT_DTB_STATIC makeoptions FDT_DTS_FILE=exynos5420-arndale-octa.dts Index: head/sys/arm/conf/AVILA =================================================================== --- head/sys/arm/conf/AVILA (revision 325095) +++ head/sys/arm/conf/AVILA (revision 325096) @@ -1,147 +1,147 @@ # AVILA -- Gateworks Avila XScale board # kernel configuration file for FreeBSD/arm # # For more information on this file, please read the handbook section on # Kernel Configuration Files: # -# http://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html +# https://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html # # The handbook is also available locally in /usr/share/doc/handbook # if you've installed the doc distribution, otherwise always see the -# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (http://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the +# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (https://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the # latest information. # # An exhaustive list of options and more detailed explanations of the # device lines is also present in the ../../conf/NOTES and NOTES files. # If you are in doubt as to the purpose or necessity of a line, check first # in NOTES. # # $FreeBSD$ ident AVILA include "std.arm" include "../xscale/ixp425/std.ixp425" # NB: memory mapping is defined in std.avila include "../xscale/ixp425/std.avila" options XSCALE_CACHE_READ_WRITE_ALLOCATE #To statically compile in device wiring instead of /boot/device.hints hints "AVILA.hints" # Default places to look for devices. makeoptions MODULES_OVERRIDE="" makeoptions CONF_CFLAGS=-mcpu=xscale #options HZ=1000 options HZ=100 options DEVICE_POLLING options SCHED_4BSD # 4BSD scheduler options INET # InterNETworking options TCP_HHOOK # hhook(9) framework for TCP options GEOM_PART_BSD # BSD partition scheme options GEOM_PART_MBR # MBR partition scheme options TMPFS # Efficient memory filesystem options FFS # Berkeley Fast Filesystem options SOFTUPDATES # Enable FFS soft updates support options NFSCL # Network Filesystem Client options NFS_ROOT # NFS usable as /, requires NFSCL options BOOTP options BOOTP_NFSROOT options BOOTP_NFSV3 options BOOTP_WIRED_TO=npe0 #options BOOTP_WIRED_TO=ath0 #options BOOTP_WIRED_TO=rl0 options BOOTP_COMPAT #options PREEMPTION #options VERBOSE_SYSINIT # Hardware performance counters options HWPMC_HOOKS device hwpmc #device saarm device pci device uart device ixpwdog # watchdog timer device cfi # flash support device cfid # flash disk support device geom_redboot # redboot fis parser # I2C Bus device iicbus device iicbb device iic device ixpiic # I2C bus glue device ds1672 # DS1672 on I2C bus device ad7418 # AD7418 on I2C bus device avila_led device gpio device gpioled device avila_gpio # GPIO pins on J8 device ata device avila_ata # Gateworks CF/IDE support device npe # Network Processing Engine device npe_fw device firmware device qmgr # Q Manager (required by npe) device mii # NB: required by npe device ether device bpf device loop device if_bridge device md device random # Entropy device # Wireless NIC cards device wlan # 802.11 support options IEEE80211_DEBUG options IEEE80211_SUPPORT_TDMA options IEEE80211_SUPPORT_MESH device wlan_wep # 802.11 WEP support device wlan_ccmp # 802.11 CCMP support device wlan_tkip # 802.11 TKIP support device wlan_xauth device ath # Atheros NICs device ath_pci # Atheros pci/cardbus glue options ATH_DEBUG options ATH_DIAGAPI #options ATH_TX99_DIAG device ath_rate_sample # SampleRate tx rate control for ath #options AH_DEBUG #options AH_ASSERT #device ath_ar5210 #device ath_ar5211 device ath_ar5212 device ath_rf2413 device ath_rf2417 device ath_rf2425 device ath_rf5111 device ath_rf5112 device ath_rf5413 # device ath_ar5416 options AH_SUPPORT_AR5416 device ath_ar9160 device ath_ar9280 device usb device ohci device ehci device umass device scbus # SCSI bus (required for ATA/SCSI) device da # Direct Access (disks) device pass # Passthrough device (direct ATA/SCSI access) #device ural #device zyd #device wlan_amrr Index: head/sys/arm/conf/BEAGLEBONE =================================================================== --- head/sys/arm/conf/BEAGLEBONE (revision 325095) +++ head/sys/arm/conf/BEAGLEBONE (revision 325096) @@ -1,135 +1,135 @@ # # BEAGLEBONE -- Custom configuration for the BeagleBone ARM development # platforms, check out http://www.beagleboard.org/bone and # http://www.beagleboard.org/black. This kernel config file is used for the # original BeagleBone and the BeagleBone Black. # # For more information on this file, please read the config(5) manual page, # and/or the handbook section on Kernel Configuration Files: # -# http://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html +# https://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html # # The handbook is also available locally in /usr/share/doc/handbook # if you've installed the doc distribution, otherwise always see the -# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (http://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the +# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (https://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the # latest information. # # An exhaustive list of options and more detailed explanations of the # device lines is also present in the ../../conf/NOTES and NOTES files. # If you are in doubt as to the purpose or necessity of a line, check first # in NOTES. # # $FreeBSD$ ident BEAGLEBONE include "std.armv7" include "../ti/am335x/std.am335x" makeoptions MODULES_EXTRA="dtb/am335x am335x_dmtpps" options INTRNG options SCHED_4BSD # 4BSD scheduler options PLATFORM # NFS server support #options NFSD # NFS root from boopt/dhcp #options BOOTP #options BOOTP_NFSROOT #options BOOTP_COMPAT #options BOOTP_NFSV3 #options BOOTP_WIRED_TO=cpsw0 # Boot device is 2nd slice on MMC/SD card options ROOTDEVNAME=\"ufs:mmcsd0s2\" # MMC/SD/SDIO Card slot support device mmc # mmc/sd bus device mmcsd # mmc/sd flash cards device sdhci # mmc/sd host controller # I2C support device iicbus device iic device ti_i2c device am335x_pmic # AM335x Power Management IC (TPC65217) device am335x_rtc # RTC support (power management only) #define am335x_dmtpps # Pulse Per Second capture driver # Console and misc device uart device uart_ns8250 device pty device snp device md device random # Entropy device # GPIO device gpio device gpioled device gpiobacklight # SPI device ti_spi device spibus # ADC support device ti_adc # Watchdog support # If we don't enable the watchdog driver, the system could potentially # reboot automatically because the boot loader might have enabled the # watchdog. device ti_wdt # TI Programmable Realtime Unit support device ti_pruss # Mailbox support device ti_mbox # PMU support (for CCNT). device pmu # USB support device usb options USB_HOST_ALIGN=64 # Align usb buffers to cache line size. device musb device umass device scbus # SCSI bus (required for ATA/SCSI) device da # Direct Access (disks) # Ethernet device loop device ether device mii device smscphy device cpsw device bpf # USB Ethernet support, requires miibus device miibus # Device mode support device usb_template # Control of the gadget # Pinmux device fdt_pinctrl # Flattened Device Tree options FDT # Configure using FDT/DTB data # Comment following lines for boot console on serial port device vt device videomode device hdmi device ums device ukbd device kbdmux # Uncomment to enable evdev support for ti_adc # options EVDEV_SUPPORT Index: head/sys/arm/conf/BWCT =================================================================== --- head/sys/arm/conf/BWCT (revision 325095) +++ head/sys/arm/conf/BWCT (revision 325096) @@ -1,118 +1,118 @@ # BWCT -- Custom kernel configuration for the AT91RM9200 boards from bwct.de. # # For more information on this file, please read the handbook section on # Kernel Configuration Files: # -# http://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html +# https://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html # # The handbook is also available locally in /usr/share/doc/handbook # if you've installed the doc distribution, otherwise always see the -# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (http://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the +# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (https://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the # latest information. # # An exhaustive list of options and more detailed explanations of the # device lines is also present in the ../../conf/NOTES and NOTES files. # If you are in doubt as to the purpose or necessity of a line, check first # in NOTES. # # $FreeBSD$ #NO_UNIVERSE ident BWCT include "std.arm" options VERBOSE_INIT_ARM include "../at91/std.bwct" #To statically compile in device wiring instead of /boot/device.hints hints "BWCT.hints" makeoptions MODULES_OVERRIDE="" options SCHED_4BSD # 4BSD scheduler options INET # InterNETworking #options INET6 # IPv6 communications protocols options TCP_HHOOK # hhook(9) framework for TCP options FFS # Berkeley Fast Filesystem options SOFTUPDATES # Enable FFS soft updates support #options UFS_ACL # Support for access control lists #options UFS_DIRHASH # Improve performance on big directories #options MD_ROOT # MD is a potential root device #options MD_ROOT_SIZE=4096 # 4MB ram disk options NFSCL # Network Filesystem Client #options NFSD # Network Filesystem Server #options NFSLOCKD # Network Lock Manager options NFS_ROOT # NFS usable as /, requires NFSCL options TMPFS # Efficient memory filesystem #options MSDOSFS # MSDOS Filesystem #options CD9660 # ISO 9660 Filesystem #options PROCFS # Process filesystem (requires PSEUDOFS) options PSEUDOFS # Pseudo-filesystem framework options GEOM_PART_BSD # BSD partition scheme options GEOM_PART_MBR # MBR partition scheme #options SCSI_DELAY=5000 # Delay (in ms) before probing SCSI #options KTRACE # ktrace(1) support options SYSVSHM # SYSV-style shared memory options SYSVMSG # SYSV-style message queues options SYSVSEM # SYSV-style semaphores options _KPOSIX_PRIORITY_SCHEDULING #POSIX P1003_1B real-time extensions options BOOTP options BOOTP_NFSROOT #options ROOTDEVNAME=\"ufs:md0\" #options ROOTDEVNAME=\"ufs:/dev/mmcsd0s1a\" # kernel/memory size reduction options MUTEX_NOINLINE options NO_FFS_SNAPSHOT options NO_SWAPPING #options NO_SYSCTL_DESCR options RWLOCK_NOINLINE # The `bpf' device enables the Berkeley Packet Filter. # Be aware of the administrative consequences of enabling this! # Note that 'bpf' is required for DHCP. device bpf # Berkeley packet filter # Ethernet device mii # Minimal MII support device ate # Atmel AT91 Ethernet driver device rlswitch # I2C device at91_twi # Atmel AT91 Two-wire Interface device iic # I2C generic I/O device driver device iicbus # I2C bus system device ds1672 # DS1672 on I2C bus #device iicsmb # smb over i2c bridge #device smbus # Bus support, required for smb below. #device smb # MMC/SD device at91_mci # Atmel AT91 Multimedia Card Interface device mmc # MMC/SD bus device mmcsd # MMC/SD memory card # DataFlash device at91_spi # Atmel AT91 Serial Peripheral Interface device spibus # SPI bus #device at45d # Atmel AT45D # Pseudo devices. device loop # Network loopback device random # Entropy device device ether # Ethernet support device vlan # 802.1Q VLAN support device md # Memory "disks" # Serial (COM) ports device uart # Multi-uart driver # USB support #device ohci #device usb #device umass # Disks/Mass storage - Requires scbus and da device at91_ssc Index: head/sys/arm/conf/CAMBRIA =================================================================== --- head/sys/arm/conf/CAMBRIA (revision 325095) +++ head/sys/arm/conf/CAMBRIA (revision 325096) @@ -1,141 +1,141 @@ # CAMBRIA -- Gateworks Cambria 235x boards # kernel configuration file for FreeBSD/arm # # For more information on this file, please read the handbook section on # Kernel Configuration Files: # -# http://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html +# https://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html # # The handbook is also available locally in /usr/share/doc/handbook # if you've installed the doc distribution, otherwise always see the -# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (http://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the +# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (https://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the # latest information. # # An exhaustive list of options and more detailed explanations of the # device lines is also present in the ../../conf/NOTES and NOTES files. # If you are in doubt as to the purpose or necessity of a line, check first # in NOTES. # # $FreeBSD$ ident CAMBRIA include "std.arm" include "../xscale/ixp425/std.ixp435" # NB: memory mapping is defined in std.avila include "../xscale/ixp425/std.avila" options XSCALE_CACHE_READ_WRITE_ALLOCATE #To statically compile in device wiring instead of /boot/device.hints hints "CAMBRIA.hints" # Default places to look for devices. makeoptions CONF_CFLAGS=-mcpu=xscale makeoptions MODULES_OVERRIDE="" #options HZ=1000 options HZ=100 options DEVICE_POLLING options SCHED_4BSD # 4BSD scheduler #options PREEMPTION options INET # InterNETworking options TCP_HHOOK # hhook(9) framework for TCP options GEOM_PART_BSD # BSD partition scheme options GEOM_PART_MBR # MBR partition scheme options TMPFS # Efficient memory filesystem options FFS # Berkeley Fast Filesystem options SOFTUPDATES # Enable FFS soft updates support options NFSCL # Network Filesystem Client options NFS_ROOT # NFS usable as /, requires NFSCL options BOOTP options BOOTP_NFSROOT options BOOTP_NFSV3 options BOOTP_WIRED_TO=npe0 options BOOTP_COMPAT # Hardware performance counters options HWPMC_HOOKS device hwpmc #options VERBOSE_SYSINIT options VERBOSE_INIT_ARM #device saarm device pci device uart device ixpwdog # watchdog timer options IXP4XX_FLASH_SIZE=0x02000000 # stock 2358 comes w/ 32M device cfi # flash support device cfid # flash disk support device geom_redboot # redboot fis parser # I2C Bus device iicbus device iicbb device iic device ixpiic # I2C bus glue device ds1672 # DS1672 on I2C bus device ad7418 # AD7418 on I2C bus device cambria_fled # Font Panel LED on I2C bus device cambria_led # 8-LED latch device gpio device gpioled device cambria_gpio # GPIO pins on J11 device ata device avila_ata # Gateworks CF/IDE support device npe # Network Processing Engine device npe_fw device firmware device qmgr # Q Manager (required by npe) device mii # NB: required by npe device ether device bpf device loop device if_bridge device md device random # Entropy device # Wireless NIC cards device wlan # 802.11 support options IEEE80211_DEBUG options IEEE80211_SUPPORT_TDMA options IEEE80211_SUPPORT_MESH device wlan_wep # 802.11 WEP support device wlan_ccmp # 802.11 CCMP support device wlan_tkip # 802.11 TKIP support device wlan_xauth device ath # Atheros NICs device ath_pci # Atheros pci/cardbus glue options ATH_DEBUG options ATH_DIAGAPI options ATH_ENABLE_DFS options ATH_ENABLE_11N #options ATH_TX99_DIAG device ath_rate_sample # SampleRate tx rate control for ath options AH_DEBUG options AH_PRIVATE_DIAG options AH_SUPPORT_AR5416 # NB: for 11n descriptor format device ath_hal # NB: 2 USB 2.0 ports standard device usb options USB_EHCI_BIG_ENDIAN_DESC # handle big-endian byte order device ehci device umass device scbus # SCSI bus (required for ATA/SCSI) device da # Direct Access (disks) device pass # Passthrough device (direct ATA/SCSI access) #device ural #device zyd #device wlan_amrr Index: head/sys/arm/conf/CHROMEBOOK =================================================================== --- head/sys/arm/conf/CHROMEBOOK (revision 325095) +++ head/sys/arm/conf/CHROMEBOOK (revision 325096) @@ -1,34 +1,34 @@ # Kernel configuration for Chromebook (Exynos5 Dual machine). # # For more information on this file, please read the config(5) manual page, # and/or the handbook section on Kernel Configuration Files: # -# http://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html +# https://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html # # The handbook is also available locally in /usr/share/doc/handbook # if you've installed the doc distribution, otherwise always see the -# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (http://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the +# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (https://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the # latest information. # # An exhaustive list of options and more detailed explanations of the # device lines is also present in the ../../conf/NOTES and NOTES files. # If you are in doubt as to the purpose or necessity of a line, check first # in NOTES. # # $FreeBSD$ include "EXYNOS5250" ident CHROMEBOOK hints "CHROMEBOOK.hints" device chrome_ec_i2c # Chrome Embedded Controller device chrome_kb # Chrome Keyboard # Framebuffer device vt device kbdmux device ukbd #FDT options FDT Index: head/sys/arm/conf/CHROMEBOOK-PEACH-PIT =================================================================== --- head/sys/arm/conf/CHROMEBOOK-PEACH-PIT (revision 325095) +++ head/sys/arm/conf/CHROMEBOOK-PEACH-PIT (revision 325096) @@ -1,47 +1,47 @@ # Kernel configuration for Chromebook2 (Exynos5 Octa machine). # # For more information on this file, please read the config(5) manual page, # and/or the handbook section on Kernel Configuration Files: # -# http://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html +# https://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html # # The handbook is also available locally in /usr/share/doc/handbook # if you've installed the doc distribution, otherwise always see the -# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (http://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the +# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (https://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the # latest information. # # An exhaustive list of options and more detailed explanations of the # device lines is also present in the ../../conf/NOTES and NOTES files. # If you are in doubt as to the purpose or necessity of a line, check first # in NOTES. # # $FreeBSD$ #NO_UNIVERSE include "EXYNOS5420" ident CHROMEBOOK-PEACH-PIT hints "CHROMEBOOK-PEACH-PIT.hints" device chrome_ec_spi # Chrome Embedded Controller device chrome_kb # Chrome Keyboard # Framebuffer device vt device kbdmux device ukbd # Uncomment this for NFS root #options NFS_ROOT # NFS usable as /, requires NFSCL #options BOOTP_NFSROOT #options BOOTP_COMPAT #options BOOTP #options BOOTP_NFSV3 #options BOOTP_WIRED_TO=ue0 #options ROOTDEVNAME=\"nfs:10.5.0.1:/tftpboot/root\" #FDT options FDT options FDT_DTB_STATIC makeoptions FDT_DTS_FILE=exynos5420-peach-pit.dts Index: head/sys/arm/conf/CHROMEBOOK-SNOW =================================================================== --- head/sys/arm/conf/CHROMEBOOK-SNOW (revision 325095) +++ head/sys/arm/conf/CHROMEBOOK-SNOW (revision 325096) @@ -1,28 +1,28 @@ # Kernel configuration for Samsung Chromebook (Exynos5 Dual machine). # # For more information on this file, please read the config(5) manual page, # and/or the handbook section on Kernel Configuration Files: # -# http://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html +# https://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html # # The handbook is also available locally in /usr/share/doc/handbook # if you've installed the doc distribution, otherwise always see the -# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (http://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the +# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (https://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the # latest information. # # An exhaustive list of options and more detailed explanations of the # device lines is also present in the ../../conf/NOTES and NOTES files. # If you are in doubt as to the purpose or necessity of a line, check first # in NOTES. # # $FreeBSD$ #NO_UNIVERSE include "CHROMEBOOK" ident CHROMEBOOK-SNOW #FDT options FDT options FDT_DTB_STATIC makeoptions FDT_DTS_FILE=exynos5250-snow.dts Index: head/sys/arm/conf/CHROMEBOOK-SPRING =================================================================== --- head/sys/arm/conf/CHROMEBOOK-SPRING (revision 325095) +++ head/sys/arm/conf/CHROMEBOOK-SPRING (revision 325096) @@ -1,28 +1,28 @@ # Kernel configuration for HP Chromebook 11 (Exynos5 Dual machine). # # For more information on this file, please read the config(5) manual page, # and/or the handbook section on Kernel Configuration Files: # -# http://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html +# https://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html # # The handbook is also available locally in /usr/share/doc/handbook # if you've installed the doc distribution, otherwise always see the -# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (http://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the +# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (https://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the # latest information. # # An exhaustive list of options and more detailed explanations of the # device lines is also present in the ../../conf/NOTES and NOTES files. # If you are in doubt as to the purpose or necessity of a line, check first # in NOTES. # # $FreeBSD$ #NO_UNIVERSE include "CHROMEBOOK" ident CHROMEBOOK-SPRING #FDT options FDT options FDT_DTB_STATIC makeoptions FDT_DTS_FILE=exynos5250-spring.dts Index: head/sys/arm/conf/CNS11XXNAS =================================================================== --- head/sys/arm/conf/CNS11XXNAS (revision 325095) +++ head/sys/arm/conf/CNS11XXNAS (revision 325096) @@ -1,108 +1,108 @@ # CNS11XXNAS - StarSemi STR9104/Cavium CNS1102 NAS # kernel configuration file for FreeBSD/arm # # For more information on this file, please read the handbook section on # Kernel Configuration Files: # -# http://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html +# https://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html # # The handbook is also available locally in /usr/share/doc/handbook # if you've installed the doc distribution, otherwise always see the -# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (http://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the +# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (https://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the # latest information. # # An exhaustive list of options and more detailed explanations of the # device lines is also present in the ../../conf/NOTES and NOTES files. # If you are in doubt as to the purpose or necessity of a line, check first # in NOTES. # # $FreeBSD$ ident CNS11XXNAS include "std.arm" #options PHYSADDR=0x10000000 #options KERNVIRTADDR=0xc0200000 # Used in ldscript.arm #options FLASHADDR=0x50000000 #options LOADERRAMADDR=0x00000000 include "../cavium/cns11xx/std.econa" makeoptions MODULES_OVERRIDE="" options HZ=100 options DEVICE_POLLING options SCHED_ULE # ULE scheduler #options SCHED_4BSD # 4BSD scheduler options GEOM_PART_BSD # BSD partition scheme options GEOM_PART_MBR # MBR partition scheme options GEOM_PART_GPT # GUID Partition Tables. #options GEOM_PART_EBR #options GEOM_PART_EBR_COMPAT options GEOM_LABEL # Provides labelization options INET # InterNETworking options INET6 # IPv6 communications protocols options TCP_HHOOK # hhook(9) framework for TCP options FFS # Berkeley Fast Filesystem options SOFTUPDATES # Enable FFS soft updates support options UFS_ACL # Support for access control lists options UFS_DIRHASH # Improve performance on big directories options NFSCL # Network Filesystem Client #options NFSD # Network Filesystem Server #options NFSLOCKD # Network Lock Manager options NFS_ROOT # NFS usable as /, requires NFSCL options TMPFS # Efficient memory filesystem options MSDOSFS # MSDOS Filesystem #options CD9660 # ISO 9660 Filesystem #options PROCFS # Process filesystem (requires PSEUDOFS) options PSEUDOFS # Pseudo-filesystem framework options SCSI_DELAY=5000 # Delay (in ms) before probing SCSI options KTRACE # ktrace(1) support options SYSVSHM # SYSV-style shared memory options SYSVMSG # SYSV-style message queues options SYSVSEM # SYSV-style semaphores options _KPOSIX_PRIORITY_SCHEDULING #Posix P1003_1B real-time extensions options MUTEX_NOINLINE # Mutex inlines are space hogs options RWLOCK_NOINLINE # rwlock inlines are space hogs options SX_NOINLINE # sx inliens are space hogs #options BOOTP #options BOOTP_NFSROOT #options BOOTP_NFSV3 #options BOOTP_WIRED_TO=npe0 #options BOOTP_COMPAT #device pci device uart device firmware device mii # Minimal mii routines device ether device bpf device loop device md device random # Entropy device device usb device ohci device ehci device umass device scbus # SCSI bus (required for ATA/SCSI) device da # Direct Access (disks) device pass device cfi #device udav # Davicom DM9601E USB device geom_label device geom_journal device geom_part_bsd options ROOTDEVNAME=\"ufs:da0s1a\" Index: head/sys/arm/conf/COLIBRI-VF50 =================================================================== --- head/sys/arm/conf/COLIBRI-VF50 (revision 325095) +++ head/sys/arm/conf/COLIBRI-VF50 (revision 325096) @@ -1,28 +1,28 @@ # Kernel configuration for Toradex Colibri VF50 Evaluation Board. # # For more information on this file, please read the config(5) manual page, # and/or the handbook section on Kernel Configuration Files: # -# http://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html +# https://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html # # The handbook is also available locally in /usr/share/doc/handbook # if you've installed the doc distribution, otherwise always see the -# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (http://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the +# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (https://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the # latest information. # # An exhaustive list of options and more detailed explanations of the # device lines is also present in the ../../conf/NOTES and NOTES files. # If you are in doubt as to the purpose or necessity of a line, check first # in NOTES. # # $FreeBSD$ #NO_UNIVERSE include "VYBRID" ident COLIBRI-VF50 #FDT options FDT options FDT_DTB_STATIC makeoptions FDT_DTS_FILE=vybrid-colibri-vf50.dts Index: head/sys/arm/conf/COSMIC =================================================================== --- head/sys/arm/conf/COSMIC (revision 325095) +++ head/sys/arm/conf/COSMIC (revision 325096) @@ -1,28 +1,28 @@ # Kernel configuration for Cosmic Board (Freescale Vybrid Family development board). # # For more information on this file, please read the config(5) manual page, # and/or the handbook section on Kernel Configuration Files: # -# http://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html +# https://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html # # The handbook is also available locally in /usr/share/doc/handbook # if you've installed the doc distribution, otherwise always see the -# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (http://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the +# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (https://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the # latest information. # # An exhaustive list of options and more detailed explanations of the # device lines is also present in the ../../conf/NOTES and NOTES files. # If you are in doubt as to the purpose or necessity of a line, check first # in NOTES. # # $FreeBSD$ #NO_UNIVERSE include "VYBRID" ident COSMIC #FDT options FDT options FDT_DTB_STATIC makeoptions FDT_DTS_FILE=vybrid-cosmic.dts Index: head/sys/arm/conf/CRB =================================================================== --- head/sys/arm/conf/CRB (revision 325095) +++ head/sys/arm/conf/CRB (revision 325096) @@ -1,98 +1,98 @@ # GENERIC -- Generic kernel configuration file for FreeBSD/arm # # For more information on this file, please read the handbook section on # Kernel Configuration Files: # -# http://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html +# https://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html # # The handbook is also available locally in /usr/share/doc/handbook # if you've installed the doc distribution, otherwise always see the -# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (http://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the +# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (https://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the # latest information. # # An exhaustive list of options and more detailed explanations of the # device lines is also present in the ../../conf/NOTES and NOTES files. # If you are in doubt as to the purpose or necessity of a line, check first # in NOTES. # # $FreeBSD$ ident CRB include "std.arm" options PHYSADDR=0x00000000 options KERNVIRTADDR=0xc0200000 # Used in ldscript.arm options COUNTS_PER_SEC=400000000 include "../xscale/i8134x/std.crb" makeoptions MODULES_OVERRIDE="" makeoptions CONF_CFLAGS=-mcpu=xscale options HZ=100 #options DEVICE_POLLING options SCHED_4BSD # 4BSD scheduler options INET # InterNETworking options INET6 # IPv6 communications protocols options TCP_HHOOK # hhook(9) framework for TCP options FFS # Berkeley Fast Filesystem options SOFTUPDATES # Enable FFS soft updates support options UFS_ACL # Support for access control lists options UFS_DIRHASH # Improve performance on big directories options NFSCL # Network Filesystem Client options NFSD # Network Filesystem Server options NFSLOCKD # Network Lock Manager options NFS_ROOT # NFS usable as /, requires NFSCL #options MSDOSFS # MSDOS Filesystem options GEOM_PART_BSD # BSD partition scheme options GEOM_PART_MBR # MBR partition scheme options TMPFS # Efficient memory filesystem options CD9660 # ISO 9660 Filesystem #options PROCFS # Process filesystem (requires PSEUDOFS) options PSEUDOFS # Pseudo-filesystem framework options SCSI_DELAY=5000 # Delay (in ms) before probing SCSI options KTRACE # ktrace(1) support options INTR_FILTER options SYSVSHM # SYSV-style shared memory options SYSVMSG # SYSV-style message queues options SYSVSEM # SYSV-style semaphores options _KPOSIX_PRIORITY_SCHEDULING # Posix P1003_1B real-time extensions options KBD_INSTALL_CDEV # install a CDEV entry in /dev options BOOTP options BOOTP_NFSROOT options BOOTP_NFSV3 options BOOTP_WIRED_TO=em0 options BOOTP_COMPAT #options PREEMPTION device loop device ether #device saarm device miibus device rl device em device uart device pci device ata device scbus # SCSI bus (required for ATA/SCSI) device cd # CD device da # Direct Access (disks) device pass # Passthrough device (direct ATA/SCSI access) device "7seg" # SCSI Controllers #options AHC_REG_PRETTY_PRINT # Print register bitfields in debug # output. Adds ~128k to driver. #options AHD_REG_PRETTY_PRINT # Print register bitfields in debug # output. Adds ~215k to driver. options XSCALE_CACHE_READ_WRITE_ALLOCATE device md device random # Entropy device device iopwdog # Floppy drives Index: head/sys/arm/conf/DOCKSTAR =================================================================== --- head/sys/arm/conf/DOCKSTAR (revision 325095) +++ head/sys/arm/conf/DOCKSTAR (revision 325096) @@ -1,157 +1,157 @@ # # Custom kernel for Seagate DockStar (Marvell SheevaPlug based) devices. # # $FreeBSD$ # -# http://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html +# https://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html # # The handbook is also available locally in /usr/share/doc/handbook # if you've installed the doc distribution, otherwise always see the -# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (http://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the +# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (https://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the # latest information. # # An exhaustive list of options and more detailed explanations of the # device lines is also present in the ../../conf/NOTES and NOTES files. # If you are in doubt as to the purpose or necessity of a line, check first # in NOTES. # # $FreeBSD$ # #NO_UNIVERSE ident DOCKSTAR include "std.arm" include "../mv/kirkwood/std.db88f6xxx" options SOC_MV_KIRKWOOD options SCHED_4BSD # 4BSD scheduler options INET # InterNETworking options INET6 # IPv6 communications protocols options TCP_HHOOK # hhook(9) framework for TCP options FFS # Berkeley Fast Filesystem options SOFTUPDATES # Enable FFS soft updates support options NFSCL # Network Filesystem Client options NFSLOCKD # Network Lock Manager #options NFS_ROOT # NFS usable as /, requires NFSCL options MSDOSFS # MSDOS Filesystem options CD9660 # ISO 9660 filesystem options NULLFS # NULL filesystem options TMPFS # Efficient memory filesystem options GEOM_PART_GPT # GUID Partition Tables options GEOM_PART_BSD # BSD partition scheme options GEOM_PART_MBR # MBR partition scheme options GEOM_LABEL # Provides labelization options GEOM_ELI # Disk encryption options SYSVSHM # SYSV-style shared memory options SYSVMSG # SYSV-style message queues options SYSVSEM # SYSV-style semaphores options _KPOSIX_PRIORITY_SCHEDULING # POSIX P1003_1B real-time extensions # Enable these options for nfs root configured via BOOTP. #options BOOTP #options BOOTP_NFSROOT #options BOOTP_NFSV3 #options BOOTP_WIRED_TO=mge0 # If not using BOOTP, use something like one of these... #options ROOTDEVNAME=\"ufs:/dev/da0a\" options ROOTDEVNAME=\"ufs:/dev/da0s1a\" #options ROOTDEVNAME=\"ufs:/dev/da0p10\" #options ROOTDEVNAME=\"nfs:192.168.0.254/dreamplug\" # Misc pseudo devices device bpf # Required for DHCP device firmware # firmware(9) required for USB wlan device gif # IPv6 and IPv4 tunneling device loop # Network loopback device md # Memory/malloc disk device pty # BSD-style compatibility pseudo ttys device random # Entropy device device tun # Packet tunnel. device ether # Required for all ethernet devices device vlan # 802.1Q VLAN support device wlan # 802.11 WLAN support # cam support for umass and ahci device scbus device pass device da # Serial ports device uart # Networking device mge # Marvell Gigabit Ethernet controller device mii device mdio device e1000phy # USB options USB_HOST_ALIGN=32 # Align DMA to cacheline device usb # Basic usb support device ehci # USB host controller device umass # Mass storage device uhid # Human-interface devices device rum # Ralink Technology RT2501USB wireless NICs device uath # Atheros AR5523 wireless NICs device ural # Ralink Technology RT2500USB wireless NICs device zyd # ZyDAS zb1211/zb1211b wireless NICs device urtw # Realtek RTL8187B/L USB device upgt # Conexant/Intersil PrismGT SoftMAC USB device u3g # USB-based 3G modems (Option, Huawei, Sierra) # I2C (TWSI) device iic device iicbus device twsi # Sound device sound device snd_uaudio #crypto device cesa # Marvell security engine device crypto device cryptodev # IPSec device enc options IPSEC options IPSEC_NAT_T options TCP_SIGNATURE # include support for RFC 2385 # IPFW options IPFIREWALL options IPFIREWALL_DEFAULT_TO_ACCEPT options IPFIREWALL_VERBOSE options IPFIREWALL_VERBOSE_LIMIT=100 options IPFIREWALL_NAT options LIBALIAS options DUMMYNET options IPDIVERT #PF device pf device pflog device pfsync # GPIO device gpio # ALTQ, required for PF options ALTQ # Basic ALTQ support options ALTQ_CBQ # Class Based Queueing options ALTQ_RED # Random Early Detection options ALTQ_RIO # RED In/Out options ALTQ_HFSC # Hierarchical Packet Scheduler options ALTQ_CDNR # Traffic conditioner options ALTQ_PRIQ # Priority Queueing options ALTQ_NOPCC # Required if the TSC is unusable #options ALTQ_DEBUG # Flattened Device Tree options FDT # Configure using FDT/DTB data options FDT_DTB_STATIC makeoptions FDT_DTS_FILE=dockstar.dts Index: head/sys/arm/conf/DREAMPLUG-1001 =================================================================== --- head/sys/arm/conf/DREAMPLUG-1001 (revision 325095) +++ head/sys/arm/conf/DREAMPLUG-1001 (revision 325096) @@ -1,173 +1,173 @@ # Kernel config for GlobalScale Technologies DreamPlug version 1001. # # This is for units that are version 10, revision 01, with NOR SPI flash. # These units are identified with the number "1001" on the S/N label. # # For more information on this file, please read the handbook section on # Kernel Configuration Files: # -# http://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html +# https://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html # # The handbook is also available locally in /usr/share/doc/handbook # if you've installed the doc distribution, otherwise always see the -# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (http://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the +# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (https://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the # latest information. # # An exhaustive list of options and more detailed explanations of the # device lines is also present in the ../../conf/NOTES and NOTES files. # If you are in doubt as to the purpose or necessity of a line, check first # in NOTES. # # $FreeBSD$ # #NO_UNIVERSE ident DREAMPLUG-1001 include "std.arm" include "../mv/kirkwood/std.db88f6xxx" options SOC_MV_KIRKWOOD options SCHED_4BSD # 4BSD scheduler options INET # InterNETworking options INET6 # IPv6 communications protocols options TCP_HHOOK # hhook(9) framework for TCP options FFS # Berkeley Fast Filesystem options SOFTUPDATES # Enable FFS soft updates support options NFSCL # Network Filesystem Client options NFSLOCKD # Network Lock Manager #options NFS_ROOT # NFS usable as /, requires NFSCL options MSDOSFS # MSDOS Filesystem options CD9660 # ISO 9660 filesystem options NULLFS # NULL filesystem options TMPFS # Efficient memory filesystem options GEOM_PART_GPT # GUID Partition Tables options GEOM_PART_BSD # BSD partition scheme options GEOM_PART_MBR # MBR partition scheme options GEOM_LABEL # Provides labelization options GEOM_ELI # Disk encryption options SYSVSHM # SYSV-style shared memory options SYSVMSG # SYSV-style message queues options SYSVSEM # SYSV-style semaphores options _KPOSIX_PRIORITY_SCHEDULING # POSIX P1003_1B real-time extensions # Enable these options for nfs root configured via BOOTP. #options BOOTP #options BOOTP_NFSROOT #options BOOTP_NFSV3 #options BOOTP_WIRED_TO=mge0 # If not using BOOTP, use something like one of these... #options ROOTDEVNAME=\"ufs:/dev/da1a\" options ROOTDEVNAME=\"ufs:/dev/da1s1a\" #options ROOTDEVNAME=\"ufs:/dev/da1p10\" #options ROOTDEVNAME=\"nfs:192.168.0.254/dreamplug\" # Misc pseudo devices device bpf # Required for DHCP device firmware # firmware(9) required for USB wlan device gif # IPv6 and IPv4 tunneling device loop # Network loopback device md # Memory/malloc disk device pty # BSD-style compatibility pseudo ttys device random # Entropy device device tun # Packet tunnel. device ether # Required for all ethernet devices device vlan # 802.1Q VLAN support device wlan # 802.11 WLAN support # cam support for umass and ahci device scbus device pass device da device cd # Serial ports device uart # Networking device mge # Marvell Gigabit Ethernet controller device mii device mdio device e1000phy # USB options USB_HOST_ALIGN=32 # Align DMA to cacheline device usb # Basic usb support device ehci # USB host controller device umass # Mass storage device uhid # Human-interface devices device rum # Ralink Technology RT2501USB wireless NICs device uath # Atheros AR5523 wireless NICs device ural # Ralink Technology RT2500USB wireless NICs device zyd # ZyDAS zb1211/zb1211b wireless NICs device urtw # Realtek RTL8187B/L USB device upgt # Conexant/Intersil PrismGT SoftMAC USB device u3g # USB-based 3G modems (Option, Huawei, Sierra) # I2C (TWSI) device iic device iicbus device twsi # GPIO device gpio # SATA device mvs device ahci # Sound device sound device snd_uaudio #crypto device cesa # Marvell security engine device crypto device cryptodev # IPSec device enc options IPSEC options IPSEC_NAT_T options TCP_SIGNATURE # include support for RFC 2385 # IPFW options IPFIREWALL options IPFIREWALL_DEFAULT_TO_ACCEPT options IPFIREWALL_VERBOSE options IPFIREWALL_VERBOSE_LIMIT=100 options IPFIREWALL_NAT options LIBALIAS options DUMMYNET options IPDIVERT #PF device pf device pflog device pfsync # ALTQ, required for PF options ALTQ # Basic ALTQ support options ALTQ_CBQ # Class Based Queueing options ALTQ_RED # Random Early Detection options ALTQ_RIO # RED In/Out options ALTQ_HFSC # Hierarchical Packet Scheduler options ALTQ_CDNR # Traffic conditioner options ALTQ_PRIQ # Priority Queueing options ALTQ_NOPCC # Required if the TSC is unusable #options ALTQ_DEBUG # To use this configuration with the (rare) model 1001N (nand flash), # create a kernel config file that looks like this: # # include DREAMPLUG-1001 # nomakeoptions FDT_DTS_FILE # makeoptions FDT_DTS_FILE=dreamplug-1001N.dts # device nand # Flattened Device Tree options FDT # Configure using FDT/DTB data options FDT_DTB_STATIC makeoptions FDT_DTS_FILE=dreamplug-1001.dts Index: head/sys/arm/conf/EB9200 =================================================================== --- head/sys/arm/conf/EB9200 (revision 325095) +++ head/sys/arm/conf/EB9200 (revision 325096) @@ -1,118 +1,118 @@ # EB9200 - Custom kernel for the Embest ATEB9200 AT91RM9200 evaluation board. # # For more information on this file, please read the handbook section on # Kernel Configuration Files: # -# http://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html +# https://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html # # An exhaustive list of options and more detailed explanations of the # device lines is also present in the ../../conf/NOTES and NOTES files. # If you are in doubt as to the purpose or necessity of a line, check first # in NOTES. # # $FreeBSD$ #NO_UNIVERSE ident EB9200 include "std.arm" include "../at91/std.eb9200" # The AT91 platform doesn't use /boot/loader, so we have to statically wire # hints. hints "EB9200.hints" makeoptions MODULES_OVERRIDE="" options SCHED_4BSD # 4BSD scheduler options INET # InterNETworking #options INET6 # IPv6 communications protocols options TCP_HHOOK # hhook(9) framework for TCP options FFS # Berkeley Fast Filesystem #options SOFTUPDATES # Enable FFS soft updates support #options UFS_ACL # Support for access control lists #options UFS_DIRHASH # Improve performance on big directories #options MD_ROOT # MD is a potential root device #options MD_ROOT_SIZE=4096 # 4MB ram disk #options ROOTDEVNAME=\"ufs:/dev/da0s1a\" options NFSCL # Network Filesystem Client options NFSD # Network Filesystem Server options NFSLOCKD # Network Lock Manager options NFS_ROOT # NFS usable as /, requires NFSCL options TMPFS # Efficient memory filesystem #options MSDOSFS # MSDOS Filesystem #options CD9660 # ISO 9660 Filesystem #options PROCFS # Process filesystem (requires PSEUDOFS) options PSEUDOFS # Pseudo-filesystem framework options GEOM_PART_BSD # BSD partition scheme options GEOM_PART_MBR # MBR partition scheme #options SCSI_DELAY=5000 # Delay (in ms) before probing SCSI #options KTRACE # ktrace(1) support options SYSVSHM # SYSV-style shared memory options SYSVMSG # SYSV-style message queues options SYSVSEM # SYSV-style semaphores options _KPOSIX_PRIORITY_SCHEDULING # POSIX P1003_1B real-time extensions # NFS root from boopt/dhcp options BOOTP options BOOTP_NFSROOT # Disable the inlining of mutex, rwlock and sx locks. These eat up a lot # of space. options MUTEX_NOINLINE options SX_NOINLINE options NO_FFS_SNAPSHOT options NO_SWAPPING #options NO_SYSCTL_DESCR options RWLOCK_NOINLINE # The `bpf' device enables the Berkeley Packet Filter. # Be aware of the administrative consequences of enabling this! # Note that 'bpf' is required for DHCP. device bpf # Berkeley packet filter # Ethernet device ate # Atmel AT91 Ethernet driver device miibus #device lxtphy # I2C device at91_twi # Atmel AT91 Two-wire Interface device iic # I2C generic I/O device driver device iicbus # I2C bus system device icee # MMC/SD device at91_mci # Atmel AT91 Multimedia Card Interface device mmc # MMC/SD bus device mmcsd # MMC/SD memory card device at91_spi # Atmel AT91 Serial Peripheral Interface device spibus # SPI bus # Pseudo devices. device loop # Network loopback device random # Entropy device device ether # Ethernet support device md # Memory "disks" # SCSI peripherals device scbus # SCSI bus (required for ATA/SCSI) device da # Direct Access (disks) device cd # CD device pass # Passthrough device (direct ATA/SCSI access) # Serial (COM) ports device uart # Multi-uart driver # USB support device ohci # OHCI USB interface device usb # USB Bus (required) device umass # Disks/Mass storage - Requires scbus and da # USB device (gadget) support #device at91_dci # Atmel's usb device #device cdce # emulate an ethernet #device usb_template # Control of the gadget device at91_cfata device ata Index: head/sys/arm/conf/EFIKA_MX =================================================================== --- head/sys/arm/conf/EFIKA_MX (revision 325095) +++ head/sys/arm/conf/EFIKA_MX (revision 325096) @@ -1,134 +1,134 @@ # # Kernel configuration for Efika MX Smarttop/Smartbook boards # # For more information on this file, please read the config(5) manual page, # and/or the handbook section on Kernel Configuration Files: # -# http://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html +# https://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html # # The handbook is also available locally in /usr/share/doc/handbook # if you've installed the doc distribution, otherwise always see the -# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (http://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the +# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (https://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the # latest information. # # An exhaustive list of options and more detailed explanations of the # device lines is also present in the ../../conf/NOTES and NOTES files. # If you are in doubt as to the purpose or necessity of a line, check first # in NOTES. # # $FreeBSD$ ident EFIKA_MX include "std.armv7" include "../freescale/imx/std.imx51" makeoptions WITHOUT_MODULES="ahc" options SOC_IMX51 options SCHED_4BSD # 4BSD scheduler #options MD_ROOT # MD is a potential root device #options NFSD # Network Filesystem Server options PLATFORM options INCLUDE_CONFIG_FILE # Include this file in kernel # NFS root from boopt/dhcp #options BOOTP #options BOOTP_NFSROOT #options BOOTP_COMPAT #options BOOTP_NFSV3 #options BOOTP_WIRED_TO=ue0 options ROOTDEVNAME=\"ufs:ada0s2a\" # kernel/memory size reduction #options MUTEX_NOINLINE #options NO_FFS_SNAPSHOT #options NO_SWAPPING #options NO_SYSCTL_DESCR #options RWLOCK_NOINLINE # The `bpf' device enables the Berkeley Packet Filter. # Be aware of the administrative consequences of enabling this! # Note that 'bpf' is required for DHCP. device bpf # Berkeley packet filter # Pseudo devices. device loop # Network loopback device random # Entropy device device ether # Ethernet support #device vlan # 802.1Q VLAN support #device tun # Packet tunnel. #device md # Memory "disks" #device gif # IPv6 and IPv4 tunneling #device firmware # firmware assist module # Serial (COM) ports device uart # Multi-uart driver device ata device atapci # Only for helper functions device imxata device gpio device gpioled device fsliic device iic device iicbus # SCSI peripherals device scbus # SCSI bus (required for ATA/SCSI) device da # Direct Access (disks) device cd # CD device pass # Passthrough device (direct ATA/SCSI access) # USB support options USB_HOST_ALIGN=64 # Align usb buffers to cache line size. device ehci # OHCI USB interface device usb # USB Bus (required) device umass # Disks/Mass storage - Requires scbus and da device uhid # "Human Interface Devices" device u3g # USB Ethernet, requires miibus device miibus device aue # ADMtek USB Ethernet device axe # ASIX Electronics USB Ethernet device cdce # Generic USB over Ethernet device cue # CATC USB Ethernet device kue # Kawasaki LSI USB Ethernet device rue # RealTek RTL8150 USB Ethernet device udav # Davicom DM9601E USB # USB Wireless device rum # Ralink Technology RT2501USB wireless NICs # Watchdog timer. # WARNING: can't be disabled!!! device imxwdt # Watchdog # Wireless NIC cards device wlan # 802.11 support device wlan_wep # 802.11 WEP support device wlan_ccmp # 802.11 CCMP support device wlan_tkip # 802.11 TKIP support device wlan_amrr # AMRR transmit rate control algorithm # Flattened Device Tree options FDT # Configure using FDT/DTB data options FDT_DTB_STATIC makeoptions FDT_DTS_FILE=efikamx.dts # NOTE: serial console will be disabled if syscons enabled # Uncomment following lines for framebuffer/syscons support device sc device kbdmux options SC_DFLT_FONT # compile font in makeoptions SC_DFLT_FONT=cp437 device ukbd # Allow keyboard like HIDs to control console device ums options INTRNG Index: head/sys/arm/conf/ETHERNUT5 =================================================================== --- head/sys/arm/conf/ETHERNUT5 (revision 325095) +++ head/sys/arm/conf/ETHERNUT5 (revision 325096) @@ -1,143 +1,143 @@ # Kernel configuration for Ethernut 5 boards # # For more information on this file, please read the config(5) manual page, # and/or the handbook section on Kernel Configuration Files: # -# http://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html +# https://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html # # The handbook is also available locally in /usr/share/doc/handbook # if you've installed the doc distribution, otherwise always see the -# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (http://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the +# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (https://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the # latest information. # # An exhaustive list of options and more detailed explanations of the # device lines is also present in the ../../conf/NOTES and NOTES files. # If you are in doubt as to the purpose or necessity of a line, check first # in NOTES. # # $FreeBSD$ #NO_UNIVERSE ident ETHERNUT5 include "std.arm" include "../at91/std.ethernut5" # To statically compile in device wiring instead of /boot/device.hints hints "ETHERNUT5.hints" options SCHED_4BSD # 4BSD scheduler #options PREEMPTION # Enable kernel thread preemption options INET # InterNETworking #options INET6 # IPv6 communications protocols options TCP_HHOOK # hhook(9) framework for TCP #options SCTP # Stream Control Transmission Protocol options FFS # Berkeley Fast Filesystem options SOFTUPDATES # Enable FFS soft updates support #options UFS_ACL # Support for access control lists options UFS_DIRHASH # Improve performance on big directories #options UFS_GJOURNAL # Enable gjournal-based UFS journaling #options MD_ROOT # MD is a potential root device options NFSCL # Network Filesystem Client #options NFSD # Network Filesystem Server options NFSLOCKD # Network Lock Manager options NFS_ROOT # NFS usable as /, requires NFSCL options TMPFS # Efficient memory filesystem #options MSDOSFS # MSDOS Filesystem #options CD9660 # ISO 9660 Filesystem #options PROCFS # Process filesystem (requires PSEUDOFS) #options PSEUDOFS # Pseudo-filesystem framework options GEOM_PART_BSD # BSD partition scheme options GEOM_PART_MBR # MBR partition scheme #options GEOM_PART_GPT # GUID Partition Tables. #options GEOM_LABEL # Provides labelization options SCSI_DELAY=5000 # Delay (in ms) before probing SCSI options KTRACE # ktrace(1) support #options STACK # stack(9) support options SYSVSHM # SYSV-style shared memory options SYSVMSG # SYSV-style message queues options SYSVSEM # SYSV-style semaphores options _KPOSIX_PRIORITY_SCHEDULING # POSIX P1003_1B real-time extensions options PRINTF_BUFR_SIZE=128 # Prevent printf output being interspersed. #options HWPMC_HOOKS # Necessary kernel hooks for hwpmc(4) #options AUDIT # Security event auditing #options CAPABILITY_MODE # Capsicum capability mode #options CAPABILITIES # Capsicum capabilities #options MAC # TrustedBSD MAC Framework #options INCLUDE_CONFIG_FILE # Include this file in kernel # NFS root from boopt/dhcp options BOOTP options BOOTP_NFSROOT options BOOTP_COMPAT options BOOTP_NFSV3 options BOOTP_WIRED_TO=ate0 # alternatively, boot from a MMC/SD memory card #options ROOTDEVNAME=\"ufs:/dev/mmcsd0a\" # kernel/memory size reduction options MUTEX_NOINLINE options NO_FFS_SNAPSHOT options NO_SWAPPING options NO_SYSCTL_DESCR options RWLOCK_NOINLINE # The `bpf' device enables the Berkeley Packet Filter. # Be aware of the administrative consequences of enabling this! # Note that 'bpf' is required for DHCP. device bpf # Berkeley packet filter # Ethernet device mii # Minimal MII support device ate # Atmel AT91 Ethernet driver # I2C device at91_twi # Atmel AT91 Two-wire Interface device iic # I2C generic I/O device driver device iicbus # I2C bus system device pcf8563 # NXP PCF8563 clock/calendar # MMC/SD device at91_mci # Atmel AT91 Multimedia Card Interface options AT91_MCI_HAS_4WIRE device mmc # MMC/SD bus device mmcsd # MMC/SD memory card # DataFlash device at91_spi # Atmel AT91 Serial Peripheral Interface device spibus # SPI bus device at45d # Atmel AT45D device geom_map # GEOM partition mapping # Pseudo devices. device loop # Network loopback device random # Entropy device device ether # Ethernet support #device vlan # 802.1Q VLAN support #device tun # Packet tunnel. #device md # Memory "disks" #device gif # IPv6 and IPv4 tunneling #device firmware # firmware assist module # SCSI peripherals #device scbus # SCSI bus (required for ATA/SCSI) #device ch # SCSI media changers #device da # Direct Access (disks) #device sa # Sequential Access (tape etc) #device cd # CD #device pass # Passthrough device (direct ATA/SCSI access) #device ses # Enclosure Services (SES and SAF-TE) #device ctl # CAM Target Layer # Serial (COM) ports device uart # Multi-uart driver # USB support device ohci # OHCI USB interface device usb # USB Bus (required) #device umass # Disks/Mass storage - Requires scbus and da # watchdog device at91_wdt # Atmel AT91 Watchdog Timer Index: head/sys/arm/conf/EXYNOS5.common =================================================================== --- head/sys/arm/conf/EXYNOS5.common (revision 325095) +++ head/sys/arm/conf/EXYNOS5.common (revision 325096) @@ -1,127 +1,127 @@ # # Kernel configuration for Samsung Exynos 5 SoC. # # For more information on this file, please read the config(5) manual page, # and/or the handbook section on Kernel Configuration Files: # -# http://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html +# https://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html # # The handbook is also available locally in /usr/share/doc/handbook # if you've installed the doc distribution, otherwise always see the -# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (http://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the +# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (https://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the # latest information. # # An exhaustive list of options and more detailed explanations of the # device lines is also present in the ../../conf/NOTES and NOTES files. # If you are in doubt as to the purpose or necessity of a line, check first # in NOTES. # # $FreeBSD$ makeoptions WERROR="-Werror" include "std.armv7" options SCHED_ULE # ULE scheduler options PLATFORM # Platform based SoC options PREEMPTION # Enable kernel thread preemption options INET # InterNETworking options INET6 # IPv6 communications protocols options TCP_HHOOK # hhook(9) framework for TCP options SCTP # Stream Control Transmission Protocol options FFS # Berkeley Fast Filesystem options SOFTUPDATES # Enable FFS soft updates support options UFS_ACL # Support for access control lists options UFS_DIRHASH # Improve performance on big directories options UFS_GJOURNAL # Enable gjournal-based UFS journaling options QUOTA # Enable disk quotas for UFS options NFSCL # Network Filesystem Client options NFSLOCKD # Network Lock Manager options NFS_ROOT # NFS usable as /, requires NFSCL options MSDOSFS # MSDOS Filesystem options CD9660 # ISO 9660 Filesystem options PROCFS # Process filesystem (requires PSEUDOFS) options PSEUDOFS # Pseudo-filesystem framework options TMPFS # Efficient memory filesystem options GEOM_PART_GPT # GUID Partition Tables options GEOM_PART_BSD # BSD partition scheme options GEOM_PART_MBR # MBR partition scheme options COMPAT_43 # Compatible with BSD 4.3 [KEEP THIS!] options SCSI_DELAY=5000 # Delay (in ms) before probing SCSI options KTRACE # ktrace(1) support options SYSVSHM # SYSV-style shared memory options SYSVMSG # SYSV-style message queues options SYSVSEM # SYSV-style semaphores options _KPOSIX_PRIORITY_SCHEDULING # POSIX P1003_1B real-time extensions options KBD_INSTALL_CDEV # install a CDEV entry in /dev options FREEBSD_BOOT_LOADER # Process metadata passed from loader(8) options VFP # Enable floating point hardware support options SMP # Enable multiple cores # NFS root from boopt/dhcp #options BOOTP #options BOOTP_NFSROOT #options BOOTP_COMPAT #options BOOTP_NFSV3 #options BOOTP_WIRED_TO=ue0 options ROOTDEVNAME=\"ufs:/dev/da0\" # MMC/SD/SDIO Card slot support device mmc # mmc/sd bus device mmcsd # mmc/sd flash cards device dwmmc # Interrupt controller device gic options INTRNG # ARM Generic Timer device generic_timer # Pseudo devices device loop device random device pty device md device gpio # USB support options USB_HOST_ALIGN=64 # Align usb buffers to cache line size. device usb #device musb device ehci #device ohci device xhci device umass device scbus # SCSI bus (required for ATA/SCSI) device da # Direct Access (disks) device pass # SATA #device ata #device atadisk #device mvs # Serial ports device uart # I2C (TWSI) device iic device iicbus # SPI device spibus device exynos_spi # Ethernet device ether device mii device smsc device smscphy # USB ethernet support, requires miibus device miibus device axe # ASIX Electronics USB Ethernet device bpf # Berkeley packet filter Index: head/sys/arm/conf/EXYNOS5250 =================================================================== --- head/sys/arm/conf/EXYNOS5250 (revision 325095) +++ head/sys/arm/conf/EXYNOS5250 (revision 325096) @@ -1,25 +1,25 @@ # Kernel configuration for Samsung Exynos 5250 boards. # # For more information on this file, please read the config(5) manual page, # and/or the handbook section on Kernel Configuration Files: # -# http://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html +# https://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html # # The handbook is also available locally in /usr/share/doc/handbook # if you've installed the doc distribution, otherwise always see the -# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (http://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the +# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (https://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the # latest information. # # An exhaustive list of options and more detailed explanations of the # device lines is also present in the ../../conf/NOTES and NOTES files. # If you are in doubt as to the purpose or necessity of a line, check first # in NOTES. # # $FreeBSD$ ident EXYNOS5250 include "EXYNOS5.common" include "../samsung/exynos/std.exynos5250" #FDT options FDT Index: head/sys/arm/conf/EXYNOS5420 =================================================================== --- head/sys/arm/conf/EXYNOS5420 (revision 325095) +++ head/sys/arm/conf/EXYNOS5420 (revision 325096) @@ -1,25 +1,25 @@ # Kernel configuration for Samsung Exynos 5420 boards. # # For more information on this file, please read the config(5) manual page, # and/or the handbook section on Kernel Configuration Files: # -# http://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html +# https://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html # # The handbook is also available locally in /usr/share/doc/handbook # if you've installed the doc distribution, otherwise always see the -# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (http://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the +# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (https://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the # latest information. # # An exhaustive list of options and more detailed explanations of the # device lines is also present in the ../../conf/NOTES and NOTES files. # If you are in doubt as to the purpose or necessity of a line, check first # in NOTES. # # $FreeBSD$ ident EXYNOS5420 include "EXYNOS5.common" include "../samsung/exynos/std.exynos5420" #FDT options FDT Index: head/sys/arm/conf/GENERIC =================================================================== --- head/sys/arm/conf/GENERIC (revision 325095) +++ head/sys/arm/conf/GENERIC (revision 325096) @@ -1,251 +1,251 @@ # # GENERICV6 -- Generic(ish) kernel config. # # For more information on this file, please read the config(5) manual page, # and/or the handbook section on Kernel Configuration Files: # -# http://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html +# https://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html # # The handbook is also available locally in /usr/share/doc/handbook # if you've installed the doc distribution, otherwise always see the -# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (http://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the +# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (https://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the # latest information. # # An exhaustive list of options and more detailed explanations of the # device lines is also present in the ../../conf/NOTES and NOTES files. # If you are in doubt as to the purpose or necessity of a line, check first # in NOTES. # # $FreeBSD$ ident GENERIC cpu CPU_CORTEXA options SMP_ON_UP machine arm armv7 makeoptions CONF_CFLAGS="-march=armv7a" makeoptions KERNVIRTADDR=0xc0000000 options KERNVIRTADDR=0xc0000000 include "std.armv7" files "../allwinner/files.allwinner" files "../allwinner/files.allwinner_up" files "../allwinner/a10/files.a10" files "../allwinner/a13/files.a13" files "../allwinner/a20/files.a20" files "../allwinner/a31/files.a31" files "../allwinner/a33/files.a33" files "../allwinner/a83t/files.a83t" files "../allwinner/h3/files.h3" files "../broadcom/bcm2835/files.bcm2836" files "../broadcom/bcm2835/files.bcm283x" files "../freescale/imx/files.imx6" files "../nvidia/tegra124/files.tegra124" files "../qemu/files.qemu" files "../ti/files.ti" files "../ti/am335x/files.am335x" files "../ti/omap4/files.omap4" files "../xilinx/files.zynq7" options SOC_ALLWINNER_A10 options SOC_ALLWINNER_A13 options SOC_ALLWINNER_A20 options SOC_ALLWINNER_A31 options SOC_ALLWINNER_A31S options SOC_ALLWINNER_A33 options SOC_ALLWINNER_A83T options SOC_ALLWINNER_H2PLUS options SOC_ALLWINNER_H3 options SOC_BCM2836 options SOC_TI_AM335X options SOC_OMAP4 options SCHED_ULE # ULE scheduler options SMP # Enable multiple cores options PLATFORM options LINUX_BOOT_ABI # EXT_RESOURCES pseudo devices options EXT_RESOURCES device clk device phy device hwreset device regulator # CPU frequency control device cpufreq # Interrupt controller options INTRNG device gic # PMU support (for CCNT). device pmu # ARM Generic Timer device generic_timer device mpcore_timer # MMC/SD/SDIO Card slot support device sdhci # SD controller device mmc # mmc/sd bus device mmcsd # mmc/sd flash cards # ATA controllers device ahci # AHCI-compatible SATA controllers #device ata # Legacy ATA/SATA controllers # PCI options NEW_PCIB device pci device pci_host_generic # PCI NICs device re # RealTek 8139C+/8169/8169S/8110S # VirtIO device virtio device virtio_mmio device virtio_pci device virtio_blk device vtnet # Console and misc device uart device uart_ns8250 device uart_snps device pl011 device pty device snp device md # Memory "disks" device random # Entropy device device firmware # firmware assist module device pl310 # PL310 L2 cache controller device psci # I2C support device iicbus device iic device twsi device rsb # Allwinner Reduced Serial Bus device p2wi # Allwinner Push-Pull Two Wire device axp209 # AXP209 Power Management Unit device axp81x # AXP813/818 Power Management Unit device bcm2835_bsc device fsliic # Freescale i2c/iic device icee # AT24Cxxx and compatible EEPROMs device sy8106a # SY8106A Buck Regulator device ti_i2c device am335x_pmic # AM335x Power Management IC (TPC65217) device am335x_rtc # RTC support (power management only) device twl # TI TWLX0X0/TPS659x0 Power Management device twl_vreg # twl voltage regulation device twl_clks # twl external clocks # i2c RTCs device ds1307 # Dallas DS1307 RTC and compatible device ds13rtc # All Dallas/Maxim DS13xx RTCs device ds1672 # Dallas DS1672 RTC device ds3231 # Dallas DS3231 RTC + temperature device nxprtc # NXP RTCs: PCA/PFC212x PCA/PCF85xx device s35390a # Seiko s3539x RTCs # GPIO device gpio device gpiobacklight device gpioled device gpioregulator # EVDEV support device evdev # input event device support options EVDEV_SUPPORT # evdev support in legacy drivers device uinput # install /dev/uinput cdev device aw_cir # SPI device spibus device spigen device bcm2835_spi device ti_spi # ADC support device ti_adc # Watchdog support # If we don't enable the watchdog driver, the BealeBone could potentially # reboot automatically because the boot loader might have enabled the # watchdog. device ti_wdt device imxwdt # Watchdog. WARNING: can't be disabled!!! device scbus # SCSI bus (required for ATA/SCSI) device da # Direct Access (disks) device cd # CD device pass # Passthrough device (direct ATA/SCSI access) # USB support options USB_HOST_ALIGN=64 # Align usb buffers to cache line size. device usb #device uhci device ohci device ehci device dwcotg # DWC OTG controller device musb device axe # USB-Ethernet device umass # Disks/Mass storage - Requires scbus and da device uhid # "Human Interface Devices" device ukbd # Allow keyboard like HIDs to control console # Device mode support device usb_template # Control of the gadget # Ethernet device loop device ether device vlan # 802.1Q VLAN support device bpf # Ethernet NICs that use the common MII bus controller code. # NOTE: Be sure to keep the 'device miibus' line in order to use these NICs! device miibus device awg # 10/100/1000 integrated EMAC controller device cpsw # TI Common Platform Ethernet Switch (CPSW) device cgem # Zynq-7000 gig ethernet device device dwc # 10/100/1000 integrated GMAC controller device emac # 10/100 integrated EMAC controller device ffec # Freescale Fast Ethernet Controller device smsc # SMSC LAN91C111 # Sound support device sound # Framebuffer support device vt device kbdmux device ums device videomode device hdmi device vchiq # Pinmux device fdt_pinctrl # TI Programmable Realtime Unit support device ti_pruss # Mailbox support device ti_mbox # DMA controller device fslsdma device ti_sdma # Extensible Firmware Interface options EFI # Flattened Device Tree options FDT # Configure using FDT/DTB data makeoptions MODULES_EXTRA="dtb/allwinner dtb/am335x dtb/imx6 dtb/nvidia dtb/rpi dtb/zynq dtb/omap4" Index: head/sys/arm/conf/GENERIC-NODEBUG =================================================================== --- head/sys/arm/conf/GENERIC-NODEBUG (revision 325095) +++ head/sys/arm/conf/GENERIC-NODEBUG (revision 325096) @@ -1,40 +1,40 @@ # # GENERIC-NODEBUG -- WITNESS and INVARIANTS free kernel configuration file # for FreeBSD/arm # # This configuration file removes several debugging options, including # WITNESS and INVARIANTS checking, which are known to have significant # performance impact on running systems. When benchmarking new features # this kernel should be used instead of the standard GENERIC. # This kernel configuration should never appear outside of the HEAD # of the FreeBSD tree. # # For more information on this file, please read the config(5) manual page, # and/or the handbook section on Kernel Configuration Files: # -# http://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html +# https://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html # # The handbook is also available locally in /usr/share/doc/handbook # if you've installed the doc distribution, otherwise always see the -# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (http://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the +# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (https://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the # latest information. # # An exhaustive list of options and more detailed explanations of the # device lines is also present in the ../../conf/NOTES and NOTES files. # If you are in doubt as to the purpose or necessity of a line, check first # in NOTES. # # $FreeBSD$ include GENERIC ident GENERIC-NODEBUG nooptions INVARIANTS nooptions INVARIANT_SUPPORT nooptions WITNESS nooptions WITNESS_SKIPSPIN nooptions BUF_TRACKING nooptions DEADLKRES nooptions FULL_BUF_TRACKING Index: head/sys/arm/conf/GUMSTIX =================================================================== --- head/sys/arm/conf/GUMSTIX (revision 325095) +++ head/sys/arm/conf/GUMSTIX (revision 325096) @@ -1,82 +1,82 @@ # GUMSTIX -- Custom configuration for the Gumstix Basix and Connex boards from # gumstix.com # # For more information on this file, please read the handbook section on # Kernel Configuration Files: # -# http://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html +# https://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html # # The handbook is also available locally in /usr/share/doc/handbook # if you've installed the doc distribution, otherwise always see the -# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (http://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the +# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (https://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the # latest information. # # An exhaustive list of options and more detailed explanations of the # device lines is also present in the ../../conf/NOTES and NOTES files. # If you are in doubt as to the purpose or necessity of a line, check first # in NOTES. # # $FreeBSD$ ident GUMSTIX include "std.arm" cpu CPU_XSCALE_PXA2X0 # This probably wants to move somewhere else. Maybe we can create a basic # PXA2X0 config, then make a GUMSTIX config that includes the basic one, # adds the smc and smcphy devices and pulls in this hints file. hints "GUMSTIX.hints" options PHYSADDR=0xa0000000 options KERNVIRTADDR=0xc0200000 # Used in ldscript.arm include "../xscale/pxa/std.pxa" makeoptions MODULES_OVERRIDE="" options HZ=100 #options DEVICE_POLLING options SCHED_4BSD # 4BSD scheduler options INET # InterNETworking #options INET6 # IPv6 communications protocols options TCP_HHOOK # hhook(9) framework for TCP options FFS # Berkeley Fast Filesystem options SOFTUPDATES # Enable FFS soft updates support options UFS_ACL # Support for access control lists options UFS_DIRHASH # Improve performance on big directories options NFSCL # Network Filesystem Client #options NFSD # Network Filesystem Server options NFS_ROOT # NFS usable as /, requires NFSCL options GEOM_PART_BSD # BSD partition scheme options GEOM_PART_MBR # MBR partition scheme options TMPFS # Efficient memory filesystem #options MSDOSFS # MSDOS Filesystem #options CD9660 # ISO 9660 Filesystem #options PROCFS # Process filesystem (requires PSEUDOFS) options PSEUDOFS # Pseudo-filesystem framework options COMPAT_43 # Compatible with BSD 4.3 [KEEP THIS!] options SCSI_DELAY=5000 # Delay (in ms) before probing SCSI options KTRACE # ktrace(1) support options SYSVSHM # SYSV-style shared memory options SYSVMSG # SYSV-style message queues options SYSVSEM # SYSV-style semaphores options _KPOSIX_PRIORITY_SCHEDULING # Posix P1003_1B real-time extensions options KBD_INSTALL_CDEV # install a CDEV entry in /dev options BOOTP options BOOTP_NFSROOT options BOOTP_WIRED_TO=smc0 options BOOTP_COMPAT options BOOTP_NFSV3 options BOOTP_BLOCKSIZE=4096 options PREEMPTION device loop device ether device mii device mii_bitbang device smc device smcphy device uart device uart_ns8250 device md device random # Entropy device Index: head/sys/arm/conf/GUMSTIX-QEMU =================================================================== --- head/sys/arm/conf/GUMSTIX-QEMU (revision 325095) +++ head/sys/arm/conf/GUMSTIX-QEMU (revision 325096) @@ -1,25 +1,25 @@ # GUMSTIX-QEMU -- Custom configuration for the QEMU emulated Gumstix target # # For more information on this file, please read the handbook section on # Kernel Configuration Files: # -# http://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html +# https://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html # # The handbook is also available locally in /usr/share/doc/handbook # if you've installed the doc distribution, otherwise always see the -# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (http://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the +# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (https://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the # latest information. # # An exhaustive list of options and more detailed explanations of the # device lines is also present in the ../../conf/NOTES and NOTES files. # If you are in doubt as to the purpose or necessity of a line, check first # in NOTES. # # $FreeBSD$ include GUMSTIX ident GUMSTIX-QEMU options QEMU_WORKAROUNDS nooptions ARM_CACHE_LOCK_ENABLE # QEMU does not implement this Index: head/sys/arm/conf/HL200 =================================================================== --- head/sys/arm/conf/HL200 (revision 325095) +++ head/sys/arm/conf/HL200 (revision 325096) @@ -1,153 +1,153 @@ # Kernel configuration for the AT91RM9200 based Hot-e configuration file # # For more information on this file, please read the handbook section on # Kernel Configuration Files: # -# http://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html +# https://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html # # The handbook is also available locally in /usr/share/doc/handbook # if you've installed the doc distribution, otherwise always see the -# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (http://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the +# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (https://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the # latest information. # # An exhaustive list of options and more detailed explanations of the # device lines is also present in the ../../conf/NOTES and NOTES files. # If you are in doubt as to the purpose or necessity of a line, check first # in NOTES. # # $FreeBSD$ #NO_UNIVERSE ident HL200 include "std.arm" include "../at91/std.hl200" #To statically compile in device wiring instead of /boot/device.hints hints "KB920X.hints" makeoptions MODULES_OVERRIDE="" options SCHED_4BSD # 4BSD scheduler options INET # InterNETworking #options INET6 # IPv6 communications protocols options TCP_HHOOK # hhook(9) framework for TCP options FFS # Berkeley Fast Filesystem #options SOFTUPDATES # Enable FFS soft updates support #options UFS_ACL # Support for access control lists #options UFS_DIRHASH # Improve performance on big directories #options MD_ROOT # MD is a potential root device #options MD_ROOT_SIZE=4096 # 4MB ram disk options NFSCL # Network Filesystem Client #options NFSD # Network Filesystem Server #options NFSLOCKD # Network Lock Manager options NFS_ROOT # NFS usable as /, requires NFSCL options TMPFS # Efficient memory filesystem #options MSDOSFS # MSDOS Filesystem #options CD9660 # ISO 9660 Filesystem #options PROCFS # Process filesystem (requires PSEUDOFS) options PSEUDOFS # Pseudo-filesystem framework options GEOM_PART_BSD # BSD partition scheme options GEOM_PART_MBR # MBR partition scheme #options SCSI_DELAY=5000 # Delay (in ms) before probing SCSI #options KTRACE # ktrace(1) support options SYSVSHM # SYSV-style shared memory options SYSVMSG # SYSV-style message queues options SYSVSEM # SYSV-style semaphores options _KPOSIX_PRIORITY_SCHEDULING # POSIX P1003_1B real-time extensions options BOOTP options BOOTP_NFSROOT options BOOTP_COMPAT options BOOTP_NFSV3 options BOOTP_WIRED_TO=ate0 # alternatively, boot from a MMC/SD memory card #options ROOTDEVNAME=\"ufs:/dev/mmcsd0s1a\" # kernel/memory size reduction options MUTEX_NOINLINE options NO_FFS_SNAPSHOT options NO_SWAPPING #options NO_SYSCTL_DESCR options RWLOCK_NOINLINE # The `bpf' device enables the Berkeley Packet Filter. # Be aware of the administrative consequences of enabling this! # Note that 'bpf' is required for DHCP. device bpf # Berkeley packet filter # Ethernet device mii # Minimal MII support device ate # Atmel AT91 Ethernet driver device lxtphy # I2C device at91_twi # Atmel AT91 Two-wire Interface device iic # I2C generic I/O device driver device iicbus # I2C bus system device icee # MMC/SD device at91_mci # Atmel AT91 Multimedia Card Interface device mmc # MMC/SD bus device mmcsd # MMC/SD memory card # DataFlash device at91_spi # Atmel AT91 Serial Peripheral Interface device spibus # SPI bus # Pseudo devices. device loop # Network loopback device random # Entropy device device ether # Ethernet support device md # Memory "disks" # SCSI peripherals device scbus # SCSI bus (required for ATA/SCSI) device da # Direct Access (disks) device cd # CD device pass # Passthrough device (direct ATA/SCSI access) # Serial (COM) ports device uart # Multi-uart driver # USB support device ohci # OHCI USB interface device usb # USB Bus (required) #device udbp # USB Double Bulk Pipe devices device uhid # "Human Interface Devices" device ulpt # Printer device umass # Disks/Mass storage - Requires scbus and da device urio # Diamond Rio 500 MP3 player # USB Serial devices device uark # Technologies ARK3116 based serial adapters device ubsa # Belkin F5U103 and compatible serial adapters #device ubser # not yet converted. device uftdi # For FTDI usb serial adapters device uipaq # Some WinCE based devices device uplcom # Prolific PL-2303 serial adapters device uslcom # SI Labs CP2101/CP2102 serial adapters device uvisor # Visor and Palm devices device uvscom # USB serial support for DDI pocket's PHS # USB Ethernet, requires miibus device miibus device aue # ADMtek USB Ethernet device axe # ASIX Electronics USB Ethernet device cdce # Generic USB over Ethernet device cue # CATC USB Ethernet device kue # Kawasaki LSI USB Ethernet device rue # RealTek RTL8150 USB Ethernet device udav # Davicom DM9601E USB # USB Wireless device rum # Ralink Technology RT2501USB wireless NICs device uath # Atheros AR5523 wireless NICs device ural # Ralink Technology RT2500USB wireless NICs device zyd # ZyDAS zd1211/zd1211b wireless NICs # Wireless NIC cards device wlan # 802.11 support device wlan_wep # 802.11 WEP support device wlan_ccmp # 802.11 CCMP support device wlan_tkip # 802.11 TKIP support device wlan_amrr # AMRR transmit rate control algorithm Index: head/sys/arm/conf/HL201 =================================================================== --- head/sys/arm/conf/HL201 (revision 325095) +++ head/sys/arm/conf/HL201 (revision 325096) @@ -1,152 +1,152 @@ # Kernel configuration for the AT91SAM9G20 based Hot-e configuration file # # For more information on this file, please read the handbook section on # Kernel Configuration Files: # -# http://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html +# https://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html # # The handbook is also available locally in /usr/share/doc/handbook # if you've installed the doc distribution, otherwise always see the -# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (http://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the +# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (https://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the # latest information. # # An exhaustive list of options and more detailed explanations of the # device lines is also present in the ../../conf/NOTES and NOTES files. # If you are in doubt as to the purpose or necessity of a line, check first # in NOTES. # # $FreeBSD$ #NO_UNIVERSE ident HL201 include "std.arm" include "../at91/std.hl201" makeoptions MODULES_OVERRIDE="" options SCHED_4BSD # 4BSD scheduler options INET # InterNETworking #options INET6 # IPv6 communications protocols options TCP_HHOOK # hhook(9) framework for TCP options FFS # Berkeley Fast Filesystem #options SOFTUPDATES # Enable FFS soft updates support #options UFS_ACL # Support for access control lists #options UFS_DIRHASH # Improve performance on big directories #options MD_ROOT # MD is a potential root device #options MD_ROOT_SIZE=4096 # 4MB ram disk options NANDFS # NAND file system options NFSCL # Network Filesystem Client #options NFSD # Network Filesystem Server #options NFSLOCKD # Network Lock Manager options NFS_ROOT # NFS usable as /, requires NFSCL options TMPFS # Efficient memory filesystem #options MSDOSFS # MSDOS Filesystem #options CD9660 # ISO 9660 Filesystem #options PROCFS # Process filesystem (requires PSEUDOFS) options PSEUDOFS # Pseudo-filesystem framework options GEOM_PART_BSD # BSD partition scheme options GEOM_PART_MBR # MBR partition scheme #options SCSI_DELAY=5000 # Delay (in ms) before probing SCSI #options KTRACE # ktrace(1) support options SYSVSHM # SYSV-style shared memory options SYSVMSG # SYSV-style message queues options SYSVSEM # SYSV-style semaphores options _KPOSIX_PRIORITY_SCHEDULING # POSIX P1003_1B real-time extensions # NFS root from boopt/dhcp #options BOOTP #options BOOTP_NFSROOT #options BOOTP_COMPAT #options BOOTP_NFSV3 #options BOOTP_WIRED_TO=macb0 options ROOTDEVNAME=\"ufs:/dev/mmcsd0s1a\" # kernel/memory size reduction options MUTEX_NOINLINE options NO_FFS_SNAPSHOT options NO_SWAPPING options RWLOCK_NOINLINE # The `bpf' device enables the Berkeley Packet Filter. # Be aware of the administrative consequences of enabling this! # Note that 'bpf' is required for DHCP. device bpf # Berkeley packet filter # Ethernet device mii # Minimal MII support device macb # Atmel AT91 Ethernet driver device lxtphy # I2C device at91_twi # Atmel AT91 Two-wire Interface device iic # I2C generic I/O device driver device iicbus # I2C bus system # DataFlash device at91_spi # Atmel AT91 Serial Peripheral Interface device spibus # SPI bus device at45d # Atmel AT45D # Pseudo devices. device loop # Network loopback device random # Entropy device device ether # Ethernet support device md # Memory "disks" # SCSI peripherals device scbus # SCSI bus (required for ATA/SCSI) device da # Direct Access (disks) device cd # CD device pass # Passthrough device (direct ATA/SCSI access) # Serial (COM) ports device uart # Multi-uart driver # USB support device ohci # OHCI USB interface device usb # USB Bus (required) #device udbp # USB Double Bulk Pipe devices device uhid # "Human Interface Devices" #device ulpt # Printer device umass # Disks/Mass storage - Requires scbus and da # USB Ethernet, requires miibus device miibus #device aue # ADMtek USB Ethernet #device axe # ASIX Electronics USB Ethernet #device cdce # Generic USB over Ethernet #device cue # CATC USB Ethernet #device kue # Kawasaki LSI USB Ethernet #device rue # RealTek RTL8150 USB Ethernet #device udav # Davicom DM9601E USB # USB Wireless #device rum # Ralink Technology RT2501USB wireless NICs #device uath # Atheros AR5523 wireless NICs #device ural # Ralink Technology RT2500USB wireless NICs #device zyd # ZyDAS zd1211/zd1211b wireless NICs # Wireless NIC cards #device wlan # 802.11 support #device wlan_wep # 802.11 WEP support #device wlan_ccmp # 802.11 CCMP support #device wlan_tkip # 802.11 TKIP support #device wlan_amrr # AMRR transmit rate control algorithm options ROOTDEVNAME=\"ufs:da0s1a\" # watchdog device at91_wdt # Atmel AT91 Watchdog Timer # NAND Flash - my board as 128MB Samsung part, YMMV. device nand # NAND interface on CS3 # Coming soon, but not yet options FDT options FDT_DTB_STATIC makeoptions FDT_DTS_FILE=hl201.dts options EARLY_PRINTF options SOCDEV_PA=0xfc000000 options SOCDEV_VA=0xdc000000 Index: head/sys/arm/conf/IMX53 =================================================================== --- head/sys/arm/conf/IMX53 (revision 325095) +++ head/sys/arm/conf/IMX53 (revision 325096) @@ -1,122 +1,122 @@ # # Kernel configuration for i.MX53 boards # # For more information on this file, please read the config(5) manual page, # and/or the handbook section on Kernel Configuration Files: # -# http://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html +# https://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html # # The handbook is also available locally in /usr/share/doc/handbook # if you've installed the doc distribution, otherwise always see the -# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (http://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the +# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (https://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the # latest information. # # An exhaustive list of options and more detailed explanations of the # device lines is also present in the ../../conf/NOTES and NOTES files. # If you are in doubt as to the purpose or necessity of a line, check first # in NOTES. # # $FreeBSD$ ident IMX53 include "std.armv7" include "../freescale/imx/std.imx53" options SOC_IMX53 options SCHED_4BSD # 4BSD scheduler #options NFSD # Network Filesystem Server options PLATFORM options INCLUDE_CONFIG_FILE # Include this file in kernel # kernel/memory size reduction #options MUTEX_NOINLINE #options NO_FFS_SNAPSHOT #options NO_SWAPPING #options NO_SYSCTL_DESCR #options RWLOCK_NOINLINE # The `bpf' device enables the Berkeley Packet Filter. # Be aware of the administrative consequences of enabling this! # Note that 'bpf' is required for DHCP. device bpf # Berkeley packet filter # Pseudo devices. device loop # Network loopback device random # Entropy device device ether # Ethernet support #device vlan # 802.1Q VLAN support #device tun # Packet tunnel. device md # Memory "disks" #device gif # IPv6 and IPv4 tunneling #device firmware # firmware assist module # Ethernet device ffec # Freescale Fast Ethernet Controller device miibus # Standard mii bus # Serial (COM) ports device uart # Multi-uart driver device ata device atapci # Only for helper functions device imxata device gpio device gpioled device fsliic device iic device iicbus # SCSI peripherals device scbus # SCSI bus (required for ATA/SCSI) device da # Direct Access (disks) device cd # CD device pass # Passthrough device (direct ATA/SCSI access) # USB support options USB_HOST_ALIGN=64 # Align usb buffers to cache line size. device ehci # OHCI USB interface device usb # USB Bus (required) device umass # Disks/Mass storage - Requires scbus and da device uhid # "Human Interface Devices" #device ukbd # Allow keyboard like HIDs to control console device ums # USB Ethernet, requires miibus #device miibus #device aue # ADMtek USB Ethernet #device axe # ASIX Electronics USB Ethernet #device cdce # Generic USB over Ethernet #device cue # CATC USB Ethernet #device kue # Kawasaki LSI USB Ethernet #device rue # RealTek RTL8150 USB Ethernet #device udav # Davicom DM9601E USB # USB Wireless #device rum # Ralink Technology RT2501USB wireless NICs # Watchdog timer. # WARNING: can't be disabled!!! device imxwdt # Watchdog # Wireless NIC cards device wlan # 802.11 support device wlan_wep # 802.11 WEP support device wlan_ccmp # 802.11 CCMP support device wlan_tkip # 802.11 TKIP support device wlan_amrr # AMRR transmit rate control algorithm # MMC #device sdhci # SD controller #device mmc # SD/MMC protocol #device mmcsd # SDCard disk device # Flattened Device Tree options FDT # Configure using FDT/DTB data makeoptions MODULES_EXTRA=dtb/imx5 options INTRNG Index: head/sys/arm/conf/IMX6 =================================================================== --- head/sys/arm/conf/IMX6 (revision 325095) +++ head/sys/arm/conf/IMX6 (revision 325096) @@ -1,128 +1,128 @@ # # Kernel configuration for Freescale i.MX6 systems. # # For more information on this file, please read the config(5) manual page, # and/or the handbook section on Kernel Configuration Files: # -# http://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html +# https://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html # # The handbook is also available locally in /usr/share/doc/handbook # if you've installed the doc distribution, otherwise always see the -# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (http://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the +# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (https://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the # latest information. # # An exhaustive list of options and more detailed explanations of the # device lines is also present in the ../../conf/NOTES and NOTES files. # If you are in doubt as to the purpose or necessity of a line, check first # in NOTES. # # $FreeBSD$ ident IMX6 include "std.armv7" include "../freescale/imx/std.imx6" options INTRNG options SOC_IMX6 options SCHED_ULE # ULE scheduler #options NFSD # Network Filesystem Server options INCLUDE_CONFIG_FILE # Include this file in kernel options PLATFORM options SMP # Enable multiple cores # NFS root from boopt/dhcp #options BOOTP #options BOOTP_NFSROOT #options BOOTP_COMPAT #options BOOTP_NFSV3 #options BOOTP_WIRED_TO=ffec0 # U-Boot stuff lives on slice 1, FreeBSD on slice 2. options ROOTDEVNAME=\"ufs:mmcsd0s2a\" # Interrupt controller device gic # Cache controller device pl310 # PL310 L2 cache controller # ARM MPCore timer device mpcore_timer # Pseudo devices. device loop # Network loopback device random # Entropy device device vlan # 802.1Q VLAN support device tun # Packet tunnel. device md # Memory "disks" #device gif # IPv6 and IPv4 tunneling #device firmware # firmware assist module device ether # Ethernet support device miibus # Required for ethernet device bpf # Berkeley packet filter (required for DHCP) # General-purpose input/output device gpio # Serial (COM) ports device uart # Multi-uart driver # SDCard device sdhci # SD controller device mmc # SD/MMC protocol device mmcsd # SDCard disk device # SCSI peripherals device scbus # SCSI bus (required for ATA/SCSI) device da # Direct Access (disks) device cd # CD device pass # Passthrough device (direct ATA/SCSI access) # ATA controllers device ahci # AHCI-compatible SATA controllers # USB support device ehci # OHCI USB interface device usb # USB Bus (required) device umass # Disks/Mass storage - Requires scbus and da device uhid # "Human Interface Devices" device u3g # USB modems #device ukbd # Allow keyboard like HIDs to control console #device ums # USB mouse # USB Ethernet, requires miibus #device aue # ADMtek USB Ethernet #device axe # ASIX Electronics USB Ethernet #device cdce # Generic USB over Ethernet #device cue # CATC USB Ethernet #device kue # Kawasaki LSI USB Ethernet #device rue # RealTek RTL8150 USB Ethernet #device udav # Davicom DM9601E USB # USB Wireless #device rum # Ralink Technology RT2501USB wireless NICs # Wireless NIC cards #device wlan # 802.11 support #device wlan_wep # 802.11 WEP support #device wlan_ccmp # 802.11 CCMP support #device wlan_tkip # 802.11 TKIP support #device wlan_amrr # AMRR transmit rate control algorithm device vt device kbdmux device ukbd device videomode device hdmi # Flattened Device Tree options FDT # Configure using FDT/DTB data makeoptions MODULES_EXTRA=dtb/imx6 # SoC-specific devices device ffec # Freescale Fast Ethernet Controller device fsliic # Freescale i2c/iic device iic # iic protocol device iicbus # iic bus device imxwdt # Watchdog. WARNING: can't be disabled!!! Index: head/sys/arm/conf/JETSON-TK1 =================================================================== --- head/sys/arm/conf/JETSON-TK1 (revision 325095) +++ head/sys/arm/conf/JETSON-TK1 (revision 325096) @@ -1,37 +1,37 @@ # Kernel configuration for Jetson TK1 board # # For more information on this file, please read the config(5) manual page, # and/or the handbook section on Kernel Configuration Files: # -# http://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html +# https://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html # # The handbook is also available locally in /usr/share/doc/handbook # if you've installed the doc distribution, otherwise always see the -# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (http://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the +# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (https://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the # latest information. # # An exhaustive list of options and more detailed explanations of the # device lines is also present in the ../../conf/NOTES and NOTES files. # If you are in doubt as to the purpose or necessity of a line, check first # in NOTES. # # $FreeBSD$ #NO_UNIVERSE include "TEGRA124" ident JETSON-TK1 # Flattened Device Tree options FDT_DTB_STATIC makeoptions FDT_DTS_FILE=tegra124-jetson-tk1-fbsd.dts makeoptions MODULES_OVERRIDE="" #options BOOTVERBOSE #options BOOTHOWTO=RB_SINGLE #options ROOTDEVNAME=\"ufs:mmcsd0s2a\" options ROOTDEVNAME=\"ufs:ada0s1a\" # CTF doesn't works yet makeoptions WITHOUT_CTF=1 Index: head/sys/arm/conf/KB920X =================================================================== --- head/sys/arm/conf/KB920X (revision 325095) +++ head/sys/arm/conf/KB920X (revision 325096) @@ -1,161 +1,161 @@ # KB920X -- Custom kernel configuration for the KB9202 (no letter, A and B) # AT91RM9200 evaluation boards from kwikbyte.com. # # For more information on this file, please read the handbook section on # Kernel Configuration Files: # -# http://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html +# https://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html # # The handbook is also available locally in /usr/share/doc/handbook # if you've installed the doc distribution, otherwise always see the -# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (http://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the +# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (https://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the # latest information. # # An exhaustive list of options and more detailed explanations of the # device lines is also present in the ../../conf/NOTES and NOTES files. # If you are in doubt as to the purpose or necessity of a line, check first # in NOTES. # # $FreeBSD$ #NO_UNIVERSE ident KB920X include "std.arm" include "../at91/std.kb920x" # The AT91 platform doesn't use /boot/loader, so we have to statically wire # hints. hints "KB920X.hints" makeoptions MODULES_OVERRIDE="" options SCHED_4BSD # 4BSD scheduler options INET # InterNETworking #options INET6 # IPv6 communications protocols options TCP_HHOOK # hhook(9) framework for TCP options FFS # Berkeley Fast Filesystem #options SOFTUPDATES # Enable FFS soft updates support #options UFS_ACL # Support for access control lists #options UFS_DIRHASH # Improve performance on big directories #options MD_ROOT # MD is a potential root device #options MD_ROOT_SIZE=4096 # 4MB ram disk options NFSCL # Network Filesystem Client #options NFSD # Network Filesystem Server #options NFSLOCKD # Network Lock Manager #options NFS_ROOT # NFS usable as /, requires NFSCL options TMPFS # Efficient memory filesystem #options MSDOSFS # MSDOS Filesystem #options CD9660 # ISO 9660 Filesystem #options PROCFS # Process filesystem (requires PSEUDOFS) options PSEUDOFS # Pseudo-filesystem framework options GEOM_PART_BSD # BSD partition scheme options GEOM_PART_MBR # MBR partition scheme #options SCSI_DELAY=5000 # Delay (in ms) before probing SCSI #options KTRACE # ktrace(1) support options SYSVSHM # SYSV-style shared memory options SYSVMSG # SYSV-style message queues options SYSVSEM # SYSV-style semaphores options _KPOSIX_PRIORITY_SCHEDULING # POSIX P1003_1B real-time extensions # NFS root from boopt/dhcp #options BOOTP #options BOOTP_NFSROOT # alternatively, boot from a MMC/SD memory card options ROOTDEVNAME=\"ufs:/dev/mmcsd0s1a\" # kernel/memory size reduction options MUTEX_NOINLINE options SX_NOINLINE options NO_FFS_SNAPSHOT options NO_SWAPPING #options NO_SYSCTL_DESCR options RWLOCK_NOINLINE # The `bpf' device enables the Berkeley Packet Filter. # Be aware of the administrative consequences of enabling this! # Note that 'bpf' is required for DHCP. device bpf # Berkeley packet filter # Ethernet device mii # Minimal MII support device ate # Atmel AT91 Ethernet driver device lxtphy # I2C device at91_twi # Atmel AT91 Two-wire Interface device iic # I2C generic I/O device driver device iicbus # I2C bus system device icee # MMC/SD device at91_mci # Atmel AT91 Multimedia Card Interface device mmc # MMC/SD bus device mmcsd # MMC/SD memory card # DataFlash device at91_spi # Atmel AT91 Serial Peripheral Interface device spibus # SPI bus # Pseudo devices. device loop # Network loopback device random # Entropy device device ether # Ethernet support device md # Memory "disks" # SCSI peripherals device scbus # SCSI bus (required for ATA/SCSI) device da # Direct Access (disks) device cd # CD device pass # Passthrough device (direct ATA/SCSI access) # Serial (COM) ports device uart # Multi-uart driver # Wireless NIC cards device wlan # 802.11 support device wlan_wep # 802.11 WEP support device wlan_ccmp # 802.11 CCMP support device wlan_tkip # 802.11 TKIP support device wlan_amrr # AMRR transmit rate control algorithm # USB support device ohci # OHCI USB interface device usb # USB Bus (required) #device udbp # USB Double Bulk Pipe devices device uhid # "Human Interface Devices" device ulpt # Printer device umass # Disks/Mass storage - Requires scbus and da device urio # Diamond Rio 500 MP3 player # USB Serial devices device uark # Technologies ARK3116 based serial adapters device ubsa # Belkin F5U103 and compatible serial adapters device uftdi # For FTDI usb serial adapters device uipaq # Some WinCE based devices device uplcom # Prolific PL-2303 serial adapters device uslcom # SI Labs CP2101/CP2102 serial adapters device uvisor # Visor and Palm devices device uvscom # USB serial support for DDI pocket's PHS # USB Ethernet, requires miibus device miibus device aue # ADMtek USB Ethernet device axe # ASIX Electronics USB Ethernet device cdce # Generic USB over Ethernet device cue # CATC USB Ethernet device kue # Kawasaki LSI USB Ethernet device rue # RealTek RTL8150 USB Ethernet device udav # Davicom DM9601E USB # USB Wireless device rum # Ralink Technology RT2501USB wireless NICs device uath # Atheros AR5523 wireless NICs device ural # Ralink Technology RT2500USB wireless NICs device zyd # ZyDAS zd1211/zd1211b wireless NICs # USB device (gadget) support device at91_dci # Atmel's usb device device cdce # emulate an ethernet device usb_template # Control of the gadget options IEEE80211_SUPPORT_MESH options AH_SUPPORT_AR5416 Index: head/sys/arm/conf/NSLU =================================================================== --- head/sys/arm/conf/NSLU (revision 325095) +++ head/sys/arm/conf/NSLU (revision 325096) @@ -1,107 +1,107 @@ # NSLU - kernel configuration file for FreeBSD/arm on Linksys NSLU2 # # For more information on this file, please read the handbook section on # Kernel Configuration Files: # -# http://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html +# https://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html # # The handbook is also available locally in /usr/share/doc/handbook # if you've installed the doc distribution, otherwise always see the -# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (http://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the +# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (https://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the # latest information. # # An exhaustive list of options and more detailed explanations of the # device lines is also present in the ../../conf/NOTES and NOTES files. # If you are in doubt as to the purpose or necessity of a line, check first # in NOTES. # # $FreeBSD$ #NO_UNIVERSE ident NSLU include "std.arm" # XXX What is defined in std.avila does not exactly match the following: #options PHYSADDR=0x10000000 #options KERNVIRTADDR=0xc0200000 # Used in ldscript.arm #options FLASHADDR=0x50000000 #options LOADERRAMADDR=0x00000000 include "../xscale/ixp425/std.ixp425" # NB: memory mapping is defined in std.avila (see also comment above) include "../xscale/ixp425/std.avila" options XSCALE_CACHE_READ_WRITE_ALLOCATE #To statically compile in device wiring instead of /boot/device.hints hints "NSLU.hints" # Default places to look for devices. makeoptions MODULES_OVERRIDE="" makeoptions CONF_CFLAGS=-mcpu=xscale options HZ=100 options DEVICE_POLLING options SCHED_ULE # ULE scheduler options INET # InterNETworking options INET6 # IPv6 communications protocols options TCP_HHOOK # hhook(9) framework for TCP options FFS # Berkeley Fast Filesystem options SOFTUPDATES # Enable FFS soft updates support options UFS_ACL # Support for access control lists options UFS_DIRHASH # Improve performance on big directories options NFSCL # Network Filesystem Client options NFSD # Network Filesystem Server options NFSLOCKD # Network Lock Manager options NFS_ROOT # NFS usable as /, requires NFSCL options GEOM_PART_BSD # BSD partition scheme options GEOM_PART_MBR # MBR partition scheme options TMPFS # Efficient memory filesystem #options MSDOSFS # MSDOS Filesystem options CD9660 # ISO 9660 Filesystem #options PROCFS # Process filesystem (requires PSEUDOFS) options PSEUDOFS # Pseudo-filesystem framework options SCSI_DELAY=5000 # Delay (in ms) before probing SCSI options KTRACE # ktrace(1) support options SYSVSHM # SYSV-style shared memory options SYSVMSG # SYSV-style message queues options SYSVSEM # SYSV-style semaphores options _KPOSIX_PRIORITY_SCHEDULING #Posix P1003_1B real-time extensions options MUTEX_NOINLINE # Mutex inlines are space hogs options RWLOCK_NOINLINE # rwlock inlines are space hogs options SX_NOINLINE # sx inliens are space hogs options BOOTP options BOOTP_NFSROOT options BOOTP_NFSV3 options BOOTP_WIRED_TO=npe0 options BOOTP_COMPAT device pci device uart # I2C Bus device iicbus device iicbb device iic device ixpiic # I2C bus glue device ixpwdog # watchdog timer device npe # Network Processing Engine device npe_fw device firmware device qmgr # Q Manager (required by npe) device mii # Minimal mii routines device rlphy # NSLU2 uses Realtek PHY attached to npe device ether device bpf device loop device md device random # Entropy device device usb device ohci device ehci device umass device scbus # SCSI bus (required for ATA/SCSI) device da # Direct Access (disks) Index: head/sys/arm/conf/ODROIDC1 =================================================================== --- head/sys/arm/conf/ODROIDC1 (revision 325095) +++ head/sys/arm/conf/ODROIDC1 (revision 325096) @@ -1,32 +1,32 @@ # ODROIDC1 -- Custom configuration for the HardKernel ODROID-C1 SBC # # For more information on this file, please read the config(5) manual page, # and/or the handbook section on Kernel Configuration Files: # -# http://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html +# https://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html # # The handbook is also available locally in /usr/share/doc/handbook # if you've installed the doc distribution, otherwise always see the -# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (http://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the +# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (https://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the # latest information. # # An exhaustive list of options and more detailed explanations of the # device lines is also present in the ../../conf/NOTES and NOTES files. # If you are in doubt as to the purpose or necessity of a line, check first # in NOTES. # # $FreeBSD$ #NO_UNIVERSE include "AML8726" ident ODROIDC1 options SMP # Enable multiple cores # Interrupt controller device gic options INTRNG options FDT_DTB_STATIC makeoptions FDT_DTS_FILE=odroidc1.dts Index: head/sys/arm/conf/PANDABOARD =================================================================== --- head/sys/arm/conf/PANDABOARD (revision 325095) +++ head/sys/arm/conf/PANDABOARD (revision 325096) @@ -1,116 +1,116 @@ # # PANDABOARD -- Custom configuration for the PandaBoard ARM development # platform, check out www.pandaboard.org # # For more information on this file, please read the config(5) manual page, # and/or the handbook section on Kernel Configuration Files: # -# http://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html +# https://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html # # The handbook is also available locally in /usr/share/doc/handbook # if you've installed the doc distribution, otherwise always see the -# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (http://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the +# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (https://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the # latest information. # # An exhaustive list of options and more detailed explanations of the # device lines is also present in the ../../conf/NOTES and NOTES files. # If you are in doubt as to the purpose or necessity of a line, check first # in NOTES. # # $FreeBSD$ ident PANDABOARD # This probably wants to move somewhere else. Maybe we can create a basic # OMAP4340 config, then make a PANDABOARD config that includes the basic one, # adds the start addresses and custom devices plus pulls in this hints file. hints "PANDABOARD.hints" include "std.armv7" include "../ti/omap4/std.omap4" makeoptions MODULES_EXTRA=dtb/omap4 options SCHED_ULE # ULE scheduler options PLATFORM options SMP # Enable multiple cores # NFS root from boopt/dhcp #options BOOTP #options BOOTP_NFSROOT #options BOOTP_COMPAT #options BOOTP_NFSV3 #options BOOTP_WIRED_TO=ue0 device fdt_pinctrl # Interrupt controller device gic options INTRNG # ARM MPCore timer device mpcore_timer # MMC/SD/SDIO Card slot support device mmc # mmc/sd bus device mmcsd # mmc/sd flash cards device sdhci # mmc/sd host controller # I2C support device iicbus device iic device ti_i2c # Console and misc device uart device uart_ns8250 device pty device snp device md device random # Entropy device device pl310 # PL310 L2 cache controller # GPIO device gpio device gpioled # The following enables MFS as root, this seems similar to an initramfs or initrd # as used in Linux. #options MD_ROOT #options MD_ROOT_SIZE=7560 # USB support device usb options USB_HOST_ALIGN=64 # Align usb buffers to cache line size. device ohci device ehci device umass device scbus # SCSI bus (required for ATA/SCSI) device da # Direct Access (disks) # Ethernet device loop device ether device mii device smc device smcphy device bpf # USB Ethernet support, requires miibus device miibus #device axe # ASIX Electronics USB Ethernet device smsc # SMSC LAN95xx USB Ethernet # OMAP-specific devices device ti_sdma device twl device twl_vreg device twl_clks # Flattened Device Tree options FDT # Configure using FDT/DTB data options FDT_DTB_STATIC makeoptions FDT_DTS_FILE=pandaboard.dts Index: head/sys/arm/conf/QILA9G20 =================================================================== --- head/sys/arm/conf/QILA9G20 (revision 325095) +++ head/sys/arm/conf/QILA9G20 (revision 325096) @@ -1,154 +1,154 @@ # Kernel configuration for Calao Syatems QIL-A9G20 development card # http://www.calao-systems.com # # For more information on this file, please read the handbook section on # Kernel Configuration Files: # -# http://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html +# https://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html # # The handbook is also available locally in /usr/share/doc/handbook # if you've installed the doc distribution, otherwise always see the -# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (http://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the +# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (https://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the # latest information. # # An exhaustive list of options and more detailed explanations of the # device lines is also present in the ../../conf/NOTES and NOTES files. # If you are in doubt as to the purpose or necessity of a line, check first # in NOTES. # # $FreeBSD$ #NO_UNIVERSE ident QILA9G20 include "std.arm" include "../at91/std.qila9g20" #To statically compile in device wiring instead of /boot/device.hints hints "QILA9G20.hints" makeoptions MODULES_OVERRIDE="" options SCHED_4BSD # 4BSD scheduler options INET # InterNETworking #options INET6 # IPv6 communications protocols options TCP_HHOOK # hhook(9) framework for TCP options FFS # Berkeley Fast Filesystem #options SOFTUPDATES # Enable FFS soft updates support #options UFS_ACL # Support for access control lists #options UFS_DIRHASH # Improve performance on big directories #options MD_ROOT # MD is a potential root device #options MD_ROOT_SIZE=4096 # 4MB ram disk options NFSCL # Network Filesystem Client #options NFSD # Network Filesystem Server #options NFSLOCKD # Network Lock Manager #options NFS_ROOT # NFS usable as /, requires NFSCL options TMPFS # Efficient memory filesystem #options MSDOSFS # MSDOS Filesystem #options CD9660 # ISO 9660 Filesystem #options PROCFS # Process filesystem (requires PSEUDOFS) #options PSEUDOFS # Pseudo-filesystem framework options GEOM_PART_BSD # BSD partition scheme options GEOM_PART_MBR # MBR partition scheme #options SCSI_DELAY=5000 # Delay (in ms) before probing SCSI #options KTRACE # ktrace(1) support options SYSVSHM # SYSV-style shared memory options SYSVMSG # SYSV-style message queues options SYSVSEM # SYSV-style semaphores options _KPOSIX_PRIORITY_SCHEDULING # POSIX P1003_1B real-time extensions # NFS root from boopt/dhcp #options BOOTP #options BOOTP_NFSROOT #options BOOTP_COMPAT #options BOOTP_NFSV3 #options BOOTP_WIRED_TO=ate0 # alternatively, boot from a MMC/SD memory card options ROOTDEVNAME=\"ufs:/dev/mmcsd0s1a\" # kernel/memory size reduction options MUTEX_NOINLINE options NO_FFS_SNAPSHOT options NO_SWAPPING options RWLOCK_NOINLINE # The `bpf' device enables the Berkeley Packet Filter. # Be aware of the administrative consequences of enabling this! # Note that 'bpf' is required for DHCP. device bpf # Berkeley packet filter # Ethernet device mii # Minimal MII support device ate # Atmel AT91 Ethernet driver options AT91_ATE_USE_RMII # I2C device at91_twi # Atmel AT91 Two-wire Interface device iic # I2C generic I/O device driver device iicbus # I2C bus system device icee # NOTE: SPI DataFlash and mci/mmc/mmcsd have hardware # confilict on this card. Use one or the other. # see board_sam9g20ek.c # MMC/SD device at91_mci # Atmel AT91 Multimedia Card Interface options AT91_MCI_HAS_4WIRE device mmc # MMC/SD bus device mmcsd # MMC/SD memory card # DataFlash #device at91_spi # Atmel AT91 Serial Peripheral Interface #device spibus # SPI bus #device at45d # Atmel AT45D # Pseudo devices. device loop # Network loopback device random # Entropy device device ether # Ethernet support device md # Memory "disks" # SCSI peripherals device scbus # SCSI bus (required for ATA/SCSI) device da # Direct Access (disks) device cd # CD device pass # Passthrough device (direct ATA/SCSI access) # Serial (COM) ports device uart # Multi-uart driver # USB support device ohci # OHCI USB interface device usb # USB Bus (required) device umass # Disks/Mass storage - Requires scbus and da device uhid # "Human Interface Devices" #device ulpt # Printer #device udbp # USB Double Bulk Pipe devices # USB Ethernet, requires miibus device miibus #device aue # ADMtek USB Ethernet #device axe # ASIX Electronics USB Ethernet #device cdce # Generic USB over Ethernet #device cue # CATC USB Ethernet #device kue # Kawasaki LSI USB Ethernet #device rue # RealTek RTL8150 USB Ethernet device udav # Davicom DM9601E USB # USB Wireless #device rum # Ralink Technology RT2501USB wireless NICs #device uath # Atheros AR5523 wireless NICs #device ural # Ralink Technology RT2500USB wireless NICs #device zyd # ZyDAS zd1211/zd1211b wireless NICs # Wireless NIC cards #device wlan # 802.11 support #device wlan_wep # 802.11 WEP support #device wlan_ccmp # 802.11 CCMP support #device wlan_tkip # 802.11 TKIP support #device wlan_amrr # AMRR transmit rate control algorithm # watchdog device at91_wdt # Atmel AT91 Watchdog Timer Index: head/sys/arm/conf/QUARTZ =================================================================== --- head/sys/arm/conf/QUARTZ (revision 325095) +++ head/sys/arm/conf/QUARTZ (revision 325096) @@ -1,28 +1,28 @@ # Kernel configuration for Device Solutions Quartz Module. # # For more information on this file, please read the config(5) manual page, # and/or the handbook section on Kernel Configuration Files: # -# http://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html +# https://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html # # The handbook is also available locally in /usr/share/doc/handbook # if you've installed the doc distribution, otherwise always see the -# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (http://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the +# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (https://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the # latest information. # # An exhaustive list of options and more detailed explanations of the # device lines is also present in the ../../conf/NOTES and NOTES files. # If you are in doubt as to the purpose or necessity of a line, check first # in NOTES. # # $FreeBSD$ #NO_UNIVERSE include "VYBRID" ident QUARTZ #FDT options FDT options FDT_DTB_STATIC makeoptions FDT_DTS_FILE=vybrid-quartz.dts Index: head/sys/arm/conf/RADXA =================================================================== --- head/sys/arm/conf/RADXA (revision 325095) +++ head/sys/arm/conf/RADXA (revision 325096) @@ -1,29 +1,29 @@ # RADXA -- Custom configuration for the RADXA ARM development # platform, check out http://www.radxa.com # # For more information on this file, please read the handbook section on # Kernel Configuration Files: # -# http://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html +# https://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html # # The handbook is also available locally in /usr/share/doc/handbook # if you've installed the doc distribution, otherwise always see the -# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (http://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the +# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (https://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the # latest information. # # An exhaustive list of options and more detailed explanations of the # device lines is also present in the ../../conf/NOTES and NOTES files. # If you are in doubt as to the purpose or necessity of a line, check first # in NOTES. # # $FreeBSD$ #NO_UNIVERSE include "RK3188" ident RADXA # Flattened Device Tree options FDT options FDT_DTB_STATIC makeoptions FDT_DTS_FILE=rk3188-radxa.dts Index: head/sys/arm/conf/RADXA-LITE =================================================================== --- head/sys/arm/conf/RADXA-LITE (revision 325095) +++ head/sys/arm/conf/RADXA-LITE (revision 325096) @@ -1,29 +1,29 @@ # RADXA-LITE -- Custom configuration for the RADXA LITE ARM development # platform, check out http://www.radxa.com # # For more information on this file, please read the handbook section on # Kernel Configuration Files: # -# http://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html +# https://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html # # The handbook is also available locally in /usr/share/doc/handbook # if you've installed the doc distribution, otherwise always see the -# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (http://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the +# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (https://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the # latest information. # # An exhaustive list of options and more detailed explanations of the # device lines is also present in the ../../conf/NOTES and NOTES files. # If you are in doubt as to the purpose or necessity of a line, check first # in NOTES. # # $FreeBSD$ #NO_UNIVERSE include "RK3188" ident RADXA-LITE # Flattened Device Tree options FDT options FDT_DTB_STATIC makeoptions FDT_DTS_FILE=rk3188-radxa-lite.dts Index: head/sys/arm/conf/RK3188 =================================================================== --- head/sys/arm/conf/RK3188 (revision 325095) +++ head/sys/arm/conf/RK3188 (revision 325096) @@ -1,95 +1,95 @@ # # Kernel configuration for Rockchip RK3188 systems. # # For more information on this file, please read the config(5) manual page, # and/or the handbook section on Kernel Configuration Files: # -# http://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html +# https://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html # # The handbook is also available locally in /usr/share/doc/handbook # if you've installed the doc distribution, otherwise always see the -# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (http://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the +# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (https://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the # latest information. # # An exhaustive list of options and more detailed explanations of the # device lines is also present in the ../../conf/NOTES and NOTES files. # If you are in doubt as to the purpose or necessity of a line, check first # in NOTES. # # $FreeBSD$ ident RK3188 include "std.armv7" include "../rockchip/std.rk30xx" options SOC_ROCKCHIP_RK3188 options SCHED_ULE # ULE scheduler options SMP # Enable multiple cores options PLATFORM # Root mount from MMC/SD card options ROOTDEVNAME=\"ufs:/dev/mmcsd0\" # Interrupt controller device gic options INTRNG # ARM MPCore timer device mpcore_timer # MMC/SD/SDIO Card slot support device mmc # mmc/sd bus device mmcsd # mmc/sd flash cards device dwmmc # Console and misc device uart device uart_snps device pty device snp device md device random # Entropy device # I2C support #device iicbus #device iic # GPIO device gpio device scbus # SCSI bus (required for ATA/SCSI) device da # Direct Access (disks) device pass # USB support options USB_HOST_ALIGN=32 # Align usb buffers to cache line size. device usb device dwcotg # DWC OTG controller device umass # Ethernet device loop device ether device mii device bpf # Wireless NIC cards options IEEE80211_DEBUG options IEEE80211_AMPDU_AGE options IEEE80211_SUPPORT_MESH options IEEE80211_SUPPORT_TDMA device wlan # 802.11 support device wlan_wep # 802.11 WEP support device wlan_ccmp # 802.11 CCMP support device wlan_tkip # 802.11 TKIP support device firmware # Used by the above # USB Ethernet support, requires miibus device miibus device udav # Flattened Device Tree options FDT # Configure using FDT/DTB data Index: head/sys/arm/conf/RPI-B =================================================================== --- head/sys/arm/conf/RPI-B (revision 325095) +++ head/sys/arm/conf/RPI-B (revision 325096) @@ -1,96 +1,96 @@ # # RPI-B -- Custom configuration for the Raspberry Pi # # For more information on this file, please read the config(5) manual page, # and/or the handbook section on Kernel Configuration Files: # -# http://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html +# https://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html # # The handbook is also available locally in /usr/share/doc/handbook # if you've installed the doc distribution, otherwise always see the -# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (http://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the +# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (https://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the # latest information. # # An exhaustive list of options and more detailed explanations of the # device lines is also present in the ../../conf/NOTES and NOTES files. # If you are in doubt as to the purpose or necessity of a line, check first # in NOTES. # # $FreeBSD$ ident RPI-B include "std.armv6" include "../broadcom/bcm2835/std.rpi" include "../broadcom/bcm2835/std.bcm2835" options INTRNG options SCHED_4BSD # 4BSD scheduler options PLATFORM # NFS root from boopt/dhcp #options BOOTP #options BOOTP_NFSROOT #options BOOTP_COMPAT #options BOOTP_NFSV3 #options BOOTP_WIRED_TO=ue0 #options ROOTDEVNAME=\"ufs:mmcsd0s2\" device bpf device loop device ether device uart device pty device snp device pl011 # Comment following lines for boot console on serial port device vt device kbdmux device ukbd device sdhci device mmc device mmcsd device gpio device gpioled # I2C device iic device iicbus device bcm2835_bsc device md device random # Entropy device # USB support device usb device dwcotg # DWC OTG controller # USB storage support device scbus device da device umass # USB ethernet support device smcphy device mii device smsc # SPI device spibus device bcm2835_spi device vchiq device sound # Flattened Device Tree options FDT # Configure using FDT/DTB data # Note: DTB is normally loaded and modified by RPi boot loader, then # handed to kernel via U-Boot and ubldr. #options FDT_DTB_STATIC #makeoptions FDT_DTS_FILE=rpi.dts makeoptions MODULES_EXTRA="dtb/rpi rpi_ft5406" Index: head/sys/arm/conf/RPI2 =================================================================== --- head/sys/arm/conf/RPI2 (revision 325095) +++ head/sys/arm/conf/RPI2 (revision 325096) @@ -1,102 +1,102 @@ # # RPI2 -- Custom configuration for the Raspberry Pi 2 # # For more information on this file, please read the config(5) manual page, # and/or the handbook section on Kernel Configuration Files: # -# http://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html +# https://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html # # The handbook is also available locally in /usr/share/doc/handbook # if you've installed the doc distribution, otherwise always see the -# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (http://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the +# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (https://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the # latest information. # # An exhaustive list of options and more detailed explanations of the # device lines is also present in the ../../conf/NOTES and NOTES files. # If you are in doubt as to the purpose or necessity of a line, check first # in NOTES. # # $FreeBSD$ # #NO_UNIVERSE ident RPI2 include "std.armv7" include "../broadcom/bcm2835/std.rpi" include "../broadcom/bcm2835/std.bcm2836" options INTRNG options SCHED_ULE # ULE scheduler options SMP # Enable multiple cores options PLATFORM # NFS root from boopt/dhcp #options BOOTP #options BOOTP_NFSROOT #options BOOTP_COMPAT #options BOOTP_NFSV3 #options BOOTP_WIRED_TO=ue0 options ROOTDEVNAME=\"ufs:mmcsd0s2\" # ARM Generic Timer device generic_timer device bpf device loop device ether device uart device pty device snp device pl011 # Comment following lines for boot console on serial port device vt device kbdmux device ukbd device sdhci device mmc device mmcsd device gpio device gpioled # I2C device iic device iicbus device bcm2835_bsc device md device random # Entropy device # USB support device usb device dwcotg # DWC OTG controller # USB storage support device scbus device da device umass # USB ethernet support device smcphy device mii device smsc # SPI device spibus device bcm2835_spi device vchiq device sound # Flattened Device Tree options FDT # Configure using FDT/DTB data # Note: DTB is normally loaded and modified by RPi boot loader, then # handed to kernel via U-Boot and ubldr. #options FDT_DTB_STATIC #makeoptions FDT_DTS_FILE=rpi2.dts makeoptions MODULES_EXTRA="dtb/rpi rpi_ft5406" Index: head/sys/arm/conf/SAM9260EK =================================================================== --- head/sys/arm/conf/SAM9260EK (revision 325095) +++ head/sys/arm/conf/SAM9260EK (revision 325096) @@ -1,185 +1,185 @@ # Kernel configuration for Atmel SAM9260-EK eval board # # For more information on this file, please read the config(5) manual page, # and/or the handbook section on Kernel Configuration Files: # -# http://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html +# https://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html # # The handbook is also available locally in /usr/share/doc/handbook # if you've installed the doc distribution, otherwise always see the -# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (http://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the +# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (https://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the # latest information. # # An exhaustive list of options and more detailed explanations of the # device lines is also present in the ../../conf/NOTES and NOTES files. # If you are in doubt as to the purpose or necessity of a line, check first # in NOTES. # # $FreeBSD$ #NO_UNIVERSE ident SAM9260EK include "std.arm" include "../at91/std.sam9260ek" # Coming soon, but not yet #options FDT #options FDT_DTB_STATIC #makeoptions FDT_DTS_FILE=sam9260ek.dts options EARLY_PRINTF options SOCDEV_PA=0xfc000000 options SOCDEV_VA=0xdc000000 # To statically compile in device wiring instead of /boot/device.hints hints "SAM9260EK.hints" makeoptions MODULES_OVERRIDE="" options SCHED_4BSD # 4BSD scheduler #options PREEMPTION # Enable kernel thread preemption options INET # InterNETworking #options INET6 # IPv6 communications protocols options TCP_HHOOK # hhook(9) framework for TCP #options SCTP # Stream Control Transmission Protocol options FFS # Berkeley Fast Filesystem options SOFTUPDATES # Enable FFS soft updates support #options UFS_ACL # Support for access control lists options UFS_DIRHASH # Improve performance on big directories #options UFS_GJOURNAL # Enable gjournal-based UFS journaling #options MD_ROOT # MD is a potential root device options NANDFS # NAND file system options NFSCL # Network Filesystem Client #options NFSD # Network Filesystem Server options NFSLOCKD # Network Lock Manager options NFS_ROOT # NFS usable as /, requires NFSCL options TMPFS # Efficient memory filesystem #options MSDOSFS # MSDOS Filesystem #options CD9660 # ISO 9660 Filesystem #options PROCFS # Process filesystem (requires PSEUDOFS) #options PSEUDOFS # Pseudo-filesystem framework options GEOM_PART_BSD # BSD partition scheme options GEOM_PART_MBR # MBR partition scheme #options GEOM_PART_GPT # GUID Partition Tables. #options GEOM_LABEL # Provides labelization options SCSI_DELAY=5000 # Delay (in ms) before probing SCSI options KTRACE # ktrace(1) support #options STACK # stack(9) support options SYSVSHM # SYSV-style shared memory options SYSVMSG # SYSV-style message queues options SYSVSEM # SYSV-style semaphores options _KPOSIX_PRIORITY_SCHEDULING # POSIX P1003_1B real-time extensions options PRINTF_BUFR_SIZE=128 # Prevent printf output being interspersed. #options HWPMC_HOOKS # Necessary kernel hooks for hwpmc(4) #options AUDIT # Security event auditing #options CAPABILITY_MODE # Capsicum capability mode #options CAPABILITIES # Capsicum capabilities #options MAC # TrustedBSD MAC Framework #options INCLUDE_CONFIG_FILE # Include this file in kernel # NFS root from boopt/dhcp #options BOOTP #options BOOTP_NFSROOT #options BOOTP_COMPAT #options BOOTP_NFSV3 #options BOOTP_WIRED_TO=macb0 # s3 because s1 is reserved for the DOS parittions sometimes needed to # boot off SD cards on the G20 and newer chips. s2 is reserved for # nanobsd's config partition. s3 and s4 are for the ping-pong upgrade # path. 9260 doesn't boot off SD, but let's keep things sane. options ROOTDEVNAME=\"ufs:/dev/mmcsd0s3a\" # Alternatively, boot from a USB card. #options ROOTDEVNAME=\"ufs:/dev/da0s1a\" # kernel/memory size reduction options MUTEX_NOINLINE options NO_FFS_SNAPSHOT options NO_SWAPPING options NO_SYSCTL_DESCR options RWLOCK_NOINLINE # The `bpf' device enables the Berkeley Packet Filter. # Be aware of the administrative consequences of enabling this! # Note that 'bpf' is required for DHCP. device bpf # Berkeley packet filter # Ethernet device mii # Minimal MII support device macb # Atmel AT91 Ethernet driver # I2C device at91_twi # Atmel AT91 Two-wire Interface device iic # I2C generic I/O device driver device iicbus # I2C bus system device icee # I2C eeprom # MMC/SD # See comment for DataFlash below device at91_mci # Atmel AT91 Multimedia Card Interface options AT91_MCI_HAS_4WIRE # 4 wires options AT91_MCI_SLOT_B # Wired to slot B device mmc # MMC/SD bus device mmcsd # MMC/SD memory card # DataFlash # The DataFlash and MMC card are wired together, so we must pick one or the # other. This is due to pin mux, and also due to the design of the # SAM9260EK board. SLOT A wouldn't have this issue. #device at91_spi # Atmel AT91 Serial Peripheral Interface #device spibus # SPI bus #device at45d # Atmel AT45D #device geom_map # GEOM partition mapping # Pseudo devices. device loop # Network loopback device random # Entropy device device ether # Ethernet support #device vlan # 802.1Q VLAN support #device tun # Packet tunnel. device md # Memory "disks" #device gif # IPv6 and IPv4 tunneling #device firmware # firmware assist module # SCSI peripherals #device scbus # SCSI bus (required for ATA/SCSI) #device ch # SCSI media changers #device da # Direct Access (disks) #device sa # Sequential Access (tape etc) #device cd # CD/DVD #device pass # Passthrough device (direct ATA/SCSI access) #device ses # Enclosure Services (SES and SAF-TE) #device ctl # CAM Target Layer # Serial (COM) ports device uart # Multi-uart driver # USB support #device ohci # OHCI USB interface #device usb # USB Bus (required) #device umass # Disks/Mass storage - Requires scbus and da # watchdog device at91_wdt # Atmel AT91 Watchdog Timer # NAND Flash - Reference design has Samsung 256MB but others possible device nand # NAND interface on CS3 options NSFBUFS=128 maxusers 32 # Limit IO size options NBUF=128 # Don't include the SCSI/CAM strings in the default build options SCSI_NO_SENSE_STRINGS options SCSI_NO_OP_STRINGS # .. And no sysctl strings options NO_SYSCTL_DESCR # For small memory footprints options VM_KMEM_SIZE_SCALE=1 Index: head/sys/arm/conf/SAM9G20EK =================================================================== --- head/sys/arm/conf/SAM9G20EK (revision 325095) +++ head/sys/arm/conf/SAM9G20EK (revision 325096) @@ -1,172 +1,172 @@ # Kernel configuration for Atmel AT91SAM9G20EK Rev B. development card # Many after-market boards follow its conventions. # # For more information on this file, please read the handbook section on # Kernel Configuration Files: # -# http://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html +# https://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html # # The handbook is also available locally in /usr/share/doc/handbook # if you've installed the doc distribution, otherwise always see the -# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (http://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the +# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (https://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the # latest information. # # An exhaustive list of options and more detailed explanations of the # device lines is also present in the ../../conf/NOTES and NOTES files. # If you are in doubt as to the purpose or necessity of a line, check first # in NOTES. # # $FreeBSD$ ident SAM9G20EK include "std.arm" include "../at91/std.sam9g20ek" #options FDT #options FDT_DTB_STATIC #makeoptions FDT_DTS_FILE=at91sam9g20ek.dts options EARLY_PRINTF options SOCDEV_PA=0xfc000000 options SOCDEV_VA=0xdc000000 #To statically compile in device wiring instead of /boot/device.hints hints "SAM9G20EK.hints" makeoptions MODULES_OVERRIDE="" options ARM_USE_V6_BUSDMA # Use v6 to track down unaligned I/O issues options SCHED_4BSD # 4BSD scheduler options INET # InterNETworking #options INET6 # IPv6 communications protocols options TCP_HHOOK # hhook(9) framework for TCP options TMPFS # Efficient memory filesystem options FFS # Berkeley Fast Filesystem #options SOFTUPDATES # Enable FFS soft updates support #options UFS_ACL # Support for access control lists #options UFS_DIRHASH # Improve performance on big directories #options MD_ROOT # MD is a potential root device #options MD_ROOT_SIZE=4096 # 4MB ram disk options NANDFS # NAND file system options NFSCL # Network Filesystem Client options NFSD # Network Filesystem Server options NFSLOCKD # Network Lock Manager #options NFS_ROOT # NFS usable as /, requires NFSCL #options MSDOSFS # MSDOS Filesystem #options CD9660 # ISO 9660 Filesystem #options PROCFS # Process filesystem (requires PSEUDOFS) #options PSEUDOFS # Pseudo-filesystem framework options GEOM_PART_BSD # BSD partition scheme options GEOM_PART_MBR # MBR partition scheme #options SCSI_DELAY=5000 # Delay (in ms) before probing SCSI #options KTRACE # ktrace(1) support options SYSVSHM # SYSV-style shared memory options SYSVMSG # SYSV-style message queues options SYSVSEM # SYSV-style semaphores options _KPOSIX_PRIORITY_SCHEDULING # Posix P1003_1B real-time extensions # NFS root from boopt/dhcp #options BOOTP #options BOOTP_NFSROOT #options BOOTP_COMPAT #options BOOTP_NFSV3 #options BOOTP_WIRED_TO=ate0 # s3 because s1 is reserved for the DOS parittions sometimes needed to # boot off SD cards on the G20 and newer chips. s2 is reserved for # nanobsd's config partition. s3 and s4 are for the ping-pong upgrade # path. options ROOTDEVNAME=\"ufs:/dev/mmcsd0s3a\" # kernel/memory size reduction options MUTEX_NOINLINE options NO_FFS_SNAPSHOT options NO_SWAPPING options NO_SYSCTL_DESCR options RWLOCK_NOINLINE # The `bpf' device enables the Berkeley Packet Filter. # Be aware of the administrative consequences of enabling this! # Note that 'bpf' is required for DHCP. device bpf # Berkeley packet filter # Ethernet device mii # Minimal MII support #device ate # Atmel AT91 Ethernet driver #options AT91_ATE_USE_RMII device macb # Atmel AT91 Ethernet driver options AT91_MACB_USE_RMII # I2C device at91_twi # Atmel AT91 Two-wire Interface device iic # I2C generic I/O device driver device iicbus # I2C bus system device icee # MMC/SD device at91_mci # Atmel AT91 Multimedia Card Interface options AT91_MCI_HAS_4WIRE options AT91_MCI_SLOT_B device mmc # MMC/SD bus device mmcsd # MMC/SD memory card # DataFlash # NOTE: SPI DataFlash and mci/mmc/mmcsd have hardware # confilict on this card. Use one or the other. # see board_sam9g20ek.c #device at91_spi # Atmel AT91 Serial Peripheral Interface #device spibus # SPI bus #device at45d # at45db642 and maybe others # Pseudo devices. device loop # Network loopback device random # Entropy device device ether # Ethernet support device md # Memory "disks" # SCSI peripherals device scbus # SCSI bus (required for ATA/SCSI) device da # Direct Access (disks) device cd # CD device pass # Passthrough device (direct ATA/SCSI access) # Serial (COM) ports device uart # Multi-uart driver # USB support device ohci # OHCI USB interface device usb # USB Bus (required) device umass # Disks/Mass storage - Requires scbus and da device uhid # "Human Interface Devices" #device ulpt # Printer #device udbp # USB Double Bulk Pipe devices # USB Ethernet, requires miibus #device miibus #device aue # ADMtek USB Ethernet #device axe # ASIX Electronics USB Ethernet #device cdce # Generic USB over Ethernet #device cue # CATC USB Ethernet #device kue # Kawasaki LSI USB Ethernet #device rue # RealTek RTL8150 USB Ethernet #device udav # Davicom DM9601E USB # USB Wireless #device rum # Ralink Technology RT2501USB wireless NICs #device uath # Atheros AR5523 wireless NICs #device ural # Ralink Technology RT2500USB wireless NICs #device zyd # ZyDAS zd1211/zd1211b wireless NICs # Wireless NIC cards #device wlan # 802.11 support #device wlan_wep # 802.11 WEP support #device wlan_ccmp # 802.11 CCMP support #device wlan_tkip # 802.11 TKIP support #device wlan_amrr # AMRR transmit rate control algorithm # watchdog device at91_wdt # Atmel AT91 Watchdog Timer # NAND Flash - Reference design has Samsung 256MB but others possible device nand # NAND interface on CS3 Index: head/sys/arm/conf/SAM9X25EK =================================================================== --- head/sys/arm/conf/SAM9X25EK (revision 325095) +++ head/sys/arm/conf/SAM9X25EK (revision 325096) @@ -1,155 +1,155 @@ # Kernel configuration for Atmel AT91SAM9G20EK Rev B. development card # # For more information on this file, please read the handbook section on # Kernel Configuration Files: # -# http://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html +# https://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html # # The handbook is also available locally in /usr/share/doc/handbook # if you've installed the doc distribution, otherwise always see the -# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (http://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the +# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (https://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the # latest information. # # An exhaustive list of options and more detailed explanations of the # device lines is also present in the ../../conf/NOTES and NOTES files. # If you are in doubt as to the purpose or necessity of a line, check first # in NOTES. # # $FreeBSD$ #NO_UNIVERSE ident SAM9X25EK include "std.arm" include "../at91/std.sam9x25ek" #To statically compile in device wiring instead of /boot/device.hints hints "SAM9G20EK.hints" makeoptions MODULES_OVERRIDE="" options SCHED_4BSD # 4BSD scheduler options INET # InterNETworking #options INET6 # IPv6 communications protocols options TCP_HHOOK # hhook(9) framework for TCP options FFS # Berkeley Fast Filesystem #options SOFTUPDATES # Enable FFS soft updates support #options UFS_ACL # Support for access control lists #options UFS_DIRHASH # Improve performance on big directories #options MD_ROOT # MD is a potential root device #options MD_ROOT_SIZE=4096 # 4MB ram disk options NFSCL # Network Filesystem Client #options NFSD # Network Filesystem Server #options NFSLOCKD # Network Lock Manager #options NFS_ROOT # NFS usable as /, requires NFSCL options TMPFS # Efficient memory filesystem #options MSDOSFS # MSDOS Filesystem #options CD9660 # ISO 9660 Filesystem #options PROCFS # Process filesystem (requires PSEUDOFS) #options PSEUDOFS # Pseudo-filesystem framework options GEOM_PART_BSD # BSD partition scheme options GEOM_PART_MBR # MBR partition scheme #options SCSI_DELAY=5000 # Delay (in ms) before probing SCSI #options KTRACE # ktrace(1) support options SYSVSHM # SYSV-style shared memory options SYSVMSG # SYSV-style message queues options SYSVSEM # SYSV-style semaphores options _KPOSIX_PRIORITY_SCHEDULING # POSIX P1003_1B real-time extensions # NFS root from boopt/dhcp #options BOOTP #options BOOTP_NFSROOT #options BOOTP_COMPAT #options BOOTP_NFSV3 #options BOOTP_WIRED_TO=ate0 # alternatively, boot from a MMC/SD memory card options ROOTDEVNAME=\"ufs:/dev/mmcsd0s1a\" # kernel/memory size reduction options MUTEX_NOINLINE options NO_FFS_SNAPSHOT options NO_SWAPPING options RWLOCK_NOINLINE # The `bpf' device enables the Berkeley Packet Filter. # Be aware of the administrative consequences of enabling this! # Note that 'bpf' is required for DHCP. device bpf # Berkeley packet filter # Ethernet device mii # Minimal MII support device ate # Atmel AT91 Ethernet driver options AT91_ATE_USE_RMII # I2C #device at91_twi # Atmel AT91 Two-wire Interface device iic device iicbus device icee # NOTE: SPI DataFlash and mci/mmc/mmcsd have hardware # confilict on this card. Use one or the other. # see board_sam9g20ek.c # MMC/SD device at91_mci # Atmel AT91 Multimedia Card Interface options AT91_MCI_HAS_4WIRE #options AT91_MCI_SLOT_B device mmc # MMC/SD bus device mmcsd # MMC/SD memory card # DataFlash #device at91_spi # Atmel AT91 Serial Peripheral Interface #device spibus # SPI bus #device at45d # Atmel AT45D # Pseudo devices. device loop # Network loopback device random # Entropy device device ether # Ethernet support device md # Memory "disks" device pty # SCSI peripherals device scbus # SCSI bus (required for ATA/SCSI) device da # Direct Access (disks) device cd # CD device pass # Passthrough device (direct ATA/SCSI access) # Serial (COM) ports device uart # Multi-uart driver # USB support #device ohci # OHCI USB interface #device usb # USB Bus (required) #device umass # Disks/Mass storage - Requires scbus and da #device uhid # "Human Interface Devices" #device ulpt # Printer #device udbp # USB Double Bulk Pipe devices # USB Ethernet, requires miibus device miibus #device aue # ADMtek USB Ethernet #device axe # ASIX Electronics USB Ethernet #device cdce # Generic USB over Ethernet #device cue # CATC USB Ethernet #device kue # Kawasaki LSI USB Ethernet #device rue # RealTek RTL8150 USB Ethernet #device udav # Davicom DM9601E USB # USB Wireless #device rum # Ralink Technology RT2501USB wireless NICs #device uath # Atheros AR5523 wireless NICs #device ural # Ralink Technology RT2500USB wireless NICs #device zyd # ZyDAS zd1211/zd1211b wireless NICs # Wireless NIC cards #device wlan # 802.11 support #device wlan_wep # 802.11 WEP support #device wlan_ccmp # 802.11 CCMP support #device wlan_tkip # 802.11 TKIP support #device wlan_amrr # AMRR transmit rate control algorithm # watchdog device at91_wdt # Atmel AT91 Watchdog Timer Index: head/sys/arm/conf/SN9G45 =================================================================== --- head/sys/arm/conf/SN9G45 (revision 325095) +++ head/sys/arm/conf/SN9G45 (revision 325096) @@ -1,132 +1,132 @@ # Kernel configuration for DesignA Electronics Snapper9G45 System on Module # # For more information on this file, please read the handbook section on # Kernel Configuration Files: # -# http://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html +# https://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html # # The handbook is also available locally in /usr/share/doc/handbook # if you've installed the doc distribution, otherwise always see the -# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (http://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the +# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (https://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the # latest information. # # An exhaustive list of options and more detailed explanations of the # device lines is also present in the ../../conf/NOTES and NOTES files. # If you are in doubt as to the purpose or necessity of a line, check first # in NOTES. # # $FreeBSD$ #NO_UNIVERSE ident SN9G45 include "std.arm" include "../at91/std.sn9g45" #To statically compile in device wiring instead of /boot/device.hints #hints "SN9G45.hints" makeoptions MODULES_OVERRIDE="" options SCHED_4BSD # 4BSD scheduler options INET # InterNETworking #options INET6 # IPv6 communications protocols options TCP_HHOOK # hhook(9) framework for TCP options FFS # Berkeley Fast Filesystem #options SOFTUPDATES # Enable FFS soft updates support #options UFS_ACL # Support for access control lists #options UFS_DIRHASH # Improve performance on big directories #options MD_ROOT # MD is a potential root device #options MD_ROOT_SIZE=4096 # 4MB ram disk options NFSCL # Network Filesystem Client #options NFSD # Network Filesystem Server #options NFSLOCKD # Network Lock Manager #options NFS_ROOT # NFS usable as /, requires NFSCL options TMPFS # Efficient memory filesystem #options MSDOSFS # MSDOS Filesystem #options CD9660 # ISO 9660 Filesystem #options PROCFS # Process filesystem (requires PSEUDOFS) #options PSEUDOFS # Pseudo-filesystem framework options GEOM_PART_BSD # BSD partition scheme options GEOM_PART_MBR # MBR partition scheme options SCSI_DELAY=1000 # Delay (in ms) before probing SCSI #options KTRACE # ktrace(1) support options SYSVSHM # SYSV-style shared memory options SYSVMSG # SYSV-style message queues options SYSVSEM # SYSV-style semaphores options _KPOSIX_PRIORITY_SCHEDULING # POSIX P1003_1B real-time extensions # NFS root from boopt/dhcp #options BOOTP #options BOOTP_NFSROOT #options BOOTP_COMPAT #options BOOTP_NFSV3 #options BOOTP_WIRED_TO=ate0 # alternatively, boot from a MMC/SD memory card options ROOTDEVNAME=\"ufs:/dev/da0s1\" # kernel/memory size reduction options MUTEX_NOINLINE options NO_FFS_SNAPSHOT options NO_SWAPPING options RWLOCK_NOINLINE # The `bpf' device enables the Berkeley Packet Filter. # Be aware of the administrative consequences of enabling this! # Note that 'bpf' is required for DHCP. device bpf # Berkeley packet filter # Ethernet device mii # Minimal MII support device ate # Atmel AT91 Ethernet driver options AT91_ATE_USE_RMII # Pseudo devices. device loop # Network loopback device random # Entropy device device ether # Ethernet support device md # Memory "disks" # SCSI peripherals device scbus # SCSI bus (required for ATA/SCSI) device da # Direct Access (disks) device cd # CD device pass # Passthrough device (direct ATA/SCSI access) # Serial (COM) ports device uart # Multi-uart driver # USB support device ohci # OHCI USB interface device usb # USB Bus (required) device umass # Disks/Mass storage - Requires scbus and da device uhid # "Human Interface Devices" #device ulpt # Printer #device udbp # USB Double Bulk Pipe devices # USB Ethernet, requires miibus device miibus #device aue # ADMtek USB Ethernet #device axe # ASIX Electronics USB Ethernet #device cdce # Generic USB over Ethernet #device cue # CATC USB Ethernet #device kue # Kawasaki LSI USB Ethernet #device rue # RealTek RTL8150 USB Ethernet device udav # Davicom DM9601E USB # USB Wireless #device rum # Ralink Technology RT2501USB wireless NICs #device uath # Atheros AR5523 wireless NICs #device ural # Ralink Technology RT2500USB wireless NICs #device zyd # ZyDAS zd1211/zd1211b wireless NICs # Wireless NIC cards #device wlan # 802.11 support #device wlan_wep # 802.11 WEP support #device wlan_ccmp # 802.11 CCMP support #device wlan_tkip # 802.11 TKIP support #device wlan_amrr # AMRR transmit rate control algorithm # watchdog device at91_wdt # Atmel AT91 Watchdog Timer Index: head/sys/arm/conf/SOCDK =================================================================== --- head/sys/arm/conf/SOCDK (revision 325095) +++ head/sys/arm/conf/SOCDK (revision 325096) @@ -1,30 +1,30 @@ # # Kernel configuration for Altera Arria10 SOC Development Kit. # # For more information on this file, please read the config(5) manual page, # and/or the handbook section on Kernel Configuration Files: # -# http://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html +# https://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html # # The handbook is also available locally in /usr/share/doc/handbook # if you've installed the doc distribution, otherwise always see the -# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (http://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the +# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (https://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the # latest information. # # An exhaustive list of options and more detailed explanations of the # device lines is also present in the ../../conf/NOTES and NOTES files. # If you are in doubt as to the purpose or necessity of a line, check first # in NOTES. # # $FreeBSD$ #NO_UNIVERSE include "SOCFPGA" ident SOCDK options ROOTDEVNAME=\"ufs:/dev/mmcsd0s4\" # Flattened Device Tree options FDT_DTB_STATIC makeoptions FDT_DTS_FILE=socfpga_arria10_socdk_sdmmc.dts Index: head/sys/arm/conf/SOCFPGA =================================================================== --- head/sys/arm/conf/SOCFPGA (revision 325095) +++ head/sys/arm/conf/SOCFPGA (revision 325096) @@ -1,98 +1,98 @@ # # Kernel configuration for Altera SOCFPGA development kits. # # For more information on this file, please read the config(5) manual page, # and/or the handbook section on Kernel Configuration Files: # -# http://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html +# https://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html # # The handbook is also available locally in /usr/share/doc/handbook # if you've installed the doc distribution, otherwise always see the -# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (http://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the +# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (https://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the # latest information. # # An exhaustive list of options and more detailed explanations of the # device lines is also present in the ../../conf/NOTES and NOTES files. # If you are in doubt as to the purpose or necessity of a line, check first # in NOTES. # # $FreeBSD$ ident SOCFPGA include "std.armv7" include "../altera/socfpga/std.socfpga" makeoptions MODULES_OVERRIDE="" makeoptions WERROR="-Werror" options SCHED_ULE # ULE scheduler options PLATFORM # Platform based SoC options SMP # Enable multiple cores options SOC_ALTERA_ARRIA10 options SOC_ALTERA_CYCLONE5 # NFS root from boopt/dhcp #options BOOTP #options BOOTP_NFSROOT #options BOOTP_COMPAT #options BOOTP_NFSV3 #options BOOTP_WIRED_TO=ue0 # Interrupt controller device gic options INTRNG # ARM MPCore timer device mpcore_timer # MMC/SD/SDIO Card slot support device mmc # mmc/sd bus device mmcsd # mmc/sd flash cards device dwmmc # Pseudo devices device loop device random device pty device md device gpio # USB support options USB_HOST_ALIGN=64 # Align usb buffers to cache line size. device usb device dwcotg device umass device scbus # SCSI bus (required for ATA/SCSI) device da # Direct Access (disks) device pass # Serial ports device uart device uart_snps # I2C (TWSI) device iic device iicbus # SPI device spibus # Ethernet device ether device mii device smsc device smscphy device dwc device micphy # USB ethernet support, requires miibus device miibus device axe # ASIX Electronics USB Ethernet device bpf # Berkeley packet filter # Flattened Device Tree options FDT # Configure using FDT/DTB data Index: head/sys/arm/conf/SOCKIT =================================================================== --- head/sys/arm/conf/SOCKIT (revision 325095) +++ head/sys/arm/conf/SOCKIT (revision 325096) @@ -1,30 +1,30 @@ # # Kernel configuration for Terasic SoCKit (Altera Cyclone V SoC). # # For more information on this file, please read the config(5) manual page, # and/or the handbook section on Kernel Configuration Files: # -# http://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html +# https://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html # # The handbook is also available locally in /usr/share/doc/handbook # if you've installed the doc distribution, otherwise always see the -# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (http://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the +# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (https://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the # latest information. # # An exhaustive list of options and more detailed explanations of the # device lines is also present in the ../../conf/NOTES and NOTES files. # If you are in doubt as to the purpose or necessity of a line, check first # in NOTES. # # $FreeBSD$ #NO_UNIVERSE include "SOCFPGA" ident SOCKIT options ROOTDEVNAME=\"ufs:/dev/mmcsd0s4\" # Flattened Device Tree options FDT_DTB_STATIC makeoptions FDT_DTS_FILE=socfpga_cyclone5_sockit_sdmmc.dts Index: head/sys/arm/conf/SOCKIT-BERI =================================================================== --- head/sys/arm/conf/SOCKIT-BERI (revision 325095) +++ head/sys/arm/conf/SOCKIT-BERI (revision 325096) @@ -1,37 +1,37 @@ # # Kernel configuration for Terasic SoCKit (Altera Cyclone V SoC). # # For more information on this file, please read the config(5) manual page, # and/or the handbook section on Kernel Configuration Files: # -# http://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html +# https://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html # # The handbook is also available locally in /usr/share/doc/handbook # if you've installed the doc distribution, otherwise always see the -# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (http://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the +# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (https://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the # latest information. # # An exhaustive list of options and more detailed explanations of the # device lines is also present in the ../../conf/NOTES and NOTES files. # If you are in doubt as to the purpose or necessity of a line, check first # in NOTES. # # $FreeBSD$ #NO_UNIVERSE include "SOCFPGA" ident SOCKIT-BERI options ROOTDEVNAME=\"ufs:/dev/mmcsd0s4\" # BERI specific device beri_ring device beri_mem device beri_vtblk device vtbe device altera_pio # Flattened Device Tree options FDT_DTB_STATIC makeoptions FDT_DTS_FILE=socfpga_cyclone5_sockit_beri_sdmmc.dts Index: head/sys/arm/conf/TEGRA124 =================================================================== --- head/sys/arm/conf/TEGRA124 (revision 325095) +++ head/sys/arm/conf/TEGRA124 (revision 325096) @@ -1,139 +1,139 @@ # # Kernel configuration for NVIDIA Tegra124 based boards. # # For more information on this file, please read the config(5) manual page, # and/or the handbook section on Kernel Configuration Files: # -# http://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html +# https://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html # # The handbook is also available locally in /usr/share/doc/handbook # if you've installed the doc distribution, otherwise always see the -# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (http://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the +# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (https://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the # latest information. # # An exhaustive list of options and more detailed explanations of the # device lines is also present in the ../../conf/NOTES and NOTES files. # If you are in doubt as to the purpose or necessity of a line, check first # in NOTES. # # $FreeBSD$ include "std.armv7" include "../nvidia/tegra124/std.tegra124" ident TEGRA124 options SCHED_ULE # ULE scheduler options PLATFORM # Platform based SoC options SMP # Enable multiple cores options LINUX_BOOT_ABI # Interrupt controller device gic # ARM Generic Timer device generic_timer # EXT_RESOURCES pseudo devices options EXT_RESOURCES device clk device phy device hwreset device regulator # Pseudo devices. device loop # Network loopback device random # Entropy device device vlan # 802.1Q VLAN support #device tun # Packet tunnel. device md # Memory "disks" #device gif # IPv6 and IPv4 tunneling device firmware # firmware assist module device ether # Ethernet support device miibus # Required for ethernet device bpf # Berkeley packet filter (required for DHCP) # General-purpose input/output device gpio #device gpioled # I2C support device iic device iicbus device icee # Serial (COM) ports device uart # Multi-uart driver device uart_ns8250 # MMC/SD/SDIO Card slot support device sdhci # SD controller device mmc # SD/MMC protocol device mmcsd # SDCard disk device # ATA controllers device ahci # AHCI-compatible SATA controllers # SCSI peripherals device scbus # SCSI bus (required for ATA/SCSI) device da # Direct Access (disks) device cd # CD device pass # Passthrough device (direct ATA/SCSI access) # USB support options USB_HOST_ALIGN=64 # Align usb buffers to cache line size. device ehci # EHCI USB interface device xhci # XHCI USB interface device tegra124_xusb_fw # Tegra XUSB firmware device usb # USB Bus (required) device umass # Disks/Mass storage - Requires scbus and da device uhid # "Human Interface Devices" #device u3g # USB modems device ukbd # Allow keyboard like HIDs to control console device ums # USB mouse # USB Ethernet, requires miibus #device aue # ADMtek USB Ethernet #device axe # ASIX Electronics USB Ethernet #device cdce # Generic USB over Ethernet #device cue # CATC USB Ethernet #device kue # Kawasaki LSI USB Ethernet #device rue # RealTek RTL8150 USB Ethernet #device udav # Davicom DM9601E USB # USB Wireless #device rum # Ralink Technology RT2501USB wireless NICs # Wireless NIC cards #device wlan # 802.11 support #device wlan_wep # 802.11 WEP support #device wlan_ccmp # 802.11 CCMP support #device wlan_tkip # 802.11 TKIP support #device wlan_amrr # AMRR transmit rate control algorithm # PCI options NEW_PCIB device pci # PCI Ethernet NICs that use the common MII bus controller code. # NOTE: Be sure to keep the 'device miibus' line in order to use these NICs! device re # RealTek 8139C+/8169/8169S/8110S # DRM2 device fbd device vt device kbdmux device drm2 # Sound #device sound #device snd_hda # Flattened Device Tree options FDT # Configure using FDT/DTB data device fdt_pinctrl # SoC-specific devices #device hwpmc Index: head/sys/arm/conf/VERSATILEPB =================================================================== --- head/sys/arm/conf/VERSATILEPB (revision 325095) +++ head/sys/arm/conf/VERSATILEPB (revision 325096) @@ -1,77 +1,77 @@ # # VERSATILEPB - Configuration for QEMU version of Versatile Platform Board # # For more information on this file, please read the config(5) manual page, # and/or the handbook section on Kernel Configuration Files: # -# http://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html +# https://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html # # The handbook is also available locally in /usr/share/doc/handbook # if you've installed the doc distribution, otherwise always see the -# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (http://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the +# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (https://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the # latest information. # # An exhaustive list of options and more detailed explanations of the # device lines is also present in the ../../conf/NOTES and NOTES files. # If you are in doubt as to the purpose or necessity of a line, check first # in NOTES. # # $FreeBSD$ ident VERSATILEPB machine arm armv6 cpu CPU_ARM1176 include "std.armv6" files "../versatile/files.versatile" makeoptions MODULES_OVERRIDE="" options KERNVIRTADDR=0xc0100000 makeoptions KERNVIRTADDR=0xc0100000 options SCHED_4BSD # 4BSD scheduler options LINUX_BOOT_ABI # Process metadata passed from Linux boot loaders options ROOTDEVNAME=\"ufs:da0s1a\" device bpf device loop device mii device mii_bitbang device smc device smcphy device ether device uart device pl011 device pl190 device pty device snp device pci # SCSI Controllers device sym # NCR/Symbios/LSI Logic 53C8XX/53C1010/53C1510D # ATA/SCSI peripherals device scbus # SCSI bus (required for ATA/SCSI) device da # Direct Access (disks) device pass # Passthrough device (direct ATA/SCSI access) # NOTE: serial console is disabled if syscons enabled # Comment following lines for headless setup device sc device kbdmux options SC_DFLT_FONT # compile font in makeoptions SC_DFLT_FONT=cp437 device md device random # Entropy device options INTRNG options PLATFORM # Flattened Device Tree options FDT # Configure using FDT/DTB data options FDT_DTB_STATIC makeoptions FDT_DTS_FILE=versatile-pb.dts Index: head/sys/arm/conf/VIRT =================================================================== --- head/sys/arm/conf/VIRT (revision 325095) +++ head/sys/arm/conf/VIRT (revision 325096) @@ -1,59 +1,59 @@ # # VIRT -- Custom configuration for the qemu virt platform # # For more information on this file, please read the config(5) manual page, # and/or the handbook section on Kernel Configuration Files: # -# http://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html +# https://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html # # The handbook is also available locally in /usr/share/doc/handbook # if you've installed the doc distribution, otherwise always see the -# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (http://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the +# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (https://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the # latest information. # # An exhaustive list of options and more detailed explanations of the # device lines is also present in the ../../conf/NOTES and NOTES files. # If you are in doubt as to the purpose or necessity of a line, check first # in NOTES. # # $FreeBSD$ ident VIRT include "std.armv7" include "../qemu/std.virt" options SCHED_ULE # ULE scheduler options PLATFORM options SMP # Enable multiple cores # Interrupt controller device gic options INTRNG # ARM Generic Timer device generic_timer device bpf device loop device ether device uart device pty device snp device pl011 device psci device virtio device virtio_mmio device virtio_blk device vtnet device md device random # Entropy device # Flattened Device Tree options FDT # Configure using FDT/DTB data # Extensible Firmware Interface options EFI Index: head/sys/arm/conf/VSATV102 =================================================================== --- head/sys/arm/conf/VSATV102 (revision 325095) +++ head/sys/arm/conf/VSATV102 (revision 325096) @@ -1,32 +1,32 @@ # VSATV102 -- Custom configuration for the Visson ATV-102 media player # # For more information on this file, please read the config(5) manual page, # and/or the handbook section on Kernel Configuration Files: # -# http://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html +# https://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html # # The handbook is also available locally in /usr/share/doc/handbook # if you've installed the doc distribution, otherwise always see the -# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (http://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the +# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (https://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the # latest information. # # An exhaustive list of options and more detailed explanations of the # device lines is also present in the ../../conf/NOTES and NOTES files. # If you are in doubt as to the purpose or necessity of a line, check first # in NOTES. # # $FreeBSD$ #NO_UNIVERSE include "AML8726" ident VSATV102 options SMP # Enable multiple cores # Interrupt controller device gic options INTRNG options FDT_DTB_STATIC makeoptions FDT_DTS_FILE=vsatv102-m6.dts Index: head/sys/arm/conf/VYBRID =================================================================== --- head/sys/arm/conf/VYBRID (revision 325095) +++ head/sys/arm/conf/VYBRID (revision 325096) @@ -1,115 +1,115 @@ # # Kernel configuration for Vybrid Family boards. # # For more information on this file, please read the config(5) manual page, # and/or the handbook section on Kernel Configuration Files: # -# http://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html +# https://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html # # The handbook is also available locally in /usr/share/doc/handbook # if you've installed the doc distribution, otherwise always see the -# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (http://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the +# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (https://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the # latest information. # # An exhaustive list of options and more detailed explanations of the # device lines is also present in the ../../conf/NOTES and NOTES files. # If you are in doubt as to the purpose or necessity of a line, check first # in NOTES. # # $FreeBSD$ ident VYBRID include "std.armv7" include "../freescale/vybrid/std.vybrid" makeoptions WERROR="-Werror" options SCHED_4BSD # 4BSD scheduler options PLATFORM # Platform based SoC #options NANDFS # NAND Filesystem #options SMP # Enable multiple cores # NFS root from boopt/dhcp #options BOOTP #options BOOTP_NFSROOT #options BOOTP_COMPAT #options BOOTP_NFSV3 #options BOOTP_WIRED_TO=ffec0 #options ROOTDEVNAME=\"nfs:10.5.0.1:/tftpboot/cosmic\" #options ROOTDEVNAME=\"nandfs:/dev/gnand0s.root\" options ROOTDEVNAME=\"ufs:/dev/da0\" options MUTEX_NOINLINE options RWLOCK_NOINLINE options NO_FFS_SNAPSHOT options NO_SWAPPING # Interrupt controller device gic options INTRNG # ARM MPCore timer device mpcore_timer # MMC/SD/SDIO Card slot support device mmc # mmc/sd bus device mmcsd # mmc/sd flash cards device sdhci # generic sdhci # Pseudo devices device loop device random device pty device md device gpio # USB support options USB_HOST_ALIGN=32 # Align usb buffers to cache line size. device usb #device musb device ehci #device ohci device umass device scbus # SCSI bus (required for ATA/SCSI) device da # Direct Access (disks) device pass # SATA #device ata #device atadisk #device mvs device nand # Serial ports device uart # I2C (TWSI) device iic device iicbus # Ethernet device ether device ffec # USB ethernet support, requires miibus device miibus device axe # ASIX Electronics USB Ethernet device bpf # Berkeley packet filter device sound # SPI device spibus device vf_spi # Framebuffer device vt device kbdmux device ukbd # Flattened Device Tree options FDT # Configure using FDT/DTB data Index: head/sys/arm/conf/YYHD18 =================================================================== --- head/sys/arm/conf/YYHD18 (revision 325095) +++ head/sys/arm/conf/YYHD18 (revision 325096) @@ -1,26 +1,26 @@ # YYHD18 -- Custom configuration for the Yiyate Android TV box # # For more information on this file, please read the config(5) manual page, # and/or the handbook section on Kernel Configuration Files: # -# http://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html +# https://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html # # The handbook is also available locally in /usr/share/doc/handbook # if you've installed the doc distribution, otherwise always see the -# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (http://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the +# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (https://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the # latest information. # # An exhaustive list of options and more detailed explanations of the # device lines is also present in the ../../conf/NOTES and NOTES files. # If you are in doubt as to the purpose or necessity of a line, check first # in NOTES. # # $FreeBSD$ #NO_UNIVERSE include "AML8726" ident YYHD18 options FDT_DTB_STATIC makeoptions FDT_DTS_FILE=yyhd18-m3.dts Index: head/sys/arm/conf/ZEDBOARD =================================================================== --- head/sys/arm/conf/ZEDBOARD (revision 325095) +++ head/sys/arm/conf/ZEDBOARD (revision 325096) @@ -1,81 +1,81 @@ # # ZEDBOARD -- Custom configuration for the Xilinx Zynq-7000 based # ZedBoard (www.zedboard.org) and similar Zynq boards. # # For more information on this file, please read the config(5) manual page, # and/or the handbook section on Kernel Configuration Files: # -# http://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html +# https://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html # # The handbook is also available locally in /usr/share/doc/handbook # if you've installed the doc distribution, otherwise always see the -# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (http://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the +# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (https://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the # latest information. # # An exhaustive list of options and more detailed explanations of the # device lines is also present in the ../../conf/NOTES and NOTES files. # If you are in doubt as to the purpose or necessity of a line, check first # in NOTES. # # $FreeBSD$ ident ZEDBOARD include "std.armv7" include "../xilinx/std.zynq7" makeoptions MODULES_EXTRA="dtb/zynq" options SCHED_ULE # ULE scheduler options PLATFORM # Platform based SoC #options NFSSD # Network Filesystem Server options SMP # Enable multiple cores # NFS root from boopt/dhcp #options BOOTP #options BOOTP_NFSROOT #options BOOTP_COMPAT #options BOOTP_NFSV3 options ROOTDEVNAME=\"ufs:mmcsd0s2a\" # Interrupt controller device gic options INTRNG # Cache controller device pl310 # PL310 L2 cache controller # ARM MPCore timer device mpcore_timer device loop device random device ether device cgem # Zynq-7000 gig ethernet device device mii device e1000phy device rgephy # Zybo uses Realtek RTL8211E device pty device uart device gpio device md device mmc # mmc/sd bus device mmcsd # mmc/sd flash cards device sdhci # generic sdhci device bpf # Berkeley packet filter # USB support device usb device ehci device umass device scbus # SCSI bus (required for ATA/SCSI) device da # Direct Access (disks) device axe # USB-Ethernet # Flattened Device Tree options FDT # Configure using FDT/DTB data #options FDT_DTB_STATIC #makeoptions FDT_DTS_FILE=zedboard.dts Index: head/sys/arm64/conf/GENERIC =================================================================== --- head/sys/arm64/conf/GENERIC (revision 325095) +++ head/sys/arm64/conf/GENERIC (revision 325096) @@ -1,249 +1,249 @@ # # GENERIC -- Generic kernel configuration file for FreeBSD/arm64 # # For more information on this file, please read the config(5) manual page, # and/or the handbook section on Kernel Configuration Files: # -# http://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html +# https://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html # # The handbook is also available locally in /usr/share/doc/handbook # if you've installed the doc distribution, otherwise always see the -# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (http://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the +# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (https://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the # latest information. # # An exhaustive list of options and more detailed explanations of the # device lines is also present in the ../../conf/NOTES and NOTES files. # If you are in doubt as to the purpose or necessity of a line, check first # in NOTES. # # $FreeBSD$ cpu ARM64 ident GENERIC makeoptions DEBUG=-g # Build kernel with gdb(1) debug symbols makeoptions WITH_CTF=1 # Run ctfconvert(1) for DTrace support options SCHED_ULE # ULE scheduler options PREEMPTION # Enable kernel thread preemption options VIMAGE # Subsystem virtualization, e.g. VNET options INET # InterNETworking options INET6 # IPv6 communications protocols options IPSEC # IP (v4/v6) security options IPSEC_SUPPORT # Allow kldload of ipsec and tcpmd5 options TCP_HHOOK # hhook(9) framework for TCP options TCP_OFFLOAD # TCP offload options SCTP # Stream Control Transmission Protocol options FFS # Berkeley Fast Filesystem options SOFTUPDATES # Enable FFS soft updates support options UFS_ACL # Support for access control lists options UFS_DIRHASH # Improve performance on big directories options UFS_GJOURNAL # Enable gjournal-based UFS journaling options QUOTA # Enable disk quotas for UFS options MD_ROOT # MD is a potential root device options NFSCL # Network Filesystem Client options NFSD # Network Filesystem Server options NFSLOCKD # Network Lock Manager options NFS_ROOT # NFS usable as /, requires NFSCL options MSDOSFS # MSDOS Filesystem options CD9660 # ISO 9660 Filesystem options PROCFS # Process filesystem (requires PSEUDOFS) options PSEUDOFS # Pseudo-filesystem framework options GEOM_PART_GPT # GUID Partition Tables. options GEOM_RAID # Soft RAID functionality. options GEOM_LABEL # Provides labelization options COMPAT_FREEBSD11 # Compatible with FreeBSD11 options SCSI_DELAY=5000 # Delay (in ms) before probing SCSI options KTRACE # ktrace(1) support options STACK # stack(9) support options SYSVSHM # SYSV-style shared memory options SYSVMSG # SYSV-style message queues options SYSVSEM # SYSV-style semaphores options _KPOSIX_PRIORITY_SCHEDULING # POSIX P1003_1B real-time extensions options PRINTF_BUFR_SIZE=128 # Prevent printf output being interspersed. options KBD_INSTALL_CDEV # install a CDEV entry in /dev options HWPMC_HOOKS # Necessary kernel hooks for hwpmc(4) options AUDIT # Security event auditing options CAPABILITY_MODE # Capsicum capability mode options CAPABILITIES # Capsicum capabilities options MAC # TrustedBSD MAC Framework options KDTRACE_FRAME # Ensure frames are compiled in options KDTRACE_HOOKS # Kernel DTrace hooks options VFP # Floating-point support options RACCT # Resource accounting framework options RACCT_DEFAULT_TO_DISABLED # Set kern.racct.enable=0 by default options RCTL # Resource limits options SMP options INTRNG # Debugging support. Always need this: options KDB # Enable kernel debugger support. options KDB_TRACE # Print a stack trace for a panic. # For full debugger support use (turn off in stable branch): options DDB # Support DDB. #options GDB # Support remote GDB. options DEADLKRES # Enable the deadlock resolver options INVARIANTS # Enable calls of extra sanity checking options INVARIANT_SUPPORT # Extra sanity checks of internal structures, required by INVARIANTS options WITNESS # Enable checks to detect deadlocks and cycles options WITNESS_SKIPSPIN # Don't run witness on spinlocks for speed options MALLOC_DEBUG_MAXZONES=8 # Separate malloc(9) zones # SoC support options SOC_ALLWINNER_A64 options SOC_ALLWINNER_H5 options SOC_CAVM_THUNDERX options SOC_HISI_HI6220 options SOC_BRCM_BCM2837 # Annapurna Alpine drivers device al_ccu # Alpine Cache Coherency Unit device al_nb_service # Alpine North Bridge Service device al_iofic # I/O Fabric Interrupt Controller device al_serdes # Serializer/Deserializer device al_udma # Universal DMA # VirtIO support device virtio device virtio_pci device virtio_mmio device virtio_blk device vtnet # CPU frequency control device cpufreq # Bus drivers device pci device al_pci # Annapurna Alpine PCI-E options PCI_HP # PCI-Express native HotPlug options PCI_IOV # PCI SR-IOV support # Ethernet NICs device mdio device mii device miibus # MII bus support device awg # Allwinner EMAC Gigabit Ethernet device axgbe # AMD Opteron A1100 integrated NIC device em # Intel PRO/1000 Gigabit Ethernet Family device ix # Intel 10Gb Ethernet Family device msk # Marvell/SysKonnect Yukon II Gigabit Ethernet device neta # Marvell Armada 370/38x/XP/3700 NIC device smc # SMSC LAN91C111 device vnic # Cavium ThunderX NIC device al_eth # Annapurna Alpine Ethernet NIC # Block devices device ahci device scbus device da # ATA/SCSI peripherals device pass # Passthrough device (direct ATA/SCSI access) # MMC/SD/SDIO Card slot support device sdhci device aw_mmc # Allwinner SD/MMC controller device mmc # mmc/sd bus device mmcsd # mmc/sd flash cards device dwmmc # Serial (COM) ports device uart # Generic UART driver device uart_mvebu # Armada 3700 UART driver device uart_ns8250 # ns8250-type UART driver device uart_snps device pl011 # USB support options USB_DEBUG # enable debug msgs device aw_ehci # Allwinner EHCI USB interface (USB 2.0) device aw_usbphy # Allwinner USB PHY device dwcotg # DWC OTG controller device ohci # OHCI USB interface device ehci # EHCI USB interface (USB 2.0) device ehci_mv # Marvell EHCI USB interface device xhci # XHCI PCI->USB interface (USB 3.0) device xhci_mv # Marvell XHCI USB interface device usb # USB Bus (required) device ukbd # Keyboard device umass # Disks/Mass storage - Requires scbus and da # USB ethernet support device smcphy device smsc # GPIO device aw_gpio # Allwinner GPIO controller device gpio device gpioled device fdt_pinctrl # I2C device aw_rsb # Allwinner Reduced Serial Bus device bcm2835_bsc # Broadcom BCM283x I2C bus device iicbus device iic device twsi # Allwinner I2C controller # Clock and reset controllers device aw_ccu # Allwinner clock controller # Interrupt controllers device aw_nmi # Allwinner NMI support # Real-time clock support device aw_rtc # Allwinner Real-time Clock device mv_rtc # Marvell Real-time Clock # Watchdog controllers device aw_wdog # Allwinner Watchdog # Power management controllers device axp81x # X-Powers AXP81x PMIC # EFUSE device aw_sid # Allwinner Secure ID EFUSE # Thermal sensors device aw_thermal # Allwinner Thermal Sensor Controller # SPI device spibus device bcm2835_spi # Broadcom BCM283x SPI bus # Console device vt device kbdmux # Pseudo devices. device loop # Network loopback device random # Entropy device device ether # Ethernet support device vlan # 802.1Q VLAN support device tun # Packet tunnel. device md # Memory "disks" device gif # IPv6 and IPv4 tunneling device firmware # firmware assist module device psci # Support for ARM PSCI # EXT_RESOURCES pseudo devices options EXT_RESOURCES device clk device phy device hwreset device regulator # The `bpf' device enables the Berkeley Packet Filter. # Be aware of the administrative consequences of enabling this! # Note that 'bpf' is required for DHCP. device bpf # Berkeley packet filter # Chip-specific errata options THUNDERX_PASS_1_1_ERRATA options FDT device acpi # The crypto framework is required by IPSEC device crypto # Required by IPSEC Index: head/sys/arm64/conf/GENERIC-NODEBUG =================================================================== --- head/sys/arm64/conf/GENERIC-NODEBUG (revision 325095) +++ head/sys/arm64/conf/GENERIC-NODEBUG (revision 325096) @@ -1,40 +1,40 @@ # # GENERIC-NODEBUG -- WITNESS and INVARIANTS free kernel configuration file # for FreeBSD/arm64 # # This configuration file removes several debugging options, including # WITNESS and INVARIANTS checking, which are known to have significant # performance impact on running systems. When benchmarking new features # this kernel should be used instead of the standard GENERIC. # This kernel configuration should never appear outside of the HEAD # of the FreeBSD tree. # # For more information on this file, please read the config(5) manual page, # and/or the handbook section on Kernel Configuration Files: # -# http://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html +# https://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html # # The handbook is also available locally in /usr/share/doc/handbook # if you've installed the doc distribution, otherwise always see the -# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (http://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the +# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (https://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the # latest information. # # An exhaustive list of options and more detailed explanations of the # device lines is also present in the ../../conf/NOTES and NOTES files. # If you are in doubt as to the purpose or necessity of a line, check first # in NOTES. # # $FreeBSD$ include GENERIC ident GENERIC-NODEBUG nooptions INVARIANTS nooptions INVARIANT_SUPPORT nooptions WITNESS nooptions WITNESS_SKIPSPIN nooptions BUF_TRACKING nooptions DEADLKRES nooptions FULL_BUF_TRACKING Index: head/sys/arm64/conf/GENERIC-UP =================================================================== --- head/sys/arm64/conf/GENERIC-UP (revision 325095) +++ head/sys/arm64/conf/GENERIC-UP (revision 325096) @@ -1,23 +1,23 @@ # # GENERIC -- Generic kernel configuration file for FreeBSD/arm64 with SMP disabled # # For more information on this file, please read the config(5) manual page, # and/or the handbook section on Kernel Configuration Files: # -# http://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html +# https://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html # # The handbook is also available locally in /usr/share/doc/handbook # if you've installed the doc distribution, otherwise always see the -# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (http://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the +# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (https://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the # latest information. # # An exhaustive list of options and more detailed explanations of the # device lines is also present in the ../../conf/NOTES and NOTES files. # If you are in doubt as to the purpose or necessity of a line, check first # in NOTES. # # $FreeBSD$ include GENERIC ident GENERIC-UP nooptions SMP Index: head/sys/dev/isp/DriverManual.txt =================================================================== --- head/sys/dev/isp/DriverManual.txt (revision 325095) +++ head/sys/dev/isp/DriverManual.txt (revision 325096) @@ -1,634 +1,634 @@ /* $FreeBSD$ */ Driver Theory of Operation Manual 1. Introduction This is a short text document that will describe the background, goals for, and current theory of operation for the joint Fibre Channel/SCSI HBA driver for QLogic hardware. Because this driver is an ongoing project, do not expect this manual to remain entirely up to date. Like a lot of software engineering, the ultimate documentation is the driver source. However, this manual should serve as a solid basis for attempting to understand where the driver started and what is trying to be accomplished with the current source. The reader is expected to understand the basics of SCSI and Fibre Channel and to be familiar with the range of platforms that Solaris, Linux and the variant "BSD" Open Source systems are available on. A glossary and a few references will be placed at the end of the document. There will be references to functions and structures within the body of this document. These can be easily found within the source using editor tags or grep. There will be few code examples here as the code already exists where the reader can easily find it. 2. A Brief History for this Driver This driver originally started as part of work funded by NASA Ames Research Center's Numerical Aerodynamic Simulation center ("NAS" for short) for the QLogic PCI 1020 and 1040 SCSI Host Adapters as part of my work at porting the NetBSD Operating System to the Alpha architectures (specifically the AlphaServer 8200 and 8400 platforms). In short, it started just as simple single SCSI HBA driver for just the purpose of running off a SCSI disk. This work took place starting in January, 1997. Because the first implementation was for NetBSD, which runs on a very large number of platforms, and because NetBSD supported both systems with SBus cards (e.g., Sun SPARC systems) as well as systems with PCI cards, and because the QLogic SCSI cards came in both SBus and PCI versions, the initial implementation followed the very thoughtful NetBSD design tenet of splitting drivers into what are called MI (for Machine Independent) and MD (Machine Dependent) portions. The original design therefore was from the premise that the driver would drive both SBus and PCI card variants. These busses are similar but have quite different constraints, and while the QLogic SBus and PCI cards are very similar, there are some significant differences. After this initial goal had been met, there began to be some talk about looking into implementing Fibre Channel mass storage at NAS. At this time the QLogic 2100 FC/AL HBA was about to become available. After looking at the way it was designed I concluded that it was so darned close to being just like the SCSI HBAs that it would be insane to *not* leverage off of the existing driver. So, we ended up with a driver for NetBSD that drove PCI and SBus SCSI cards, and now also drove the QLogic 2100 FC-AL HBA. After this, ports to non-NetBSD platforms became interesting as well. This took the driver out of the interest with NAS and into interested support from a number of other places. Since the original NetBSD development, the driver has been ported to FreeBSD, OpenBSD, Linux, Solaris, and two proprietary systems. Following from the original MI/MD design of NetBSD, a rather successful attempt has been made to keep the Operating System Platform differences segregated and to a minimum. Along the way, support for the 2200 as well as full fabric and target mode support has been added, and 2300 support as well as an FC-IP stack are planned. 3. Driver Design Goals The driver has not started out as one normally would do such an effort. Normally you design via top-down methodologies and set an initial goal and meet it. This driver has had a design goal that changes from almost the very first. This has been an extremely peculiar, if not risque, experience. As a consequence, this section of this document contains a bit of "reconstruction after the fact" in that the design goals are as I perceive them to be now- not necessarily what they started as. The primary design goal now is to have a driver that can run both the SCSI and Fibre Channel SCSI prototocols on multiple OS platforms with as little OS platform support code as possible. The intended support targets for SCSI HBAs is to support the single and dual channel PCI Ultra2 and PCI Ultra3 cards as well as the older PCI Ultra single channel cards and SBus cards. The intended support targets for Fibre Channel HBAs is the 2100, 2200 and 2300 PCI cards. Fibre Channel support should include complete fabric and public loop as well as private loop and private loop, direct-attach topologies. FC-IP support is also a goal. For both SCSI and Fibre Channel, simultaneous target/initiator mode support is a goal. Pure, raw, performance is not a primary goal of this design. This design, because it has a tremendous amount of code common across multiple platforms, will undoubtedly never be able to beat the performance of a driver that is specifically designed for a single platform and a single card. However, it is a good strong secondary goal to make the performance penalties in this design as small as possible. Another primary aim, which almost need not be stated, is that the implementation of platform differences must not clutter up the common code with platform specific defines. Instead, some reasonable layering semantics are defined such that platform specifics can be kept in the platform specific code. 4. QLogic Hardware Architecture In order to make the design of this driver more intelligible, some description of the Qlogic hardware architecture is in order. This will not be an exhaustive description of how this card works, but will note enough of the important features so that the driver design is hopefully clearer. 4.1 Basic QLogic hardware The QLogic HBA cards all contain a tiny 16-bit RISC-like processor and varying sizes of SRAM. Each card contains a Bus Interface Unit (BIU) as appropriate for the host bus (SBus or PCI). The BIUs allow access to a set of dual-ranked 16 bit incoming and outgoing mailbox registers as well as access to control registers that control the RISC or access other portions of the card (e.g., Flash BIOS). The term 'dual-ranked' means that at the same host visible address if you write a mailbox register, that is a write to an (incoming, to the HBA) mailbox register, while a read to the same address reads another (outgoing, to the HBA) mailbox register with completely different data. Each HBA also then has core and auxiliary logic which either is used to interface to a SCSI bus (or to external bus drivers that connect to a SCSI bus), or to connect to a Fibre Channel bus. 4.2 Basic Control Interface There are two principle I/O control mechanisms by which the driver communicates with and controls the QLogic HBA. The first mechanism is to use the incoming mailbox registers to interrupt and issue commands to the RISC processor (with results usually, but not always, ending up in the ougtoing mailbox registers). The second mechanism is to establish, via mailbox commands, circular request and response queues in system memory that are then shared between the QLogic and the driver. The request queue is used to queue requests (e.g., I/O requests) for the QLogic HBA's RISC engine to copy into the HBA memory and process. The result queue is used by the QLogic HBA's RISC engine to place results of requests read from the request queue, as well as to place notification of asynchronous events (e.g., incoming commands in target mode). To give a bit more precise scale to the preceding description, the QLogic HBA has 8 dual-ranked 16 bit mailbox registers, mostly for out-of-band control purposes. The QLogic HBA then utilizes a circular request queue of 64 byte fixed size Queue Entries to receive normal initiator mode I/O commands (or continue target mode requests). The request queue may be up to 256 elements for the QLogic 1020 and 1040 chipsets, but may be quite larger for the QLogic 12X0/12160 SCSI and QLogic 2X00 Fibre Channel chipsets. In addition to synchronously initiated usage of mailbox commands by the host system, the QLogic may also deliver asynchronous notifications solely in outgoing mailbox registers. These asynchronous notifications in mailboxes may be things like notification of SCSI Bus resets, or that the Fabric Name server has sent a change notification, or even that a specific I/O command completed without error (this is called 'Fast Posting' and saves the QLogic HBA from having to write a response queue entry). The QLogic HBA is an interrupting card, and when servicing an interrupt you really only have to check for either a mailbox interrupt or an interrupt notification that the response queue has an entry to be dequeued. 4.3 Fibre Channel SCSI out of SCSI QLogic took the approach in introducing the 2X00 cards to just treat FC-AL as a 'fat' SCSI bus (a SCSI bus with more than 15 targets). All of the things that you really need to do with Fibre Channel with respect to providing FC-4 services on top of a Class 3 connection are performed by the RISC engine on the QLogic card itself. This means that from an HBA driver point of view, very little needs to change that would distinguish addressing a Fibre Channel disk from addressing a plain old SCSI disk. However, in the details it's not *quite* that simple. For example, in order to manage Fabric Connections, the HBA driver has to do explicit binding of entities it's queried from the name server to specific 'target' ids (targets, in this case, being a virtual entity). Still- the HBA firmware does really nearly all of the tedious management of Fibre Channel login state. The corollary to this sometimes is the lack of ability to say why a particular login connection to a Fibre Channel disk is not working well. There are clear limits with the QLogic card in managing fabric devices. The QLogic manages local loop devices (LoopID or Target 0..126) itself, but for the management of fabric devices, it has an absolute limit of 253 simultaneous connections (256 entries less 3 reserved entries). 5. Driver Architecture 5.1 Driver Assumptions The first basic assumption for this driver is that the requirements for a SCSI HBA driver for any system is that of a 2 or 3 layer model where there are SCSI target device drivers (drivers which drive SCSI disks, SCSI tapes, and so on), possibly a middle services layer, and a bottom layer that manages the transport of SCSI CDB's out a SCSI bus (or across Fibre Channel) to a SCSI device. It's assumed that each SCSI command is a separate structure (or pointer to a structure) that contains the SCSI CDB and a place to store SCSI Status and SCSI Sense Data. This turns out to be a pretty good assumption. All of the Open Source systems (*BSD and Linux) and most of the proprietary systems have this kind of structure. This has been the way to manage SCSI subsystems for at least ten years. There are some additional basic assumptions that this driver makes- primarily in the arena of basic simple services like memory zeroing, memory copying, delay, sleep, microtime functions. It doesn't assume much more than this. 5.2 Overall Driver Architecture The driver is split into a core (machine independent) module and platform and bus specific outer modules (machine dependent). The core code (in the files isp.c, isp_inline.h, ispvar.h, ispreg.h and ispmbox.h) handles: + Chipset recognition and reset and firmware download (isp_reset) + Board Initialization (isp_init) + First level interrupt handling (response retrieval) (isp_intr) + A SCSI command queueing entry point (isp_start) + A set of control services accessed either via local requirements within the core module or via an externally visible control entry point (isp_control). The platform/bus specific modules (and definitions) depend on each platform, and they provide both definitions and functions for the core module's use. Generally a platform module set is split into a bus dependent module (where configuration is begun from and bus specific support functions reside) and relatively thin platform specific layer which serves as the interconnect with the rest of this platform's SCSI subsystem. For ease of bus specific access issues, a centralized soft state structure is maintained for each HBA instance (struct ispsoftc). This soft state structure contains a machine/bus dependent vector (mdvec) for functions that read and write hardware registers, set up DMA for the request/response queues and fibre channel scratch area, set up and tear down DMA mappings for a SCSI command, provide a pointer to firmware to load, and other minor things. The machine dependent outer module must provide functional entry points for the core module: + A SCSI command completion handoff point (isp_done) + An asynchronous event handler (isp_async) + A logging/printing function (isp_prt) The machine dependent outer module code must also provide a set of abstracting definitions which is what the core module utilizes heavily to do its job. These are discussed in detail in the comments in the file ispvar.h, but to give a sense of the range of what is required, let's illustrate two basic classes of these defines. The first class are "structure definition/access" class. An example of these would be: XS_T Platform SCSI transaction type (i.e., command for HBA) .. XS_TGT(xs) gets the target from an XS_T .. XS_TAG_TYPE(xs) which type of tag to use .. The second class are 'functional' class definitions. Some examples of this class are: MEMZERO(dst, src) platform zeroing function .. MBOX_WAIT_COMPLETE(struct ispsoftc *) wait for mailbox cmd to be done Note that the former is likely to be simple replacement with bzero or memset on most systems, while the latter could be quite complex. This soft state structure also contains different parameter information based upon whether this is a SCSI HBA or a Fibre Channel HBA (which is filled in by the code module). In order to clear up what is undoubtedly a seeming confusion of interconnects, a description of the typical flow of code that performs boards initialization and command transactions may help. 5.3 Initialization Code Flow Typically a bus specific module for a platform (e.g., one that wants to configure a PCI card) is entered via that platform's configuration methods. If this module recognizes a card and can utilize or construct the space for the HBA instance softc, it does so, and initializes the machine dependent vector as well as any other platform specific information that can be hidden in or associated with this structure. Configuration at this point usually involves mapping in board registers and registering an interrupt. It's quite possible that the core module's isp_intr function is adequate to be the interrupt entry point, but often it's more useful have a bus specific wrapper module that calls isp_intr. After mapping and interrupt registry is done, isp_reset is called. Part of the isp_reset call may cause callbacks out to the bus dependent module to perform allocation and/or mapping of Request and Response queues (as well as a Fibre Channel scratch area if this is a Fibre Channel HBA). The reason this is considered 'bus dependent' is that only the bus dependent module may have the information that says how one could perform I/O mapping and dependent (e.g., on a Solaris system) on the Request and Response queues. Another callback can enable the *use* of interrupts should this platform be able to finish configuration in interrupt driven mode. If isp_reset is successful at resetting the QLogic chipset and downloading new firmware (if available) and setting it running, isp_init is called. If isp_init is successful in doing initial board setups (including reading NVRAM from the QLogic card), then this bus specicic module will call the platform dependent module that takes the appropriate steps to 'register' this HBA with this platform's SCSI subsystem. Examining either the OpenBSD or the NetBSD isp_pci.c or isp_sbus.c files may assist the reader here in clarifying some of this. 5.4 Initiator Mode Command Code Flow A successful execution of isp_init will lead to the driver 'registering' itself with this platform's SCSI subsystem. One assumed action for this is the registry of a function that the SCSI subsystem for this platform will call when it has a SCSI command to run. The platform specific module function that receives this will do whatever it needs to to prepare this command for execution in the core module. This sounds vague, but it's also very flexible. In principle, this could be a complete marshalling/demarshalling of this platform's SCSI command structure (should it be impossible to represent in an XS_T). In addition, this function can also block commands from running (if, e.g., Fibre Channel loop state would preclude successful starting of the command). When it's ready to do so, the function isp_start is called with this command. This core module tries to allocate request queue space for this command. It also calls through the machine dependent vector function to make sure any DMA mapping for this command is done. Now, DMA mapping here is possibly a misnomer, as more than just DMA mapping can be done in this bus dependent function. This is also the place where any endian byte-swizzling will be done. At any rate, this function is called last because the process of establishing DMA addresses for any command may in fact consume more Request Queue entries than there are currently available. If the mapping and other functions are successful, the QLogic mailbox inbox pointer register is updated to indicate to the QLogic that it has a new request to read. If this function is unsuccessful, policy as to what to do at this point is left to the machine dependent platform function which called isp_start. In some platforms, temporary resource shortages can be handled by the main SCSI subsystem. In other platforms, the machine dependent code has to handle this. In order to keep track of commands that are in progress, the soft state structure contains an array of 'handles' that are associated with each active command. When you send a command to the QLogic firmware, a portion of the Request Queue entry can contain a non-zero handle identifier so that at a later point in time in reading either a Response Queue entry or from a Fast Posting mailbox completion interrupt, you can take this handle to find the command you were waiting on. It should be noted that this is probably one of the most dangerous areas of this driver. Corrupted handles will lead to system panics. At some later point in time an interrupt will occur. Eventually, isp_intr will be called. This core module will determine what the cause of the interrupt is, and if it is for a completing command. That is, it'll determine the handle and fetch the pointer to the command out of storage within the soft state structure. Skipping over a lot of details, the machine dependent code supplied function isp_done is called with the pointer to the completing command. This would then be the glue layer that informs the SCSI subsystem for this platform that a command is complete. 5.5 Asynchronous Events Interrupts occur for events other than commands (mailbox or request queue started commands) completing. These are called Asynchronous Mailbox interrupts. When some external event causes the SCSI bus to be reset, or when a Fibre Channel loop changes state (e.g., a LIP is observed), this generates such an asynchronous event. Each platform module has to provide an isp_async entry point that will handle a set of these. This isp_async entry point also handles things which aren't properly async events but are simply natural outgrowths of code flow for another core function (see discussion on fabric device management below). 5.6 Target Mode Code Flow This section could use a lot of expansion, but this covers the basics. The QLogic cards, when operating in target mode, follow a code flow that is essentially the inverse of that for intiator mode describe above. In this scenario, an interrupt occurs, and present on the Response Queue is a queue entry element defining a new command arriving from an initiator. This is passed to possibly external target mode handler. This driver provides some handling for this in a core module, but also leaves things open enough that a completely different target mode handler may accept this incoming queue entry. The external target mode handler then turns around forms up a response to this 'response' that just arrived which is then placed on the Request Queue and handled very much like an initiator mode command (i.e., calling the bus dependent DMA mapping function). If this entry completes the command, no more need occur. But often this handles only part of the requested command, so the QLogic firmware will rewrite the response to the initial 'response' again onto the Response Queue, whereupon the target mode handler will respond to that, and so on until the command is completely handled. Because almost no platform provides basic SCSI Subsystem target mode support, this design has been left extremely open ended, and as such it's a bit hard to describe in more detail than this. 5.7 Locking Assumptions The observant reader by now is likely to have asked the question, "but what about locking? Or interrupt masking" by now. The basic assumption about this is that the core module does not know anything directly about locking or interrupt masking. It may assume that upon entry (e.g., via isp_start, isp_control, isp_intr) that appropriate locking and interrupt masking has been done. The platform dependent code may also therefore assume that if it is called (e.g., isp_done or isp_async) that any locking or masking that was in place upon the entry to the core module is still there. It is up to the platform dependent code to worry about avoiding any lock nesting issues. As an example of this, the Linux implementation simply queues up commands completed via the callout to isp_done, which it then pushes out to the SCSI subsystem after a return from it's calling isp_intr is executed (and locks dropped appropriately, as well as avoidance of deep interrupt stacks). Recent changes in the design have now eased what had been an original requirement that the while in the core module no locks or interrupt masking could be dropped. It's now up to each platform to figure out how to implement this. This is principally used in the execution of mailbox commands (which are principally used for Loop and Fabric management via the isp_control function). 5.8 SCSI Specifics The driver core or platform dependent architecture issues that are specific to SCSI are few. There is a basic assumption that the QLogic firmware supported Automatic Request sense will work- there is no particular provision for disabling it's usage on a per-command basis. 5.9 Fibre Channel Specifics Fibre Channel presents an interesting challenge here. The QLogic firmware architecture for dealing with Fibre Channel as just a 'fat' SCSI bus is fine on the face of it, but there are some subtle and not so subtle problems here. 5.9.1 Firmware State Part of the initialization (isp_init) for Fibre Channel HBAs involves sending a command (Initialize Control Block) that establishes Node and Port WWNs as well as topology preferences. After this occurs, the QLogic firmware tries to traverese through serveral states: FW_CONFIG_WAIT FW_WAIT_AL_PA FW_WAIT_LOGIN FW_READY FW_LOSS_OF_SYNC FW_ERROR FW_REINIT FW_NON_PART It starts with FW_CONFIG_WAIT, attempts to get an AL_PA (if on an FC-AL loop instead of being connected as an N-port), waits to log into all FC-AL loop entities and then hopefully transitions to FW_READY state. Clearly, no command should be attempted prior to FW_READY state is achieved. The core internal function isp_fclink_test (reachable via isp_control with the ISPCTL_FCLINK_TEST function code). This function also determines connection topology (i.e., whether we're attached to a fabric or not). 5.9.2. Loop State Transitions- From Nil to Ready Once the firmware has transitioned to a ready state, then the state of the connection to either arbitrated loop or to a fabric has to be ascertained, and the identity of all loop members (and fabric members validated). This can be very complicated, and it isn't made easy in that the QLogic firmware manages PLOGI and PRLI to devices that are on a local loop, but it is the driver that must manage PLOGI/PRLI with devices on the fabric. In order to manage this state an eight level staging of current "Loop" (where "Loop" is taken to mean FC-AL or N- or F-port connections) states in the following ascending order: LOOP_NIL LOOP_LIP_RCVD LOOP_PDB_RCVD LOOP_SCANNING_FABRIC LOOP_FSCAN_DONE LOOP_SCANNING_LOOP LOOP_LSCAN_DONE LOOP_SYNCING_PDB LOOP_READY When the core code initializes the QLogic firmware, it sets the loop state to LOOP_NIL. The first 'LIP Received' asynchronous event sets state to LOOP_LIP_RCVD. This should be followed by a "Port Database Changed" asynchronous event which will set the state to LOOP_PDB_RCVD. Each of these states, when entered, causes an isp_async event call to the machine dependent layers with the ISPASYNC_CHANGE_NOTIFY code. After the state of LOOP_PDB_RCVD is reached, the internal core function isp_scan_fabric (reachable via isp_control(..ISPCTL_SCAN_FABRIC)) will, if the connection is to a fabric, use Simple Name Server mailbox mediated commands to dump the entire fabric contents. For each new entity, an isp_async event will be generated that says a Fabric device has arrived (ISPASYNC_FABRIC_DEV). The function that isp_async must perform in this step is to insert possibly remove devices that it wants to have the QLogic firmware log into (at LOOP_SYNCING_PDB state level)). After this has occurred, the state LOOP_FSCAN_DONE is set, and then the internal function isp_scan_loop (isp_control(...ISPCTL_SCAN_LOOP)) can be called which will then scan for any local (FC-AL) entries by asking for each possible local loop id the QLogic firmware for a Port Database entry. It's at this level some entries cached locally are purged or shifting loopids are managed (see section 5.9.4). The final step after this is to call the internal function isp_pdb_sync (isp_control(..ISPCTL_PDB_SYNC)). The purpose of this function is to then perform the PLOGI/PRLI functions for fabric devices. The next state entered after this is LOOP_READY, which means that the driver is ready to process commands to send to Fibre Channel devices. 5.9.3 Fibre Channel variants of Initiator Mode Code Flow The code flow in isp_start for Fibre Channel devices is the same as it is for SCSI devices, but with a notable exception. Maintained within the fibre channel specific portion of the driver soft state structure is a distillation of the existing population of both local loop and fabric devices. Because Loop IDs can shift on a local loop but we wish to retain a 'constant' Target ID (see 5.9.4), this is indexed directly via the Target ID for the command (XS_TGT(xs)). If there is a valid entry for this Target ID, the command is started (with the stored 'Loop ID'). If not the command is completed with the error that is just like a SCSI Selection Timeout error. This code is currently somewhat in transition. Some platforms to do firmware and loop state management (as described above) at this point. Other platforms manage this from the machine dependent layers. The important function to watch in this respect is isp_fc_runstate (in isp_inline.h). 5.9.4 "Target" in Fibre Channel is a fixed virtual construct Very few systems can cope with the notion that "Target" for a disk device can change while you're using it. But one of the properties of for arbitrated loop is that the physical bus address for a loop member (the AL_PA) can change depending on when and how things are inserted in the loop. To illustrate this, let's take an example. Let's say you start with a loop that has 5 disks in it. At boot time, the system will likely find them and see them in this order: disk# Loop ID Target ID disk0 0 0 disk1 1 1 disk2 2 2 disk3 3 3 disk4 4 4 The driver uses 'Loop ID' when it forms requests to send a comamnd to each disk. However, it reports to NetBSD that things exist as 'Target ID'. As you can see here, there is perfect correspondence between disk, Loop ID and Target ID. Let's say you add a new disk between disk2 and disk3 while things are running. You don't really often see this, but you *could* see this where the loop has to renegotiate, and you end up with: disk# Loop ID Target ID disk0 0 0 disk1 1 1 disk2 2 2 diskN 3 ? disk3 4 ? disk4 5 ? Clearly, you don't want disk3 and disk4's "Target ID" to change while you're running since currently mounted filesystems will get trashed. What the driver is supposed to do (this is the function of isp_scan_loop), is regenerate things such that the following then occurs: disk# Loop ID Target ID disk0 0 0 disk1 1 1 disk2 2 2 diskN 3 5 disk3 4 3 disk4 5 4 So, "Target" is a virtual entity that is maintained while you're running. 6. Glossary HBA - Host Bus Adapter SCSI - Small Computer 7. References Various URLs of interest: http://www.netbsd.org - NetBSD's Web Page http://www.openbsd.org - OpenBSD's Web Page -http://www.freebsd.org - FreeBSD's Web Page +https://www.freebsd.org - FreeBSD's Web Page http://www.t10.org - ANSI SCSI Commitee's Web Page (SCSI Specs) http://www.t11.org - NCITS Device Interface Web Page (Fibre Channel Specs) Index: head/sys/dev/sk/if_sk.c =================================================================== --- head/sys/dev/sk/if_sk.c (revision 325095) +++ head/sys/dev/sk/if_sk.c (revision 325096) @@ -1,3839 +1,3839 @@ /* $OpenBSD: if_sk.c,v 2.33 2003/08/12 05:23:06 nate Exp $ */ /*- * Copyright (c) 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000 * Bill Paul . All rights reserved. * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions * are met: * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software * must display the following acknowledgement: * This product includes software developed by Bill Paul. * 4. Neither the name of the author nor the names of any co-contributors * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software * without specific prior written permission. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY Bill Paul AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL Bill Paul OR THE VOICES IN HIS HEAD * BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF * SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF * THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. */ /*- * Copyright (c) 2003 Nathan L. Binkert * * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies. * * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. */ #include __FBSDID("$FreeBSD$"); /* * SysKonnect SK-NET gigabit ethernet driver for FreeBSD. Supports * the SK-984x series adapters, both single port and dual port. * References: * The XaQti XMAC II datasheet, - * http://www.freebsd.org/~wpaul/SysKonnect/xmacii_datasheet_rev_c_9-29.pdf + * https://www.freebsd.org/~wpaul/SysKonnect/xmacii_datasheet_rev_c_9-29.pdf * The SysKonnect GEnesis manual, http://www.syskonnect.com * * Note: XaQti has been acquired by Vitesse, and Vitesse does not have the * XMAC II datasheet online. I have put my copy at people.freebsd.org as a * convenience to others until Vitesse corrects this problem: * * http://people.freebsd.org/~wpaul/SysKonnect/xmacii_datasheet_rev_c_9-29.pdf * * Written by Bill Paul * Department of Electrical Engineering * Columbia University, New York City */ /* * The SysKonnect gigabit ethernet adapters consist of two main * components: the SysKonnect GEnesis controller chip and the XaQti Corp. * XMAC II gigabit ethernet MAC. The XMAC provides all of the MAC * components and a PHY while the GEnesis controller provides a PCI * interface with DMA support. Each card may have between 512K and * 2MB of SRAM on board depending on the configuration. * * The SysKonnect GEnesis controller can have either one or two XMAC * chips connected to it, allowing single or dual port NIC configurations. * SysKonnect has the distinction of being the only vendor on the market * with a dual port gigabit ethernet NIC. The GEnesis provides dual FIFOs, * dual DMA queues, packet/MAC/transmit arbiters and direct access to the * XMAC registers. This driver takes advantage of these features to allow * both XMACs to operate as independent interfaces. */ #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #if 0 #define SK_USEIOSPACE #endif #include #include #include MODULE_DEPEND(sk, pci, 1, 1, 1); MODULE_DEPEND(sk, ether, 1, 1, 1); MODULE_DEPEND(sk, miibus, 1, 1, 1); /* "device miibus" required. See GENERIC if you get errors here. */ #include "miibus_if.h" static const struct sk_type sk_devs[] = { { VENDORID_SK, DEVICEID_SK_V1, "SysKonnect Gigabit Ethernet (V1.0)" }, { VENDORID_SK, DEVICEID_SK_V2, "SysKonnect Gigabit Ethernet (V2.0)" }, { VENDORID_MARVELL, DEVICEID_SK_V2, "Marvell Gigabit Ethernet" }, { VENDORID_MARVELL, DEVICEID_BELKIN_5005, "Belkin F5D5005 Gigabit Ethernet" }, { VENDORID_3COM, DEVICEID_3COM_3C940, "3Com 3C940 Gigabit Ethernet" }, { VENDORID_LINKSYS, DEVICEID_LINKSYS_EG1032, "Linksys EG1032 Gigabit Ethernet" }, { VENDORID_DLINK, DEVICEID_DLINK_DGE530T_A1, "D-Link DGE-530T Gigabit Ethernet" }, { VENDORID_DLINK, DEVICEID_DLINK_DGE530T_B1, "D-Link DGE-530T Gigabit Ethernet" }, { 0, 0, NULL } }; static int skc_probe(device_t); static int skc_attach(device_t); static int skc_detach(device_t); static int skc_shutdown(device_t); static int skc_suspend(device_t); static int skc_resume(device_t); static bus_dma_tag_t skc_get_dma_tag(device_t, device_t); static int sk_detach(device_t); static int sk_probe(device_t); static int sk_attach(device_t); static void sk_tick(void *); static void sk_yukon_tick(void *); static void sk_intr(void *); static void sk_intr_xmac(struct sk_if_softc *); static void sk_intr_bcom(struct sk_if_softc *); static void sk_intr_yukon(struct sk_if_softc *); static __inline void sk_rxcksum(struct ifnet *, struct mbuf *, u_int32_t); static __inline int sk_rxvalid(struct sk_softc *, u_int32_t, u_int32_t); static void sk_rxeof(struct sk_if_softc *); static void sk_jumbo_rxeof(struct sk_if_softc *); static void sk_txeof(struct sk_if_softc *); static void sk_txcksum(struct ifnet *, struct mbuf *, struct sk_tx_desc *); static int sk_encap(struct sk_if_softc *, struct mbuf **); static void sk_start(struct ifnet *); static void sk_start_locked(struct ifnet *); static int sk_ioctl(struct ifnet *, u_long, caddr_t); static void sk_init(void *); static void sk_init_locked(struct sk_if_softc *); static void sk_init_xmac(struct sk_if_softc *); static void sk_init_yukon(struct sk_if_softc *); static void sk_stop(struct sk_if_softc *); static void sk_watchdog(void *); static int sk_ifmedia_upd(struct ifnet *); static void sk_ifmedia_sts(struct ifnet *, struct ifmediareq *); static void sk_reset(struct sk_softc *); static __inline void sk_discard_rxbuf(struct sk_if_softc *, int); static __inline void sk_discard_jumbo_rxbuf(struct sk_if_softc *, int); static int sk_newbuf(struct sk_if_softc *, int); static int sk_jumbo_newbuf(struct sk_if_softc *, int); static void sk_dmamap_cb(void *, bus_dma_segment_t *, int, int); static int sk_dma_alloc(struct sk_if_softc *); static int sk_dma_jumbo_alloc(struct sk_if_softc *); static void sk_dma_free(struct sk_if_softc *); static void sk_dma_jumbo_free(struct sk_if_softc *); static int sk_init_rx_ring(struct sk_if_softc *); static int sk_init_jumbo_rx_ring(struct sk_if_softc *); static void sk_init_tx_ring(struct sk_if_softc *); static u_int32_t sk_win_read_4(struct sk_softc *, int); static u_int16_t sk_win_read_2(struct sk_softc *, int); static u_int8_t sk_win_read_1(struct sk_softc *, int); static void sk_win_write_4(struct sk_softc *, int, u_int32_t); static void sk_win_write_2(struct sk_softc *, int, u_int32_t); static void sk_win_write_1(struct sk_softc *, int, u_int32_t); static int sk_miibus_readreg(device_t, int, int); static int sk_miibus_writereg(device_t, int, int, int); static void sk_miibus_statchg(device_t); static int sk_xmac_miibus_readreg(struct sk_if_softc *, int, int); static int sk_xmac_miibus_writereg(struct sk_if_softc *, int, int, int); static void sk_xmac_miibus_statchg(struct sk_if_softc *); static int sk_marv_miibus_readreg(struct sk_if_softc *, int, int); static int sk_marv_miibus_writereg(struct sk_if_softc *, int, int, int); static void sk_marv_miibus_statchg(struct sk_if_softc *); static uint32_t sk_xmchash(const uint8_t *); static void sk_setfilt(struct sk_if_softc *, u_int16_t *, int); static void sk_rxfilter(struct sk_if_softc *); static void sk_rxfilter_genesis(struct sk_if_softc *); static void sk_rxfilter_yukon(struct sk_if_softc *); static int sysctl_int_range(SYSCTL_HANDLER_ARGS, int low, int high); static int sysctl_hw_sk_int_mod(SYSCTL_HANDLER_ARGS); /* Tunables. */ static int jumbo_disable = 0; TUNABLE_INT("hw.skc.jumbo_disable", &jumbo_disable); /* * It seems that SK-NET GENESIS supports very simple checksum offload * capability for Tx and I believe it can generate 0 checksum value for * UDP packets in Tx as the hardware can't differenciate UDP packets from * TCP packets. 0 chcecksum value for UDP packet is an invalid one as it * means sender didn't perforam checksum computation. For the safety I * disabled UDP checksum offload capability at the moment. Alternatively * we can intrduce a LINK0/LINK1 flag as hme(4) did in its Tx checksum * offload routine. */ #define SK_CSUM_FEATURES (CSUM_TCP) /* * Note that we have newbus methods for both the GEnesis controller * itself and the XMAC(s). The XMACs are children of the GEnesis, and * the miibus code is a child of the XMACs. We need to do it this way * so that the miibus drivers can access the PHY registers on the * right PHY. It's not quite what I had in mind, but it's the only * design that achieves the desired effect. */ static device_method_t skc_methods[] = { /* Device interface */ DEVMETHOD(device_probe, skc_probe), DEVMETHOD(device_attach, skc_attach), DEVMETHOD(device_detach, skc_detach), DEVMETHOD(device_suspend, skc_suspend), DEVMETHOD(device_resume, skc_resume), DEVMETHOD(device_shutdown, skc_shutdown), DEVMETHOD(bus_get_dma_tag, skc_get_dma_tag), DEVMETHOD_END }; static driver_t skc_driver = { "skc", skc_methods, sizeof(struct sk_softc) }; static devclass_t skc_devclass; static device_method_t sk_methods[] = { /* Device interface */ DEVMETHOD(device_probe, sk_probe), DEVMETHOD(device_attach, sk_attach), DEVMETHOD(device_detach, sk_detach), DEVMETHOD(device_shutdown, bus_generic_shutdown), /* MII interface */ DEVMETHOD(miibus_readreg, sk_miibus_readreg), DEVMETHOD(miibus_writereg, sk_miibus_writereg), DEVMETHOD(miibus_statchg, sk_miibus_statchg), DEVMETHOD_END }; static driver_t sk_driver = { "sk", sk_methods, sizeof(struct sk_if_softc) }; static devclass_t sk_devclass; DRIVER_MODULE(skc, pci, skc_driver, skc_devclass, NULL, NULL); DRIVER_MODULE(sk, skc, sk_driver, sk_devclass, NULL, NULL); DRIVER_MODULE(miibus, sk, miibus_driver, miibus_devclass, NULL, NULL); static struct resource_spec sk_res_spec_io[] = { { SYS_RES_IOPORT, PCIR_BAR(1), RF_ACTIVE }, { SYS_RES_IRQ, 0, RF_ACTIVE | RF_SHAREABLE }, { -1, 0, 0 } }; static struct resource_spec sk_res_spec_mem[] = { { SYS_RES_MEMORY, PCIR_BAR(0), RF_ACTIVE }, { SYS_RES_IRQ, 0, RF_ACTIVE | RF_SHAREABLE }, { -1, 0, 0 } }; #define SK_SETBIT(sc, reg, x) \ CSR_WRITE_4(sc, reg, CSR_READ_4(sc, reg) | x) #define SK_CLRBIT(sc, reg, x) \ CSR_WRITE_4(sc, reg, CSR_READ_4(sc, reg) & ~x) #define SK_WIN_SETBIT_4(sc, reg, x) \ sk_win_write_4(sc, reg, sk_win_read_4(sc, reg) | x) #define SK_WIN_CLRBIT_4(sc, reg, x) \ sk_win_write_4(sc, reg, sk_win_read_4(sc, reg) & ~x) #define SK_WIN_SETBIT_2(sc, reg, x) \ sk_win_write_2(sc, reg, sk_win_read_2(sc, reg) | x) #define SK_WIN_CLRBIT_2(sc, reg, x) \ sk_win_write_2(sc, reg, sk_win_read_2(sc, reg) & ~x) static u_int32_t sk_win_read_4(sc, reg) struct sk_softc *sc; int reg; { #ifdef SK_USEIOSPACE CSR_WRITE_4(sc, SK_RAP, SK_WIN(reg)); return(CSR_READ_4(sc, SK_WIN_BASE + SK_REG(reg))); #else return(CSR_READ_4(sc, reg)); #endif } static u_int16_t sk_win_read_2(sc, reg) struct sk_softc *sc; int reg; { #ifdef SK_USEIOSPACE CSR_WRITE_4(sc, SK_RAP, SK_WIN(reg)); return(CSR_READ_2(sc, SK_WIN_BASE + SK_REG(reg))); #else return(CSR_READ_2(sc, reg)); #endif } static u_int8_t sk_win_read_1(sc, reg) struct sk_softc *sc; int reg; { #ifdef SK_USEIOSPACE CSR_WRITE_4(sc, SK_RAP, SK_WIN(reg)); return(CSR_READ_1(sc, SK_WIN_BASE + SK_REG(reg))); #else return(CSR_READ_1(sc, reg)); #endif } static void sk_win_write_4(sc, reg, val) struct sk_softc *sc; int reg; u_int32_t val; { #ifdef SK_USEIOSPACE CSR_WRITE_4(sc, SK_RAP, SK_WIN(reg)); CSR_WRITE_4(sc, SK_WIN_BASE + SK_REG(reg), val); #else CSR_WRITE_4(sc, reg, val); #endif return; } static void sk_win_write_2(sc, reg, val) struct sk_softc *sc; int reg; u_int32_t val; { #ifdef SK_USEIOSPACE CSR_WRITE_4(sc, SK_RAP, SK_WIN(reg)); CSR_WRITE_2(sc, SK_WIN_BASE + SK_REG(reg), val); #else CSR_WRITE_2(sc, reg, val); #endif return; } static void sk_win_write_1(sc, reg, val) struct sk_softc *sc; int reg; u_int32_t val; { #ifdef SK_USEIOSPACE CSR_WRITE_4(sc, SK_RAP, SK_WIN(reg)); CSR_WRITE_1(sc, SK_WIN_BASE + SK_REG(reg), val); #else CSR_WRITE_1(sc, reg, val); #endif return; } static int sk_miibus_readreg(dev, phy, reg) device_t dev; int phy, reg; { struct sk_if_softc *sc_if; int v; sc_if = device_get_softc(dev); SK_IF_MII_LOCK(sc_if); switch(sc_if->sk_softc->sk_type) { case SK_GENESIS: v = sk_xmac_miibus_readreg(sc_if, phy, reg); break; case SK_YUKON: case SK_YUKON_LITE: case SK_YUKON_LP: v = sk_marv_miibus_readreg(sc_if, phy, reg); break; default: v = 0; break; } SK_IF_MII_UNLOCK(sc_if); return (v); } static int sk_miibus_writereg(dev, phy, reg, val) device_t dev; int phy, reg, val; { struct sk_if_softc *sc_if; int v; sc_if = device_get_softc(dev); SK_IF_MII_LOCK(sc_if); switch(sc_if->sk_softc->sk_type) { case SK_GENESIS: v = sk_xmac_miibus_writereg(sc_if, phy, reg, val); break; case SK_YUKON: case SK_YUKON_LITE: case SK_YUKON_LP: v = sk_marv_miibus_writereg(sc_if, phy, reg, val); break; default: v = 0; break; } SK_IF_MII_UNLOCK(sc_if); return (v); } static void sk_miibus_statchg(dev) device_t dev; { struct sk_if_softc *sc_if; sc_if = device_get_softc(dev); SK_IF_MII_LOCK(sc_if); switch(sc_if->sk_softc->sk_type) { case SK_GENESIS: sk_xmac_miibus_statchg(sc_if); break; case SK_YUKON: case SK_YUKON_LITE: case SK_YUKON_LP: sk_marv_miibus_statchg(sc_if); break; } SK_IF_MII_UNLOCK(sc_if); return; } static int sk_xmac_miibus_readreg(sc_if, phy, reg) struct sk_if_softc *sc_if; int phy, reg; { int i; SK_XM_WRITE_2(sc_if, XM_PHY_ADDR, reg|(phy << 8)); SK_XM_READ_2(sc_if, XM_PHY_DATA); if (sc_if->sk_phytype != SK_PHYTYPE_XMAC) { for (i = 0; i < SK_TIMEOUT; i++) { DELAY(1); if (SK_XM_READ_2(sc_if, XM_MMUCMD) & XM_MMUCMD_PHYDATARDY) break; } if (i == SK_TIMEOUT) { if_printf(sc_if->sk_ifp, "phy failed to come ready\n"); return(0); } } DELAY(1); i = SK_XM_READ_2(sc_if, XM_PHY_DATA); return(i); } static int sk_xmac_miibus_writereg(sc_if, phy, reg, val) struct sk_if_softc *sc_if; int phy, reg, val; { int i; SK_XM_WRITE_2(sc_if, XM_PHY_ADDR, reg|(phy << 8)); for (i = 0; i < SK_TIMEOUT; i++) { if (!(SK_XM_READ_2(sc_if, XM_MMUCMD) & XM_MMUCMD_PHYBUSY)) break; } if (i == SK_TIMEOUT) { if_printf(sc_if->sk_ifp, "phy failed to come ready\n"); return (ETIMEDOUT); } SK_XM_WRITE_2(sc_if, XM_PHY_DATA, val); for (i = 0; i < SK_TIMEOUT; i++) { DELAY(1); if (!(SK_XM_READ_2(sc_if, XM_MMUCMD) & XM_MMUCMD_PHYBUSY)) break; } if (i == SK_TIMEOUT) if_printf(sc_if->sk_ifp, "phy write timed out\n"); return(0); } static void sk_xmac_miibus_statchg(sc_if) struct sk_if_softc *sc_if; { struct mii_data *mii; mii = device_get_softc(sc_if->sk_miibus); /* * If this is a GMII PHY, manually set the XMAC's * duplex mode accordingly. */ if (sc_if->sk_phytype != SK_PHYTYPE_XMAC) { if ((mii->mii_media_active & IFM_GMASK) == IFM_FDX) { SK_XM_SETBIT_2(sc_if, XM_MMUCMD, XM_MMUCMD_GMIIFDX); } else { SK_XM_CLRBIT_2(sc_if, XM_MMUCMD, XM_MMUCMD_GMIIFDX); } } } static int sk_marv_miibus_readreg(sc_if, phy, reg) struct sk_if_softc *sc_if; int phy, reg; { u_int16_t val; int i; if (sc_if->sk_phytype != SK_PHYTYPE_MARV_COPPER && sc_if->sk_phytype != SK_PHYTYPE_MARV_FIBER) { return(0); } SK_YU_WRITE_2(sc_if, YUKON_SMICR, YU_SMICR_PHYAD(phy) | YU_SMICR_REGAD(reg) | YU_SMICR_OP_READ); for (i = 0; i < SK_TIMEOUT; i++) { DELAY(1); val = SK_YU_READ_2(sc_if, YUKON_SMICR); if (val & YU_SMICR_READ_VALID) break; } if (i == SK_TIMEOUT) { if_printf(sc_if->sk_ifp, "phy failed to come ready\n"); return(0); } val = SK_YU_READ_2(sc_if, YUKON_SMIDR); return(val); } static int sk_marv_miibus_writereg(sc_if, phy, reg, val) struct sk_if_softc *sc_if; int phy, reg, val; { int i; SK_YU_WRITE_2(sc_if, YUKON_SMIDR, val); SK_YU_WRITE_2(sc_if, YUKON_SMICR, YU_SMICR_PHYAD(phy) | YU_SMICR_REGAD(reg) | YU_SMICR_OP_WRITE); for (i = 0; i < SK_TIMEOUT; i++) { DELAY(1); if ((SK_YU_READ_2(sc_if, YUKON_SMICR) & YU_SMICR_BUSY) == 0) break; } if (i == SK_TIMEOUT) if_printf(sc_if->sk_ifp, "phy write timeout\n"); return(0); } static void sk_marv_miibus_statchg(sc_if) struct sk_if_softc *sc_if; { return; } #define HASH_BITS 6 static u_int32_t sk_xmchash(addr) const uint8_t *addr; { uint32_t crc; /* Compute CRC for the address value. */ crc = ether_crc32_le(addr, ETHER_ADDR_LEN); return (~crc & ((1 << HASH_BITS) - 1)); } static void sk_setfilt(sc_if, addr, slot) struct sk_if_softc *sc_if; u_int16_t *addr; int slot; { int base; base = XM_RXFILT_ENTRY(slot); SK_XM_WRITE_2(sc_if, base, addr[0]); SK_XM_WRITE_2(sc_if, base + 2, addr[1]); SK_XM_WRITE_2(sc_if, base + 4, addr[2]); return; } static void sk_rxfilter(sc_if) struct sk_if_softc *sc_if; { struct sk_softc *sc; SK_IF_LOCK_ASSERT(sc_if); sc = sc_if->sk_softc; if (sc->sk_type == SK_GENESIS) sk_rxfilter_genesis(sc_if); else sk_rxfilter_yukon(sc_if); } static void sk_rxfilter_genesis(sc_if) struct sk_if_softc *sc_if; { struct ifnet *ifp = sc_if->sk_ifp; u_int32_t hashes[2] = { 0, 0 }, mode; int h = 0, i; struct ifmultiaddr *ifma; u_int16_t dummy[] = { 0, 0, 0 }; u_int16_t maddr[(ETHER_ADDR_LEN+1)/2]; SK_IF_LOCK_ASSERT(sc_if); mode = SK_XM_READ_4(sc_if, XM_MODE); mode &= ~(XM_MODE_RX_PROMISC | XM_MODE_RX_USE_HASH | XM_MODE_RX_USE_PERFECT); /* First, zot all the existing perfect filters. */ for (i = 1; i < XM_RXFILT_MAX; i++) sk_setfilt(sc_if, dummy, i); /* Now program new ones. */ if (ifp->if_flags & IFF_ALLMULTI || ifp->if_flags & IFF_PROMISC) { if (ifp->if_flags & IFF_ALLMULTI) mode |= XM_MODE_RX_USE_HASH; if (ifp->if_flags & IFF_PROMISC) mode |= XM_MODE_RX_PROMISC; hashes[0] = 0xFFFFFFFF; hashes[1] = 0xFFFFFFFF; } else { i = 1; if_maddr_rlock(ifp); TAILQ_FOREACH_REVERSE(ifma, &ifp->if_multiaddrs, ifmultihead, ifma_link) { if (ifma->ifma_addr->sa_family != AF_LINK) continue; /* * Program the first XM_RXFILT_MAX multicast groups * into the perfect filter. */ bcopy(LLADDR((struct sockaddr_dl *)ifma->ifma_addr), maddr, ETHER_ADDR_LEN); if (i < XM_RXFILT_MAX) { sk_setfilt(sc_if, maddr, i); mode |= XM_MODE_RX_USE_PERFECT; i++; continue; } h = sk_xmchash((const uint8_t *)maddr); if (h < 32) hashes[0] |= (1 << h); else hashes[1] |= (1 << (h - 32)); mode |= XM_MODE_RX_USE_HASH; } if_maddr_runlock(ifp); } SK_XM_WRITE_4(sc_if, XM_MODE, mode); SK_XM_WRITE_4(sc_if, XM_MAR0, hashes[0]); SK_XM_WRITE_4(sc_if, XM_MAR2, hashes[1]); } static void sk_rxfilter_yukon(sc_if) struct sk_if_softc *sc_if; { struct ifnet *ifp; u_int32_t crc, hashes[2] = { 0, 0 }, mode; struct ifmultiaddr *ifma; SK_IF_LOCK_ASSERT(sc_if); ifp = sc_if->sk_ifp; mode = SK_YU_READ_2(sc_if, YUKON_RCR); if (ifp->if_flags & IFF_PROMISC) mode &= ~(YU_RCR_UFLEN | YU_RCR_MUFLEN); else if (ifp->if_flags & IFF_ALLMULTI) { mode |= YU_RCR_UFLEN | YU_RCR_MUFLEN; hashes[0] = 0xFFFFFFFF; hashes[1] = 0xFFFFFFFF; } else { mode |= YU_RCR_UFLEN; if_maddr_rlock(ifp); TAILQ_FOREACH(ifma, &ifp->if_multiaddrs, ifma_link) { if (ifma->ifma_addr->sa_family != AF_LINK) continue; crc = ether_crc32_be(LLADDR((struct sockaddr_dl *) ifma->ifma_addr), ETHER_ADDR_LEN); /* Just want the 6 least significant bits. */ crc &= 0x3f; /* Set the corresponding bit in the hash table. */ hashes[crc >> 5] |= 1 << (crc & 0x1f); } if_maddr_runlock(ifp); if (hashes[0] != 0 || hashes[1] != 0) mode |= YU_RCR_MUFLEN; } SK_YU_WRITE_2(sc_if, YUKON_MCAH1, hashes[0] & 0xffff); SK_YU_WRITE_2(sc_if, YUKON_MCAH2, (hashes[0] >> 16) & 0xffff); SK_YU_WRITE_2(sc_if, YUKON_MCAH3, hashes[1] & 0xffff); SK_YU_WRITE_2(sc_if, YUKON_MCAH4, (hashes[1] >> 16) & 0xffff); SK_YU_WRITE_2(sc_if, YUKON_RCR, mode); } static int sk_init_rx_ring(sc_if) struct sk_if_softc *sc_if; { struct sk_ring_data *rd; bus_addr_t addr; u_int32_t csum_start; int i; sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_rx_cons = 0; csum_start = (ETHER_HDR_LEN + sizeof(struct ip)) << 16 | ETHER_HDR_LEN; rd = &sc_if->sk_rdata; bzero(rd->sk_rx_ring, sizeof(struct sk_rx_desc) * SK_RX_RING_CNT); for (i = 0; i < SK_RX_RING_CNT; i++) { if (sk_newbuf(sc_if, i) != 0) return (ENOBUFS); if (i == (SK_RX_RING_CNT - 1)) addr = SK_RX_RING_ADDR(sc_if, 0); else addr = SK_RX_RING_ADDR(sc_if, i + 1); rd->sk_rx_ring[i].sk_next = htole32(SK_ADDR_LO(addr)); rd->sk_rx_ring[i].sk_csum_start = htole32(csum_start); } bus_dmamap_sync(sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_rx_ring_tag, sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_rx_ring_map, BUS_DMASYNC_PREREAD | BUS_DMASYNC_PREWRITE); return(0); } static int sk_init_jumbo_rx_ring(sc_if) struct sk_if_softc *sc_if; { struct sk_ring_data *rd; bus_addr_t addr; u_int32_t csum_start; int i; sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_jumbo_rx_cons = 0; csum_start = ((ETHER_HDR_LEN + sizeof(struct ip)) << 16) | ETHER_HDR_LEN; rd = &sc_if->sk_rdata; bzero(rd->sk_jumbo_rx_ring, sizeof(struct sk_rx_desc) * SK_JUMBO_RX_RING_CNT); for (i = 0; i < SK_JUMBO_RX_RING_CNT; i++) { if (sk_jumbo_newbuf(sc_if, i) != 0) return (ENOBUFS); if (i == (SK_JUMBO_RX_RING_CNT - 1)) addr = SK_JUMBO_RX_RING_ADDR(sc_if, 0); else addr = SK_JUMBO_RX_RING_ADDR(sc_if, i + 1); rd->sk_jumbo_rx_ring[i].sk_next = htole32(SK_ADDR_LO(addr)); rd->sk_jumbo_rx_ring[i].sk_csum_start = htole32(csum_start); } bus_dmamap_sync(sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_jumbo_rx_ring_tag, sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_jumbo_rx_ring_map, BUS_DMASYNC_PREREAD | BUS_DMASYNC_PREWRITE); return (0); } static void sk_init_tx_ring(sc_if) struct sk_if_softc *sc_if; { struct sk_ring_data *rd; struct sk_txdesc *txd; bus_addr_t addr; int i; STAILQ_INIT(&sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_txfreeq); STAILQ_INIT(&sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_txbusyq); sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_tx_prod = 0; sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_tx_cons = 0; sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_tx_cnt = 0; rd = &sc_if->sk_rdata; bzero(rd->sk_tx_ring, sizeof(struct sk_tx_desc) * SK_TX_RING_CNT); for (i = 0; i < SK_TX_RING_CNT; i++) { if (i == (SK_TX_RING_CNT - 1)) addr = SK_TX_RING_ADDR(sc_if, 0); else addr = SK_TX_RING_ADDR(sc_if, i + 1); rd->sk_tx_ring[i].sk_next = htole32(SK_ADDR_LO(addr)); txd = &sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_txdesc[i]; STAILQ_INSERT_TAIL(&sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_txfreeq, txd, tx_q); } bus_dmamap_sync(sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_tx_ring_tag, sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_tx_ring_map, BUS_DMASYNC_PREREAD | BUS_DMASYNC_PREWRITE); } static __inline void sk_discard_rxbuf(sc_if, idx) struct sk_if_softc *sc_if; int idx; { struct sk_rx_desc *r; struct sk_rxdesc *rxd; struct mbuf *m; r = &sc_if->sk_rdata.sk_rx_ring[idx]; rxd = &sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_rxdesc[idx]; m = rxd->rx_m; r->sk_ctl = htole32(m->m_len | SK_RXSTAT | SK_OPCODE_CSUM); } static __inline void sk_discard_jumbo_rxbuf(sc_if, idx) struct sk_if_softc *sc_if; int idx; { struct sk_rx_desc *r; struct sk_rxdesc *rxd; struct mbuf *m; r = &sc_if->sk_rdata.sk_jumbo_rx_ring[idx]; rxd = &sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_jumbo_rxdesc[idx]; m = rxd->rx_m; r->sk_ctl = htole32(m->m_len | SK_RXSTAT | SK_OPCODE_CSUM); } static int sk_newbuf(sc_if, idx) struct sk_if_softc *sc_if; int idx; { struct sk_rx_desc *r; struct sk_rxdesc *rxd; struct mbuf *m; bus_dma_segment_t segs[1]; bus_dmamap_t map; int nsegs; m = m_getcl(M_NOWAIT, MT_DATA, M_PKTHDR); if (m == NULL) return (ENOBUFS); m->m_len = m->m_pkthdr.len = MCLBYTES; m_adj(m, ETHER_ALIGN); if (bus_dmamap_load_mbuf_sg(sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_rx_tag, sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_rx_sparemap, m, segs, &nsegs, 0) != 0) { m_freem(m); return (ENOBUFS); } KASSERT(nsegs == 1, ("%s: %d segments returned!", __func__, nsegs)); rxd = &sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_rxdesc[idx]; if (rxd->rx_m != NULL) { bus_dmamap_sync(sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_rx_tag, rxd->rx_dmamap, BUS_DMASYNC_POSTREAD); bus_dmamap_unload(sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_rx_tag, rxd->rx_dmamap); } map = rxd->rx_dmamap; rxd->rx_dmamap = sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_rx_sparemap; sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_rx_sparemap = map; bus_dmamap_sync(sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_rx_tag, rxd->rx_dmamap, BUS_DMASYNC_PREREAD); rxd->rx_m = m; r = &sc_if->sk_rdata.sk_rx_ring[idx]; r->sk_data_lo = htole32(SK_ADDR_LO(segs[0].ds_addr)); r->sk_data_hi = htole32(SK_ADDR_HI(segs[0].ds_addr)); r->sk_ctl = htole32(segs[0].ds_len | SK_RXSTAT | SK_OPCODE_CSUM); return (0); } static int sk_jumbo_newbuf(sc_if, idx) struct sk_if_softc *sc_if; int idx; { struct sk_rx_desc *r; struct sk_rxdesc *rxd; struct mbuf *m; bus_dma_segment_t segs[1]; bus_dmamap_t map; int nsegs; m = m_getjcl(M_NOWAIT, MT_DATA, M_PKTHDR, MJUM9BYTES); if (m == NULL) return (ENOBUFS); m->m_pkthdr.len = m->m_len = MJUM9BYTES; /* * Adjust alignment so packet payload begins on a * longword boundary. Mandatory for Alpha, useful on * x86 too. */ m_adj(m, ETHER_ALIGN); if (bus_dmamap_load_mbuf_sg(sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_jumbo_rx_tag, sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_jumbo_rx_sparemap, m, segs, &nsegs, 0) != 0) { m_freem(m); return (ENOBUFS); } KASSERT(nsegs == 1, ("%s: %d segments returned!", __func__, nsegs)); rxd = &sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_jumbo_rxdesc[idx]; if (rxd->rx_m != NULL) { bus_dmamap_sync(sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_jumbo_rx_tag, rxd->rx_dmamap, BUS_DMASYNC_POSTREAD); bus_dmamap_unload(sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_jumbo_rx_tag, rxd->rx_dmamap); } map = rxd->rx_dmamap; rxd->rx_dmamap = sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_jumbo_rx_sparemap; sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_jumbo_rx_sparemap = map; bus_dmamap_sync(sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_jumbo_rx_tag, rxd->rx_dmamap, BUS_DMASYNC_PREREAD); rxd->rx_m = m; r = &sc_if->sk_rdata.sk_jumbo_rx_ring[idx]; r->sk_data_lo = htole32(SK_ADDR_LO(segs[0].ds_addr)); r->sk_data_hi = htole32(SK_ADDR_HI(segs[0].ds_addr)); r->sk_ctl = htole32(segs[0].ds_len | SK_RXSTAT | SK_OPCODE_CSUM); return (0); } /* * Set media options. */ static int sk_ifmedia_upd(ifp) struct ifnet *ifp; { struct sk_if_softc *sc_if = ifp->if_softc; struct mii_data *mii; mii = device_get_softc(sc_if->sk_miibus); sk_init(sc_if); mii_mediachg(mii); return(0); } /* * Report current media status. */ static void sk_ifmedia_sts(ifp, ifmr) struct ifnet *ifp; struct ifmediareq *ifmr; { struct sk_if_softc *sc_if; struct mii_data *mii; sc_if = ifp->if_softc; mii = device_get_softc(sc_if->sk_miibus); mii_pollstat(mii); ifmr->ifm_active = mii->mii_media_active; ifmr->ifm_status = mii->mii_media_status; return; } static int sk_ioctl(ifp, command, data) struct ifnet *ifp; u_long command; caddr_t data; { struct sk_if_softc *sc_if = ifp->if_softc; struct ifreq *ifr = (struct ifreq *) data; int error, mask; struct mii_data *mii; error = 0; switch(command) { case SIOCSIFMTU: if (ifr->ifr_mtu < ETHERMIN || ifr->ifr_mtu > SK_JUMBO_MTU) error = EINVAL; else if (ifp->if_mtu != ifr->ifr_mtu) { if (sc_if->sk_jumbo_disable != 0 && ifr->ifr_mtu > SK_MAX_FRAMELEN) error = EINVAL; else { SK_IF_LOCK(sc_if); ifp->if_mtu = ifr->ifr_mtu; if (ifp->if_drv_flags & IFF_DRV_RUNNING) { ifp->if_drv_flags &= ~IFF_DRV_RUNNING; sk_init_locked(sc_if); } SK_IF_UNLOCK(sc_if); } } break; case SIOCSIFFLAGS: SK_IF_LOCK(sc_if); if (ifp->if_flags & IFF_UP) { if (ifp->if_drv_flags & IFF_DRV_RUNNING) { if ((ifp->if_flags ^ sc_if->sk_if_flags) & (IFF_PROMISC | IFF_ALLMULTI)) sk_rxfilter(sc_if); } else sk_init_locked(sc_if); } else { if (ifp->if_drv_flags & IFF_DRV_RUNNING) sk_stop(sc_if); } sc_if->sk_if_flags = ifp->if_flags; SK_IF_UNLOCK(sc_if); break; case SIOCADDMULTI: case SIOCDELMULTI: SK_IF_LOCK(sc_if); if (ifp->if_drv_flags & IFF_DRV_RUNNING) sk_rxfilter(sc_if); SK_IF_UNLOCK(sc_if); break; case SIOCGIFMEDIA: case SIOCSIFMEDIA: mii = device_get_softc(sc_if->sk_miibus); error = ifmedia_ioctl(ifp, ifr, &mii->mii_media, command); break; case SIOCSIFCAP: SK_IF_LOCK(sc_if); if (sc_if->sk_softc->sk_type == SK_GENESIS) { SK_IF_UNLOCK(sc_if); break; } mask = ifr->ifr_reqcap ^ ifp->if_capenable; if ((mask & IFCAP_TXCSUM) != 0 && (IFCAP_TXCSUM & ifp->if_capabilities) != 0) { ifp->if_capenable ^= IFCAP_TXCSUM; if ((ifp->if_capenable & IFCAP_TXCSUM) != 0) ifp->if_hwassist |= SK_CSUM_FEATURES; else ifp->if_hwassist &= ~SK_CSUM_FEATURES; } if ((mask & IFCAP_RXCSUM) != 0 && (IFCAP_RXCSUM & ifp->if_capabilities) != 0) ifp->if_capenable ^= IFCAP_RXCSUM; SK_IF_UNLOCK(sc_if); break; default: error = ether_ioctl(ifp, command, data); break; } return (error); } /* * Probe for a SysKonnect GEnesis chip. Check the PCI vendor and device * IDs against our list and return a device name if we find a match. */ static int skc_probe(dev) device_t dev; { const struct sk_type *t = sk_devs; while(t->sk_name != NULL) { if ((pci_get_vendor(dev) == t->sk_vid) && (pci_get_device(dev) == t->sk_did)) { /* * Only attach to rev. 2 of the Linksys EG1032 adapter. * Rev. 3 is supported by re(4). */ if ((t->sk_vid == VENDORID_LINKSYS) && (t->sk_did == DEVICEID_LINKSYS_EG1032) && (pci_get_subdevice(dev) != SUBDEVICEID_LINKSYS_EG1032_REV2)) { t++; continue; } device_set_desc(dev, t->sk_name); return (BUS_PROBE_DEFAULT); } t++; } return(ENXIO); } /* * Force the GEnesis into reset, then bring it out of reset. */ static void sk_reset(sc) struct sk_softc *sc; { CSR_WRITE_2(sc, SK_CSR, SK_CSR_SW_RESET); CSR_WRITE_2(sc, SK_CSR, SK_CSR_MASTER_RESET); if (SK_YUKON_FAMILY(sc->sk_type)) CSR_WRITE_2(sc, SK_LINK_CTRL, SK_LINK_RESET_SET); DELAY(1000); CSR_WRITE_2(sc, SK_CSR, SK_CSR_SW_UNRESET); DELAY(2); CSR_WRITE_2(sc, SK_CSR, SK_CSR_MASTER_UNRESET); if (SK_YUKON_FAMILY(sc->sk_type)) CSR_WRITE_2(sc, SK_LINK_CTRL, SK_LINK_RESET_CLEAR); if (sc->sk_type == SK_GENESIS) { /* Configure packet arbiter */ sk_win_write_2(sc, SK_PKTARB_CTL, SK_PKTARBCTL_UNRESET); sk_win_write_2(sc, SK_RXPA1_TINIT, SK_PKTARB_TIMEOUT); sk_win_write_2(sc, SK_TXPA1_TINIT, SK_PKTARB_TIMEOUT); sk_win_write_2(sc, SK_RXPA2_TINIT, SK_PKTARB_TIMEOUT); sk_win_write_2(sc, SK_TXPA2_TINIT, SK_PKTARB_TIMEOUT); } /* Enable RAM interface */ sk_win_write_4(sc, SK_RAMCTL, SK_RAMCTL_UNRESET); /* * Configure interrupt moderation. The moderation timer * defers interrupts specified in the interrupt moderation * timer mask based on the timeout specified in the interrupt * moderation timer init register. Each bit in the timer * register represents one tick, so to specify a timeout in * microseconds, we have to multiply by the correct number of * ticks-per-microsecond. */ switch (sc->sk_type) { case SK_GENESIS: sc->sk_int_ticks = SK_IMTIMER_TICKS_GENESIS; break; default: sc->sk_int_ticks = SK_IMTIMER_TICKS_YUKON; break; } if (bootverbose) device_printf(sc->sk_dev, "interrupt moderation is %d us\n", sc->sk_int_mod); sk_win_write_4(sc, SK_IMTIMERINIT, SK_IM_USECS(sc->sk_int_mod, sc->sk_int_ticks)); sk_win_write_4(sc, SK_IMMR, SK_ISR_TX1_S_EOF|SK_ISR_TX2_S_EOF| SK_ISR_RX1_EOF|SK_ISR_RX2_EOF); sk_win_write_1(sc, SK_IMTIMERCTL, SK_IMCTL_START); return; } static int sk_probe(dev) device_t dev; { struct sk_softc *sc; sc = device_get_softc(device_get_parent(dev)); /* * Not much to do here. We always know there will be * at least one XMAC present, and if there are two, * skc_attach() will create a second device instance * for us. */ switch (sc->sk_type) { case SK_GENESIS: device_set_desc(dev, "XaQti Corp. XMAC II"); break; case SK_YUKON: case SK_YUKON_LITE: case SK_YUKON_LP: device_set_desc(dev, "Marvell Semiconductor, Inc. Yukon"); break; } return (BUS_PROBE_DEFAULT); } /* * Each XMAC chip is attached as a separate logical IP interface. * Single port cards will have only one logical interface of course. */ static int sk_attach(dev) device_t dev; { struct sk_softc *sc; struct sk_if_softc *sc_if; struct ifnet *ifp; u_int32_t r; int error, i, phy, port; u_char eaddr[6]; u_char inv_mac[] = {0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0}; if (dev == NULL) return(EINVAL); error = 0; sc_if = device_get_softc(dev); sc = device_get_softc(device_get_parent(dev)); port = *(int *)device_get_ivars(dev); sc_if->sk_if_dev = dev; sc_if->sk_port = port; sc_if->sk_softc = sc; sc->sk_if[port] = sc_if; if (port == SK_PORT_A) sc_if->sk_tx_bmu = SK_BMU_TXS_CSR0; if (port == SK_PORT_B) sc_if->sk_tx_bmu = SK_BMU_TXS_CSR1; callout_init_mtx(&sc_if->sk_tick_ch, &sc_if->sk_softc->sk_mtx, 0); callout_init_mtx(&sc_if->sk_watchdog_ch, &sc_if->sk_softc->sk_mtx, 0); if (sk_dma_alloc(sc_if) != 0) { error = ENOMEM; goto fail; } sk_dma_jumbo_alloc(sc_if); ifp = sc_if->sk_ifp = if_alloc(IFT_ETHER); if (ifp == NULL) { device_printf(sc_if->sk_if_dev, "can not if_alloc()\n"); error = ENOSPC; goto fail; } ifp->if_softc = sc_if; if_initname(ifp, device_get_name(dev), device_get_unit(dev)); ifp->if_flags = IFF_BROADCAST | IFF_SIMPLEX | IFF_MULTICAST; /* * SK_GENESIS has a bug in checksum offload - From linux. */ if (sc_if->sk_softc->sk_type != SK_GENESIS) { ifp->if_capabilities = IFCAP_TXCSUM | IFCAP_RXCSUM; ifp->if_hwassist = 0; } else { ifp->if_capabilities = 0; ifp->if_hwassist = 0; } ifp->if_capenable = ifp->if_capabilities; /* * Some revision of Yukon controller generates corrupted * frame when TX checksum offloading is enabled. The * frame has a valid checksum value so payload might be * modified during TX checksum calculation. Disable TX * checksum offloading but give users chance to enable it * when they know their controller works without problems * with TX checksum offloading. */ ifp->if_capenable &= ~IFCAP_TXCSUM; ifp->if_ioctl = sk_ioctl; ifp->if_start = sk_start; ifp->if_init = sk_init; IFQ_SET_MAXLEN(&ifp->if_snd, SK_TX_RING_CNT - 1); ifp->if_snd.ifq_drv_maxlen = SK_TX_RING_CNT - 1; IFQ_SET_READY(&ifp->if_snd); /* * Get station address for this interface. Note that * dual port cards actually come with three station * addresses: one for each port, plus an extra. The * extra one is used by the SysKonnect driver software * as a 'virtual' station address for when both ports * are operating in failover mode. Currently we don't * use this extra address. */ SK_IF_LOCK(sc_if); for (i = 0; i < ETHER_ADDR_LEN; i++) eaddr[i] = sk_win_read_1(sc, SK_MAC0_0 + (port * 8) + i); /* Verify whether the station address is invalid or not. */ if (bcmp(eaddr, inv_mac, sizeof(inv_mac)) == 0) { device_printf(sc_if->sk_if_dev, "Generating random ethernet address\n"); r = arc4random(); /* * Set OUI to convenient locally assigned address. 'b' * is 0x62, which has the locally assigned bit set, and * the broadcast/multicast bit clear. */ eaddr[0] = 'b'; eaddr[1] = 's'; eaddr[2] = 'd'; eaddr[3] = (r >> 16) & 0xff; eaddr[4] = (r >> 8) & 0xff; eaddr[5] = (r >> 0) & 0xff; } /* * Set up RAM buffer addresses. The NIC will have a certain * amount of SRAM on it, somewhere between 512K and 2MB. We * need to divide this up a) between the transmitter and * receiver and b) between the two XMACs, if this is a * dual port NIC. Our algotithm is to divide up the memory * evenly so that everyone gets a fair share. * * Just to be contrary, Yukon2 appears to have separate memory * for each MAC. */ if (sk_win_read_1(sc, SK_CONFIG) & SK_CONFIG_SINGLEMAC) { u_int32_t chunk, val; chunk = sc->sk_ramsize / 2; val = sc->sk_rboff / sizeof(u_int64_t); sc_if->sk_rx_ramstart = val; val += (chunk / sizeof(u_int64_t)); sc_if->sk_rx_ramend = val - 1; sc_if->sk_tx_ramstart = val; val += (chunk / sizeof(u_int64_t)); sc_if->sk_tx_ramend = val - 1; } else { u_int32_t chunk, val; chunk = sc->sk_ramsize / 4; val = (sc->sk_rboff + (chunk * 2 * sc_if->sk_port)) / sizeof(u_int64_t); sc_if->sk_rx_ramstart = val; val += (chunk / sizeof(u_int64_t)); sc_if->sk_rx_ramend = val - 1; sc_if->sk_tx_ramstart = val; val += (chunk / sizeof(u_int64_t)); sc_if->sk_tx_ramend = val - 1; } /* Read and save PHY type and set PHY address */ sc_if->sk_phytype = sk_win_read_1(sc, SK_EPROM1) & 0xF; if (!SK_YUKON_FAMILY(sc->sk_type)) { switch(sc_if->sk_phytype) { case SK_PHYTYPE_XMAC: sc_if->sk_phyaddr = SK_PHYADDR_XMAC; break; case SK_PHYTYPE_BCOM: sc_if->sk_phyaddr = SK_PHYADDR_BCOM; break; default: device_printf(sc->sk_dev, "unsupported PHY type: %d\n", sc_if->sk_phytype); error = ENODEV; SK_IF_UNLOCK(sc_if); goto fail; } } else { if (sc_if->sk_phytype < SK_PHYTYPE_MARV_COPPER && sc->sk_pmd != 'S') { /* not initialized, punt */ sc_if->sk_phytype = SK_PHYTYPE_MARV_COPPER; sc->sk_coppertype = 1; } sc_if->sk_phyaddr = SK_PHYADDR_MARV; if (!(sc->sk_coppertype)) sc_if->sk_phytype = SK_PHYTYPE_MARV_FIBER; } /* * Call MI attach routine. Can't hold locks when calling into ether_*. */ SK_IF_UNLOCK(sc_if); ether_ifattach(ifp, eaddr); SK_IF_LOCK(sc_if); /* * The hardware should be ready for VLAN_MTU by default: * XMAC II has 0x8100 in VLAN Tag Level 1 register initially; * YU_SMR_MFL_VLAN is set by this driver in Yukon. * */ ifp->if_capabilities |= IFCAP_VLAN_MTU; ifp->if_capenable |= IFCAP_VLAN_MTU; /* * Tell the upper layer(s) we support long frames. * Must appear after the call to ether_ifattach() because * ether_ifattach() sets ifi_hdrlen to the default value. */ ifp->if_hdrlen = sizeof(struct ether_vlan_header); /* * Do miibus setup. */ phy = MII_PHY_ANY; switch (sc->sk_type) { case SK_GENESIS: sk_init_xmac(sc_if); if (sc_if->sk_phytype == SK_PHYTYPE_XMAC) phy = 0; break; case SK_YUKON: case SK_YUKON_LITE: case SK_YUKON_LP: sk_init_yukon(sc_if); phy = 0; break; } SK_IF_UNLOCK(sc_if); error = mii_attach(dev, &sc_if->sk_miibus, ifp, sk_ifmedia_upd, sk_ifmedia_sts, BMSR_DEFCAPMASK, phy, MII_OFFSET_ANY, 0); if (error != 0) { device_printf(sc_if->sk_if_dev, "attaching PHYs failed\n"); ether_ifdetach(ifp); goto fail; } fail: if (error) { /* Access should be ok even though lock has been dropped */ sc->sk_if[port] = NULL; sk_detach(dev); } return(error); } /* * Attach the interface. Allocate softc structures, do ifmedia * setup and ethernet/BPF attach. */ static int skc_attach(dev) device_t dev; { struct sk_softc *sc; int error = 0, *port; uint8_t skrs; const char *pname = NULL; char *revstr; sc = device_get_softc(dev); sc->sk_dev = dev; mtx_init(&sc->sk_mtx, device_get_nameunit(dev), MTX_NETWORK_LOCK, MTX_DEF); mtx_init(&sc->sk_mii_mtx, "sk_mii_mutex", NULL, MTX_DEF); /* * Map control/status registers. */ pci_enable_busmaster(dev); /* Allocate resources */ #ifdef SK_USEIOSPACE sc->sk_res_spec = sk_res_spec_io; #else sc->sk_res_spec = sk_res_spec_mem; #endif error = bus_alloc_resources(dev, sc->sk_res_spec, sc->sk_res); if (error) { if (sc->sk_res_spec == sk_res_spec_mem) sc->sk_res_spec = sk_res_spec_io; else sc->sk_res_spec = sk_res_spec_mem; error = bus_alloc_resources(dev, sc->sk_res_spec, sc->sk_res); if (error) { device_printf(dev, "couldn't allocate %s resources\n", sc->sk_res_spec == sk_res_spec_mem ? "memory" : "I/O"); goto fail; } } sc->sk_type = sk_win_read_1(sc, SK_CHIPVER); sc->sk_rev = (sk_win_read_1(sc, SK_CONFIG) >> 4) & 0xf; /* Bail out if chip is not recognized. */ if (sc->sk_type != SK_GENESIS && !SK_YUKON_FAMILY(sc->sk_type)) { device_printf(dev, "unknown device: chipver=%02x, rev=%x\n", sc->sk_type, sc->sk_rev); error = ENXIO; goto fail; } SYSCTL_ADD_PROC(device_get_sysctl_ctx(dev), SYSCTL_CHILDREN(device_get_sysctl_tree(dev)), OID_AUTO, "int_mod", CTLTYPE_INT|CTLFLAG_RW, &sc->sk_int_mod, 0, sysctl_hw_sk_int_mod, "I", "SK interrupt moderation"); /* Pull in device tunables. */ sc->sk_int_mod = SK_IM_DEFAULT; error = resource_int_value(device_get_name(dev), device_get_unit(dev), "int_mod", &sc->sk_int_mod); if (error == 0) { if (sc->sk_int_mod < SK_IM_MIN || sc->sk_int_mod > SK_IM_MAX) { device_printf(dev, "int_mod value out of range; " "using default: %d\n", SK_IM_DEFAULT); sc->sk_int_mod = SK_IM_DEFAULT; } } /* Reset the adapter. */ sk_reset(sc); skrs = sk_win_read_1(sc, SK_EPROM0); if (sc->sk_type == SK_GENESIS) { /* Read and save RAM size and RAMbuffer offset */ switch(skrs) { case SK_RAMSIZE_512K_64: sc->sk_ramsize = 0x80000; sc->sk_rboff = SK_RBOFF_0; break; case SK_RAMSIZE_1024K_64: sc->sk_ramsize = 0x100000; sc->sk_rboff = SK_RBOFF_80000; break; case SK_RAMSIZE_1024K_128: sc->sk_ramsize = 0x100000; sc->sk_rboff = SK_RBOFF_0; break; case SK_RAMSIZE_2048K_128: sc->sk_ramsize = 0x200000; sc->sk_rboff = SK_RBOFF_0; break; default: device_printf(dev, "unknown ram size: %d\n", skrs); error = ENXIO; goto fail; } } else { /* SK_YUKON_FAMILY */ if (skrs == 0x00) sc->sk_ramsize = 0x20000; else sc->sk_ramsize = skrs * (1<<12); sc->sk_rboff = SK_RBOFF_0; } /* Read and save physical media type */ sc->sk_pmd = sk_win_read_1(sc, SK_PMDTYPE); if (sc->sk_pmd == 'T' || sc->sk_pmd == '1') sc->sk_coppertype = 1; else sc->sk_coppertype = 0; /* Determine whether to name it with VPD PN or just make it up. * Marvell Yukon VPD PN seems to freqently be bogus. */ switch (pci_get_device(dev)) { case DEVICEID_SK_V1: case DEVICEID_BELKIN_5005: case DEVICEID_3COM_3C940: case DEVICEID_LINKSYS_EG1032: case DEVICEID_DLINK_DGE530T_A1: case DEVICEID_DLINK_DGE530T_B1: /* Stay with VPD PN. */ (void) pci_get_vpd_ident(dev, &pname); break; case DEVICEID_SK_V2: /* YUKON VPD PN might bear no resemblance to reality. */ switch (sc->sk_type) { case SK_GENESIS: /* Stay with VPD PN. */ (void) pci_get_vpd_ident(dev, &pname); break; case SK_YUKON: pname = "Marvell Yukon Gigabit Ethernet"; break; case SK_YUKON_LITE: pname = "Marvell Yukon Lite Gigabit Ethernet"; break; case SK_YUKON_LP: pname = "Marvell Yukon LP Gigabit Ethernet"; break; default: pname = "Marvell Yukon (Unknown) Gigabit Ethernet"; break; } /* Yukon Lite Rev. A0 needs special test. */ if (sc->sk_type == SK_YUKON || sc->sk_type == SK_YUKON_LP) { u_int32_t far; u_int8_t testbyte; /* Save flash address register before testing. */ far = sk_win_read_4(sc, SK_EP_ADDR); sk_win_write_1(sc, SK_EP_ADDR+0x03, 0xff); testbyte = sk_win_read_1(sc, SK_EP_ADDR+0x03); if (testbyte != 0x00) { /* Yukon Lite Rev. A0 detected. */ sc->sk_type = SK_YUKON_LITE; sc->sk_rev = SK_YUKON_LITE_REV_A0; /* Restore flash address register. */ sk_win_write_4(sc, SK_EP_ADDR, far); } } break; default: device_printf(dev, "unknown device: vendor=%04x, device=%04x, " "chipver=%02x, rev=%x\n", pci_get_vendor(dev), pci_get_device(dev), sc->sk_type, sc->sk_rev); error = ENXIO; goto fail; } if (sc->sk_type == SK_YUKON_LITE) { switch (sc->sk_rev) { case SK_YUKON_LITE_REV_A0: revstr = "A0"; break; case SK_YUKON_LITE_REV_A1: revstr = "A1"; break; case SK_YUKON_LITE_REV_A3: revstr = "A3"; break; default: revstr = ""; break; } } else { revstr = ""; } /* Announce the product name and more VPD data if there. */ if (pname != NULL) device_printf(dev, "%s rev. %s(0x%x)\n", pname, revstr, sc->sk_rev); if (bootverbose) { device_printf(dev, "chip ver = 0x%02x\n", sc->sk_type); device_printf(dev, "chip rev = 0x%02x\n", sc->sk_rev); device_printf(dev, "SK_EPROM0 = 0x%02x\n", skrs); device_printf(dev, "SRAM size = 0x%06x\n", sc->sk_ramsize); } sc->sk_devs[SK_PORT_A] = device_add_child(dev, "sk", -1); if (sc->sk_devs[SK_PORT_A] == NULL) { device_printf(dev, "failed to add child for PORT_A\n"); error = ENXIO; goto fail; } port = malloc(sizeof(int), M_DEVBUF, M_NOWAIT); if (port == NULL) { device_printf(dev, "failed to allocate memory for " "ivars of PORT_A\n"); error = ENXIO; goto fail; } *port = SK_PORT_A; device_set_ivars(sc->sk_devs[SK_PORT_A], port); if (!(sk_win_read_1(sc, SK_CONFIG) & SK_CONFIG_SINGLEMAC)) { sc->sk_devs[SK_PORT_B] = device_add_child(dev, "sk", -1); if (sc->sk_devs[SK_PORT_B] == NULL) { device_printf(dev, "failed to add child for PORT_B\n"); error = ENXIO; goto fail; } port = malloc(sizeof(int), M_DEVBUF, M_NOWAIT); if (port == NULL) { device_printf(dev, "failed to allocate memory for " "ivars of PORT_B\n"); error = ENXIO; goto fail; } *port = SK_PORT_B; device_set_ivars(sc->sk_devs[SK_PORT_B], port); } /* Turn on the 'driver is loaded' LED. */ CSR_WRITE_2(sc, SK_LED, SK_LED_GREEN_ON); error = bus_generic_attach(dev); if (error) { device_printf(dev, "failed to attach port(s)\n"); goto fail; } /* Hook interrupt last to avoid having to lock softc */ error = bus_setup_intr(dev, sc->sk_res[1], INTR_TYPE_NET|INTR_MPSAFE, NULL, sk_intr, sc, &sc->sk_intrhand); if (error) { device_printf(dev, "couldn't set up irq\n"); goto fail; } fail: if (error) skc_detach(dev); return(error); } /* * Shutdown hardware and free up resources. This can be called any * time after the mutex has been initialized. It is called in both * the error case in attach and the normal detach case so it needs * to be careful about only freeing resources that have actually been * allocated. */ static int sk_detach(dev) device_t dev; { struct sk_if_softc *sc_if; struct ifnet *ifp; sc_if = device_get_softc(dev); KASSERT(mtx_initialized(&sc_if->sk_softc->sk_mtx), ("sk mutex not initialized in sk_detach")); SK_IF_LOCK(sc_if); ifp = sc_if->sk_ifp; /* These should only be active if attach_xmac succeeded */ if (device_is_attached(dev)) { sk_stop(sc_if); /* Can't hold locks while calling detach */ SK_IF_UNLOCK(sc_if); callout_drain(&sc_if->sk_tick_ch); callout_drain(&sc_if->sk_watchdog_ch); ether_ifdetach(ifp); SK_IF_LOCK(sc_if); } /* * We're generally called from skc_detach() which is using * device_delete_child() to get to here. It's already trashed * miibus for us, so don't do it here or we'll panic. */ /* if (sc_if->sk_miibus != NULL) device_delete_child(dev, sc_if->sk_miibus); */ bus_generic_detach(dev); sk_dma_jumbo_free(sc_if); sk_dma_free(sc_if); SK_IF_UNLOCK(sc_if); if (ifp) if_free(ifp); return(0); } static int skc_detach(dev) device_t dev; { struct sk_softc *sc; sc = device_get_softc(dev); KASSERT(mtx_initialized(&sc->sk_mtx), ("sk mutex not initialized")); if (device_is_alive(dev)) { if (sc->sk_devs[SK_PORT_A] != NULL) { free(device_get_ivars(sc->sk_devs[SK_PORT_A]), M_DEVBUF); device_delete_child(dev, sc->sk_devs[SK_PORT_A]); } if (sc->sk_devs[SK_PORT_B] != NULL) { free(device_get_ivars(sc->sk_devs[SK_PORT_B]), M_DEVBUF); device_delete_child(dev, sc->sk_devs[SK_PORT_B]); } bus_generic_detach(dev); } if (sc->sk_intrhand) bus_teardown_intr(dev, sc->sk_res[1], sc->sk_intrhand); bus_release_resources(dev, sc->sk_res_spec, sc->sk_res); mtx_destroy(&sc->sk_mii_mtx); mtx_destroy(&sc->sk_mtx); return(0); } static bus_dma_tag_t skc_get_dma_tag(device_t bus, device_t child __unused) { return (bus_get_dma_tag(bus)); } struct sk_dmamap_arg { bus_addr_t sk_busaddr; }; static void sk_dmamap_cb(arg, segs, nseg, error) void *arg; bus_dma_segment_t *segs; int nseg; int error; { struct sk_dmamap_arg *ctx; if (error != 0) return; ctx = arg; ctx->sk_busaddr = segs[0].ds_addr; } /* * Allocate jumbo buffer storage. The SysKonnect adapters support * "jumbograms" (9K frames), although SysKonnect doesn't currently * use them in their drivers. In order for us to use them, we need * large 9K receive buffers, however standard mbuf clusters are only * 2048 bytes in size. Consequently, we need to allocate and manage * our own jumbo buffer pool. Fortunately, this does not require an * excessive amount of additional code. */ static int sk_dma_alloc(sc_if) struct sk_if_softc *sc_if; { struct sk_dmamap_arg ctx; struct sk_txdesc *txd; struct sk_rxdesc *rxd; int error, i; /* create parent tag */ /* * XXX * This driver should use BUS_SPACE_MAXADDR for lowaddr argument * in bus_dma_tag_create(9) as the NIC would support DAC mode. * However bz@ reported that it does not work on amd64 with > 4GB * RAM. Until we have more clues of the breakage, disable DAC mode * by limiting DMA address to be in 32bit address space. */ error = bus_dma_tag_create( bus_get_dma_tag(sc_if->sk_if_dev),/* parent */ 1, 0, /* algnmnt, boundary */ BUS_SPACE_MAXADDR_32BIT, /* lowaddr */ BUS_SPACE_MAXADDR, /* highaddr */ NULL, NULL, /* filter, filterarg */ BUS_SPACE_MAXSIZE_32BIT, /* maxsize */ 0, /* nsegments */ BUS_SPACE_MAXSIZE_32BIT, /* maxsegsize */ 0, /* flags */ NULL, NULL, /* lockfunc, lockarg */ &sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_parent_tag); if (error != 0) { device_printf(sc_if->sk_if_dev, "failed to create parent DMA tag\n"); goto fail; } /* create tag for Tx ring */ error = bus_dma_tag_create(sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_parent_tag,/* parent */ SK_RING_ALIGN, 0, /* algnmnt, boundary */ BUS_SPACE_MAXADDR_32BIT, /* lowaddr */ BUS_SPACE_MAXADDR, /* highaddr */ NULL, NULL, /* filter, filterarg */ SK_TX_RING_SZ, /* maxsize */ 1, /* nsegments */ SK_TX_RING_SZ, /* maxsegsize */ 0, /* flags */ NULL, NULL, /* lockfunc, lockarg */ &sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_tx_ring_tag); if (error != 0) { device_printf(sc_if->sk_if_dev, "failed to allocate Tx ring DMA tag\n"); goto fail; } /* create tag for Rx ring */ error = bus_dma_tag_create(sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_parent_tag,/* parent */ SK_RING_ALIGN, 0, /* algnmnt, boundary */ BUS_SPACE_MAXADDR_32BIT, /* lowaddr */ BUS_SPACE_MAXADDR, /* highaddr */ NULL, NULL, /* filter, filterarg */ SK_RX_RING_SZ, /* maxsize */ 1, /* nsegments */ SK_RX_RING_SZ, /* maxsegsize */ 0, /* flags */ NULL, NULL, /* lockfunc, lockarg */ &sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_rx_ring_tag); if (error != 0) { device_printf(sc_if->sk_if_dev, "failed to allocate Rx ring DMA tag\n"); goto fail; } /* create tag for Tx buffers */ error = bus_dma_tag_create(sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_parent_tag,/* parent */ 1, 0, /* algnmnt, boundary */ BUS_SPACE_MAXADDR, /* lowaddr */ BUS_SPACE_MAXADDR, /* highaddr */ NULL, NULL, /* filter, filterarg */ MCLBYTES * SK_MAXTXSEGS, /* maxsize */ SK_MAXTXSEGS, /* nsegments */ MCLBYTES, /* maxsegsize */ 0, /* flags */ NULL, NULL, /* lockfunc, lockarg */ &sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_tx_tag); if (error != 0) { device_printf(sc_if->sk_if_dev, "failed to allocate Tx DMA tag\n"); goto fail; } /* create tag for Rx buffers */ error = bus_dma_tag_create(sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_parent_tag,/* parent */ 1, 0, /* algnmnt, boundary */ BUS_SPACE_MAXADDR, /* lowaddr */ BUS_SPACE_MAXADDR, /* highaddr */ NULL, NULL, /* filter, filterarg */ MCLBYTES, /* maxsize */ 1, /* nsegments */ MCLBYTES, /* maxsegsize */ 0, /* flags */ NULL, NULL, /* lockfunc, lockarg */ &sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_rx_tag); if (error != 0) { device_printf(sc_if->sk_if_dev, "failed to allocate Rx DMA tag\n"); goto fail; } /* allocate DMA'able memory and load the DMA map for Tx ring */ error = bus_dmamem_alloc(sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_tx_ring_tag, (void **)&sc_if->sk_rdata.sk_tx_ring, BUS_DMA_NOWAIT | BUS_DMA_COHERENT | BUS_DMA_ZERO, &sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_tx_ring_map); if (error != 0) { device_printf(sc_if->sk_if_dev, "failed to allocate DMA'able memory for Tx ring\n"); goto fail; } ctx.sk_busaddr = 0; error = bus_dmamap_load(sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_tx_ring_tag, sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_tx_ring_map, sc_if->sk_rdata.sk_tx_ring, SK_TX_RING_SZ, sk_dmamap_cb, &ctx, BUS_DMA_NOWAIT); if (error != 0) { device_printf(sc_if->sk_if_dev, "failed to load DMA'able memory for Tx ring\n"); goto fail; } sc_if->sk_rdata.sk_tx_ring_paddr = ctx.sk_busaddr; /* allocate DMA'able memory and load the DMA map for Rx ring */ error = bus_dmamem_alloc(sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_rx_ring_tag, (void **)&sc_if->sk_rdata.sk_rx_ring, BUS_DMA_NOWAIT | BUS_DMA_COHERENT | BUS_DMA_ZERO, &sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_rx_ring_map); if (error != 0) { device_printf(sc_if->sk_if_dev, "failed to allocate DMA'able memory for Rx ring\n"); goto fail; } ctx.sk_busaddr = 0; error = bus_dmamap_load(sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_rx_ring_tag, sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_rx_ring_map, sc_if->sk_rdata.sk_rx_ring, SK_RX_RING_SZ, sk_dmamap_cb, &ctx, BUS_DMA_NOWAIT); if (error != 0) { device_printf(sc_if->sk_if_dev, "failed to load DMA'able memory for Rx ring\n"); goto fail; } sc_if->sk_rdata.sk_rx_ring_paddr = ctx.sk_busaddr; /* create DMA maps for Tx buffers */ for (i = 0; i < SK_TX_RING_CNT; i++) { txd = &sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_txdesc[i]; txd->tx_m = NULL; txd->tx_dmamap = NULL; error = bus_dmamap_create(sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_tx_tag, 0, &txd->tx_dmamap); if (error != 0) { device_printf(sc_if->sk_if_dev, "failed to create Tx dmamap\n"); goto fail; } } /* create DMA maps for Rx buffers */ if ((error = bus_dmamap_create(sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_rx_tag, 0, &sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_rx_sparemap)) != 0) { device_printf(sc_if->sk_if_dev, "failed to create spare Rx dmamap\n"); goto fail; } for (i = 0; i < SK_RX_RING_CNT; i++) { rxd = &sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_rxdesc[i]; rxd->rx_m = NULL; rxd->rx_dmamap = NULL; error = bus_dmamap_create(sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_rx_tag, 0, &rxd->rx_dmamap); if (error != 0) { device_printf(sc_if->sk_if_dev, "failed to create Rx dmamap\n"); goto fail; } } fail: return (error); } static int sk_dma_jumbo_alloc(sc_if) struct sk_if_softc *sc_if; { struct sk_dmamap_arg ctx; struct sk_rxdesc *jrxd; int error, i; if (jumbo_disable != 0) { device_printf(sc_if->sk_if_dev, "disabling jumbo frame support\n"); sc_if->sk_jumbo_disable = 1; return (0); } /* create tag for jumbo Rx ring */ error = bus_dma_tag_create(sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_parent_tag,/* parent */ SK_RING_ALIGN, 0, /* algnmnt, boundary */ BUS_SPACE_MAXADDR_32BIT, /* lowaddr */ BUS_SPACE_MAXADDR, /* highaddr */ NULL, NULL, /* filter, filterarg */ SK_JUMBO_RX_RING_SZ, /* maxsize */ 1, /* nsegments */ SK_JUMBO_RX_RING_SZ, /* maxsegsize */ 0, /* flags */ NULL, NULL, /* lockfunc, lockarg */ &sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_jumbo_rx_ring_tag); if (error != 0) { device_printf(sc_if->sk_if_dev, "failed to allocate jumbo Rx ring DMA tag\n"); goto jumbo_fail; } /* create tag for jumbo Rx buffers */ error = bus_dma_tag_create(sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_parent_tag,/* parent */ 1, 0, /* algnmnt, boundary */ BUS_SPACE_MAXADDR, /* lowaddr */ BUS_SPACE_MAXADDR, /* highaddr */ NULL, NULL, /* filter, filterarg */ MJUM9BYTES, /* maxsize */ 1, /* nsegments */ MJUM9BYTES, /* maxsegsize */ 0, /* flags */ NULL, NULL, /* lockfunc, lockarg */ &sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_jumbo_rx_tag); if (error != 0) { device_printf(sc_if->sk_if_dev, "failed to allocate jumbo Rx DMA tag\n"); goto jumbo_fail; } /* allocate DMA'able memory and load the DMA map for jumbo Rx ring */ error = bus_dmamem_alloc(sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_jumbo_rx_ring_tag, (void **)&sc_if->sk_rdata.sk_jumbo_rx_ring, BUS_DMA_NOWAIT | BUS_DMA_COHERENT | BUS_DMA_ZERO, &sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_jumbo_rx_ring_map); if (error != 0) { device_printf(sc_if->sk_if_dev, "failed to allocate DMA'able memory for jumbo Rx ring\n"); goto jumbo_fail; } ctx.sk_busaddr = 0; error = bus_dmamap_load(sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_jumbo_rx_ring_tag, sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_jumbo_rx_ring_map, sc_if->sk_rdata.sk_jumbo_rx_ring, SK_JUMBO_RX_RING_SZ, sk_dmamap_cb, &ctx, BUS_DMA_NOWAIT); if (error != 0) { device_printf(sc_if->sk_if_dev, "failed to load DMA'able memory for jumbo Rx ring\n"); goto jumbo_fail; } sc_if->sk_rdata.sk_jumbo_rx_ring_paddr = ctx.sk_busaddr; /* create DMA maps for jumbo Rx buffers */ if ((error = bus_dmamap_create(sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_jumbo_rx_tag, 0, &sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_jumbo_rx_sparemap)) != 0) { device_printf(sc_if->sk_if_dev, "failed to create spare jumbo Rx dmamap\n"); goto jumbo_fail; } for (i = 0; i < SK_JUMBO_RX_RING_CNT; i++) { jrxd = &sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_jumbo_rxdesc[i]; jrxd->rx_m = NULL; jrxd->rx_dmamap = NULL; error = bus_dmamap_create(sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_jumbo_rx_tag, 0, &jrxd->rx_dmamap); if (error != 0) { device_printf(sc_if->sk_if_dev, "failed to create jumbo Rx dmamap\n"); goto jumbo_fail; } } return (0); jumbo_fail: sk_dma_jumbo_free(sc_if); device_printf(sc_if->sk_if_dev, "disabling jumbo frame support due to " "resource shortage\n"); sc_if->sk_jumbo_disable = 1; return (0); } static void sk_dma_free(sc_if) struct sk_if_softc *sc_if; { struct sk_txdesc *txd; struct sk_rxdesc *rxd; int i; /* Tx ring */ if (sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_tx_ring_tag) { if (sc_if->sk_rdata.sk_tx_ring_paddr) bus_dmamap_unload(sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_tx_ring_tag, sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_tx_ring_map); if (sc_if->sk_rdata.sk_tx_ring) bus_dmamem_free(sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_tx_ring_tag, sc_if->sk_rdata.sk_tx_ring, sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_tx_ring_map); sc_if->sk_rdata.sk_tx_ring = NULL; sc_if->sk_rdata.sk_tx_ring_paddr = 0; bus_dma_tag_destroy(sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_tx_ring_tag); sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_tx_ring_tag = NULL; } /* Rx ring */ if (sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_rx_ring_tag) { if (sc_if->sk_rdata.sk_rx_ring_paddr) bus_dmamap_unload(sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_rx_ring_tag, sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_rx_ring_map); if (sc_if->sk_rdata.sk_rx_ring) bus_dmamem_free(sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_rx_ring_tag, sc_if->sk_rdata.sk_rx_ring, sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_rx_ring_map); sc_if->sk_rdata.sk_rx_ring = NULL; sc_if->sk_rdata.sk_rx_ring_paddr = 0; bus_dma_tag_destroy(sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_rx_ring_tag); sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_rx_ring_tag = NULL; } /* Tx buffers */ if (sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_tx_tag) { for (i = 0; i < SK_TX_RING_CNT; i++) { txd = &sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_txdesc[i]; if (txd->tx_dmamap) { bus_dmamap_destroy(sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_tx_tag, txd->tx_dmamap); txd->tx_dmamap = NULL; } } bus_dma_tag_destroy(sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_tx_tag); sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_tx_tag = NULL; } /* Rx buffers */ if (sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_rx_tag) { for (i = 0; i < SK_RX_RING_CNT; i++) { rxd = &sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_rxdesc[i]; if (rxd->rx_dmamap) { bus_dmamap_destroy(sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_rx_tag, rxd->rx_dmamap); rxd->rx_dmamap = NULL; } } if (sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_rx_sparemap) { bus_dmamap_destroy(sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_rx_tag, sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_rx_sparemap); sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_rx_sparemap = NULL; } bus_dma_tag_destroy(sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_rx_tag); sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_rx_tag = NULL; } if (sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_parent_tag) { bus_dma_tag_destroy(sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_parent_tag); sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_parent_tag = NULL; } } static void sk_dma_jumbo_free(sc_if) struct sk_if_softc *sc_if; { struct sk_rxdesc *jrxd; int i; /* jumbo Rx ring */ if (sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_jumbo_rx_ring_tag) { if (sc_if->sk_rdata.sk_jumbo_rx_ring_paddr) bus_dmamap_unload(sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_jumbo_rx_ring_tag, sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_jumbo_rx_ring_map); if (sc_if->sk_rdata.sk_jumbo_rx_ring) bus_dmamem_free(sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_jumbo_rx_ring_tag, sc_if->sk_rdata.sk_jumbo_rx_ring, sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_jumbo_rx_ring_map); sc_if->sk_rdata.sk_jumbo_rx_ring = NULL; sc_if->sk_rdata.sk_jumbo_rx_ring_paddr = 0; bus_dma_tag_destroy(sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_jumbo_rx_ring_tag); sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_jumbo_rx_ring_tag = NULL; } /* jumbo Rx buffers */ if (sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_jumbo_rx_tag) { for (i = 0; i < SK_JUMBO_RX_RING_CNT; i++) { jrxd = &sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_jumbo_rxdesc[i]; if (jrxd->rx_dmamap) { bus_dmamap_destroy( sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_jumbo_rx_tag, jrxd->rx_dmamap); jrxd->rx_dmamap = NULL; } } if (sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_jumbo_rx_sparemap) { bus_dmamap_destroy(sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_jumbo_rx_tag, sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_jumbo_rx_sparemap); sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_jumbo_rx_sparemap = NULL; } bus_dma_tag_destroy(sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_jumbo_rx_tag); sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_jumbo_rx_tag = NULL; } } static void sk_txcksum(ifp, m, f) struct ifnet *ifp; struct mbuf *m; struct sk_tx_desc *f; { struct ip *ip; u_int16_t offset; u_int8_t *p; offset = sizeof(struct ip) + ETHER_HDR_LEN; for(; m && m->m_len == 0; m = m->m_next) ; if (m == NULL || m->m_len < ETHER_HDR_LEN) { if_printf(ifp, "%s: m_len < ETHER_HDR_LEN\n", __func__); /* checksum may be corrupted */ goto sendit; } if (m->m_len < ETHER_HDR_LEN + sizeof(u_int32_t)) { if (m->m_len != ETHER_HDR_LEN) { if_printf(ifp, "%s: m_len != ETHER_HDR_LEN\n", __func__); /* checksum may be corrupted */ goto sendit; } for(m = m->m_next; m && m->m_len == 0; m = m->m_next) ; if (m == NULL) { offset = sizeof(struct ip) + ETHER_HDR_LEN; /* checksum may be corrupted */ goto sendit; } ip = mtod(m, struct ip *); } else { p = mtod(m, u_int8_t *); p += ETHER_HDR_LEN; ip = (struct ip *)p; } offset = (ip->ip_hl << 2) + ETHER_HDR_LEN; sendit: f->sk_csum_startval = 0; f->sk_csum_start = htole32(((offset + m->m_pkthdr.csum_data) & 0xffff) | (offset << 16)); } static int sk_encap(sc_if, m_head) struct sk_if_softc *sc_if; struct mbuf **m_head; { struct sk_txdesc *txd; struct sk_tx_desc *f = NULL; struct mbuf *m; bus_dma_segment_t txsegs[SK_MAXTXSEGS]; u_int32_t cflags, frag, si, sk_ctl; int error, i, nseg; SK_IF_LOCK_ASSERT(sc_if); if ((txd = STAILQ_FIRST(&sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_txfreeq)) == NULL) return (ENOBUFS); error = bus_dmamap_load_mbuf_sg(sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_tx_tag, txd->tx_dmamap, *m_head, txsegs, &nseg, 0); if (error == EFBIG) { m = m_defrag(*m_head, M_NOWAIT); if (m == NULL) { m_freem(*m_head); *m_head = NULL; return (ENOMEM); } *m_head = m; error = bus_dmamap_load_mbuf_sg(sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_tx_tag, txd->tx_dmamap, *m_head, txsegs, &nseg, 0); if (error != 0) { m_freem(*m_head); *m_head = NULL; return (error); } } else if (error != 0) return (error); if (nseg == 0) { m_freem(*m_head); *m_head = NULL; return (EIO); } if (sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_tx_cnt + nseg >= SK_TX_RING_CNT) { bus_dmamap_unload(sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_tx_tag, txd->tx_dmamap); return (ENOBUFS); } m = *m_head; if ((m->m_pkthdr.csum_flags & sc_if->sk_ifp->if_hwassist) != 0) cflags = SK_OPCODE_CSUM; else cflags = SK_OPCODE_DEFAULT; si = frag = sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_tx_prod; for (i = 0; i < nseg; i++) { f = &sc_if->sk_rdata.sk_tx_ring[frag]; f->sk_data_lo = htole32(SK_ADDR_LO(txsegs[i].ds_addr)); f->sk_data_hi = htole32(SK_ADDR_HI(txsegs[i].ds_addr)); sk_ctl = txsegs[i].ds_len | cflags; if (i == 0) { if (cflags == SK_OPCODE_CSUM) sk_txcksum(sc_if->sk_ifp, m, f); sk_ctl |= SK_TXCTL_FIRSTFRAG; } else sk_ctl |= SK_TXCTL_OWN; f->sk_ctl = htole32(sk_ctl); sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_tx_cnt++; SK_INC(frag, SK_TX_RING_CNT); } sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_tx_prod = frag; /* set EOF on the last desciptor */ frag = (frag + SK_TX_RING_CNT - 1) % SK_TX_RING_CNT; f = &sc_if->sk_rdata.sk_tx_ring[frag]; f->sk_ctl |= htole32(SK_TXCTL_LASTFRAG | SK_TXCTL_EOF_INTR); /* turn the first descriptor ownership to NIC */ f = &sc_if->sk_rdata.sk_tx_ring[si]; f->sk_ctl |= htole32(SK_TXCTL_OWN); STAILQ_REMOVE_HEAD(&sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_txfreeq, tx_q); STAILQ_INSERT_TAIL(&sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_txbusyq, txd, tx_q); txd->tx_m = m; /* sync descriptors */ bus_dmamap_sync(sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_tx_tag, txd->tx_dmamap, BUS_DMASYNC_PREWRITE); bus_dmamap_sync(sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_tx_ring_tag, sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_tx_ring_map, BUS_DMASYNC_PREREAD | BUS_DMASYNC_PREWRITE); return (0); } static void sk_start(ifp) struct ifnet *ifp; { struct sk_if_softc *sc_if; sc_if = ifp->if_softc; SK_IF_LOCK(sc_if); sk_start_locked(ifp); SK_IF_UNLOCK(sc_if); return; } static void sk_start_locked(ifp) struct ifnet *ifp; { struct sk_softc *sc; struct sk_if_softc *sc_if; struct mbuf *m_head; int enq; sc_if = ifp->if_softc; sc = sc_if->sk_softc; SK_IF_LOCK_ASSERT(sc_if); for (enq = 0; !IFQ_DRV_IS_EMPTY(&ifp->if_snd) && sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_tx_cnt < SK_TX_RING_CNT - 1; ) { IFQ_DRV_DEQUEUE(&ifp->if_snd, m_head); if (m_head == NULL) break; /* * Pack the data into the transmit ring. If we * don't have room, set the OACTIVE flag and wait * for the NIC to drain the ring. */ if (sk_encap(sc_if, &m_head)) { if (m_head == NULL) break; IFQ_DRV_PREPEND(&ifp->if_snd, m_head); ifp->if_drv_flags |= IFF_DRV_OACTIVE; break; } enq++; /* * If there's a BPF listener, bounce a copy of this frame * to him. */ BPF_MTAP(ifp, m_head); } if (enq > 0) { /* Transmit */ CSR_WRITE_4(sc, sc_if->sk_tx_bmu, SK_TXBMU_TX_START); /* Set a timeout in case the chip goes out to lunch. */ sc_if->sk_watchdog_timer = 5; } } static void sk_watchdog(arg) void *arg; { struct sk_if_softc *sc_if; struct ifnet *ifp; ifp = arg; sc_if = ifp->if_softc; SK_IF_LOCK_ASSERT(sc_if); if (sc_if->sk_watchdog_timer == 0 || --sc_if->sk_watchdog_timer) goto done; /* * Reclaim first as there is a possibility of losing Tx completion * interrupts. */ sk_txeof(sc_if); if (sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_tx_cnt != 0) { if_printf(sc_if->sk_ifp, "watchdog timeout\n"); if_inc_counter(ifp, IFCOUNTER_OERRORS, 1); ifp->if_drv_flags &= ~IFF_DRV_RUNNING; sk_init_locked(sc_if); } done: callout_reset(&sc_if->sk_watchdog_ch, hz, sk_watchdog, ifp); return; } static int skc_shutdown(dev) device_t dev; { struct sk_softc *sc; sc = device_get_softc(dev); SK_LOCK(sc); /* Turn off the 'driver is loaded' LED. */ CSR_WRITE_2(sc, SK_LED, SK_LED_GREEN_OFF); /* * Reset the GEnesis controller. Doing this should also * assert the resets on the attached XMAC(s). */ sk_reset(sc); SK_UNLOCK(sc); return (0); } static int skc_suspend(dev) device_t dev; { struct sk_softc *sc; struct sk_if_softc *sc_if0, *sc_if1; struct ifnet *ifp0 = NULL, *ifp1 = NULL; sc = device_get_softc(dev); SK_LOCK(sc); sc_if0 = sc->sk_if[SK_PORT_A]; sc_if1 = sc->sk_if[SK_PORT_B]; if (sc_if0 != NULL) ifp0 = sc_if0->sk_ifp; if (sc_if1 != NULL) ifp1 = sc_if1->sk_ifp; if (ifp0 != NULL) sk_stop(sc_if0); if (ifp1 != NULL) sk_stop(sc_if1); sc->sk_suspended = 1; SK_UNLOCK(sc); return (0); } static int skc_resume(dev) device_t dev; { struct sk_softc *sc; struct sk_if_softc *sc_if0, *sc_if1; struct ifnet *ifp0 = NULL, *ifp1 = NULL; sc = device_get_softc(dev); SK_LOCK(sc); sc_if0 = sc->sk_if[SK_PORT_A]; sc_if1 = sc->sk_if[SK_PORT_B]; if (sc_if0 != NULL) ifp0 = sc_if0->sk_ifp; if (sc_if1 != NULL) ifp1 = sc_if1->sk_ifp; if (ifp0 != NULL && ifp0->if_flags & IFF_UP) sk_init_locked(sc_if0); if (ifp1 != NULL && ifp1->if_flags & IFF_UP) sk_init_locked(sc_if1); sc->sk_suspended = 0; SK_UNLOCK(sc); return (0); } /* * According to the data sheet from SK-NET GENESIS the hardware can compute * two Rx checksums at the same time(Each checksum start position is * programmed in Rx descriptors). However it seems that TCP/UDP checksum * does not work at least on my Yukon hardware. I tried every possible ways * to get correct checksum value but couldn't get correct one. So TCP/UDP * checksum offload was disabled at the moment and only IP checksum offload * was enabled. * As nomral IP header size is 20 bytes I can't expect it would give an * increase in throughput. However it seems it doesn't hurt performance in * my testing. If there is a more detailed information for checksum secret * of the hardware in question please contact yongari@FreeBSD.org to add * TCP/UDP checksum offload support. */ static __inline void sk_rxcksum(ifp, m, csum) struct ifnet *ifp; struct mbuf *m; u_int32_t csum; { struct ether_header *eh; struct ip *ip; int32_t hlen, len, pktlen; u_int16_t csum1, csum2, ipcsum; pktlen = m->m_pkthdr.len; if (pktlen < sizeof(struct ether_header) + sizeof(struct ip)) return; eh = mtod(m, struct ether_header *); if (eh->ether_type != htons(ETHERTYPE_IP)) return; ip = (struct ip *)(eh + 1); if (ip->ip_v != IPVERSION) return; hlen = ip->ip_hl << 2; pktlen -= sizeof(struct ether_header); if (hlen < sizeof(struct ip)) return; if (ntohs(ip->ip_len) < hlen) return; if (ntohs(ip->ip_len) != pktlen) return; csum1 = htons(csum & 0xffff); csum2 = htons((csum >> 16) & 0xffff); ipcsum = in_addword(csum1, ~csum2 & 0xffff); /* checksum fixup for IP options */ len = hlen - sizeof(struct ip); if (len > 0) { /* * If the second checksum value is correct we can compute IP * checksum with simple math. Unfortunately the second checksum * value is wrong so we can't verify the checksum from the * value(It seems there is some magic here to get correct * value). If the second checksum value is correct it also * means we can get TCP/UDP checksum) here. However, it still * needs pseudo header checksum calculation due to hardware * limitations. */ return; } m->m_pkthdr.csum_flags = CSUM_IP_CHECKED; if (ipcsum == 0xffff) m->m_pkthdr.csum_flags |= CSUM_IP_VALID; } static __inline int sk_rxvalid(sc, stat, len) struct sk_softc *sc; u_int32_t stat, len; { if (sc->sk_type == SK_GENESIS) { if ((stat & XM_RXSTAT_ERRFRAME) == XM_RXSTAT_ERRFRAME || XM_RXSTAT_BYTES(stat) != len) return (0); } else { if ((stat & (YU_RXSTAT_CRCERR | YU_RXSTAT_LONGERR | YU_RXSTAT_MIIERR | YU_RXSTAT_BADFC | YU_RXSTAT_GOODFC | YU_RXSTAT_JABBER)) != 0 || (stat & YU_RXSTAT_RXOK) != YU_RXSTAT_RXOK || YU_RXSTAT_BYTES(stat) != len) return (0); } return (1); } static void sk_rxeof(sc_if) struct sk_if_softc *sc_if; { struct sk_softc *sc; struct mbuf *m; struct ifnet *ifp; struct sk_rx_desc *cur_rx; struct sk_rxdesc *rxd; int cons, prog; u_int32_t csum, rxstat, sk_ctl; sc = sc_if->sk_softc; ifp = sc_if->sk_ifp; SK_IF_LOCK_ASSERT(sc_if); bus_dmamap_sync(sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_rx_ring_tag, sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_rx_ring_map, BUS_DMASYNC_POSTREAD); prog = 0; for (cons = sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_rx_cons; prog < SK_RX_RING_CNT; prog++, SK_INC(cons, SK_RX_RING_CNT)) { cur_rx = &sc_if->sk_rdata.sk_rx_ring[cons]; sk_ctl = le32toh(cur_rx->sk_ctl); if ((sk_ctl & SK_RXCTL_OWN) != 0) break; rxd = &sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_rxdesc[cons]; rxstat = le32toh(cur_rx->sk_xmac_rxstat); if ((sk_ctl & (SK_RXCTL_STATUS_VALID | SK_RXCTL_FIRSTFRAG | SK_RXCTL_LASTFRAG)) != (SK_RXCTL_STATUS_VALID | SK_RXCTL_FIRSTFRAG | SK_RXCTL_LASTFRAG) || SK_RXBYTES(sk_ctl) < SK_MIN_FRAMELEN || SK_RXBYTES(sk_ctl) > SK_MAX_FRAMELEN || sk_rxvalid(sc, rxstat, SK_RXBYTES(sk_ctl)) == 0) { if_inc_counter(ifp, IFCOUNTER_IERRORS, 1); sk_discard_rxbuf(sc_if, cons); continue; } m = rxd->rx_m; csum = le32toh(cur_rx->sk_csum); if (sk_newbuf(sc_if, cons) != 0) { if_inc_counter(ifp, IFCOUNTER_IQDROPS, 1); /* reuse old buffer */ sk_discard_rxbuf(sc_if, cons); continue; } m->m_pkthdr.rcvif = ifp; m->m_pkthdr.len = m->m_len = SK_RXBYTES(sk_ctl); if_inc_counter(ifp, IFCOUNTER_IPACKETS, 1); if ((ifp->if_capenable & IFCAP_RXCSUM) != 0) sk_rxcksum(ifp, m, csum); SK_IF_UNLOCK(sc_if); (*ifp->if_input)(ifp, m); SK_IF_LOCK(sc_if); } if (prog > 0) { sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_rx_cons = cons; bus_dmamap_sync(sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_rx_ring_tag, sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_rx_ring_map, BUS_DMASYNC_PREREAD | BUS_DMASYNC_PREWRITE); } } static void sk_jumbo_rxeof(sc_if) struct sk_if_softc *sc_if; { struct sk_softc *sc; struct mbuf *m; struct ifnet *ifp; struct sk_rx_desc *cur_rx; struct sk_rxdesc *jrxd; int cons, prog; u_int32_t csum, rxstat, sk_ctl; sc = sc_if->sk_softc; ifp = sc_if->sk_ifp; SK_IF_LOCK_ASSERT(sc_if); bus_dmamap_sync(sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_jumbo_rx_ring_tag, sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_jumbo_rx_ring_map, BUS_DMASYNC_POSTREAD); prog = 0; for (cons = sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_jumbo_rx_cons; prog < SK_JUMBO_RX_RING_CNT; prog++, SK_INC(cons, SK_JUMBO_RX_RING_CNT)) { cur_rx = &sc_if->sk_rdata.sk_jumbo_rx_ring[cons]; sk_ctl = le32toh(cur_rx->sk_ctl); if ((sk_ctl & SK_RXCTL_OWN) != 0) break; jrxd = &sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_jumbo_rxdesc[cons]; rxstat = le32toh(cur_rx->sk_xmac_rxstat); if ((sk_ctl & (SK_RXCTL_STATUS_VALID | SK_RXCTL_FIRSTFRAG | SK_RXCTL_LASTFRAG)) != (SK_RXCTL_STATUS_VALID | SK_RXCTL_FIRSTFRAG | SK_RXCTL_LASTFRAG) || SK_RXBYTES(sk_ctl) < SK_MIN_FRAMELEN || SK_RXBYTES(sk_ctl) > SK_JUMBO_FRAMELEN || sk_rxvalid(sc, rxstat, SK_RXBYTES(sk_ctl)) == 0) { if_inc_counter(ifp, IFCOUNTER_IERRORS, 1); sk_discard_jumbo_rxbuf(sc_if, cons); continue; } m = jrxd->rx_m; csum = le32toh(cur_rx->sk_csum); if (sk_jumbo_newbuf(sc_if, cons) != 0) { if_inc_counter(ifp, IFCOUNTER_IQDROPS, 1); /* reuse old buffer */ sk_discard_jumbo_rxbuf(sc_if, cons); continue; } m->m_pkthdr.rcvif = ifp; m->m_pkthdr.len = m->m_len = SK_RXBYTES(sk_ctl); if_inc_counter(ifp, IFCOUNTER_IPACKETS, 1); if ((ifp->if_capenable & IFCAP_RXCSUM) != 0) sk_rxcksum(ifp, m, csum); SK_IF_UNLOCK(sc_if); (*ifp->if_input)(ifp, m); SK_IF_LOCK(sc_if); } if (prog > 0) { sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_jumbo_rx_cons = cons; bus_dmamap_sync(sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_jumbo_rx_ring_tag, sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_jumbo_rx_ring_map, BUS_DMASYNC_PREREAD | BUS_DMASYNC_PREWRITE); } } static void sk_txeof(sc_if) struct sk_if_softc *sc_if; { struct sk_txdesc *txd; struct sk_tx_desc *cur_tx; struct ifnet *ifp; u_int32_t idx, sk_ctl; ifp = sc_if->sk_ifp; txd = STAILQ_FIRST(&sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_txbusyq); if (txd == NULL) return; bus_dmamap_sync(sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_tx_ring_tag, sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_tx_ring_map, BUS_DMASYNC_POSTREAD); /* * Go through our tx ring and free mbufs for those * frames that have been sent. */ for (idx = sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_tx_cons;; SK_INC(idx, SK_TX_RING_CNT)) { if (sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_tx_cnt <= 0) break; cur_tx = &sc_if->sk_rdata.sk_tx_ring[idx]; sk_ctl = le32toh(cur_tx->sk_ctl); if (sk_ctl & SK_TXCTL_OWN) break; sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_tx_cnt--; ifp->if_drv_flags &= ~IFF_DRV_OACTIVE; if ((sk_ctl & SK_TXCTL_LASTFRAG) == 0) continue; bus_dmamap_sync(sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_tx_tag, txd->tx_dmamap, BUS_DMASYNC_POSTWRITE); bus_dmamap_unload(sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_tx_tag, txd->tx_dmamap); if_inc_counter(ifp, IFCOUNTER_OPACKETS, 1); m_freem(txd->tx_m); txd->tx_m = NULL; STAILQ_REMOVE_HEAD(&sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_txbusyq, tx_q); STAILQ_INSERT_TAIL(&sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_txfreeq, txd, tx_q); txd = STAILQ_FIRST(&sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_txbusyq); } sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_tx_cons = idx; sc_if->sk_watchdog_timer = sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_tx_cnt > 0 ? 5 : 0; bus_dmamap_sync(sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_tx_ring_tag, sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_tx_ring_map, BUS_DMASYNC_PREREAD | BUS_DMASYNC_PREWRITE); } static void sk_tick(xsc_if) void *xsc_if; { struct sk_if_softc *sc_if; struct mii_data *mii; struct ifnet *ifp; int i; sc_if = xsc_if; ifp = sc_if->sk_ifp; mii = device_get_softc(sc_if->sk_miibus); if (!(ifp->if_flags & IFF_UP)) return; if (sc_if->sk_phytype == SK_PHYTYPE_BCOM) { sk_intr_bcom(sc_if); return; } /* * According to SysKonnect, the correct way to verify that * the link has come back up is to poll bit 0 of the GPIO * register three times. This pin has the signal from the * link_sync pin connected to it; if we read the same link * state 3 times in a row, we know the link is up. */ for (i = 0; i < 3; i++) { if (SK_XM_READ_2(sc_if, XM_GPIO) & XM_GPIO_GP0_SET) break; } if (i != 3) { callout_reset(&sc_if->sk_tick_ch, hz, sk_tick, sc_if); return; } /* Turn the GP0 interrupt back on. */ SK_XM_CLRBIT_2(sc_if, XM_IMR, XM_IMR_GP0_SET); SK_XM_READ_2(sc_if, XM_ISR); mii_tick(mii); callout_stop(&sc_if->sk_tick_ch); } static void sk_yukon_tick(xsc_if) void *xsc_if; { struct sk_if_softc *sc_if; struct mii_data *mii; sc_if = xsc_if; mii = device_get_softc(sc_if->sk_miibus); mii_tick(mii); callout_reset(&sc_if->sk_tick_ch, hz, sk_yukon_tick, sc_if); } static void sk_intr_bcom(sc_if) struct sk_if_softc *sc_if; { struct mii_data *mii; struct ifnet *ifp; int status; mii = device_get_softc(sc_if->sk_miibus); ifp = sc_if->sk_ifp; SK_XM_CLRBIT_2(sc_if, XM_MMUCMD, XM_MMUCMD_TX_ENB|XM_MMUCMD_RX_ENB); /* * Read the PHY interrupt register to make sure * we clear any pending interrupts. */ status = sk_xmac_miibus_readreg(sc_if, SK_PHYADDR_BCOM, BRGPHY_MII_ISR); if (!(ifp->if_drv_flags & IFF_DRV_RUNNING)) { sk_init_xmac(sc_if); return; } if (status & (BRGPHY_ISR_LNK_CHG|BRGPHY_ISR_AN_PR)) { int lstat; lstat = sk_xmac_miibus_readreg(sc_if, SK_PHYADDR_BCOM, BRGPHY_MII_AUXSTS); if (!(lstat & BRGPHY_AUXSTS_LINK) && sc_if->sk_link) { mii_mediachg(mii); /* Turn off the link LED. */ SK_IF_WRITE_1(sc_if, 0, SK_LINKLED1_CTL, SK_LINKLED_OFF); sc_if->sk_link = 0; } else if (status & BRGPHY_ISR_LNK_CHG) { sk_xmac_miibus_writereg(sc_if, SK_PHYADDR_BCOM, BRGPHY_MII_IMR, 0xFF00); mii_tick(mii); sc_if->sk_link = 1; /* Turn on the link LED. */ SK_IF_WRITE_1(sc_if, 0, SK_LINKLED1_CTL, SK_LINKLED_ON|SK_LINKLED_LINKSYNC_OFF| SK_LINKLED_BLINK_OFF); } else { mii_tick(mii); callout_reset(&sc_if->sk_tick_ch, hz, sk_tick, sc_if); } } SK_XM_SETBIT_2(sc_if, XM_MMUCMD, XM_MMUCMD_TX_ENB|XM_MMUCMD_RX_ENB); return; } static void sk_intr_xmac(sc_if) struct sk_if_softc *sc_if; { struct sk_softc *sc; u_int16_t status; sc = sc_if->sk_softc; status = SK_XM_READ_2(sc_if, XM_ISR); /* * Link has gone down. Start MII tick timeout to * watch for link resync. */ if (sc_if->sk_phytype == SK_PHYTYPE_XMAC) { if (status & XM_ISR_GP0_SET) { SK_XM_SETBIT_2(sc_if, XM_IMR, XM_IMR_GP0_SET); callout_reset(&sc_if->sk_tick_ch, hz, sk_tick, sc_if); } if (status & XM_ISR_AUTONEG_DONE) { callout_reset(&sc_if->sk_tick_ch, hz, sk_tick, sc_if); } } if (status & XM_IMR_TX_UNDERRUN) SK_XM_SETBIT_4(sc_if, XM_MODE, XM_MODE_FLUSH_TXFIFO); if (status & XM_IMR_RX_OVERRUN) SK_XM_SETBIT_4(sc_if, XM_MODE, XM_MODE_FLUSH_RXFIFO); status = SK_XM_READ_2(sc_if, XM_ISR); return; } static void sk_intr_yukon(sc_if) struct sk_if_softc *sc_if; { u_int8_t status; status = SK_IF_READ_1(sc_if, 0, SK_GMAC_ISR); /* RX overrun */ if ((status & SK_GMAC_INT_RX_OVER) != 0) { SK_IF_WRITE_1(sc_if, 0, SK_RXMF1_CTRL_TEST, SK_RFCTL_RX_FIFO_OVER); } /* TX underrun */ if ((status & SK_GMAC_INT_TX_UNDER) != 0) { SK_IF_WRITE_1(sc_if, 0, SK_RXMF1_CTRL_TEST, SK_TFCTL_TX_FIFO_UNDER); } } static void sk_intr(xsc) void *xsc; { struct sk_softc *sc = xsc; struct sk_if_softc *sc_if0, *sc_if1; struct ifnet *ifp0 = NULL, *ifp1 = NULL; u_int32_t status; SK_LOCK(sc); status = CSR_READ_4(sc, SK_ISSR); if (status == 0 || status == 0xffffffff || sc->sk_suspended) goto done_locked; sc_if0 = sc->sk_if[SK_PORT_A]; sc_if1 = sc->sk_if[SK_PORT_B]; if (sc_if0 != NULL) ifp0 = sc_if0->sk_ifp; if (sc_if1 != NULL) ifp1 = sc_if1->sk_ifp; for (; (status &= sc->sk_intrmask) != 0;) { /* Handle receive interrupts first. */ if (status & SK_ISR_RX1_EOF) { if (ifp0->if_mtu > SK_MAX_FRAMELEN) sk_jumbo_rxeof(sc_if0); else sk_rxeof(sc_if0); CSR_WRITE_4(sc, SK_BMU_RX_CSR0, SK_RXBMU_CLR_IRQ_EOF|SK_RXBMU_RX_START); } if (status & SK_ISR_RX2_EOF) { if (ifp1->if_mtu > SK_MAX_FRAMELEN) sk_jumbo_rxeof(sc_if1); else sk_rxeof(sc_if1); CSR_WRITE_4(sc, SK_BMU_RX_CSR1, SK_RXBMU_CLR_IRQ_EOF|SK_RXBMU_RX_START); } /* Then transmit interrupts. */ if (status & SK_ISR_TX1_S_EOF) { sk_txeof(sc_if0); CSR_WRITE_4(sc, SK_BMU_TXS_CSR0, SK_TXBMU_CLR_IRQ_EOF); } if (status & SK_ISR_TX2_S_EOF) { sk_txeof(sc_if1); CSR_WRITE_4(sc, SK_BMU_TXS_CSR1, SK_TXBMU_CLR_IRQ_EOF); } /* Then MAC interrupts. */ if (status & SK_ISR_MAC1 && ifp0->if_drv_flags & IFF_DRV_RUNNING) { if (sc->sk_type == SK_GENESIS) sk_intr_xmac(sc_if0); else sk_intr_yukon(sc_if0); } if (status & SK_ISR_MAC2 && ifp1->if_drv_flags & IFF_DRV_RUNNING) { if (sc->sk_type == SK_GENESIS) sk_intr_xmac(sc_if1); else sk_intr_yukon(sc_if1); } if (status & SK_ISR_EXTERNAL_REG) { if (ifp0 != NULL && sc_if0->sk_phytype == SK_PHYTYPE_BCOM) sk_intr_bcom(sc_if0); if (ifp1 != NULL && sc_if1->sk_phytype == SK_PHYTYPE_BCOM) sk_intr_bcom(sc_if1); } status = CSR_READ_4(sc, SK_ISSR); } CSR_WRITE_4(sc, SK_IMR, sc->sk_intrmask); if (ifp0 != NULL && !IFQ_DRV_IS_EMPTY(&ifp0->if_snd)) sk_start_locked(ifp0); if (ifp1 != NULL && !IFQ_DRV_IS_EMPTY(&ifp1->if_snd)) sk_start_locked(ifp1); done_locked: SK_UNLOCK(sc); } static void sk_init_xmac(sc_if) struct sk_if_softc *sc_if; { struct sk_softc *sc; struct ifnet *ifp; u_int16_t eaddr[(ETHER_ADDR_LEN+1)/2]; static const struct sk_bcom_hack bhack[] = { { 0x18, 0x0c20 }, { 0x17, 0x0012 }, { 0x15, 0x1104 }, { 0x17, 0x0013 }, { 0x15, 0x0404 }, { 0x17, 0x8006 }, { 0x15, 0x0132 }, { 0x17, 0x8006 }, { 0x15, 0x0232 }, { 0x17, 0x800D }, { 0x15, 0x000F }, { 0x18, 0x0420 }, { 0, 0 } }; SK_IF_LOCK_ASSERT(sc_if); sc = sc_if->sk_softc; ifp = sc_if->sk_ifp; /* Unreset the XMAC. */ SK_IF_WRITE_2(sc_if, 0, SK_TXF1_MACCTL, SK_TXMACCTL_XMAC_UNRESET); DELAY(1000); /* Reset the XMAC's internal state. */ SK_XM_SETBIT_2(sc_if, XM_GPIO, XM_GPIO_RESETMAC); /* Save the XMAC II revision */ sc_if->sk_xmac_rev = XM_XMAC_REV(SK_XM_READ_4(sc_if, XM_DEVID)); /* * Perform additional initialization for external PHYs, * namely for the 1000baseTX cards that use the XMAC's * GMII mode. */ if (sc_if->sk_phytype == SK_PHYTYPE_BCOM) { int i = 0; u_int32_t val; /* Take PHY out of reset. */ val = sk_win_read_4(sc, SK_GPIO); if (sc_if->sk_port == SK_PORT_A) val |= SK_GPIO_DIR0|SK_GPIO_DAT0; else val |= SK_GPIO_DIR2|SK_GPIO_DAT2; sk_win_write_4(sc, SK_GPIO, val); /* Enable GMII mode on the XMAC. */ SK_XM_SETBIT_2(sc_if, XM_HWCFG, XM_HWCFG_GMIIMODE); sk_xmac_miibus_writereg(sc_if, SK_PHYADDR_BCOM, BRGPHY_MII_BMCR, BRGPHY_BMCR_RESET); DELAY(10000); sk_xmac_miibus_writereg(sc_if, SK_PHYADDR_BCOM, BRGPHY_MII_IMR, 0xFFF0); /* * Early versions of the BCM5400 apparently have * a bug that requires them to have their reserved * registers initialized to some magic values. I don't * know what the numbers do, I'm just the messenger. */ if (sk_xmac_miibus_readreg(sc_if, SK_PHYADDR_BCOM, 0x03) == 0x6041) { while(bhack[i].reg) { sk_xmac_miibus_writereg(sc_if, SK_PHYADDR_BCOM, bhack[i].reg, bhack[i].val); i++; } } } /* Set station address */ bcopy(IF_LLADDR(sc_if->sk_ifp), eaddr, ETHER_ADDR_LEN); SK_XM_WRITE_2(sc_if, XM_PAR0, eaddr[0]); SK_XM_WRITE_2(sc_if, XM_PAR1, eaddr[1]); SK_XM_WRITE_2(sc_if, XM_PAR2, eaddr[2]); SK_XM_SETBIT_4(sc_if, XM_MODE, XM_MODE_RX_USE_STATION); if (ifp->if_flags & IFF_BROADCAST) { SK_XM_CLRBIT_4(sc_if, XM_MODE, XM_MODE_RX_NOBROAD); } else { SK_XM_SETBIT_4(sc_if, XM_MODE, XM_MODE_RX_NOBROAD); } /* We don't need the FCS appended to the packet. */ SK_XM_SETBIT_2(sc_if, XM_RXCMD, XM_RXCMD_STRIPFCS); /* We want short frames padded to 60 bytes. */ SK_XM_SETBIT_2(sc_if, XM_TXCMD, XM_TXCMD_AUTOPAD); /* * Enable the reception of all error frames. This is is * a necessary evil due to the design of the XMAC. The * XMAC's receive FIFO is only 8K in size, however jumbo * frames can be up to 9000 bytes in length. When bad * frame filtering is enabled, the XMAC's RX FIFO operates * in 'store and forward' mode. For this to work, the * entire frame has to fit into the FIFO, but that means * that jumbo frames larger than 8192 bytes will be * truncated. Disabling all bad frame filtering causes * the RX FIFO to operate in streaming mode, in which * case the XMAC will start transferring frames out of the * RX FIFO as soon as the FIFO threshold is reached. */ if (ifp->if_mtu > SK_MAX_FRAMELEN) { SK_XM_SETBIT_4(sc_if, XM_MODE, XM_MODE_RX_BADFRAMES| XM_MODE_RX_GIANTS|XM_MODE_RX_RUNTS|XM_MODE_RX_CRCERRS| XM_MODE_RX_INRANGELEN); SK_XM_SETBIT_2(sc_if, XM_RXCMD, XM_RXCMD_BIGPKTOK); } else SK_XM_CLRBIT_2(sc_if, XM_RXCMD, XM_RXCMD_BIGPKTOK); /* * Bump up the transmit threshold. This helps hold off transmit * underruns when we're blasting traffic from both ports at once. */ SK_XM_WRITE_2(sc_if, XM_TX_REQTHRESH, SK_XM_TX_FIFOTHRESH); /* Set Rx filter */ sk_rxfilter_genesis(sc_if); /* Clear and enable interrupts */ SK_XM_READ_2(sc_if, XM_ISR); if (sc_if->sk_phytype == SK_PHYTYPE_XMAC) SK_XM_WRITE_2(sc_if, XM_IMR, XM_INTRS); else SK_XM_WRITE_2(sc_if, XM_IMR, 0xFFFF); /* Configure MAC arbiter */ switch(sc_if->sk_xmac_rev) { case XM_XMAC_REV_B2: sk_win_write_1(sc, SK_RCINIT_RX1, SK_RCINIT_XMAC_B2); sk_win_write_1(sc, SK_RCINIT_TX1, SK_RCINIT_XMAC_B2); sk_win_write_1(sc, SK_RCINIT_RX2, SK_RCINIT_XMAC_B2); sk_win_write_1(sc, SK_RCINIT_TX2, SK_RCINIT_XMAC_B2); sk_win_write_1(sc, SK_MINIT_RX1, SK_MINIT_XMAC_B2); sk_win_write_1(sc, SK_MINIT_TX1, SK_MINIT_XMAC_B2); sk_win_write_1(sc, SK_MINIT_RX2, SK_MINIT_XMAC_B2); sk_win_write_1(sc, SK_MINIT_TX2, SK_MINIT_XMAC_B2); sk_win_write_1(sc, SK_RECOVERY_CTL, SK_RECOVERY_XMAC_B2); break; case XM_XMAC_REV_C1: sk_win_write_1(sc, SK_RCINIT_RX1, SK_RCINIT_XMAC_C1); sk_win_write_1(sc, SK_RCINIT_TX1, SK_RCINIT_XMAC_C1); sk_win_write_1(sc, SK_RCINIT_RX2, SK_RCINIT_XMAC_C1); sk_win_write_1(sc, SK_RCINIT_TX2, SK_RCINIT_XMAC_C1); sk_win_write_1(sc, SK_MINIT_RX1, SK_MINIT_XMAC_C1); sk_win_write_1(sc, SK_MINIT_TX1, SK_MINIT_XMAC_C1); sk_win_write_1(sc, SK_MINIT_RX2, SK_MINIT_XMAC_C1); sk_win_write_1(sc, SK_MINIT_TX2, SK_MINIT_XMAC_C1); sk_win_write_1(sc, SK_RECOVERY_CTL, SK_RECOVERY_XMAC_B2); break; default: break; } sk_win_write_2(sc, SK_MACARB_CTL, SK_MACARBCTL_UNRESET|SK_MACARBCTL_FASTOE_OFF); sc_if->sk_link = 1; return; } static void sk_init_yukon(sc_if) struct sk_if_softc *sc_if; { u_int32_t phy, v; u_int16_t reg; struct sk_softc *sc; struct ifnet *ifp; u_int8_t *eaddr; int i; SK_IF_LOCK_ASSERT(sc_if); sc = sc_if->sk_softc; ifp = sc_if->sk_ifp; if (sc->sk_type == SK_YUKON_LITE && sc->sk_rev >= SK_YUKON_LITE_REV_A3) { /* * Workaround code for COMA mode, set PHY reset. * Otherwise it will not correctly take chip out of * powerdown (coma) */ v = sk_win_read_4(sc, SK_GPIO); v |= SK_GPIO_DIR9 | SK_GPIO_DAT9; sk_win_write_4(sc, SK_GPIO, v); } /* GMAC and GPHY Reset */ SK_IF_WRITE_4(sc_if, 0, SK_GPHY_CTRL, SK_GPHY_RESET_SET); SK_IF_WRITE_4(sc_if, 0, SK_GMAC_CTRL, SK_GMAC_RESET_SET); DELAY(1000); if (sc->sk_type == SK_YUKON_LITE && sc->sk_rev >= SK_YUKON_LITE_REV_A3) { /* * Workaround code for COMA mode, clear PHY reset */ v = sk_win_read_4(sc, SK_GPIO); v |= SK_GPIO_DIR9; v &= ~SK_GPIO_DAT9; sk_win_write_4(sc, SK_GPIO, v); } phy = SK_GPHY_INT_POL_HI | SK_GPHY_DIS_FC | SK_GPHY_DIS_SLEEP | SK_GPHY_ENA_XC | SK_GPHY_ANEG_ALL | SK_GPHY_ENA_PAUSE; if (sc->sk_coppertype) phy |= SK_GPHY_COPPER; else phy |= SK_GPHY_FIBER; SK_IF_WRITE_4(sc_if, 0, SK_GPHY_CTRL, phy | SK_GPHY_RESET_SET); DELAY(1000); SK_IF_WRITE_4(sc_if, 0, SK_GPHY_CTRL, phy | SK_GPHY_RESET_CLEAR); SK_IF_WRITE_4(sc_if, 0, SK_GMAC_CTRL, SK_GMAC_LOOP_OFF | SK_GMAC_PAUSE_ON | SK_GMAC_RESET_CLEAR); /* unused read of the interrupt source register */ SK_IF_READ_2(sc_if, 0, SK_GMAC_ISR); reg = SK_YU_READ_2(sc_if, YUKON_PAR); /* MIB Counter Clear Mode set */ reg |= YU_PAR_MIB_CLR; SK_YU_WRITE_2(sc_if, YUKON_PAR, reg); /* MIB Counter Clear Mode clear */ reg &= ~YU_PAR_MIB_CLR; SK_YU_WRITE_2(sc_if, YUKON_PAR, reg); /* receive control reg */ SK_YU_WRITE_2(sc_if, YUKON_RCR, YU_RCR_CRCR); /* transmit parameter register */ SK_YU_WRITE_2(sc_if, YUKON_TPR, YU_TPR_JAM_LEN(0x3) | YU_TPR_JAM_IPG(0xb) | YU_TPR_JAM2DATA_IPG(0x1a) ); /* serial mode register */ reg = YU_SMR_DATA_BLIND(0x1c) | YU_SMR_MFL_VLAN | YU_SMR_IPG_DATA(0x1e); if (ifp->if_mtu > SK_MAX_FRAMELEN) reg |= YU_SMR_MFL_JUMBO; SK_YU_WRITE_2(sc_if, YUKON_SMR, reg); /* Setup Yukon's station address */ eaddr = IF_LLADDR(sc_if->sk_ifp); for (i = 0; i < 3; i++) SK_YU_WRITE_2(sc_if, SK_MAC0_0 + i * 4, eaddr[i * 2] | eaddr[i * 2 + 1] << 8); /* Set GMAC source address of flow control. */ for (i = 0; i < 3; i++) SK_YU_WRITE_2(sc_if, YUKON_SAL1 + i * 4, eaddr[i * 2] | eaddr[i * 2 + 1] << 8); /* Set GMAC virtual address. */ for (i = 0; i < 3; i++) SK_YU_WRITE_2(sc_if, YUKON_SAL2 + i * 4, eaddr[i * 2] | eaddr[i * 2 + 1] << 8); /* Set Rx filter */ sk_rxfilter_yukon(sc_if); /* enable interrupt mask for counter overflows */ SK_YU_WRITE_2(sc_if, YUKON_TIMR, 0); SK_YU_WRITE_2(sc_if, YUKON_RIMR, 0); SK_YU_WRITE_2(sc_if, YUKON_TRIMR, 0); /* Configure RX MAC FIFO Flush Mask */ v = YU_RXSTAT_FOFL | YU_RXSTAT_CRCERR | YU_RXSTAT_MIIERR | YU_RXSTAT_BADFC | YU_RXSTAT_GOODFC | YU_RXSTAT_RUNT | YU_RXSTAT_JABBER; SK_IF_WRITE_2(sc_if, 0, SK_RXMF1_FLUSH_MASK, v); /* Disable RX MAC FIFO Flush for YUKON-Lite Rev. A0 only */ if (sc->sk_type == SK_YUKON_LITE && sc->sk_rev == SK_YUKON_LITE_REV_A0) v = SK_TFCTL_OPERATION_ON; else v = SK_TFCTL_OPERATION_ON | SK_RFCTL_FIFO_FLUSH_ON; /* Configure RX MAC FIFO */ SK_IF_WRITE_1(sc_if, 0, SK_RXMF1_CTRL_TEST, SK_RFCTL_RESET_CLEAR); SK_IF_WRITE_2(sc_if, 0, SK_RXMF1_CTRL_TEST, v); /* Increase flush threshould to 64 bytes */ SK_IF_WRITE_2(sc_if, 0, SK_RXMF1_FLUSH_THRESHOLD, SK_RFCTL_FIFO_THRESHOLD + 1); /* Configure TX MAC FIFO */ SK_IF_WRITE_1(sc_if, 0, SK_TXMF1_CTRL_TEST, SK_TFCTL_RESET_CLEAR); SK_IF_WRITE_2(sc_if, 0, SK_TXMF1_CTRL_TEST, SK_TFCTL_OPERATION_ON); } /* * Note that to properly initialize any part of the GEnesis chip, * you first have to take it out of reset mode. */ static void sk_init(xsc) void *xsc; { struct sk_if_softc *sc_if = xsc; SK_IF_LOCK(sc_if); sk_init_locked(sc_if); SK_IF_UNLOCK(sc_if); return; } static void sk_init_locked(sc_if) struct sk_if_softc *sc_if; { struct sk_softc *sc; struct ifnet *ifp; struct mii_data *mii; u_int16_t reg; u_int32_t imr; int error; SK_IF_LOCK_ASSERT(sc_if); ifp = sc_if->sk_ifp; sc = sc_if->sk_softc; mii = device_get_softc(sc_if->sk_miibus); if (ifp->if_drv_flags & IFF_DRV_RUNNING) return; /* Cancel pending I/O and free all RX/TX buffers. */ sk_stop(sc_if); if (sc->sk_type == SK_GENESIS) { /* Configure LINK_SYNC LED */ SK_IF_WRITE_1(sc_if, 0, SK_LINKLED1_CTL, SK_LINKLED_ON); SK_IF_WRITE_1(sc_if, 0, SK_LINKLED1_CTL, SK_LINKLED_LINKSYNC_ON); /* Configure RX LED */ SK_IF_WRITE_1(sc_if, 0, SK_RXLED1_CTL, SK_RXLEDCTL_COUNTER_START); /* Configure TX LED */ SK_IF_WRITE_1(sc_if, 0, SK_TXLED1_CTL, SK_TXLEDCTL_COUNTER_START); } /* * Configure descriptor poll timer * * SK-NET GENESIS data sheet says that possibility of losing Start * transmit command due to CPU/cache related interim storage problems * under certain conditions. The document recommends a polling * mechanism to send a Start transmit command to initiate transfer * of ready descriptors regulary. To cope with this issue sk(4) now * enables descriptor poll timer to initiate descriptor processing * periodically as defined by SK_DPT_TIMER_MAX. However sk(4) still * issue SK_TXBMU_TX_START to Tx BMU to get fast execution of Tx * command instead of waiting for next descriptor polling time. * The same rule may apply to Rx side too but it seems that is not * needed at the moment. * Since sk(4) uses descriptor polling as a last resort there is no * need to set smaller polling time than maximum allowable one. */ SK_IF_WRITE_4(sc_if, 0, SK_DPT_INIT, SK_DPT_TIMER_MAX); /* Configure I2C registers */ /* Configure XMAC(s) */ switch (sc->sk_type) { case SK_GENESIS: sk_init_xmac(sc_if); break; case SK_YUKON: case SK_YUKON_LITE: case SK_YUKON_LP: sk_init_yukon(sc_if); break; } mii_mediachg(mii); if (sc->sk_type == SK_GENESIS) { /* Configure MAC FIFOs */ SK_IF_WRITE_4(sc_if, 0, SK_RXF1_CTL, SK_FIFO_UNRESET); SK_IF_WRITE_4(sc_if, 0, SK_RXF1_END, SK_FIFO_END); SK_IF_WRITE_4(sc_if, 0, SK_RXF1_CTL, SK_FIFO_ON); SK_IF_WRITE_4(sc_if, 0, SK_TXF1_CTL, SK_FIFO_UNRESET); SK_IF_WRITE_4(sc_if, 0, SK_TXF1_END, SK_FIFO_END); SK_IF_WRITE_4(sc_if, 0, SK_TXF1_CTL, SK_FIFO_ON); } /* Configure transmit arbiter(s) */ SK_IF_WRITE_1(sc_if, 0, SK_TXAR1_COUNTERCTL, SK_TXARCTL_ON|SK_TXARCTL_FSYNC_ON); /* Configure RAMbuffers */ SK_IF_WRITE_4(sc_if, 0, SK_RXRB1_CTLTST, SK_RBCTL_UNRESET); SK_IF_WRITE_4(sc_if, 0, SK_RXRB1_START, sc_if->sk_rx_ramstart); SK_IF_WRITE_4(sc_if, 0, SK_RXRB1_WR_PTR, sc_if->sk_rx_ramstart); SK_IF_WRITE_4(sc_if, 0, SK_RXRB1_RD_PTR, sc_if->sk_rx_ramstart); SK_IF_WRITE_4(sc_if, 0, SK_RXRB1_END, sc_if->sk_rx_ramend); SK_IF_WRITE_4(sc_if, 0, SK_RXRB1_CTLTST, SK_RBCTL_ON); SK_IF_WRITE_4(sc_if, 1, SK_TXRBS1_CTLTST, SK_RBCTL_UNRESET); SK_IF_WRITE_4(sc_if, 1, SK_TXRBS1_CTLTST, SK_RBCTL_STORENFWD_ON); SK_IF_WRITE_4(sc_if, 1, SK_TXRBS1_START, sc_if->sk_tx_ramstart); SK_IF_WRITE_4(sc_if, 1, SK_TXRBS1_WR_PTR, sc_if->sk_tx_ramstart); SK_IF_WRITE_4(sc_if, 1, SK_TXRBS1_RD_PTR, sc_if->sk_tx_ramstart); SK_IF_WRITE_4(sc_if, 1, SK_TXRBS1_END, sc_if->sk_tx_ramend); SK_IF_WRITE_4(sc_if, 1, SK_TXRBS1_CTLTST, SK_RBCTL_ON); /* Configure BMUs */ SK_IF_WRITE_4(sc_if, 0, SK_RXQ1_BMU_CSR, SK_RXBMU_ONLINE); if (ifp->if_mtu > SK_MAX_FRAMELEN) { SK_IF_WRITE_4(sc_if, 0, SK_RXQ1_CURADDR_LO, SK_ADDR_LO(SK_JUMBO_RX_RING_ADDR(sc_if, 0))); SK_IF_WRITE_4(sc_if, 0, SK_RXQ1_CURADDR_HI, SK_ADDR_HI(SK_JUMBO_RX_RING_ADDR(sc_if, 0))); } else { SK_IF_WRITE_4(sc_if, 0, SK_RXQ1_CURADDR_LO, SK_ADDR_LO(SK_RX_RING_ADDR(sc_if, 0))); SK_IF_WRITE_4(sc_if, 0, SK_RXQ1_CURADDR_HI, SK_ADDR_HI(SK_RX_RING_ADDR(sc_if, 0))); } SK_IF_WRITE_4(sc_if, 1, SK_TXQS1_BMU_CSR, SK_TXBMU_ONLINE); SK_IF_WRITE_4(sc_if, 1, SK_TXQS1_CURADDR_LO, SK_ADDR_LO(SK_TX_RING_ADDR(sc_if, 0))); SK_IF_WRITE_4(sc_if, 1, SK_TXQS1_CURADDR_HI, SK_ADDR_HI(SK_TX_RING_ADDR(sc_if, 0))); /* Init descriptors */ if (ifp->if_mtu > SK_MAX_FRAMELEN) error = sk_init_jumbo_rx_ring(sc_if); else error = sk_init_rx_ring(sc_if); if (error != 0) { device_printf(sc_if->sk_if_dev, "initialization failed: no memory for rx buffers\n"); sk_stop(sc_if); return; } sk_init_tx_ring(sc_if); /* Set interrupt moderation if changed via sysctl. */ imr = sk_win_read_4(sc, SK_IMTIMERINIT); if (imr != SK_IM_USECS(sc->sk_int_mod, sc->sk_int_ticks)) { sk_win_write_4(sc, SK_IMTIMERINIT, SK_IM_USECS(sc->sk_int_mod, sc->sk_int_ticks)); if (bootverbose) device_printf(sc_if->sk_if_dev, "interrupt moderation is %d us.\n", sc->sk_int_mod); } /* Configure interrupt handling */ CSR_READ_4(sc, SK_ISSR); if (sc_if->sk_port == SK_PORT_A) sc->sk_intrmask |= SK_INTRS1; else sc->sk_intrmask |= SK_INTRS2; sc->sk_intrmask |= SK_ISR_EXTERNAL_REG; CSR_WRITE_4(sc, SK_IMR, sc->sk_intrmask); /* Start BMUs. */ SK_IF_WRITE_4(sc_if, 0, SK_RXQ1_BMU_CSR, SK_RXBMU_RX_START); switch(sc->sk_type) { case SK_GENESIS: /* Enable XMACs TX and RX state machines */ SK_XM_CLRBIT_2(sc_if, XM_MMUCMD, XM_MMUCMD_IGNPAUSE); SK_XM_SETBIT_2(sc_if, XM_MMUCMD, XM_MMUCMD_TX_ENB|XM_MMUCMD_RX_ENB); break; case SK_YUKON: case SK_YUKON_LITE: case SK_YUKON_LP: reg = SK_YU_READ_2(sc_if, YUKON_GPCR); reg |= YU_GPCR_TXEN | YU_GPCR_RXEN; #if 0 /* XXX disable 100Mbps and full duplex mode? */ reg &= ~(YU_GPCR_SPEED | YU_GPCR_DPLX_DIS); #endif SK_YU_WRITE_2(sc_if, YUKON_GPCR, reg); } /* Activate descriptor polling timer */ SK_IF_WRITE_4(sc_if, 0, SK_DPT_TIMER_CTRL, SK_DPT_TCTL_START); /* start transfer of Tx descriptors */ CSR_WRITE_4(sc, sc_if->sk_tx_bmu, SK_TXBMU_TX_START); ifp->if_drv_flags |= IFF_DRV_RUNNING; ifp->if_drv_flags &= ~IFF_DRV_OACTIVE; switch (sc->sk_type) { case SK_YUKON: case SK_YUKON_LITE: case SK_YUKON_LP: callout_reset(&sc_if->sk_tick_ch, hz, sk_yukon_tick, sc_if); break; } callout_reset(&sc_if->sk_watchdog_ch, hz, sk_watchdog, ifp); return; } static void sk_stop(sc_if) struct sk_if_softc *sc_if; { int i; struct sk_softc *sc; struct sk_txdesc *txd; struct sk_rxdesc *rxd; struct sk_rxdesc *jrxd; struct ifnet *ifp; u_int32_t val; SK_IF_LOCK_ASSERT(sc_if); sc = sc_if->sk_softc; ifp = sc_if->sk_ifp; callout_stop(&sc_if->sk_tick_ch); callout_stop(&sc_if->sk_watchdog_ch); /* stop Tx descriptor polling timer */ SK_IF_WRITE_4(sc_if, 0, SK_DPT_TIMER_CTRL, SK_DPT_TCTL_STOP); /* stop transfer of Tx descriptors */ CSR_WRITE_4(sc, sc_if->sk_tx_bmu, SK_TXBMU_TX_STOP); for (i = 0; i < SK_TIMEOUT; i++) { val = CSR_READ_4(sc, sc_if->sk_tx_bmu); if ((val & SK_TXBMU_TX_STOP) == 0) break; DELAY(1); } if (i == SK_TIMEOUT) device_printf(sc_if->sk_if_dev, "can not stop transfer of Tx descriptor\n"); /* stop transfer of Rx descriptors */ SK_IF_WRITE_4(sc_if, 0, SK_RXQ1_BMU_CSR, SK_RXBMU_RX_STOP); for (i = 0; i < SK_TIMEOUT; i++) { val = SK_IF_READ_4(sc_if, 0, SK_RXQ1_BMU_CSR); if ((val & SK_RXBMU_RX_STOP) == 0) break; DELAY(1); } if (i == SK_TIMEOUT) device_printf(sc_if->sk_if_dev, "can not stop transfer of Rx descriptor\n"); if (sc_if->sk_phytype == SK_PHYTYPE_BCOM) { /* Put PHY back into reset. */ val = sk_win_read_4(sc, SK_GPIO); if (sc_if->sk_port == SK_PORT_A) { val |= SK_GPIO_DIR0; val &= ~SK_GPIO_DAT0; } else { val |= SK_GPIO_DIR2; val &= ~SK_GPIO_DAT2; } sk_win_write_4(sc, SK_GPIO, val); } /* Turn off various components of this interface. */ SK_XM_SETBIT_2(sc_if, XM_GPIO, XM_GPIO_RESETMAC); switch (sc->sk_type) { case SK_GENESIS: SK_IF_WRITE_2(sc_if, 0, SK_TXF1_MACCTL, SK_TXMACCTL_XMAC_RESET); SK_IF_WRITE_4(sc_if, 0, SK_RXF1_CTL, SK_FIFO_RESET); break; case SK_YUKON: case SK_YUKON_LITE: case SK_YUKON_LP: SK_IF_WRITE_1(sc_if,0, SK_RXMF1_CTRL_TEST, SK_RFCTL_RESET_SET); SK_IF_WRITE_1(sc_if,0, SK_TXMF1_CTRL_TEST, SK_TFCTL_RESET_SET); break; } SK_IF_WRITE_4(sc_if, 0, SK_RXQ1_BMU_CSR, SK_RXBMU_OFFLINE); SK_IF_WRITE_4(sc_if, 0, SK_RXRB1_CTLTST, SK_RBCTL_RESET|SK_RBCTL_OFF); SK_IF_WRITE_4(sc_if, 1, SK_TXQS1_BMU_CSR, SK_TXBMU_OFFLINE); SK_IF_WRITE_4(sc_if, 1, SK_TXRBS1_CTLTST, SK_RBCTL_RESET|SK_RBCTL_OFF); SK_IF_WRITE_1(sc_if, 0, SK_TXAR1_COUNTERCTL, SK_TXARCTL_OFF); SK_IF_WRITE_1(sc_if, 0, SK_RXLED1_CTL, SK_RXLEDCTL_COUNTER_STOP); SK_IF_WRITE_1(sc_if, 0, SK_TXLED1_CTL, SK_RXLEDCTL_COUNTER_STOP); SK_IF_WRITE_1(sc_if, 0, SK_LINKLED1_CTL, SK_LINKLED_OFF); SK_IF_WRITE_1(sc_if, 0, SK_LINKLED1_CTL, SK_LINKLED_LINKSYNC_OFF); /* Disable interrupts */ if (sc_if->sk_port == SK_PORT_A) sc->sk_intrmask &= ~SK_INTRS1; else sc->sk_intrmask &= ~SK_INTRS2; CSR_WRITE_4(sc, SK_IMR, sc->sk_intrmask); SK_XM_READ_2(sc_if, XM_ISR); SK_XM_WRITE_2(sc_if, XM_IMR, 0xFFFF); /* Free RX and TX mbufs still in the queues. */ for (i = 0; i < SK_RX_RING_CNT; i++) { rxd = &sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_rxdesc[i]; if (rxd->rx_m != NULL) { bus_dmamap_sync(sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_rx_tag, rxd->rx_dmamap, BUS_DMASYNC_POSTREAD); bus_dmamap_unload(sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_rx_tag, rxd->rx_dmamap); m_freem(rxd->rx_m); rxd->rx_m = NULL; } } for (i = 0; i < SK_JUMBO_RX_RING_CNT; i++) { jrxd = &sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_jumbo_rxdesc[i]; if (jrxd->rx_m != NULL) { bus_dmamap_sync(sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_jumbo_rx_tag, jrxd->rx_dmamap, BUS_DMASYNC_POSTREAD); bus_dmamap_unload(sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_jumbo_rx_tag, jrxd->rx_dmamap); m_freem(jrxd->rx_m); jrxd->rx_m = NULL; } } for (i = 0; i < SK_TX_RING_CNT; i++) { txd = &sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_txdesc[i]; if (txd->tx_m != NULL) { bus_dmamap_sync(sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_tx_tag, txd->tx_dmamap, BUS_DMASYNC_POSTWRITE); bus_dmamap_unload(sc_if->sk_cdata.sk_tx_tag, txd->tx_dmamap); m_freem(txd->tx_m); txd->tx_m = NULL; } } ifp->if_drv_flags &= ~(IFF_DRV_RUNNING|IFF_DRV_OACTIVE); return; } static int sysctl_int_range(SYSCTL_HANDLER_ARGS, int low, int high) { int error, value; if (!arg1) return (EINVAL); value = *(int *)arg1; error = sysctl_handle_int(oidp, &value, 0, req); if (error || !req->newptr) return (error); if (value < low || value > high) return (EINVAL); *(int *)arg1 = value; return (0); } static int sysctl_hw_sk_int_mod(SYSCTL_HANDLER_ARGS) { return (sysctl_int_range(oidp, arg1, arg2, req, SK_IM_MIN, SK_IM_MAX)); } Index: head/sys/i386/conf/GENERIC =================================================================== --- head/sys/i386/conf/GENERIC (revision 325095) +++ head/sys/i386/conf/GENERIC (revision 325096) @@ -1,386 +1,386 @@ # # GENERIC -- Generic kernel configuration file for FreeBSD/i386 # # For more information on this file, please read the config(5) manual page, # and/or the handbook section on Kernel Configuration Files: # -# http://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html +# https://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html # # The handbook is also available locally in /usr/share/doc/handbook # if you've installed the doc distribution, otherwise always see the -# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (http://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the +# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (https://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the # latest information. # # An exhaustive list of options and more detailed explanations of the # device lines is also present in the ../../conf/NOTES and NOTES files. # If you are in doubt as to the purpose or necessity of a line, check first # in NOTES. # # $FreeBSD$ cpu I486_CPU cpu I586_CPU cpu I686_CPU ident GENERIC makeoptions DEBUG=-g # Build kernel with gdb(1) debug symbols makeoptions WITH_CTF=1 # Run ctfconvert(1) for DTrace support options SCHED_ULE # ULE scheduler options PREEMPTION # Enable kernel thread preemption options VIMAGE # Subsystem virtualization, e.g. VNET options INET # InterNETworking options INET6 # IPv6 communications protocols options IPSEC # IP (v4/v6) security options IPSEC_SUPPORT # Allow kldload of ipsec and tcpmd5 options TCP_HHOOK # hhook(9) framework for TCP options TCP_OFFLOAD # TCP offload options SCTP # Stream Control Transmission Protocol options FFS # Berkeley Fast Filesystem options SOFTUPDATES # Enable FFS soft updates support options UFS_ACL # Support for access control lists options UFS_DIRHASH # Improve performance on big directories options UFS_GJOURNAL # Enable gjournal-based UFS journaling options QUOTA # Enable disk quotas for UFS options MD_ROOT # MD is a potential root device options NFSCL # Network Filesystem Client options NFSD # Network Filesystem Server options NFSLOCKD # Network Lock Manager options NFS_ROOT # NFS usable as /, requires NFSCL options MSDOSFS # MSDOS Filesystem options CD9660 # ISO 9660 Filesystem options PROCFS # Process filesystem (requires PSEUDOFS) options PSEUDOFS # Pseudo-filesystem framework options GEOM_PART_GPT # GUID Partition Tables. options GEOM_RAID # Soft RAID functionality. options GEOM_LABEL # Provides labelization options COMPAT_FREEBSD4 # Compatible with FreeBSD4 options COMPAT_FREEBSD5 # Compatible with FreeBSD5 options COMPAT_FREEBSD6 # Compatible with FreeBSD6 options COMPAT_FREEBSD7 # Compatible with FreeBSD7 options COMPAT_FREEBSD9 # Compatible with FreeBSD9 options COMPAT_FREEBSD10 # Compatible with FreeBSD10 options COMPAT_FREEBSD11 # Compatible with FreeBSD11 options SCSI_DELAY=5000 # Delay (in ms) before probing SCSI options KTRACE # ktrace(1) support options STACK # stack(9) support options SYSVSHM # SYSV-style shared memory options SYSVMSG # SYSV-style message queues options SYSVSEM # SYSV-style semaphores options _KPOSIX_PRIORITY_SCHEDULING # POSIX P1003_1B real-time extensions options PRINTF_BUFR_SIZE=128 # Prevent printf output being interspersed. options KBD_INSTALL_CDEV # install a CDEV entry in /dev options HWPMC_HOOKS # Necessary kernel hooks for hwpmc(4) options AUDIT # Security event auditing options CAPABILITY_MODE # Capsicum capability mode options CAPABILITIES # Capsicum capabilities options MAC # TrustedBSD MAC Framework options KDTRACE_HOOKS # Kernel DTrace hooks options DDB_CTF # Kernel ELF linker loads CTF data options INCLUDE_CONFIG_FILE # Include this file in kernel options RACCT # Resource accounting framework options RACCT_DEFAULT_TO_DISABLED # Set kern.racct.enable=0 by default options RCTL # Resource limits # Debugging support. Always need this: options KDB # Enable kernel debugger support. options KDB_TRACE # Print a stack trace for a panic. # For full debugger support use (turn off in stable branch): options DDB # Support DDB. options GDB # Support remote GDB. options DEADLKRES # Enable the deadlock resolver options INVARIANTS # Enable calls of extra sanity checking options INVARIANT_SUPPORT # Extra sanity checks of internal structures, required by INVARIANTS options WITNESS # Enable checks to detect deadlocks and cycles options WITNESS_SKIPSPIN # Don't run witness on spinlocks for speed options MALLOC_DEBUG_MAXZONES=8 # Separate malloc(9) zones # To make an SMP kernel, the next two lines are needed options SMP # Symmetric MultiProcessor Kernel device apic # I/O APIC options EARLY_AP_STARTUP # CPU frequency control device cpufreq # Bus support. device acpi device pci options PCI_HP # PCI-Express native HotPlug options PCI_IOV # PCI SR-IOV support # Floppy drives device fdc # ATA controllers device ahci # AHCI-compatible SATA controllers device ata # Legacy ATA/SATA controllers device mvs # Marvell 88SX50XX/88SX60XX/88SX70XX/SoC SATA device siis # SiliconImage SiI3124/SiI3132/SiI3531 SATA # SCSI Controllers device ahc # AHA2940 and onboard AIC7xxx devices options AHC_REG_PRETTY_PRINT # Print register bitfields in debug # output. Adds ~128k to driver. device ahd # AHA39320/29320 and onboard AIC79xx devices options AHD_REG_PRETTY_PRINT # Print register bitfields in debug # output. Adds ~215k to driver. device esp # AMD Am53C974 (Tekram DC-390(T)) device hptiop # Highpoint RocketRaid 3xxx series device isp # Qlogic family #device ispfw # Firmware for QLogic HBAs- normally a module device mpt # LSI-Logic MPT-Fusion device mps # LSI-Logic MPT-Fusion 2 device mpr # LSI-Logic MPT-Fusion 3 #device ncr # NCR/Symbios Logic device sym # NCR/Symbios Logic (newer chipsets + those of `ncr') device trm # Tekram DC395U/UW/F DC315U adapters device adv # Advansys SCSI adapters device adw # Advansys wide SCSI adapters device aha # Adaptec 154x SCSI adapters device aic # Adaptec 15[012]x SCSI adapters, AIC-6[23]60. device bt # Buslogic/Mylex MultiMaster SCSI adapters device ncv # NCR 53C500 device nsp # Workbit Ninja SCSI-3 device stg # TMC 18C30/18C50 device isci # Intel C600 SAS controller # ATA/SCSI peripherals device scbus # SCSI bus (required for ATA/SCSI) device ch # SCSI media changers device da # Direct Access (disks) device sa # Sequential Access (tape etc) device cd # CD device pass # Passthrough device (direct ATA/SCSI access) device ses # Enclosure Services (SES and SAF-TE) #device ctl # CAM Target Layer # RAID controllers interfaced to the SCSI subsystem device amr # AMI MegaRAID device arcmsr # Areca SATA II RAID device ciss # Compaq Smart RAID 5* device dpt # DPT Smartcache III, IV - See NOTES for options device hptmv # Highpoint RocketRAID 182x device hptnr # Highpoint DC7280, R750 device hptrr # Highpoint RocketRAID 17xx, 22xx, 23xx, 25xx device hpt27xx # Highpoint RocketRAID 27xx device iir # Intel Integrated RAID device ips # IBM (Adaptec) ServeRAID device mly # Mylex AcceleRAID/eXtremeRAID device twa # 3ware 9000 series PATA/SATA RAID device tws # LSI 3ware 9750 SATA+SAS 6Gb/s RAID controller # RAID controllers device aac # Adaptec FSA RAID device aacp # SCSI passthrough for aac (requires CAM) device aacraid # Adaptec by PMC RAID device ida # Compaq Smart RAID device mfi # LSI MegaRAID SAS device mlx # Mylex DAC960 family device mrsas # LSI/Avago MegaRAID SAS/SATA, 6Gb/s and 12Gb/s device pmspcv # PMC-Sierra SAS/SATA Controller driver device pst # Promise Supertrak SX6000 device twe # 3ware ATA RAID # NVM Express (NVMe) support device nvme # base NVMe driver device nvd # expose NVMe namespace as disks, depends on nvme # atkbdc0 controls both the keyboard and the PS/2 mouse device atkbdc # AT keyboard controller device atkbd # AT keyboard device psm # PS/2 mouse device kbdmux # keyboard multiplexer device vga # VGA video card driver options VESA # Add support for VESA BIOS Extensions (VBE) device splash # Splash screen and screen saver support # syscons is the default console driver, resembling an SCO console device sc options SC_PIXEL_MODE # add support for the raster text mode # vt is the new video console driver device vt device vt_vga device agp # support several AGP chipsets # Power management support (see NOTES for more options) #device apm # Add suspend/resume support for the i8254. device pmtimer # PCCARD (PCMCIA) support # PCMCIA and cardbus bridge support device cbb # cardbus (yenta) bridge device pccard # PC Card (16-bit) bus device cardbus # CardBus (32-bit) bus # Serial (COM) ports device uart # Generic UART driver # Parallel port device ppc device ppbus # Parallel port bus (required) device lpt # Printer device ppi # Parallel port interface device #device vpo # Requires scbus and da device puc # Multi I/O cards and multi-channel UARTs # PCI Ethernet NICs. device bxe # Broadcom NetXtreme II BCM5771X/BCM578XX 10GbE device de # DEC/Intel DC21x4x (``Tulip'') device em # Intel PRO/1000 Gigabit Ethernet Family device ixgb # Intel PRO/10GbE Ethernet Card device le # AMD Am7900 LANCE and Am79C9xx PCnet device ti # Alteon Networks Tigon I/II gigabit Ethernet device txp # 3Com 3cR990 (``Typhoon'') device vx # 3Com 3c590, 3c595 (``Vortex'') # PCI Ethernet NICs that use the common MII bus controller code. # NOTE: Be sure to keep the 'device miibus' line in order to use these NICs! device miibus # MII bus support device ae # Attansic/Atheros L2 FastEthernet device age # Attansic/Atheros L1 Gigabit Ethernet device alc # Atheros AR8131/AR8132 Ethernet device ale # Atheros AR8121/AR8113/AR8114 Ethernet device bce # Broadcom BCM5706/BCM5708 Gigabit Ethernet device bfe # Broadcom BCM440x 10/100 Ethernet device bge # Broadcom BCM570xx Gigabit Ethernet device cas # Sun Cassini/Cassini+ and NS DP83065 Saturn device dc # DEC/Intel 21143 and various workalikes device et # Agere ET1310 10/100/Gigabit Ethernet device fxp # Intel EtherExpress PRO/100B (82557, 82558) device gem # Sun GEM/Sun ERI/Apple GMAC device hme # Sun HME (Happy Meal Ethernet) device jme # JMicron JMC250 Gigabit/JMC260 Fast Ethernet device lge # Level 1 LXT1001 gigabit Ethernet device msk # Marvell/SysKonnect Yukon II Gigabit Ethernet device nfe # nVidia nForce MCP on-board Ethernet device nge # NatSemi DP83820 gigabit Ethernet device pcn # AMD Am79C97x PCI 10/100 (precedence over 'le') device re # RealTek 8139C+/8169/8169S/8110S device rl # RealTek 8129/8139 device sf # Adaptec AIC-6915 (``Starfire'') device sge # Silicon Integrated Systems SiS190/191 device sis # Silicon Integrated Systems SiS 900/SiS 7016 device sk # SysKonnect SK-984x & SK-982x gigabit Ethernet device ste # Sundance ST201 (D-Link DFE-550TX) device stge # Sundance/Tamarack TC9021 gigabit Ethernet device tl # Texas Instruments ThunderLAN device tx # SMC EtherPower II (83c170 ``EPIC'') device vge # VIA VT612x gigabit Ethernet device vr # VIA Rhine, Rhine II device vte # DM&P Vortex86 RDC R6040 Fast Ethernet device wb # Winbond W89C840F device xl # 3Com 3c90x (``Boomerang'', ``Cyclone'') # ISA Ethernet NICs. pccard NICs included. device cs # Crystal Semiconductor CS89x0 NIC # 'device ed' requires 'device miibus' device ed # NE[12]000, SMC Ultra, 3c503, DS8390 cards device ex # Intel EtherExpress Pro/10 and Pro/10+ device ep # Etherlink III based cards device fe # Fujitsu MB8696x based cards device ie # EtherExpress 8/16, 3C507, StarLAN 10 etc. device sn # SMC's 9000 series of Ethernet chips device xe # Xircom pccard Ethernet # Wireless NIC cards device wlan # 802.11 support options IEEE80211_DEBUG # enable debug msgs options IEEE80211_AMPDU_AGE # age frames in AMPDU reorder q's options IEEE80211_SUPPORT_MESH # enable 802.11s draft support device wlan_wep # 802.11 WEP support device wlan_ccmp # 802.11 CCMP support device wlan_tkip # 802.11 TKIP support device wlan_amrr # AMRR transmit rate control algorithm device an # Aironet 4500/4800 802.11 wireless NICs. device ath # Atheros NICs device ath_pci # Atheros pci/cardbus glue device ath_hal # pci/cardbus chip support options AH_SUPPORT_AR5416 # enable AR5416 tx/rx descriptors options AH_AR5416_INTERRUPT_MITIGATION # AR5416 interrupt mitigation options ATH_ENABLE_11N # Enable 802.11n support for AR5416 and later device ath_rate_sample # SampleRate tx rate control for ath #device bwi # Broadcom BCM430x/BCM431x wireless NICs. #device bwn # Broadcom BCM43xx wireless NICs. device ipw # Intel 2100 wireless NICs. device iwi # Intel 2200BG/2225BG/2915ABG wireless NICs. device iwn # Intel 4965/1000/5000/6000 wireless NICs. device malo # Marvell Libertas wireless NICs. device mwl # Marvell 88W8363 802.11n wireless NICs. device ral # Ralink Technology RT2500 wireless NICs. device wi # WaveLAN/Intersil/Symbol 802.11 wireless NICs. #device wl # Older non 802.11 Wavelan wireless NIC. device wpi # Intel 3945ABG wireless NICs. # Pseudo devices. device loop # Network loopback device random # Entropy device device padlock_rng # VIA Padlock RNG device rdrand_rng # Intel Bull Mountain RNG device ether # Ethernet support device vlan # 802.1Q VLAN support device tun # Packet tunnel. device md # Memory "disks" device gif # IPv6 and IPv4 tunneling device firmware # firmware assist module # The `bpf' device enables the Berkeley Packet Filter. # Be aware of the administrative consequences of enabling this! # Note that 'bpf' is required for DHCP. device bpf # Berkeley packet filter # USB support options USB_DEBUG # enable debug msgs device uhci # UHCI PCI->USB interface device ohci # OHCI PCI->USB interface device ehci # EHCI PCI->USB interface (USB 2.0) device xhci # XHCI PCI->USB interface (USB 3.0) device usb # USB Bus (required) device ukbd # Keyboard device umass # Disks/Mass storage - Requires scbus and da # Sound support device sound # Generic sound driver (required) device snd_cmi # CMedia CMI8338/CMI8738 device snd_csa # Crystal Semiconductor CS461x/428x device snd_emu10kx # Creative SoundBlaster Live! and Audigy device snd_es137x # Ensoniq AudioPCI ES137x device snd_hda # Intel High Definition Audio device snd_ich # Intel, NVidia and other ICH AC'97 Audio device snd_via8233 # VIA VT8233x Audio # MMC/SD device mmc # MMC/SD bus device mmcsd # MMC/SD memory card device sdhci # Generic PCI SD Host Controller # VirtIO support device virtio # Generic VirtIO bus (required) device virtio_pci # VirtIO PCI device device vtnet # VirtIO Ethernet device device virtio_blk # VirtIO Block device device virtio_scsi # VirtIO SCSI device device virtio_balloon # VirtIO Memory Balloon device # HyperV drivers and enchancement support device hyperv # HyperV drivers # Xen HVM Guest Optimizations # NOTE: XENHVM depends on xenpci. They must be added or removed together. options XENHVM # Xen HVM kernel infrastructure device xenpci # Xen HVM Hypervisor services driver # VMware support device vmx # VMware VMXNET3 Ethernet # The crypto framework is required by IPSEC device crypto # Required by IPSEC Index: head/sys/i386/conf/GENERIC-NODEBUG =================================================================== --- head/sys/i386/conf/GENERIC-NODEBUG (revision 325095) +++ head/sys/i386/conf/GENERIC-NODEBUG (revision 325096) @@ -1,38 +1,38 @@ # # GENERIC-NODEBUG -- WITNESS and INVARIANTS free kernel configuration file # for FreeBSD/i386 # # This configuration file removes several debugging options, including # WITNESS and INVARIANTS checking, which are known to have significant # performance impact on running systems. When benchmarking new features # this kernel should be used instead of the standard GENERIC. # This kernel configuration should never appear outside of the HEAD # of the FreeBSD tree. # # For more information on this file, please read the config(5) manual page, # and/or the handbook section on Kernel Configuration Files: # -# http://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html +# https://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html # # The handbook is also available locally in /usr/share/doc/handbook # if you've installed the doc distribution, otherwise always see the -# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (http://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the +# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (https://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the # latest information. # # An exhaustive list of options and more detailed explanations of the # device lines is also present in the ../../conf/NOTES and NOTES files. # If you are in doubt as to the purpose or necessity of a line, check first # in NOTES. # # $FreeBSD$ include GENERIC ident GENERIC-NODEBUG nooptions INVARIANTS nooptions INVARIANT_SUPPORT nooptions WITNESS nooptions WITNESS_SKIPSPIN nooptions DEADLKRES Index: head/sys/mips/conf/ADM5120 =================================================================== --- head/sys/mips/conf/ADM5120 (revision 325095) +++ head/sys/mips/conf/ADM5120 (revision 325096) @@ -1,65 +1,65 @@ # ADM5120 -- Kernel configuration file for FreeBSD/mips for adm5120 systems # # For more information on this file, please read the handbook section on # Kernel Configuration Files: # -# http://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html +# https://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html # # The handbook is also available locally in /usr/share/doc/handbook # if you've installed the doc distribution, otherwise always see the -# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (http://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the +# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (https://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the # latest information. # # An exhaustive list of options and more detailed explanations of the # device lines is also present in the ../../conf/NOTES and NOTES files. # If you are in doubt as to the purpose or necessity of a line, check first # in NOTES. # # $FreeBSD$ ident ADM5120 # Don't build any modules yet. makeoptions MODULES_OVERRIDE="" include "../adm5120/std.adm5120" hints "ADM5120.hints" #Default places to look for devices. makeoptions DEBUG=-g #Build kernel with gdb(1) debug symbols options DDB options KDB options SCHED_4BSD #4BSD scheduler options INET #InterNETworking options TCP_HHOOK # hhook(9) framework for TCP options NFSCL #Network Filesystem Client options NFS_ROOT #NFS usable as /, requires NFSCL options PSEUDOFS #Pseudo-filesystem framework #options _KPOSIX_PRIORITY_SCHEDULING #Posix P1003_1B real-time extensions options BOOTP options BOOTP_NFSROOT options BOOTP_NFSV3 options BOOTP_WIRED_TO=admsw0 options BOOTP_COMPAT #options FFS #Berkeley Fast Filesystem #options SOFTUPDATES #Enable FFS soft updates support #options UFS_ACL #Support for access control lists #options UFS_DIRHASH #Improve performance on big directories options ROOTDEVNAME=\"nfs:10.0.0.1:/mnt/bsd\" # Debugging for use in -current #options DEADLKRES #Enable the deadlock resolver options INVARIANTS #Enable calls of extra sanity checking options INVARIANT_SUPPORT #Extra sanity checks of internal structures, required by INVARIANTS #options WITNESS #Enable checks to detect deadlocks and cycles #options WITNESS_SKIPSPIN #Don't run witness on spinlocks for speed device loop device ether device uart nodevice uart_ns8250 # ADM5120's UART not 16550-like # device md Index: head/sys/mips/conf/ALCHEMY =================================================================== --- head/sys/mips/conf/ALCHEMY (revision 325095) +++ head/sys/mips/conf/ALCHEMY (revision 325096) @@ -1,65 +1,65 @@ # ALCHEMY -- Generic kernel for Alchemy Au1xxx CPUs. # # For more information on this file, please read the handbook section on # Kernel Configuration Files: # -# http://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html +# https://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html # # The handbook is also available locally in /usr/share/doc/handbook # if you've installed the doc distribution, otherwise always see the -# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (http://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the +# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (https://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the # latest information. # # An exhaustive list of options and more detailed explanations of the # device lines is also present in the ../../conf/NOTES and NOTES files. # If you are in doubt as to the purpose or necessity of a line, check first # in NOTES. # # $FreeBSD$ ident ALCHEMY # Don't build any modules yet. makeoptions MODULES_OVERRIDE="" include "../alchemy/std.alchemy" #hints "ALCHEMY.hints" #Default places to look for devices. makeoptions DEBUG=-g #Build kernel with gdb(1) debug symbols options DDB options KDB options SCHED_4BSD #4BSD scheduler options INET #InterNETworking options TCP_HHOOK # hhook(9) framework for TCP options NFSCL #Network Filesystem Client options NFS_ROOT #NFS usable as /, requires NFSCL options PSEUDOFS #Pseudo-filesystem framework # options _KPOSIX_PRIORITY_SCHEDULING #Posix P1003_1B real-time extensions options BOOTP options BOOTP_NFSROOT options BOOTP_NFSV3 options BOOTP_WIRED_TO=admsw0 options BOOTP_COMPAT # options FFS #Berkeley Fast Filesystem # options SOFTUPDATES #Enable FFS soft updates support # options UFS_ACL #Support for access control lists # options UFS_DIRHASH #Improve performance on big directories options ROOTDEVNAME=\"nfs:10.0.0.1:/mnt/bsd\" # Debugging for use in -current #options DEADLKRES #Enable the deadlock resolver options INVARIANTS #Enable calls of extra sanity checking options INVARIANT_SUPPORT #Extra sanity checks of internal structures, required by INVARIANTS #options WITNESS #Enable checks to detect deadlocks and cycles #options WITNESS_SKIPSPIN #Don't run witness on spinlocks for speed device loop device ether device uart # device md Index: head/sys/mips/conf/ERL =================================================================== --- head/sys/mips/conf/ERL (revision 325095) +++ head/sys/mips/conf/ERL (revision 325096) @@ -1,214 +1,214 @@ # # ERL - EdgeRouter Lite kernel config # Based on configuration from http://rtfm.net/FreeBSD/ERL # # For more information on this file, please read the config(5) manual page, # and/or the handbook section on Kernel Configuration Files: # -# http://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html +# https://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html # # The handbook is also available locally in /usr/share/doc/handbook # if you've installed the doc distribution, otherwise always see the -# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (http://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the +# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (https://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the # latest information. # # An exhaustive list of options and more detailed explanations of the # device lines is also present in the ../../conf/NOTES and NOTES files. # If you are in doubt as to the purpose or necessity of a line, check first # in NOTES. # # $FreeBSD$ ident ERL makeoptions ARCH_FLAGS="-march=octeon+ -mabi=64" makeoptions LDSCRIPT_NAME=ldscript.mips.octeon1 makeoptions KERNLOADADDR=0xffffffff80100000 # We don't need to build a trampolined version of the kernel. makeoptions WITHOUT_KERNEL_TRAMPOLINE=1 include "../cavium/std.octeon1" hints "OCTEON1.hints" #Default places to look for devices. makeoptions DEBUG=-g #Build kernel with gdb(1) debug symbols # Board-specific support that cannot be auto-detected at runtime. #options OCTEON_VENDOR_LANNER # Support for Lanner boards. #options OCTEON_VENDOR_RADISYS # Support for Radisys boards. options OCTEON_VENDOR_UBIQUITI # Support for Ubiquiti boards. #options OCTEON_VENDOR_GEFES # Support for GE LANIC boards #options OCTEON_BOARD_CAPK_0100ND # Support for CAPK-0100nd. # Compile for a specified Octeon model. If not specified, support for # detection at runtime will be used instead, which may give inferior # performance. # # See sys/contrib/octeon-sdk/octeon-model.h for possible values. options OCTEON_MODEL=OCTEON_CN50XX_PASS1 options SCHED_ULE # ULE scheduler options PREEMPTION # Enable kernel thread preemption options INET # InterNETworking options INET6 # IPv6 communications protocols options IPSEC # IP (v4/v6) security options TCP_HHOOK # hhook(9) framework for TCP options SCTP # Stream Control Transmission Protocol options FFS # Berkeley Fast Filesystem options SOFTUPDATES # Enable FFS soft updates support options UFS_ACL # Support for access control lists options UFS_DIRHASH # Improve performance on big directories options UFS_GJOURNAL # Enable gjournal-based UFS journaling options MD_ROOT # MD is a potential root device options NFSCL # Network Filesystem Client options NFSD # Network Filesystem Server options NFSLOCKD # Network Lock Manager options NFS_ROOT # NFS usable as /, requires NFSCL options MSDOSFS # MSDOS Filesystem options CD9660 # ISO 9660 Filesystem options PROCFS # Process filesystem (requires PSEUDOFS) options PSEUDOFS # Pseudo-filesystem framework options GEOM_PART_GPT # GUID Partition Tables. options GEOM_LABEL # Provides labelization options COMPAT_FREEBSD32 # Compatible with o32 binaries options COMPAT_FREEBSD10 # Compatible with FreeBSD10 options COMPAT_FREEBSD11 # Compatible with FreeBSD11 options SCSI_DELAY=5000 # Delay (in ms) before probing SCSI options KTRACE # ktrace(1) support options STACK # stack(9) support options SYSVSHM # SYSV-style shared memory options SYSVMSG # SYSV-style message queues options SYSVSEM # SYSV-style semaphores options _KPOSIX_PRIORITY_SCHEDULING # POSIX P1003_1B real-time extensions options PRINTF_BUFR_SIZE=128 # Prevent printf output being interspersed. options HWPMC_HOOKS # Necessary kernel hooks for hwpmc(4) options AUDIT # Security event auditing options MAC # TrustedBSD MAC Framework options KDTRACE_FRAME # Ensure frames are compiled in options KDTRACE_HOOKS # Kernel DTrace hooks options DDB_CTF # Kernel ELF linker loads CTF data options INCLUDE_CONFIG_FILE # Include this file in kernel options TMPFS # Temporary file system # Debugging for use in -current #options KDB # Enable kernel debugger support. options DDB # Support DDB. #options GDB # Support remote GDB. #options DEADLKRES # Enable the deadlock resolver #options INVARIANTS # Enable calls of extra sanity checking #options INVARIANT_SUPPORT # Extra sanity checks of internal structures, required by INVARIANTS #options WITNESS # Enable checks to detect deadlocks and cycles #options WITNESS_SKIPSPIN # Don't run witness on spinlocks for speed #options MALLOC_DEBUG_MAXZONES=8 # Separate malloc(9) zones # Make an SMP-capable kernel by default options SMP # Symmetric MultiProcessor Kernel options ROOTDEVNAME=\"ufs:da0s2a\" # Default root filesystem. # ATA/SCSI peripherals device scbus # SCSI bus (required for ATA/SCSI) device ch # SCSI media changers device da # Direct Access (disks) device sa # Sequential Access (tape etc) device cd # CD device pass # Passthrough device (direct ATA/SCSI access) device ses # Enclosure Services (SES and SAF-TE) # Serial (COM) ports device uart # Generic UART driver # On-board Cavium Octeon Ethernet. # NOTE: Be sure to keep the 'device miibus' line in order to use these NICs! device octe # Cavium Octeon management Ethernet. device octm # Switch PHY support for the octe driver. These currently present a VLAN per # physical port, but may eventually provide support for DSA or similar instead. #device mv88e61xxphy # Marvell 88E61XX # Wireless NIC cards device wlan # 802.11 support options IEEE80211_DEBUG # enable debug msgs options IEEE80211_AMPDU_AGE # age frames in AMPDU reorder q's options IEEE80211_SUPPORT_MESH # enable 802.11s draft support device wlan_wep # 802.11 WEP support device wlan_ccmp # 802.11 CCMP support device wlan_tkip # 802.11 TKIP support device wlan_amrr # AMRR transmit rate control algorithm #device ath # Atheros NIC's #device ath_pci # Atheros pci/cardbus glue #device ath_hal # pci/cardbus chip support #options AH_SUPPORT_AR5416 # enable AR5416 tx/rx descriptors #device ath_rate_sample # SampleRate tx rate control for ath # Pseudo devices. device loop # Network loopback device random # Entropy device device ether # Ethernet support device vlan # 802.1Q VLAN support device tun # Packet tunnel. device md # Memory "disks" device gif # IPv6 and IPv4 tunneling device firmware # firmware assist module # The `bpf' device enables the Berkeley Packet Filter. # Be aware of the administrative consequences of enabling this! # Note that 'bpf' is required for DHCP. device bpf # Berkeley packet filter # Hardware watchdog support. #device octeon_wdog # Octeon hardware watchdog # USB support options USB_DEBUG # enable debug msgs device octusb # Cavium Octeon on-board USB interface (USB 2.0) device uhci # UHCI PCI->USB interface device ohci # OHCI PCI->USB interface device ehci # EHCI PCI->USB interface (USB 2.0) device usb # USB Bus (required) #device udbp # USB Double Bulk Pipe devices device uhid # "Human Interface Devices" device ulpt # Printer device umass # Disks/Mass storage - Requires scbus and da device ums # Mouse device urio # Diamond Rio 500 MP3 player # USB Serial devices device u3g # USB-based 3G modems (Option, Huawei, Sierra) device uark # Technologies ARK3116 based serial adapters device ubsa # Belkin F5U103 and compatible serial adapters device uftdi # For FTDI usb serial adapters device uipaq # Some WinCE based devices device uplcom # Prolific PL-2303 serial adapters device uslcom # SI Labs CP2101/CP2102 serial adapters device uvisor # Visor and Palm devices device uvscom # USB serial support for DDI pocket's PHS # USB Ethernet, requires miibus device miibus # MII bus support device aue # ADMtek USB Ethernet device axe # ASIX Electronics USB Ethernet device cdce # Generic USB over Ethernet device cue # CATC USB Ethernet device kue # Kawasaki LSI USB Ethernet device rue # RealTek RTL8150 USB Ethernet device udav # Davicom DM9601E USB # USB Wireless device rum # Ralink Technology RT2501USB wireless NICs device uath # Atheros AR5523 wireless NICs device ural # Ralink Technology RT2500USB wireless NICs device zyd # ZyDAS zd1211/zd1211b wireless NICs # crypto subsystem device crypto # core crypto support (required for IPSEC) device cryptodev # /dev/crypto for access to h/w device cryptocteon # Octeon coprocessor 2 crypto offload # GPIO support #device gpio # PMC support #device hwpmc Index: head/sys/mips/conf/MT7620 =================================================================== --- head/sys/mips/conf/MT7620 (revision 325095) +++ head/sys/mips/conf/MT7620 (revision 325096) @@ -1,150 +1,150 @@ # MT7620 -- Kernel configuration file for FreeBSD/mips for Ralink MT7620 systems # # For more information on this file, please read the handbook section on # Kernel Configuration Files: # -# http://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html +# https://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html # # The handbook is also available locally in /usr/share/doc/handbook # if you've installed the doc distribution, otherwise always see the -# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (http://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the +# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (https://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the # latest information. # # An exhaustive list of options and more detailed explanations of the # device lines is also present in the ../../conf/NOTES and NOTES files. # If you are in doubt as to the purpose or necessity of a line, check first # in NOTES. # # $FreeBSD$ ident MT7620 machine mips mipsel makeoptions MIPS_LITTLE_ENDIAN=defined makeoptions KERNLOADADDR=0x80010000 # Don't build any modules yet. #makeoptions MODULES_OVERRIDE="wlan_xauth wlan_wep wlan_tkip wlan_acl wlan_amrr wlan_ccmp wlan_rssadapt if_bridge bridgestp msdosfs md ipfw dummynet libalias geom/geom_label ufs usb/uplcom usb/u3g usb/umodem usb/umass usb/ucom cam zlib" makeoptions MODULES_OVERRIDE="" makeoptions MT7620 include "../rt305x/std.rt305x" hints "MT7620.hints" #Default places to look for devices. #makeoptions DEBUG=-g #Build kernel with gdb(1) debug symbols options MT7620 options RT305X_UBOOT # Debugging for use in -current options DEADLKRES #Enable the deadlock resolver options INVARIANTS #Enable calls of extra sanity checking options INVARIANT_SUPPORT #Extra sanity checks of internal structures, required by INVARIANTS options WITNESS #Enable checks to detect deadlocks and cycles options WITNESS_SKIPSPIN #Don't run witness on spinlocks for speed #options DIAGNOSTIC #options DEBUG_LOCKS #options DEBUG_VFS_LOCKS #options GDB options DDB options KDB options SCHED_ULE #options SCHED_4BSD #4BSD scheduler #options COMPAT_43 options INET #InterNETworking options TCP_HHOOK # hhook(9) framework for TCP options NFSCL #Network Filesystem Client options NFS_ROOT #NFS usable as /, requires NFSCL options PSEUDOFS #Pseudo-filesystem framework #options _KPOSIX_PRIORITY_SCHEDULING #Posix P1003_1B real-time extensions #options BOOTP #options BOOTP_NFSROOT #options BOOTP_NFSV3 #options BOOTP_WIRED_TO=rt0 #options BOOTP_COMPAT #options CD9660 # ISO 9660 Filesystem #options ROOTDEVNAME=\"cd9660:/dev/map/rootfs.uzip\" #options TMPFS # TMP Memory Filesystem options FFS #Berkeley Fast Filesystem #options SOFTUPDATES #Enable FFS soft updates support #options UFS_ACL #Support for access control lists #options UFS_DIRHASH #Improve performance on big directories #options ROOTDEVNAME=\"nfs:10.0.0.1:/mnt/bsd\" # Options for making kernel less hangry #makeoptions INLINE_LIMIT=1024 #options MAXUSERS=3 #options MAXFILES=512 #options NSFBUFS=256 #options SHMALL=128 #options MSGBUF_SIZE=65536 # Options for making kernel smallest #options NO_SYSCTL_DESCR # No description string of sysctl #options NO_FFS_SNAPSHOT # Disable Snapshot supporting #options SCSI_NO_SENSE_STRINGS #options SCSI_NO_OP_STRINGS #options RWLOCK_NOINLINE #options SX_NOINLINE #options NO_SWAPPING options MROUTING # Multicast routing options IPFIREWALL_DEFAULT_TO_ACCEPT options GEOM_UZIP options MD_ROOT options ROOTDEVNAME=\"ufs:da0s1\" device md device random device loop # RT3050F, RT3052F have only pseudo PHYs, so mii not required device rt device spibus device mx25l device ether device miibus device bpf # Berkeley packet filter device vlan device lagg device if_bridge device uart nodevice uart_ns8250 #device tun # Packet tunnel. #device wlan #device gpio #device gpioled #device cfi # Detect Flash memmory #device cfid #device nvram2env device usb device ehci #device ohci #device dwcotg # DWC like USB OTG Controller driver #device u3g #device umodem #device uplcom device cdce device umass device da device pass device scbus options SCSI_DELAY=1000 # Delay (in ms) before probing SCSI #options USB_EHCI_BIG_ENDIAN_DESC # handle big-endian byte order #options USB_DEBUG #options USB_REQ_DEBUG device pci Index: head/sys/mips/conf/OCTEON1 =================================================================== --- head/sys/mips/conf/OCTEON1 (revision 325095) +++ head/sys/mips/conf/OCTEON1 (revision 325096) @@ -1,320 +1,320 @@ # # OCTEON1 -- Generic kernel configuration file for FreeBSD/MIPS on Cavium Octeon # # For more information on this file, please read the config(5) manual page, # and/or the handbook section on Kernel Configuration Files: # -# http://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html +# https://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html # # The handbook is also available locally in /usr/share/doc/handbook # if you've installed the doc distribution, otherwise always see the -# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (http://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the +# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (https://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the # latest information. # # An exhaustive list of options and more detailed explanations of the # device lines is also present in the ../../conf/NOTES and NOTES files. # If you are in doubt as to the purpose or necessity of a line, check first # in NOTES. # # $FreeBSD$ ident OCTEON1 makeoptions ARCH_FLAGS="-march=octeon -mabi=64" makeoptions LDSCRIPT_NAME=ldscript.mips.octeon1 # Don't build any modules yet. makeoptions MODULES_OVERRIDE="" makeoptions KERNLOADADDR=0xffffffff80100000 # We don't need to build a trampolined version of the kernel. makeoptions WITHOUT_KERNEL_TRAMPOLINE=1 include "../cavium/std.octeon1" hints "OCTEON1.hints" #Default places to look for devices. makeoptions DEBUG=-g #Build kernel with gdb(1) debug symbols # Board-specific support that cannot be auto-detected at runtime. #options OCTEON_VENDOR_LANNER # Support for Lanner boards. #options OCTEON_VENDOR_RADISYS # Support for Radisys boards. #options OCTEON_VENDOR_UBIQUITI # Support for Ubiquiti boards. #options OCTEON_VENDOR_GEFES # Support for GE LANIC boards #options OCTEON_BOARD_CAPK_0100ND # Support for CAPK-0100nd. # Compile for a specified Octeon model. If not specified, support for # detection at runtime will be used instead, which may give inferior # performance. # # See sys/contrib/octeon-sdk/octeon-model.h for possible values. #options OCTEON_MODEL=OCTEON_CN58XX_PASS1_1 options SCHED_ULE # ULE scheduler options PREEMPTION # Enable kernel thread preemption options INET # InterNETworking options INET6 # IPv6 communications protocols options TCP_HHOOK # hhook(9) framework for TCP options SCTP # Stream Control Transmission Protocol options FFS # Berkeley Fast Filesystem options SOFTUPDATES # Enable FFS soft updates support options UFS_ACL # Support for access control lists options UFS_DIRHASH # Improve performance on big directories options UFS_GJOURNAL # Enable gjournal-based UFS journaling options MD_ROOT # MD is a potential root device options NFSCL # Network Filesystem Client options NFSD # Network Filesystem Server options NFSLOCKD # Network Lock Manager options NFS_ROOT # NFS usable as /, requires NFSCL options MSDOSFS # MSDOS Filesystem options CD9660 # ISO 9660 Filesystem options PROCFS # Process filesystem (requires PSEUDOFS) options PSEUDOFS # Pseudo-filesystem framework options GEOM_PART_GPT # GUID Partition Tables. options GEOM_LABEL # Provides labelization options COMPAT_FREEBSD32 # Compatible with o32 binaries options SCSI_DELAY=5000 # Delay (in ms) before probing SCSI options KTRACE # ktrace(1) support options STACK # stack(9) support options SYSVSHM # SYSV-style shared memory options SYSVMSG # SYSV-style message queues options SYSVSEM # SYSV-style semaphores options _KPOSIX_PRIORITY_SCHEDULING # POSIX P1003_1B real-time extensions options PRINTF_BUFR_SIZE=128 # Prevent printf output being interspersed. options HWPMC_HOOKS # Necessary kernel hooks for hwpmc(4) options AUDIT # Security event auditing options MAC # TrustedBSD MAC Framework #options KDTRACE_FRAME # Ensure frames are compiled in #options KDTRACE_HOOKS # Kernel DTrace hooks options INCLUDE_CONFIG_FILE # Include this file in kernel options NO_SWAPPING # Disable support for paging # Debugging for use in -current options KDB # Enable kernel debugger support. options DDB # Support DDB. options GDB # Support remote GDB. options DEADLKRES # Enable the deadlock resolver options INVARIANTS # Enable calls of extra sanity checking options INVARIANT_SUPPORT # Extra sanity checks of internal structures, required by INVARIANTS options WITNESS # Enable checks to detect deadlocks and cycles options WITNESS_SKIPSPIN # Don't run witness on spinlocks for speed options MALLOC_DEBUG_MAXZONES=8 # Separate malloc(9) zones # Make an SMP-capable kernel by default options SMP # Symmetric MultiProcessor Kernel # Bus support. device pci # ATA controllers device ahci # AHCI-compatible SATA controllers device ata # Legacy ATA/SATA controllers device mvs # Marvell 88SX50XX/88SX60XX/88SX70XX/SoC SATA device siis # SiliconImage SiI3124/SiI3132/SiI3531 SATA # On-board Compact Flash driver. device cf options ROOTDEVNAME=\"ufs:cf0s2a\" # Default root filesystem. # SCSI Controllers device ahc # AHA2940 and onboard AIC7xxx devices options AHC_REG_PRETTY_PRINT # Print register bitfields in debug # output. Adds ~128k to driver. device ahd # AHA39320/29320 and onboard AIC79xx devices options AHD_REG_PRETTY_PRINT # Print register bitfields in debug # output. Adds ~215k to driver. device esp # AMD Am53C974 (Tekram DC-390(T)) device hptiop # Highpoint RocketRaid 3xxx series device isp # Qlogic family #device ispfw # Firmware for QLogic HBAs- normally a module device mpt # LSI-Logic MPT-Fusion device mps # LSI-Logic MPT-Fusion 2 device mpr # LSI-Logic MPT-Fusion 3 #device ncr # NCR/Symbios Logic device trm # Tekram DC395U/UW/F DC315U adapters device adv # Advansys SCSI adapters device adw # Advansys wide SCSI adapters device aic # Adaptec 15[012]x SCSI adapters, AIC-6[23]60. device bt # Buslogic/Mylex MultiMaster SCSI adapters # ATA/SCSI peripherals device scbus # SCSI bus (required for ATA/SCSI) device ch # SCSI media changers device da # Direct Access (disks) device sa # Sequential Access (tape etc) device cd # CD device pass # Passthrough device (direct ATA/SCSI access) device ses # Enclosure Services (SES and SAF-TE) # RAID controllers interfaced to the SCSI subsystem device amr # AMI MegaRAID #XXX it is not 64-bit clean, -scottl #device asr # DPT SmartRAID V, VI and Adaptec SCSI RAID device ciss # Compaq Smart RAID 5* device dpt # DPT Smartcache III, IV - See NOTES for options device iir # Intel Integrated RAID device ips # IBM (Adaptec) ServeRAID device mly # Mylex AcceleRAID/eXtremeRAID # RAID controllers device aac # Adaptec FSA RAID device aacp # SCSI passthrough for aac (requires CAM) device ida # Compaq Smart RAID device mfi # LSI MegaRAID SAS device mlx # Mylex DAC960 family #XXX pointer/int warnings #device pst # Promise Supertrak SX6000 device twe # 3ware ATA RAID # PCCARD (PCMCIA) support # PCMCIA and cardbus bridge support device cbb # cardbus (yenta) bridge device pccard # PC Card (16-bit) bus device cardbus # CardBus (32-bit) bus # Serial (COM) ports device uart # Generic UART driver # If you've got a "dumb" serial or parallel PCI card that is # supported by the puc(4) glue driver, uncomment the following # line to enable it (connects to sio, uart and/or ppc drivers): #device puc # On-board Cavium Octeon Ethernet. # NOTE: Be sure to keep the 'device miibus' line in order to use these NICs! device octe # Cavium Octeon management Ethernet. device octm # Switch PHY support for the octe driver. These currently present a VLAN per # physical port, but may eventually provide support for DSA or similar instead. #device mv88e61xxphy # Marvell 88E61XX # PCI Ethernet NICs. device de # DEC/Intel DC21x4x (``Tulip'') device em # Intel PRO/1000 Gigabit Ethernet Family device ix # Intel PRO/10GbE PF PCIE Ethernet Family device ixv # Intel PRO/10GbE VF PCIE Ethernet Family device le # AMD Am7900 LANCE and Am79C9xx PCnet device ti # Alteon Networks Tigon I/II gigabit Ethernet device txp # 3Com 3cR990 (``Typhoon'') device vx # 3Com 3c590, 3c595 (``Vortex'') # PCI Ethernet NICs that use the common MII bus controller code. # NOTE: Be sure to keep the 'device miibus' line in order to use these NICs! device miibus # MII bus support device ae # Attansic/Atheros L2 FastEthernet device age # Attansic/Atheros L1 Gigabit Ethernet device alc # Atheros AR8131/AR8132 Ethernet device ale # Atheros AR8121/AR8113/AR8114 Ethernet device bce # Broadcom BCM5706/BCM5708 Gigabit Ethernet device bfe # Broadcom BCM440x 10/100 Ethernet device bge # Broadcom BCM570xx Gigabit Ethernet device dc # DEC/Intel 21143 and various workalikes device et # Agere ET1310 10/100/Gigabit Ethernet device fxp # Intel EtherExpress PRO/100B (82557, 82558) device jme # JMicron JMC250 Gigabit/JMC260 Fast Ethernet device lge # Level 1 LXT1001 gigabit Ethernet device msk # Marvell/SysKonnect Yukon II Gigabit Ethernet device nge # NatSemi DP83820 gigabit Ethernet device pcn # AMD Am79C97x PCI 10/100 (precedence over 'le') device re # RealTek 8139C+/8169/8169S/8110S device rl # RealTek 8129/8139 device sf # Adaptec AIC-6915 (``Starfire'') device sge # Silicon Integrated Systems SiS190/191 device sis # Silicon Integrated Systems SiS 900/SiS 7016 device sk # SysKonnect SK-984x & SK-982x gigabit Ethernet device ste # Sundance ST201 (D-Link DFE-550TX) device stge # Sundance/Tamarack TC9021 gigabit Ethernet device tl # Texas Instruments ThunderLAN device tx # SMC EtherPower II (83c170 ``EPIC'') device vge # VIA VT612x gigabit Ethernet device vr # VIA Rhine, Rhine II device wb # Winbond W89C840F device xl # 3Com 3c90x (``Boomerang'', ``Cyclone'') # Wireless NIC cards device wlan # 802.11 support options IEEE80211_DEBUG # enable debug msgs options IEEE80211_AMPDU_AGE # age frames in AMPDU reorder q's options IEEE80211_SUPPORT_MESH # enable 802.11s draft support device wlan_wep # 802.11 WEP support device wlan_ccmp # 802.11 CCMP support device wlan_tkip # 802.11 TKIP support device wlan_amrr # AMRR transmit rate control algorithm device an # Aironet 4500/4800 802.11 wireless NICs. device ath # Atheros NIC's device ath_pci # Atheros pci/cardbus glue device ath_hal # pci/cardbus chip support options AH_SUPPORT_AR5416 # enable AR5416 tx/rx descriptors device ath_rate_sample # SampleRate tx rate control for ath device ral # Ralink Technology RT2500 wireless NICs. device wi # WaveLAN/Intersil/Symbol 802.11 wireless NICs. # Pseudo devices. device loop # Network loopback device random # Entropy device device ether # Ethernet support device vlan # 802.1Q VLAN support device tun # Packet tunnel. device md # Memory "disks" device gif # IPv6 and IPv4 tunneling device firmware # firmware assist module # The `bpf' device enables the Berkeley Packet Filter. # Be aware of the administrative consequences of enabling this! # Note that 'bpf' is required for DHCP. device bpf # Berkeley packet filter # Hardware watchdog support. #device octeon_wdog # Octeon hardware watchdog # USB support options USB_DEBUG # enable debug msgs device octusb # Cavium Octeon on-board USB interface (USB 2.0) device uhci # UHCI PCI->USB interface device ohci # OHCI PCI->USB interface device ehci # EHCI PCI->USB interface (USB 2.0) device usb # USB Bus (required) #device udbp # USB Double Bulk Pipe devices device uhid # "Human Interface Devices" device ulpt # Printer device umass # Disks/Mass storage - Requires scbus and da device ums # Mouse device urio # Diamond Rio 500 MP3 player # USB Serial devices device u3g # USB-based 3G modems (Option, Huawei, Sierra) device uark # Technologies ARK3116 based serial adapters device ubsa # Belkin F5U103 and compatible serial adapters device uftdi # For FTDI usb serial adapters device uipaq # Some WinCE based devices device uplcom # Prolific PL-2303 serial adapters device uslcom # SI Labs CP2101/CP2102 serial adapters device uvisor # Visor and Palm devices device uvscom # USB serial support for DDI pocket's PHS # USB Ethernet, requires miibus device aue # ADMtek USB Ethernet device axe # ASIX Electronics USB Ethernet device cdce # Generic USB over Ethernet device cue # CATC USB Ethernet device kue # Kawasaki LSI USB Ethernet device rue # RealTek RTL8150 USB Ethernet device udav # Davicom DM9601E USB # USB Wireless device rum # Ralink Technology RT2501USB wireless NICs device uath # Atheros AR5523 wireless NICs device ural # Ralink Technology RT2500USB wireless NICs device zyd # ZyDAS zd1211/zd1211b wireless NICs # crypto subsystem device crypto # core crypto support device cryptodev # /dev/crypto for access to h/w device cryptocteon # Octeon coprocessor 2 crypto offload # GPIO support #device gpio # PMC support #device hwpmc Index: head/sys/mips/conf/QEMU =================================================================== --- head/sys/mips/conf/QEMU (revision 325095) +++ head/sys/mips/conf/QEMU (revision 325096) @@ -1,56 +1,56 @@ # QEMU -- Generic kernel configuration file for FreeBSD/mips # # For more information on this file, please read the handbook section on # Kernel Configuration Files: # -# http://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html +# https://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html # # The handbook is also available locally in /usr/share/doc/handbook # if you've installed the doc distribution, otherwise always see the -# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (http://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the +# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (https://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the # latest information. # # An exhaustive list of options and more detailed explanations of the # device lines is also present in the ../../conf/NOTES and NOTES files. # If you are in doubt as to the purpose or necessity of a line, check first # in NOTES. # # $FreeBSD$ cpu CPU_MIPS32 ident QEMU # Don't build any modules yet. makeoptions MODULES_OVERRIDE="" include "../adm5120/std.adm5120" makeoptions DEBUG=-g #Build kernel with gdb(1) debug symbols options DDB options KDB options SCHED_4BSD #4BSD scheduler options VIMAGE # Subsystem virtualization, e.g. VNET options INET #InterNETworking options TCP_HHOOK # hhook(9) framework for TCP options NFSCL #Network Filesystem Client options NFS_ROOT #NFS usable as /, requires NFSCL options PSEUDOFS #Pseudo-filesystem framework options _KPOSIX_PRIORITY_SCHEDULING #Posix P1003_1B real-time extensions # Debugging for use in -current #options DEADLKRES #Enable the deadlock resolver #options INVARIANTS #Enable calls of extra sanity checking #options INVARIANT_SUPPORT #Extra sanity checks of internal structures, required by INVARIANTS #options WITNESS #Enable checks to detect deadlocks and cycles #options WITNESS_SKIPSPIN #Don't run witness on spinlocks for speed # The `bpf' device enables the Berkeley Packet Filter. # Be aware of the administrative consequences of enabling this! # Note that 'bpf' is required for DHCP. device bpf # Berkeley packet filter device loop device ether device md Index: head/sys/mips/conf/RT305X =================================================================== --- head/sys/mips/conf/RT305X (revision 325095) +++ head/sys/mips/conf/RT305X (revision 325096) @@ -1,136 +1,136 @@ # RT305X -- Kernel configuration file for FreeBSD/mips for Ralink RT305xF systems # # For more information on this file, please read the handbook section on # Kernel Configuration Files: # -# http://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html +# https://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html # # The handbook is also available locally in /usr/share/doc/handbook # if you've installed the doc distribution, otherwise always see the -# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (http://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the +# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (https://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the # latest information. # # An exhaustive list of options and more detailed explanations of the # device lines is also present in the ../../conf/NOTES and NOTES files. # If you are in doubt as to the purpose or necessity of a line, check first # in NOTES. # # $FreeBSD$ ident RT305X machine mips mipsel makeoptions MIPS_LITTLE_ENDIAN=defined makeoptions KERNLOADADDR=0x80001000 # Don't build any modules yet. makeoptions MODULES_OVERRIDE="wlan_xauth wlan_wep wlan_tkip wlan_acl wlan_amrr wlan_ccmp wlan_rssadapt if_bridge bridgestp msdosfs md ipfw dummynet libalias geom/geom_label ufs usb/uplcom usb/u3g usb/umodem usb/umass usb/ucom cam zlib" makeoptions RT3052F include "../rt305x/std.rt305x" hints "RT305X.hints" #Default places to look for devices. #makeoptions DEBUG=-g #Build kernel with gdb(1) debug symbols options RT3052F options RT305X_UBOOT # Debugging for use in -current #options DEADLKRES #Enable the deadlock resolver #options INVARIANTS #Enable calls of extra sanity checking #options INVARIANT_SUPPORT #Extra sanity checks of internal structures, required by INVARIANTS #options WITNESS #Enable checks to detect deadlocks and cycles #options WITNESS_SKIPSPIN #Don't run witness on spinlocks for speed #options DIAGNOSTIC #options DEBUG_LOCKS #options DEBUG_VFS_LOCKS #options GDB options DDB options KDB options SCHED_ULE #options SCHED_4BSD #4BSD scheduler #options COMPAT_43 options INET #InterNETworking options TCP_HHOOK # hhook(9) framework for TCP options NFSCL #Network Filesystem Client options NFS_ROOT #NFS usable as /, requires NFSCL options PSEUDOFS #Pseudo-filesystem framework #options _KPOSIX_PRIORITY_SCHEDULING #Posix P1003_1B real-time extensions options BOOTP #options BOOTP_NFSROOT options BOOTP_NFSV3 options BOOTP_WIRED_TO=rt0 options BOOTP_COMPAT options CD9660 # ISO 9660 Filesystem options ROOTDEVNAME=\"cd9660:/dev/map/rootfs.uzip\" options TMPFS # TMP Memory Filesystem #options FFS #Berkeley Fast Filesystem #options SOFTUPDATES #Enable FFS soft updates support #options UFS_ACL #Support for access control lists #options UFS_DIRHASH #Improve performance on big directories #options ROOTDEVNAME=\"nfs:10.0.0.1:/mnt/bsd\" # Options for making kernel less hangry makeoptions INLINE_LIMIT=1024 options MAXUSERS=3 options MAXFILES=512 options NSFBUFS=256 options SHMALL=128 options MSGBUF_SIZE=65536 # Options for making kernel smallest options NO_SYSCTL_DESCR # No description string of sysctl #options NO_FFS_SNAPSHOT # Disable Snapshot supporting options SCSI_NO_SENSE_STRINGS options SCSI_NO_OP_STRINGS options RWLOCK_NOINLINE options SX_NOINLINE options NO_SWAPPING options MROUTING # Multicast routing options IPFIREWALL_DEFAULT_TO_ACCEPT device random device loop # RT3050F, RT3052F have only pseudo PHYs, so mii not required device rt device ether device bpf # Berkeley packet filter device vlan #device lagg #device if_bridge device uart nodevice uart_ns8250 device tun # Packet tunnel. device wlan device gpio device gpioled device cfi # Detect Flash memmory device cfid device nvram2env device usb #device dwcotg # DWC like USB OTG Controller driver #device u3g #device umodem #device uplcom #device umass #device da #device pass #device scbus options SCSI_DELAY=1000 # Delay (in ms) before probing SCSI #options USB_EHCI_BIG_ENDIAN_DESC # handle big-endian byte order #options USB_DEBUG #options USB_REQ_DEBUG Index: head/sys/mips/conf/RT5350 =================================================================== --- head/sys/mips/conf/RT5350 (revision 325095) +++ head/sys/mips/conf/RT5350 (revision 325096) @@ -1,126 +1,126 @@ # RT5350 -- Kernel configuration file for FreeBSD/mips for Ralink RT5350 systems # # For more information on this file, please read the handbook section on # Kernel Configuration Files: # -# http://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html +# https://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html # # The handbook is also available locally in /usr/share/doc/handbook # if you've installed the doc distribution, otherwise always see the -# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (http://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the +# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (https://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the # latest information. # # An exhaustive list of options and more detailed explanations of the # device lines is also present in the ../../conf/NOTES and NOTES files. # If you are in doubt as to the purpose or necessity of a line, check first # in NOTES. # # $FreeBSD$ ident RT5350 machine mips mipsel makeoptions MIPS_LITTLE_ENDIAN=defined makeoptions KERNLOADADDR=0x80001000 # Don't build any modules yet. makeoptions MODULES_OVERRIDE="wlan_xauth wlan_wep wlan_tkip wlan_acl wlan_amrr wlan_ccmp wlan_rssadapt if_bridge bridgestp msdosfs md ipfw dummynet libalias geom/geom_label ufs usb/uplcom usb/u3g usb/umodem usb/umass usb/ucom cam zlib" makeoptions RT5350 include "../rt305x/std.rt305x" hints "RT5350.hints" #Default places to look for devices. #makeoptions DEBUG=-g #Build kernel with gdb(1) debug symbols options RT5350 options RT305X_UBOOT # Debugging for use in -current options DEADLKRES #Enable the deadlock resolver options INVARIANTS #Enable calls of extra sanity checking options INVARIANT_SUPPORT #Extra sanity checks of internal structures, required by INVARIANTS options WITNESS #Enable checks to detect deadlocks and cycles options WITNESS_SKIPSPIN #Don't run witness on spinlocks for speed #options DIAGNOSTIC #options DEBUG_LOCKS #options DEBUG_VFS_LOCKS #options GDB options DDB options KDB options SCHED_ULE options INET #InterNETworking options TCP_HHOOK # hhook(9) framework for TCP #options NFSCL #Network Filesystem Client #options NFS_ROOT #NFS usable as /, requires NFSCL options PSEUDOFS #Pseudo-filesystem framework #options _KPOSIX_PRIORITY_SCHEDULING #Posix P1003_1B real-time extensions #options BOOTP #options BOOTP_NFSROOT #options BOOTP_NFSV3 #options BOOTP_WIRED_TO=rt0 #options BOOTP_COMPAT options TMPFS # TMP Memory Filesystem options FFS #Berkeley Fast Filesystem #options ROOTDEVNAME=\"nfs:193.178.153.200:/bsdmips\" #device geom_uzip #options GEOM_UZIP #options MD_ROOT #options ROOTDEVNAME=\"ufs:md0.uzip\" # Options for making kernel less hangry makeoptions INLINE_LIMIT=1024 options MAXUSERS=3 options MAXFILES=512 options NSFBUFS=256 options SHMALL=128 options MSGBUF_SIZE=65536 # Options for making kernel smallest options NO_SYSCTL_DESCR # No description string of sysctl #options NO_FFS_SNAPSHOT # Disable Snapshot supporting options SCSI_NO_SENSE_STRINGS options SCSI_NO_OP_STRINGS options RWLOCK_NOINLINE options SX_NOINLINE options NO_SWAPPING options MROUTING # Multicast routing options IPFIREWALL_DEFAULT_TO_ACCEPT #device md device random device loop # RT3050F, RT3052F have only pseudo PHYs, so mii not required device rt device ether device bpf # Berkeley packet filter device vlan #device lagg #device if_bridge device uart nodevice uart_ns8250 device tun # Packet tunnel. device wlan #device gpio #device gpioled #device nvram2env device spibus device mx25l device usb device ehci options SCSI_DELAY=1000 # Delay (in ms) before probing SCSI #options USB_EHCI_BIG_ENDIAN_DESC # handle big-endian byte order #options USB_DEBUG #options USB_REQ_DEBUG Index: head/sys/mips/conf/XLP =================================================================== --- head/sys/mips/conf/XLP (revision 325095) +++ head/sys/mips/conf/XLP (revision 325096) @@ -1,28 +1,28 @@ # XLP -- Generic kernel configuration file for FreeBSD/mips # # For more information on this file, please read the handbook section on # Kernel Configuration Files: # -# http://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html +# https://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html # # The handbook is also available locally in /usr/share/doc/handbook # if you've installed the doc distribution, otherwise always see the -# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (http://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the +# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (https://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the # latest information. # # An exhaustive list of options and more detailed explanations of the # device lines is also present in the ../../conf/NOTES and NOTES files. # If you are in doubt as to the purpose or necessity of a line, check first # in NOTES. # # $FreeBSD$ machine mips mips ident XLP makeoptions KERNLOADADDR=0x80100000 include "std.XLP" makeoptions TRAMPLOADADDR=0xffffffff85000000 makeoptions TRAMP_ARCH_FLAGS="-mabi=64 -march=mips64" Index: head/sys/mips/conf/XLP64 =================================================================== --- head/sys/mips/conf/XLP64 (revision 325095) +++ head/sys/mips/conf/XLP64 (revision 325096) @@ -1,29 +1,29 @@ # XLP64 -- Generic kernel configuration file for FreeBSD/mips # # For more information on this file, please read the handbook section on # Kernel Configuration Files: # -# http://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html +# https://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html # # The handbook is also available locally in /usr/share/doc/handbook # if you've installed the doc distribution, otherwise always see the -# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (http://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the +# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (https://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the # latest information. # # An exhaustive list of options and more detailed explanations of the # device lines is also present in the ../../conf/NOTES and NOTES files. # If you are in doubt as to the purpose or necessity of a line, check first # in NOTES. # # $FreeBSD$ machine mips mips64 ident XLP64 makeoptions ARCH_FLAGS="-march=mips64r2 -mabi=64" makeoptions KERNLOADADDR=0xffffffff80100000 include "std.XLP" makeoptions TRAMPLOADADDR=0xffffffff85000000 makeoptions TRAMP_ARCH_FLAGS="-mabi=64 -march=mips64" Index: head/sys/mips/conf/XLPN32 =================================================================== --- head/sys/mips/conf/XLPN32 (revision 325095) +++ head/sys/mips/conf/XLPN32 (revision 325096) @@ -1,35 +1,35 @@ # XLPN32 -- Generic kernel configuration file for FreeBSD/mips # # For more information on this file, please read the handbook section on # Kernel Configuration Files: # -# http://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html +# https://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html # # The handbook is also available locally in /usr/share/doc/handbook # if you've installed the doc distribution, otherwise always see the -# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (http://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the +# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (https://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the # latest information. # # An exhaustive list of options and more detailed explanations of the # device lines is also present in the ../../conf/NOTES and NOTES files. # If you are in doubt as to the purpose or necessity of a line, check first # in NOTES. # # $FreeBSD$ machine mips mipsn32 ident XLPN32 makeoptions ARCH_FLAGS="-march=mips64 -mabi=n32" makeoptions KERNLOADADDR=0x80100000 include "std.XLP" nooption DDB nooption KDB nooption GDB nooption BREAK_TO_DEBUGGER nooption ALT_BREAK_TO_DEBUGGER makeoptions TRAMPLOADADDR=0xffffffff85000000 makeoptions TRAMP_ARCH_FLAGS="-mabi=64 -march=mips64" Index: head/sys/mips/conf/XLR =================================================================== --- head/sys/mips/conf/XLR (revision 325095) +++ head/sys/mips/conf/XLR (revision 325096) @@ -1,147 +1,147 @@ #################################RMI_BSD##################################### # Copyright (c) 2003-2009 RMI Corporation # All rights reserved. # # Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without # modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions # are met: # 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright # notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. # 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright # notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the # documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. # 3. Neither the name of RMI Corporation, nor the names of its contributors, # may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software # without specific prior written permission. # # THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND # ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE # IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE # ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE # FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL # DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS # OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) # HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT # LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY # OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF # SUCH DAMAGE. #################################RMI_BSD##################################### # XLR -- Generic kernel configuration file for FreeBSD/mips # # For more information on this file, please read the handbook section on # Kernel Configuration Files: # -# http://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html +# https://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html # # The handbook is also available locally in /usr/share/doc/handbook # if you've installed the doc distribution, otherwise always see the -# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (http://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the +# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (https://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the # latest information. # # An exhaustive list of options and more detailed explanations of the # device lines is also present in the ../../conf/NOTES and NOTES files. # If you are in doubt as to the purpose or necessity of a line, check first # in NOTES. # # $FreeBSD$ machine mips mips ident XLR include "../rmi/std.xlr" makeoptions MODULES_OVERRIDE="" makeoptions DEBUG=-g # Build kernel with gdb(1) debug symbols makeoptions KERNLOADADDR=0x80100000 #profile 2 options SCHED_ULE # ULE scheduler #options VERBOSE_SYSINIT #options SCHED_4BSD # 4BSD scheduler options SMP options PREEMPTION # Enable kernel thread preemption #options FULL_PREEMPTION # Enable kernel thread preemption options INET # InterNETworking options INET6 # IPv6 communications protocols options TCP_HHOOK # hhook(9) framework for TCP options FFS # Berkeley Fast Filesystem #options SOFTUPDATES # Enable FFS soft updates support options UFS_ACL # Support for access control lists options UFS_DIRHASH # Improve performance on big directories options NFSCL options NFS_ROOT # options BOOTP options BOOTP_NFSROOT options BOOTP_NFSV3 options BOOTP_WIRED_TO=nlge0 options BOOTP_COMPAT options ROOTDEVNAME=\"nfs:10.1.1.8:/usr/extra/nfsroot\" # #options MD_ROOT # MD is a potential root device #options MD_ROOT_SIZE=27000 #options MD_ROOT_SIZE=5120 #options ROOTDEVNAME=\"ufs:md0\" options _KPOSIX_PRIORITY_SCHEDULING # POSIX P1003_1B real-time extensions options HZ=1000 options NO_SWAPPING #Debugging options options KTRACE # ktrace(1) support options DDB options KDB options GDB options ALT_BREAK_TO_DEBUGGER options BREAK_TO_DEBUGGER #options DEADLKRES #Enable the deadlock resolver options INVARIANTS #Enable calls of extra sanity checking options INVARIANT_SUPPORT #Extra sanity checks of internal structures, required by INVARIANTS #options WITNESS #Enable checks to detect deadlocks and cycles #options WITNESS_SKIPSPIN #Don't run witness on spinlocks for speed #options KTR # ktr(4) and ktrdump(8) support #options KTR_COMPILE=(KTR_LOCK|KTR_PROC|KTR_INTR|KTR_CALLOUT|KTR_UMA|KTR_SYSC) #options KTR_ENTRIES=131072 #options LOCK_PROFILING #options SLEEPQUEUE_PROFILING #options TURNSTILE_PROFILING device pci #device ata device uart # Pseudo device loop device random device md device bpf # Network device miibus device nlge device ether device re device msk device da device scbus device ehci # EHCI PCI->USB interface (USB 2.0) device usb # USB Bus (required) #options USB_DEBUG # enable debug msgs #device uhid # "Human Interface Devices" device umass # Disks/Mass storage - Requires scbus and da #device cfi #i2c device ic device iic device iicbb device iicbus device ds13rtc # RTC on XLR boards device max6657 # Temparature sensor on XLR boards device at24co2n # EEPROM on XLR boards #crypto # Not yet #device cryptodev #device crypto #device rmisec Index: head/sys/mips/conf/XLR64 =================================================================== --- head/sys/mips/conf/XLR64 (revision 325095) +++ head/sys/mips/conf/XLR64 (revision 325096) @@ -1,121 +1,121 @@ # XLR64 -- Kernel configuration file for N64 kernel on XLR/XLS # # For more information on this file, please read the handbook section on # Kernel Configuration Files: # -# http://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html +# https://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html # # The handbook is also available locally in /usr/share/doc/handbook # if you've installed the doc distribution, otherwise always see the -# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (http://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the +# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (https://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the # latest information. # # An exhaustive list of options and more detailed explanations of the # device lines is also present in the ../../conf/NOTES and NOTES files. # If you are in doubt as to the purpose or necessity of a line, check first # in NOTES. # # $FreeBSD$ machine mips mips64 ident XLR64 include "../rmi/std.xlr" makeoptions MODULES_OVERRIDE="" makeoptions DEBUG=-g # Build kernel with gdb(1) debug symbols makeoptions ARCH_FLAGS="-march=mips64 -mabi=64" makeoptions KERNLOADADDR=0xffffffff80100000 #profile 2 options SCHED_ULE # ULE scheduler #options VERBOSE_SYSINIT #options SCHED_4BSD # 4BSD scheduler options SMP #options PREEMPTION # Enable kernel thread preemption #options FULL_PREEMPTION # Enable kernel thread preemption options INET # InterNETworking options INET6 # IPv6 communications protocols options TCP_HHOOK # hhook(9) framework for TCP options FFS # Berkeley Fast Filesystem #options SOFTUPDATES # Enable FFS soft updates support options UFS_ACL # Support for access control lists options UFS_DIRHASH # Improve performance on big directories options NFSCL options NFS_ROOT # options BOOTP options BOOTP_NFSROOT options BOOTP_NFSV3 options BOOTP_WIRED_TO=nlge0 options BOOTP_COMPAT options ROOTDEVNAME=\"nfs:10.1.1.8:/usr/extra/nfsroot\" # #options MD_ROOT # MD is a potential root device #options MD_ROOT_SIZE=27000 #options MD_ROOT_SIZE=5120 #options ROOTDEVNAME=\"ufs:md0\" options _KPOSIX_PRIORITY_SCHEDULING # POSIX P1003_1B real-time extensions options HZ=1000 options NO_SWAPPING #Debugging options options KTRACE # ktrace(1) support options DDB options KDB options GDB options ALT_BREAK_TO_DEBUGGER options BREAK_TO_DEBUGGER #options DEADLKRES #Enable the deadlock resolver options INVARIANTS #Enable calls of extra sanity checking options INVARIANT_SUPPORT #Extra sanity checks of internal structures, required by INVARIANTS #options WITNESS #Enable checks to detect deadlocks and cycles #options WITNESS_SKIPSPIN #Don't run witness on spinlocks for speed #options KTR # ktr(4) and ktrdump(8) support #options KTR_COMPILE=(KTR_LOCK|KTR_PROC|KTR_INTR|KTR_CALLOUT|KTR_UMA|KTR_SYSC) #options KTR_ENTRIES=131072 #options LOCK_PROFILING #options SLEEPQUEUE_PROFILING #options TURNSTILE_PROFILING device pci #device ata device uart # Pseudo device loop device random device md device bpf # Network device miibus device nlge device ether device re device msk device da device scbus device ehci # EHCI PCI->USB interface (USB 2.0) device usb # USB Bus (required) options USB_DEBUG # enable debug msgs #device uhid # "Human Interface Devices" device umass # Disks/Mass storage - Requires scbus and da #device cfi #i2c device ic device iic device iicbb device iicbus device ds13rtc # RTC on XLR boards device max6657 # Temparature sensor on XLR boards device at24co2n # EEPROM on XLR boards #crypto # Not yet #device cryptodev #device crypto #device rmisec Index: head/sys/mips/conf/XLRN32 =================================================================== --- head/sys/mips/conf/XLRN32 (revision 325095) +++ head/sys/mips/conf/XLRN32 (revision 325096) @@ -1,125 +1,125 @@ # XLRN32 -- Kernel configuration file for N32 kernel on XLR/XLS # # For more information on this file, please read the handbook section on # Kernel Configuration Files: # -# http://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html +# https://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html # # The handbook is also available locally in /usr/share/doc/handbook # if you've installed the doc distribution, otherwise always see the -# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (http://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the +# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (https://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the # latest information. # # An exhaustive list of options and more detailed explanations of the # device lines is also present in the ../../conf/NOTES and NOTES files. # If you are in doubt as to the purpose or necessity of a line, check first # in NOTES. # # $FreeBSD$ machine mips mipsn32 ident XLRN32 include "../rmi/std.xlr" makeoptions MODULES_OVERRIDE="" makeoptions DEBUG=-g # Build kernel with gdb(1) debug symbols makeoptions ARCH_FLAGS="-march=mips64 -mabi=n32" makeoptions KERNLOADADDR=0x80100000 #profile 2 options SCHED_ULE # ULE scheduler #options VERBOSE_SYSINIT #options SCHED_4BSD # 4BSD scheduler options SMP options PREEMPTION # Enable kernel thread preemption #options FULL_PREEMPTION # Enable kernel thread preemption options INET # InterNETworking options INET6 # IPv6 communications protocols options TCP_HHOOK # hhook(9) framework for TCP options FFS # Berkeley Fast Filesystem #options SOFTUPDATES # Enable FFS soft updates support options UFS_ACL # Support for access control lists options UFS_DIRHASH # Improve performance on big directories options NFSCL options NFS_ROOT # options BOOTP options BOOTP_NFSROOT options BOOTP_NFSV3 options BOOTP_WIRED_TO=nlge0 options BOOTP_COMPAT options ROOTDEVNAME=\"nfs:10.1.1.8:/usr/extra/nfsroot\" # #options MD_ROOT # MD is a potential root device #options MD_ROOT_SIZE=27000 #options MD_ROOT_SIZE=5120 #options ROOTDEVNAME=\"ufs:md0\" options _KPOSIX_PRIORITY_SCHEDULING # POSIX P1003_1B real-time extensions options HZ=1000 options NO_SWAPPING #Debugging options options KTRACE # ktrace(1) support #options DDB #options KDB #options GDB #options ALT_BREAK_TO_DEBUGGER #options DEADLKRES #Enable the deadlock resolver options INVARIANTS #Enable calls of extra sanity checking options INVARIANT_SUPPORT #Extra sanity checks of internal structures, required by INVARIANTS #options WITNESS #Enable checks to detect deadlocks and cycles #options WITNESS_SKIPSPIN #Don't run witness on spinlocks for speed #options KTR # ktr(4) and ktrdump(8) support #options KTR_COMPILE=(KTR_LOCK|KTR_PROC|KTR_INTR|KTR_CALLOUT|KTR_UMA|KTR_SYSC) #options KTR_ENTRIES=131072 #options LOCK_PROFILING #options SLEEPQUEUE_PROFILING #options TURNSTILE_PROFILING device pci #device ata #options XLR_PERFMON # Enable XLR processor activity monitoring options BREAK_TO_DEBUGGER device uart # Pseudo device loop device random device md device bpf # Network device miibus device nlge device ether device re device msk device da device scbus #device ohci # OHCI PCI->USB interface device ehci # EHCI PCI->USB interface (USB 2.0) device usb # USB Bus (required) options USB_DEBUG # enable debug msgs #device udbp # USB Double Bulk Pipe devices #device ugen # Generic #device uhid # "Human Interface Devices" device umass # Disks/Mass storage - Requires scbus and da #device cfi #i2c device ic device iic device iicbb device iicbus device ds13rtc # RTC on XLR boards device max6657 # Temparature sensor on XLR boards device at24co2n # EEPROM on XLR boards #crypto # Not yet #device cryptodev #device crypto #device rmisec Index: head/sys/powerpc/conf/GENERIC =================================================================== --- head/sys/powerpc/conf/GENERIC (revision 325095) +++ head/sys/powerpc/conf/GENERIC (revision 325096) @@ -1,226 +1,226 @@ # # GENERIC -- Generic kernel configuration file for FreeBSD/powerpc # # For more information on this file, please read the handbook section on # Kernel Configuration Files: # -# http://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html +# https://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html # # The handbook is also available locally in /usr/share/doc/handbook # if you've installed the doc distribution, otherwise always see the -# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (http://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the +# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (https://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the # latest information. # # An exhaustive list of options and more detailed explanations of the # device lines is also present in the ../../conf/NOTES and NOTES files. # If you are in doubt as to the purpose or necessity of a line, check first # in NOTES. # # $FreeBSD$ cpu AIM ident GENERIC machine powerpc powerpc makeoptions DEBUG=-g #Build kernel with gdb(1) debug symbols makeoptions WITH_CTF=1 # Platform support options POWERMAC #NewWorld Apple PowerMacs options PSIM #GDB PSIM ppc simulator options MAMBO #IBM Mambo Full System Simulator options PSERIES #PAPR-compliant systems options FDT options SCHED_ULE #ULE scheduler options PREEMPTION #Enable kernel thread preemption options VIMAGE # Subsystem virtualization, e.g. VNET options INET #InterNETworking options INET6 #IPv6 communications protocols options IPSEC # IP (v4/v6) security options IPSEC_SUPPORT # Allow kldload of ipsec and tcpmd5 options TCP_HHOOK # hhook(9) framework for TCP options SCTP #Stream Control Transmission Protocol options FFS #Berkeley Fast Filesystem options SOFTUPDATES #Enable FFS soft updates support options UFS_ACL #Support for access control lists options UFS_DIRHASH #Improve performance on big directories options UFS_GJOURNAL #Enable gjournal-based UFS journaling options QUOTA #Enable disk quotas for UFS options MD_ROOT #MD is a potential root device options NFSCL #Network Filesystem Client options NFSD #Network Filesystem Server options NFSLOCKD #Network Lock Manager options NFS_ROOT #NFS usable as root device options MSDOSFS #MSDOS Filesystem options CD9660 #ISO 9660 Filesystem options PROCFS #Process filesystem (requires PSEUDOFS) options PSEUDOFS #Pseudo-filesystem framework options GEOM_PART_APM #Apple Partition Maps. options GEOM_PART_GPT #GUID Partition Tables. options GEOM_LABEL #Provides labelization options COMPAT_FREEBSD4 #Keep this for a while options COMPAT_FREEBSD5 #Compatible with FreeBSD5 options COMPAT_FREEBSD6 #Compatible with FreeBSD6 options COMPAT_FREEBSD7 #Compatible with FreeBSD7 options COMPAT_FREEBSD9 # Compatible with FreeBSD9 options COMPAT_FREEBSD10 # Compatible with FreeBSD10 options COMPAT_FREEBSD11 # Compatible with FreeBSD11 options SCSI_DELAY=5000 #Delay (in ms) before probing SCSI options KTRACE #ktrace(1) syscall trace support options STACK #stack(9) support options SYSVSHM #SYSV-style shared memory options SYSVMSG #SYSV-style message queues options SYSVSEM #SYSV-style semaphores options _KPOSIX_PRIORITY_SCHEDULING #Posix P1003_1B real-time extensions options HWPMC_HOOKS # Necessary kernel hooks for hwpmc(4) options AUDIT # Security event auditing options CAPABILITY_MODE # Capsicum capability mode options CAPABILITIES # Capsicum capabilities options MAC # TrustedBSD MAC Framework options KDTRACE_HOOKS # Kernel DTrace hooks options DDB_CTF # Kernel ELF linker loads CTF data options INCLUDE_CONFIG_FILE # Include this file in kernel options RACCT # Resource accounting framework options RACCT_DEFAULT_TO_DISABLED # Set kern.racct.enable=0 by default options RCTL # Resource limits # Debugging support. Always need this: options KDB # Enable kernel debugger support. options KDB_TRACE # Print a stack trace for a panic. # For full debugger support use (turn off in stable branch): options DDB #Support DDB #options DEADLKRES #Enable the deadlock resolver options INVARIANTS #Enable calls of extra sanity checking options INVARIANT_SUPPORT #Extra sanity checks of internal structures, required by INVARIANTS options WITNESS #Enable checks to detect deadlocks and cycles options WITNESS_SKIPSPIN #Don't run witness on spinlocks for speed options MALLOC_DEBUG_MAXZONES=8 # Separate malloc(9) zones # Make an SMP-capable kernel by default options SMP # Symmetric MultiProcessor Kernel # CPU frequency control device cpufreq # Standard busses device pci options PCI_HP # PCI-Express native HotPlug device agp # ATA controllers device ahci # AHCI-compatible SATA controllers device ata # Legacy ATA/SATA controllers device mvs # Marvell 88SX50XX/88SX60XX/88SX70XX/SoC SATA device siis # SiliconImage SiI3124/SiI3132/SiI3531 SATA # SCSI Controllers device ahc # AHA2940 and onboard AIC7xxx devices options AHC_ALLOW_MEMIO # Attempt to use memory mapped I/O options AHC_REG_PRETTY_PRINT # Print register bitfields in debug # output. Adds ~128k to driver. device isp # Qlogic family device ispfw # Firmware module for Qlogic host adapters device mpt # LSI-Logic MPT-Fusion device mps # LSI-Logic MPT-Fusion 2 device sym # NCR/Symbios/LSI Logic 53C8XX/53C1010/53C1510D # ATA/SCSI peripherals device scbus # SCSI bus (required for ATA/SCSI) device da # Direct Access (disks) device sa # Sequential Access (tape etc) device cd # CD device pass # Passthrough device (direct ATA/SCSI access) # vt is the default console driver, resembling an SCO console device vt # Generic console driver (pulls in OF FB) device kbdmux # Serial (COM) ports device scc device uart device uart_z8530 # FireWire support device firewire # FireWire bus code device sbp # SCSI over FireWire (Requires scbus and da) device fwe # Ethernet over FireWire (non-standard!) # PCI Ethernet NICs that use the common MII bus controller code. device miibus # MII bus support device bge # Broadcom BCM570xx Gigabit Ethernet device bm # Apple BMAC Ethernet device gem # Sun GEM/Sun ERI/Apple GMAC device dc # DEC/Intel 21143 and various workalikes device fxp # Intel EtherExpress PRO/100B (82557, 82558) # Pseudo devices. device loop # Network loopback device random # Entropy device device ether # Ethernet support device vlan # 802.1Q VLAN support device tun # Packet tunnel. device md # Memory "disks" device ofwd # Open Firmware disks device gif # IPv6 and IPv4 tunneling device firmware # firmware assist module # The `bpf' device enables the Berkeley Packet Filter. # Be aware of the administrative consequences of enabling this! # Note that 'bpf' is required for DHCP. device bpf #Berkeley packet filter # USB support options USB_DEBUG # enable debug msgs device uhci # UHCI PCI->USB interface device ohci # OHCI PCI->USB interface device ehci # EHCI PCI->USB interface device usb # USB Bus (required) device uhid # "Human Interface Devices" device ukbd # Keyboard options KBD_INSTALL_CDEV # install a CDEV entry in /dev device ulpt # Printer device umass # Disks/Mass storage - Requires scbus and da0 device ums # Mouse device atp # Apple USB touchpad device urio # Diamond Rio 500 MP3 player # USB Ethernet device aue # ADMtek USB Ethernet device axe # ASIX Electronics USB Ethernet device cdce # Generic USB over Ethernet device cue # CATC USB Ethernet device kue # Kawasaki LSI USB Ethernet # Wireless NIC cards options IEEE80211_SUPPORT_MESH options AH_SUPPORT_AR5416 # Misc device iicbus # I2C bus code device kiic # Keywest I2C device ad7417 # PowerMac7,2 temperature sensor device adt746x # PowerBook5,8 temperature sensor device ds1631 # PowerMac11,2 temperature sensor device ds1775 # PowerMac7,2 temperature sensor device fcu # Apple Fan Control Unit device max6690 # PowerMac7,2 temperature sensor device powermac_nvram # Open Firmware configuration NVRAM device smu # Apple System Management Unit device adm1030 # Apple G4 MDD fan controller device atibl # ATI-based backlight driver for PowerBooks/iBooks device nvbl # nVidia-based backlight driver for PowerBooks/iBooks # ADB support device adb device cuda device pmu # Sound support device sound # Generic sound driver (required) device snd_ai2s # Apple I2S audio device snd_davbus # Apple DAVBUS audio device snd_uaudio # USB Audio # The crypto framework is required by IPSEC device crypto # Required by IPSEC Index: head/sys/powerpc/conf/GENERIC-NODEBUG =================================================================== --- head/sys/powerpc/conf/GENERIC-NODEBUG (revision 325095) +++ head/sys/powerpc/conf/GENERIC-NODEBUG (revision 325096) @@ -1,38 +1,38 @@ # # GENERIC-NODEBUG -- WITNESS and INVARIANTS free kernel configuration file # for FreeBSD/powerpc # # This configuration file removes several debugging options, including # WITNESS and INVARIANTS checking, which are known to have significant # performance impact on running systems. When benchmarking new features # this kernel should be used instead of the standard GENERIC. # This kernel configuration should never appear outside of the HEAD # of the FreeBSD tree. # # For more information on this file, please read the config(5) manual page, # and/or the handbook section on Kernel Configuration Files: # -# http://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html +# https://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html # # The handbook is also available locally in /usr/share/doc/handbook # if you've installed the doc distribution, otherwise always see the -# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (http://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the +# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (https://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the # latest information. # # An exhaustive list of options and more detailed explanations of the # device lines is also present in the ../../conf/NOTES and NOTES files. # If you are in doubt as to the purpose or necessity of a line, check first # in NOTES. # # $FreeBSD$ include GENERIC ident GENERIC-NODEBUG nooptions INVARIANTS nooptions INVARIANT_SUPPORT nooptions WITNESS nooptions WITNESS_SKIPSPIN nooptions DEADLKRES Index: head/sys/powerpc/conf/GENERIC64 =================================================================== --- head/sys/powerpc/conf/GENERIC64 (revision 325095) +++ head/sys/powerpc/conf/GENERIC64 (revision 325096) @@ -1,223 +1,223 @@ # # GENERIC -- Generic kernel configuration file for FreeBSD/powerpc # # For more information on this file, please read the handbook section on # Kernel Configuration Files: # -# http://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html +# https://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html # # The handbook is also available locally in /usr/share/doc/handbook # if you've installed the doc distribution, otherwise always see the -# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (http://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the +# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (https://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the # latest information. # # An exhaustive list of options and more detailed explanations of the # device lines is also present in the ../../conf/NOTES and NOTES files. # If you are in doubt as to the purpose or necessity of a line, check first # in NOTES. # # $FreeBSD$ cpu AIM ident GENERIC machine powerpc powerpc64 makeoptions DEBUG=-g #Build kernel with gdb(1) debug symbols makeoptions WITH_CTF=1 # Platform support options POWERMAC #NewWorld Apple PowerMacs options PS3 #Sony Playstation 3 options MAMBO #IBM Mambo Full System Simulator options PSERIES #PAPR-compliant systems (e.g. IBM p) options FDT #Flattened Device Tree options SCHED_ULE #ULE scheduler options PREEMPTION #Enable kernel thread preemption options VIMAGE # Subsystem virtualization, e.g. VNET options INET #InterNETworking options INET6 #IPv6 communications protocols options TCP_HHOOK # hhook(9) framework for TCP options SCTP #Stream Control Transmission Protocol options FFS #Berkeley Fast Filesystem options SOFTUPDATES #Enable FFS soft updates support options UFS_ACL #Support for access control lists options UFS_DIRHASH #Improve performance on big directories options UFS_GJOURNAL #Enable gjournal-based UFS journaling options QUOTA #Enable disk quotas for UFS options MD_ROOT #MD is a potential root device options NFSCL #Network Filesystem Client options NFSD #Network Filesystem Server options NFSLOCKD #Network Lock Manager options NFS_ROOT #NFS usable as root device options MSDOSFS #MSDOS Filesystem options CD9660 #ISO 9660 Filesystem options PROCFS #Process filesystem (requires PSEUDOFS) options PSEUDOFS #Pseudo-filesystem framework options GEOM_PART_APM #Apple Partition Maps. options GEOM_PART_GPT #GUID Partition Tables. options GEOM_LABEL #Provides labelization options COMPAT_FREEBSD32 #Compatible with FreeBSD/powerpc binaries options COMPAT_FREEBSD5 #Compatible with FreeBSD5 options COMPAT_FREEBSD6 #Compatible with FreeBSD6 options COMPAT_FREEBSD7 #Compatible with FreeBSD7 options COMPAT_FREEBSD9 # Compatible with FreeBSD9 options COMPAT_FREEBSD10 # Compatible with FreeBSD10 options COMPAT_FREEBSD11 # Compatible with FreeBSD11 options SCSI_DELAY=5000 #Delay (in ms) before probing SCSI options KTRACE #ktrace(1) syscall trace support options STACK #stack(9) support options SYSVSHM #SYSV-style shared memory options SYSVMSG #SYSV-style message queues options SYSVSEM #SYSV-style semaphores options _KPOSIX_PRIORITY_SCHEDULING #Posix P1003_1B real-time extensions options PRINTF_BUFR_SIZE=128 # Prevent printf output being interspersed. options HWPMC_HOOKS # Necessary kernel hooks for hwpmc(4) options AUDIT # Security event auditing options CAPABILITY_MODE # Capsicum capability mode options CAPABILITIES # Capsicum capabilities options MAC # TrustedBSD MAC Framework options KDTRACE_HOOKS # Kernel DTrace hooks options DDB_CTF # Kernel ELF linker loads CTF data options INCLUDE_CONFIG_FILE # Include this file in kernel # Debugging support. Always need this: options KDB # Enable kernel debugger support. options KDB_TRACE # Print a stack trace for a panic. # For full debugger support use (turn off in stable branch): options DDB #Support DDB #options DEADLKRES #Enable the deadlock resolver options INVARIANTS #Enable calls of extra sanity checking options INVARIANT_SUPPORT #Extra sanity checks of internal structures, required by INVARIANTS options WITNESS #Enable checks to detect deadlocks and cycles options WITNESS_SKIPSPIN #Don't run witness on spinlocks for speed options MALLOC_DEBUG_MAXZONES=8 # Separate malloc(9) zones # Make an SMP-capable kernel by default options SMP # Symmetric MultiProcessor Kernel # CPU frequency control device cpufreq # Standard busses device pci options PCI_HP # PCI-Express native HotPlug device agp # ATA controllers device ahci # AHCI-compatible SATA controllers device ata # Legacy ATA/SATA controllers device mvs # Marvell 88SX50XX/88SX60XX/88SX70XX/SoC SATA device siis # SiliconImage SiI3124/SiI3132/SiI3531 SATA # SCSI Controllers device ahc # AHA2940 and onboard AIC7xxx devices options AHC_ALLOW_MEMIO # Attempt to use memory mapped I/O options AHC_REG_PRETTY_PRINT # Print register bitfields in debug # output. Adds ~128k to driver. device isp # Qlogic family device ispfw # Firmware module for Qlogic host adapters device mpt # LSI-Logic MPT-Fusion device mps # LSI-Logic MPT-Fusion 2 device sym # NCR/Symbios/LSI Logic 53C8XX/53C1010/53C1510D # ATA/SCSI peripherals device scbus # SCSI bus (required for ATA/SCSI) device da # Direct Access (disks) device sa # Sequential Access (tape etc) device cd # CD device pass # Passthrough device (direct ATA/SCSI access) # vt is the default console driver, resembling an SCO console device vt # Core console driver device kbdmux # Serial (COM) ports device scc device uart device uart_z8530 # Ethernet hardware device em # Intel PRO/1000 Gigabit Ethernet Family device ix # Intel PRO/10GbE PCIE PF Ethernet Family device ixv # Intel PRO/10GbE PCIE VF Ethernet Family device glc # Sony Playstation 3 Ethernet device llan # IBM pSeries Virtual Ethernet # PCI Ethernet NICs that use the common MII bus controller code. device miibus # MII bus support device bge # Broadcom BCM570xx Gigabit Ethernet device gem # Sun GEM/Sun ERI/Apple GMAC device dc # DEC/Intel 21143 and various workalikes device fxp # Intel EtherExpress PRO/100B (82557, 82558) device re # RealTek 8139C+/8169/8169S/8110S device rl # RealTek 8129/8139 # Pseudo devices. device loop # Network loopback device random # Entropy device device ether # Ethernet support device vlan # 802.1Q VLAN support device tun # Packet tunnel. device md # Memory "disks" device ofwd # Open Firmware disks device gif # IPv6 and IPv4 tunneling device firmware # firmware assist module # The `bpf' device enables the Berkeley Packet Filter. # Be aware of the administrative consequences of enabling this! # Note that 'bpf' is required for DHCP. device bpf #Berkeley packet filter # USB support options USB_DEBUG # enable debug msgs device uhci # UHCI PCI->USB interface device ohci # OHCI PCI->USB interface device ehci # EHCI PCI->USB interface device usb # USB Bus (required) device uhid # "Human Interface Devices" device ukbd # Keyboard options KBD_INSTALL_CDEV # install a CDEV entry in /dev device ulpt # Printer device umass # Disks/Mass storage - Requires scbus and da0 device ums # Mouse device urio # Diamond Rio 500 MP3 player # USB Ethernet device aue # ADMtek USB Ethernet device axe # ASIX Electronics USB Ethernet device cdce # Generic USB over Ethernet device cue # CATC USB Ethernet device kue # Kawasaki LSI USB Ethernet # Wireless NIC cards options IEEE80211_SUPPORT_MESH options AH_SUPPORT_AR5416 # FireWire support device firewire # FireWire bus code device sbp # SCSI over FireWire (Requires scbus and da) device fwe # Ethernet over FireWire (non-standard!) # Misc device iicbus # I2C bus code device kiic # Keywest I2C device ad7417 # PowerMac7,2 temperature sensor device ds1631 # PowerMac11,2 temperature sensor device ds1775 # PowerMac7,2 temperature sensor device fcu # Apple Fan Control Unit device max6690 # PowerMac7,2 temperature sensor device powermac_nvram # Open Firmware configuration NVRAM device smu # Apple System Management Unit device atibl # ATI-based backlight driver for PowerBooks/iBooks device nvbl # nVidia-based backlight driver for PowerBooks/iBooks # ADB support device adb device pmu # Sound support device sound # Generic sound driver (required) device snd_ai2s # Apple I2S audio device snd_uaudio # USB Audio Index: head/sys/riscv/conf/GENERIC =================================================================== --- head/sys/riscv/conf/GENERIC (revision 325095) +++ head/sys/riscv/conf/GENERIC (revision 325096) @@ -1,119 +1,119 @@ # # GENERIC -- Generic kernel configuration file for FreeBSD/RISC-V # # For more information on this file, please read the config(5) manual page, # and/or the handbook section on Kernel Configuration Files: # -# http://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html +# https://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html # # The handbook is also available locally in /usr/share/doc/handbook # if you've installed the doc distribution, otherwise always see the -# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (http://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the +# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (https://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the # latest information. # # An exhaustive list of options and more detailed explanations of the # device lines is also present in the ../../conf/NOTES and NOTES files. # If you are in doubt as to the purpose or necessity of a line, check first # in NOTES. # # $FreeBSD$ cpu RISCV ident GENERIC makeoptions DEBUG=-g # Build kernel with gdb(1) debug symbols # makeoptions WITH_CTF=1 # Run ctfconvert(1) for DTrace support # FIXME: linker error. "--relax and -r may not be used together" makeoptions WITHOUT_MODULES="usb otusfw mwlfw ispfw mwlfw ralfw rtwnfw" # makeoptions NO_MODULES options SCHED_ULE # ULE scheduler options PREEMPTION # Enable kernel thread preemption options VIMAGE # Subsystem virtualization, e.g. VNET options INET # InterNETworking options INET6 # IPv6 communications protocols options TCP_HHOOK # hhook(9) framework for TCP options IPSEC # IP (v4/v6) security options IPSEC_SUPPORT # Allow kldload of ipsec and tcpmd5 options TCP_OFFLOAD # TCP offload options SCTP # Stream Control Transmission Protocol options FFS # Berkeley Fast Filesystem options SOFTUPDATES # Enable FFS soft updates support options UFS_ACL # Support for access control lists options UFS_DIRHASH # Improve performance on big directories options UFS_GJOURNAL # Enable gjournal-based UFS journaling options QUOTA # Enable disk quotas for UFS options NFSCL # Network Filesystem Client options NFSD # Network Filesystem Server options NFSLOCKD # Network Lock Manager options NFS_ROOT # NFS usable as /, requires NFSCL options MSDOSFS # MSDOS Filesystem options CD9660 # ISO 9660 Filesystem options PROCFS # Process filesystem (requires PSEUDOFS) options PSEUDOFS # Pseudo-filesystem framework options GEOM_PART_GPT # GUID Partition Tables. # options GEOM_RAID # Soft RAID functionality. options GEOM_LABEL # Provides labelization options SCSI_DELAY=5000 # Delay (in ms) before probing SCSI options KTRACE # ktrace(1) support # options STACK # stack(9) support options SYSVSHM # SYSV-style shared memory options SYSVMSG # SYSV-style message queues options SYSVSEM # SYSV-style semaphores options _KPOSIX_PRIORITY_SCHEDULING # POSIX P1003_1B real-time extensions options PRINTF_BUFR_SIZE=128 # Prevent printf output being interspersed. options KBD_INSTALL_CDEV # install a CDEV entry in /dev # options HWPMC_HOOKS # Necessary kernel hooks for hwpmc(4) options AUDIT # Security event auditing options CAPABILITY_MODE # Capsicum capability mode options CAPABILITIES # Capsicum capabilities options MAC # TrustedBSD MAC Framework options KDTRACE_FRAME # Ensure frames are compiled in options KDTRACE_HOOKS # Kernel DTrace hooks options FPE # Floating-point extension support options RACCT # Resource accounting framework options RACCT_DEFAULT_TO_DISABLED # Set kern.racct.enable=0 by default options RCTL # Resource limits options SMP # RISC-V SBI console device rcons # Uncomment for memory disk # options MD_ROOT # options MD_ROOT_SIZE=32768 # 32MB ram disk # makeoptions MFS_IMAGE=/path/to/img # options ROOTDEVNAME=\"ufs:/dev/md0\" # Debugging support. Always need this: options KDB # Enable kernel debugger support. options KDB_TRACE # Print a stack trace for a panic. # For full debugger support use (turn off in stable branch): options DDB # Support DDB. # options GDB # Support remote GDB. options DEADLKRES # Enable the deadlock resolver options INVARIANTS # Enable calls of extra sanity checking options INVARIANT_SUPPORT # Extra sanity checks of internal structures, required by INVARIANTS # options WITNESS # Enable checks to detect deadlocks and cycles # options WITNESS_SKIPSPIN # Don't run witness on spinlocks for speed options MALLOC_DEBUG_MAXZONES=8 # Separate malloc(9) zones # options EARLY_PRINTF # options VERBOSE_SYSINIT # Pseudo devices. device loop # Network loopback device random # Entropy device device ether # Ethernet support device vlan # 802.1Q VLAN support device tun # Packet tunnel. device md # Memory "disks" device gif # IPv6 and IPv4 tunneling device firmware # firmware assist module # The `bpf' device enables the Berkeley Packet Filter. # Be aware of the administrative consequences of enabling this! # Note that 'bpf' is required for DHCP. device bpf # Berkeley packet filter options FDT Index: head/sys/sparc64/conf/GENERIC =================================================================== --- head/sys/sparc64/conf/GENERIC (revision 325095) +++ head/sys/sparc64/conf/GENERIC (revision 325096) @@ -1,259 +1,259 @@ # # GENERIC -- Generic kernel configuration file for FreeBSD/sparc64 # # For more information on this file, please read the config(5) manual page, # and/or the handbook section on Kernel Configuration Files: # -# http://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html +# https://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html # # The handbook is also available locally in /usr/share/doc/handbook # if you've installed the doc distribution, otherwise always see the -# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (http://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the +# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (https://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the # latest information. # # An exhaustive list of options and more detailed explanations of the # device lines is also present in the ../../conf/NOTES and NOTES files. # If you are in doubt as to the purpose or necessity of a line, check first # in NOTES. # # $FreeBSD$ cpu SUN4U ident GENERIC makeoptions DEBUG=-g # Build kernel with gdb(1) debug symbols # Platforms supported # At this time all platforms are supported, as-is. options SCHED_ULE # ULE scheduler options PREEMPTION # Enable kernel thread preemption options VIMAGE # Subsystem virtualization, e.g. VNET options INET # InterNETworking options INET6 # IPv6 communications protocols options IPSEC # IP (v4/v6) security options IPSEC_SUPPORT # Allow kldload of ipsec and tcpmd5 options TCP_HHOOK # hhook(9) framework for TCP options SCTP # Stream Control Transmission Protocol options FFS # Berkeley Fast Filesystem options SOFTUPDATES # Enable FFS soft updates support options UFS_ACL # Support for access control lists options UFS_DIRHASH # Improve performance on big directories options UFS_GJOURNAL # Enable gjournal-based UFS journaling options QUOTA # Enable disk quotas for UFS options MD_ROOT # MD is a potential root device options NFSCL # Network Filesystem Client options NFSD # Network Filesystem Server options NFSLOCKD # Network Lock Manager options NFS_ROOT # NFS usable as /, requires NFSCL #options MSDOSFS # MSDOS Filesystem options CD9660 # ISO 9660 Filesystem options PROCFS # Process filesystem (requires PSEUDOFS) options PSEUDOFS # Pseudo-filesystem framework options GEOM_PART_GPT # GUID Partition Tables. options GEOM_LABEL # Provides labelization options COMPAT_FREEBSD5 # Compatible with FreeBSD5 options COMPAT_FREEBSD6 # Compatible with FreeBSD6 options COMPAT_FREEBSD7 # Compatible with FreeBSD7 options COMPAT_FREEBSD9 # Compatible with FreeBSD9 options COMPAT_FREEBSD10 # Compatible with FreeBSD10 options COMPAT_FREEBSD11 # Compatible with FreeBSD11 options SCSI_DELAY=5000 # Delay (in ms) before probing SCSI options KTRACE # ktrace(1) support options STACK # stack(9) support options SYSVSHM # SYSV-style shared memory options SYSVMSG # SYSV-style message queues options SYSVSEM # SYSV-style semaphores options _KPOSIX_PRIORITY_SCHEDULING # POSIX P1003_1B real-time extensions options PRINTF_BUFR_SIZE=128 # Prevent printf output being interspersed. options HWPMC_HOOKS # Necessary kernel hooks for hwpmc(4) options AUDIT # Security event auditing options CAPABILITY_MODE # Capsicum capability mode options CAPABILITIES # Capsicum capabilities options MAC # TrustedBSD MAC Framework options INCLUDE_CONFIG_FILE # Include this file in kernel options RACCT # Resource accounting framework options RACCT_DEFAULT_TO_DISABLED # Set kern.racct.enable=0 by default options RCTL # Resource limits # Debugging support. Always need this: options KDB # Enable kernel debugger support. options KDB_TRACE # Print a stack trace for a panic. # For full debugger support use (turn off in stable branch): options DDB # Support DDB. options GDB # Support remote GDB. options DEADLKRES # Enable the deadlock resolver options INVARIANTS # Enable calls of extra sanity checking options INVARIANT_SUPPORT # Extra sanity checks of internal structures, required by INVARIANTS options WITNESS # Enable checks to detect deadlocks and cycles options WITNESS_SKIPSPIN # Don't run witness on spinlocks for speed options MALLOC_DEBUG_MAXZONES=8 # Separate malloc(9) zones # Make an SMP-capable kernel by default options SMP # Symmetric MultiProcessor Kernel # Standard busses device ebus device isa device pci device sbus device central device fhc # Floppy drives #device fdc # ATA controllers device ahci # AHCI-compatible SATA controllers device ata # Legacy ATA/SATA controllers device mvs # Marvell 88SX50XX/88SX60XX/88SX70XX/SoC SATA device siis # SiliconImage SiI3124/SiI3132/SiI3531 SATA # SCSI Controllers device ahc # AHA2940 and onboard AIC7xxx devices options AHC_ALLOW_MEMIO # Attempt to use memory mapped I/O options AHC_REG_PRETTY_PRINT # Print register bitfields in debug # output. Adds ~128k to driver. device esp # AMD Am53C974, Sun ESP and FAS families device isp # Qlogic family device ispfw # Firmware module for Qlogic host adapters device mpt # LSI-Logic MPT-Fusion device mps # LSI-Logic MPT-Fusion 2 device mpr # LSI-Logic MPT-Fusion 3 device sym # NCR/Symbios/LSI Logic 53C8XX/53C1010/53C1510D # ATA/SCSI peripherals device scbus # SCSI bus (required for ATA/SCSI) device ch # SCSI media changers device da # Direct Access (disks) device sa # Sequential Access (tape etc) device cd # CD device pass # Passthrough device (direct ATA/SCSI access) device ses # Enclosure Services (SES and SAF-TE) #device ctl # CAM Target Layer # RAID controllers #device amr # AMI MegaRAID #device mlx # Mylex DAC960 family # atkbdc0 controls both the keyboard and the PS/2 mouse device atkbdc # AT keyboard controller device atkbd # AT keyboard device psm # PS/2 mouse device kbdmux # keyboard multiplexer # syscons is the default console driver, resembling an SCO console device sc device creator # Creator, Creator3D and Elite3D framebuffers device machfb # ATI Mach64 framebuffers device splash # Splash screen and screen saver support options KBD_INSTALL_CDEV # install a CDEV entry in /dev # vt is the new video console driver #device vt # Builtin hardware device auxio # auxiliary I/O device device eeprom # eeprom (really a front-end for the MK48Txx) device mk48txx # Mostek MK48Txx clocks device rtc # rtc (really a front-end for the MC146818) device mc146818 # Motorola MC146818 and compatible clocks device epic # Sun Fire V215/V245 LEDs device sbbc # Sun BootBus controller (time-of-day clock for # Serengeti and StarCat, console for Serengeti, # requires device uart) # Serial (COM) ports device puc # Multi-channel uarts device scc # Serial communications controllers. device uart # Multi-uart driver # Parallel port #device ppc #device ppbus # Parallel port bus (required) #device lpt # Printer #device ppi # Parallel port interface device #device vpo # Requires scbus and da # PCI Ethernet NICs. #device de # DEC/Intel DC21x4x (``Tulip'') device em # Intel PRO/1000 adapter Gigabit Ethernet Card #device ixgb # Intel PRO/10GbE Ethernet Card device le # AMD Am7900 LANCE and Am79C9xx PCnet device ti # Alteon Networks Tigon I/II gigabit Ethernet device txp # 3Com 3cR990 (``Typhoon'') #device vx # 3Com 3c590, 3c595 (``Vortex'') # PCI Ethernet NICs that use the common MII bus controller code. # NOTE: Be sure to keep the 'device miibus' line in order to use these NICs! device miibus # MII bus support #device bfe # Broadcom BCM440x 10/100 Ethernet device bge # Broadcom BCM570xx Gigabit Ethernet device cas # Sun Cassini/Cassini+ and NS DP83065 Saturn device dc # DEC/Intel 21143 and various workalikes device fxp # Intel EtherExpress PRO/100B (82557, 82558) device gem # Sun GEM/Sun ERI/Apple GMAC device hme # Sun HME (Happy Meal Ethernet) device nge # NatSemi DP83820 gigabit Ethernet #device pcn # AMD Am79C97x PCI 10/100 (precedence over 'le') device re # RealTek 8139C+/8169/8169S/8110S device rl # RealTek 8129/8139 device sf # Adaptec AIC-6915 (``Starfire'') device sis # Silicon Integrated Systems SiS 900/SiS 7016 device sk # SysKonnect SK-984x & SK-982x gigabit Ethernet device ste # Sundance ST201 (D-Link DFE-550TX) device stge # Sundance/Tamarack TC9021 gigabit Ethernet #device tl # Texas Instruments ThunderLAN #device tx # SMC EtherPower II (83c170 ``EPIC'') device vr # VIA Rhine, Rhine II #device wb # Winbond W89C840F device xl # 3Com 3c90x (``Boomerang'', ``Cyclone'') # Wireless NIC cards device wlan # 802.11 support options IEEE80211_DEBUG # enable debug msgs options IEEE80211_AMPDU_AGE # age frames in AMPDU reorder q's options IEEE80211_SUPPORT_MESH # enable 802.11s D3.0 support device wlan_wep # 802.11 WEP support device wlan_ccmp # 802.11 CCMP support device wlan_tkip # 802.11 TKIP support device wlan_amrr # AMRR transmit rate control algorithm device ath # Atheros NICs device ath_pci # Atheros pci/cardbus glue device ath_hal # Atheros HAL (Hardware Access Layer) options AH_SUPPORT_AR5416 # enable AR5416 tx/rx descriptors device ath_rate_sample # SampleRate tx rate control for ath # Pseudo devices. device loop # Network loopback device random # Entropy device device ether # Ethernet support device vlan # 802.1Q VLAN support device tun # Packet tunnel. device md # Memory "disks" device gif # IPv6 and IPv4 tunneling device firmware # firmware assist module # The `bpf' device enables the Berkeley Packet Filter. # Be aware of the administrative consequences of enabling this! # Note that 'bpf' is required for DHCP. device bpf # Berkeley packet filter # USB support options USB_DEBUG # enable debug msgs device uhci # UHCI PCI->USB interface device ohci # OHCI PCI->USB interface device ehci # EHCI PCI->USB interface (USB 2.0) device usb # USB Bus (required) device ukbd # Keyboard device umass # Disks/Mass storage - Requires scbus and da # Sound support device sound # Generic sound driver (required) device snd_audiocs # Crystal Semiconductor CS4231 device snd_es137x # Ensoniq AudioPCI ES137x device snd_t4dwave # Acer Labs M5451 # The crypto framework is required by IPSEC device crypto # Required by IPSEC Index: head/sys/sparc64/conf/GENERIC-NODEBUG =================================================================== --- head/sys/sparc64/conf/GENERIC-NODEBUG (revision 325095) +++ head/sys/sparc64/conf/GENERIC-NODEBUG (revision 325096) @@ -1,38 +1,38 @@ # # GENERIC-NODEBUG -- WITNESS and INVARIANTS free kernel configuration file # for FreeBSD/sparc64 # # This configuration file removes several debugging options, including # WITNESS and INVARIANTS checking, which are known to have significant # performance impact on running systems. When benchmarking new features # this kernel should be used instead of the standard GENERIC. # This kernel configuration should never appear outside of the HEAD # of the FreeBSD tree. # # For more information on this file, please read the config(5) manual page, # and/or the handbook section on Kernel Configuration Files: # -# http://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html +# https://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/kernelconfig-config.html # # The handbook is also available locally in /usr/share/doc/handbook # if you've installed the doc distribution, otherwise always see the -# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (http://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the +# FreeBSD World Wide Web server (https://www.FreeBSD.org/) for the # latest information. # # An exhaustive list of options and more detailed explanations of the # device lines is also present in the ../../conf/NOTES and NOTES files. # If you are in doubt as to the purpose or necessity of a line, check first # in NOTES. # # $FreeBSD$ include GENERIC ident GENERIC-NODEBUG nooptions INVARIANTS nooptions INVARIANT_SUPPORT nooptions WITNESS nooptions WITNESS_SKIPSPIN nooptions DEADLKRES Index: head/tools/tools/cd2dvd/cd2dvd.sh =================================================================== --- head/tools/tools/cd2dvd/cd2dvd.sh (revision 325095) +++ head/tools/tools/cd2dvd/cd2dvd.sh (revision 325096) @@ -1,267 +1,267 @@ #!/bin/sh # # Copyright (C) 2008 Roman Kurakin rik@freebsd.org. All rights reserved. # # Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without # modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions # are met: # 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright # notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. # 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright # notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the # documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. # # THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND # ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE # IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE # ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE # FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL # DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS # OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) # HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT # LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY # OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF # SUCH DAMAGE. # # Merges FreeBSD's several CD installation medias to the single DVD disk. # # $FreeBSD$ ## Helper functions usage () { echo "Usage: $0 >" } # Copy data from the cd # $1 os name # $2 disk image name # $3 mount dir # $4 destination dir copycd () { # Set some variables md="" _os="${1}" _img="${2}" _mnt="${3}" _dst="${4}" if [ $# -ne "4" ] then echo "Error: function ${0} takes exactly four parameters." exit 1 fi if [ "${_os}" != "FreeBSD" -a "${_os}" != "Linux" ] then echo "Error: do not know how to handle ${_os} os." exit 1 fi if [ ! -f "${_img}" ] then echo "Error: file ${_img} does not exists or not a regula file." exit 1 fi if [ ! -r "${_img}" ] then echo "Error: you do not have the read permissions." exit 1 fi if [ ! -d "${_mnt}" ] then echo "Error: ${_mnt} is not a directory or does not exists." fi if [ ! -d "${_dst}" ] then echo "Error: ${_dst} is not a directory or does not exists." fi if [ ! -w "${_dst}" ] then echo "Error: you do not have write permissions granted for ${_dst} directory." fi if [ "${_os}" != "Linux" ] then md=`mdconfig -a -t vnode -f ${_img}` || exit 1 mount_cd9660 /dev/${md} ${_mnt} || exit 1 else mount -o loop ${_img} ${_mnt} || exit 1 fi if [ ! -f ${_mnt}/cdrom.inf ] then echo "Error: Failed to find cdrom.inf for ${_img}." exit 1 fi cdvol=`grep "^CD_VOLUME.*" ${_mnt}/cdrom.inf | sed "s/CD_VOLUME[[:space:]]*=[[:space:]]*//"` if test -z "${cdvol}" -o ! "${cdvol}" -eq "${cdvol}" 2> /dev/null then echo "Error: failed to get volume id for ${_img}." exit 1 fi cdver=`grep "^CD_VERSION.*" ${_mnt}/cdrom.inf | sed "s/CD_VERSION[[:space:]]*=[[:space:]]*//"` if test -z "${cdver}" then echo "Error: failed to get version id for ${_img}." exit 1 fi if [ -z "${VERID}" ] then VERID="${cdver}" _exclude="" else if [ "${VERID}" != "${cdver}" ] then echo "Error: cd version ids mismatch while processing ${_img}." exit 1 fi # _exclude="--exclude ./cdrom.inf --exclude ./packages/INDEX" _exclude="! -regex ./cdrom.inf ! -regex ./packages/INDEX" fi echo "Merging ${_img}:" # --quite -u -V (cd "${_mnt}" && find . ${_exclude} | cpio -p -d -m -V --quiet "${_dst}") || exit 1 # (cd "${_mnt}" && tar ${_exclude} -cvf - .) | (cd "${_dst}" && tar xvf -) || exit 1 if [ "${_os}" != "Linux" ] then umount /dev/${md} || exit 1 mdconfig -d -u "${md}" || exit 1 else umount ${_mnt} || exit 1 fi # exit 0 } # Clear mounted image # $1 mounted directory # $2 error code clearmount () { if [ $# -ne "2" ] then echo "Error: function ${0} takes exactly two parameters." exit 1 fi if [ -z "${1}" ] then test -z "${2}" || exit "${2}" else # Ignore errors umount "${1}" 2>/dev/null test -z "${2}" || exit "${2}" fi } # Clear CD image allocation # $1 os name # $2 md # $3 error code clearmd () { if [ $# -ne "3" ] then echo "Error: function ${0} takes exactly three parameters." exit 1 fi if [ "${1}" != "FreeBSD" -o -z "${2}" ] then test -z "${3}" || exit "${3}" else # Ignore errors mdconfig -d -u "${2}" 2>/dev/null test -z "${3}" || exit "${3}" fi } ## Check params if [ $# -lt 3 ] then usage echo "Error, this script should take more than two parameters." exit 1 fi # Check if zero if [ -z "${1}" ]; then usage exit 1 fi # Check if already exists if [ -e "${1}" ]; then if [ ! -f "${1}" ]; then echo "Destination DVD image file already exists and is not a regular file." exit 1 fi while echo "The ${1} file exists. Overwrite? (y/n)" do read line case "${line}" in y|Y) rm -rf "${1}" touch "${1}" break ;; n|N) echo "Please, run program again with a new value." exit 1 ;; esac done fi DVDIMAGE="${1}" shift count=0 for i in "$@" do # Skip empty params. if test -z "${i}"; then continue fi if [ ! -f "${i}" -o ! -r "${i}" ] then echo "Error: The ${i} is not readable, do not exists or not a regular file." exit 1 fi count=`expr ${count} \+ 1` done # Check if we have at the least two CD images if [ "${count}" -lt 2 ] then echo "Error: less than two CD images specified." fi ## Some useful variables pwd=`pwd` tmpdirin="${pwd}/tmp-$$-in" tmpdirout="${pwd}/tmp-$$-out" system=`uname -s` md="" # set the trap options trap 'echo ""; echo "Cleaning up"; clearmount "${tmpdirin}" ""; clearmd "${system}" "${md}" ""; rm -rf "${tmpdirin}" "${tmpdirout}";' 0 1 2 3 15 mkdir "${tmpdirin}" || (echo "Error: failed to create tempory ${tmpdirin}"; exit 1) mkdir "${tmpdirout}" || (echo "Error: failed to create tempory ${tmpdirout}"; exit 1) for i in "$@" do # Skip empty params. if test -z "${i}"; then continue fi copycd "${system}" "${i}" "${tmpdirin}" "${tmpdirout}" mv "${tmpdirout}"/packages/INDEX "${tmpdirout}"/packages/INDEX~ || exit 1 cat "${tmpdirout}"/packages/INDEX~ | sed "s/^\(.*\)|${cdvol}$/\1|1/" > "${tmpdirout}"/packages/INDEX || exit 1 rm "${tmpdirout}"/packages/INDEX~ || exit 1 done mv "${tmpdirout}"/cdrom.inf "${tmpdirout}"/cdrom.inf~ || exit 1 cat "${tmpdirout}"/cdrom.inf~ | sed "s/^\(CD_VOLUME[[:space:]]\{0,\}=[[:space:]]\{0,\}\)[[:digit:]]\{1,\}/\11/" > "${tmpdirout}"/cdrom.inf || exit 1 rm "${tmpdirout}"/cdrom.inf~ || exit 1 mkisofs -b boot/cdboot -no-emul-boot -r -J \ -V "FreeBSD_Install" \ - -publisher "The FreeBSD Project. http://www.freebsd.org/" \ + -publisher "The FreeBSD Project. https://www.freebsd.org/" \ -o ${DVDIMAGE} "${tmpdirout}" \ || exit 1 exit 0 Index: head/tools/tools/portsinfo/portsinfo.sh =================================================================== --- head/tools/tools/portsinfo/portsinfo.sh (revision 325095) +++ head/tools/tools/portsinfo/portsinfo.sh (revision 325096) @@ -1,84 +1,84 @@ #!/bin/sh # Copyright (c) April 1997 Wolfram Schneider , Berlin. # # portsinfo - Generate list of new ports for last two weeks. # # $FreeBSD$ PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:/usr/local/bin:$PATH; export PATH -host=http://www.freebsd.org +host=https://www.freebsd.org url=$host/cgi/ports.cgi time='?type=new&time=2+week+ago&sektion=all' time2='?type=changed&time=2+week+ago&sektion=all' info=yes if [ x"$info" = xyes ]; then cat <<'EOF' Introduction ------------ The FreeBSD Ports Collection offers a simple way for users and administrators to install applications. Each "port" listed here contains any patches necessary to make the original application source code compile and run on FreeBSD. Installing an application is as simple as downloading the port, unpacking it and typing make in the port directory. The Makefile automatically fetches the application source code, either from a local disk or via ftp, unpacks it on your system, applies the patches, and compiles. If all goes well, simply type make install to install the application. For more information about using ports, see the ports collection - http://www.freebsd.org/handbook/ports.html + https://www.freebsd.org/handbook/ports.html and - http://www.freebsd.org/ports/ + https://www.freebsd.org/ports/ EOF lynx -dump $host/ports/ | perl -ne '/^[ ]*There are currently/ && s/^\s+// && print && exit' cat < __FBSDID("$FreeBSD$"); #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include "xmsr.h" static int cpu_vendor_intel, cpu_vendor_amd; int emulate_wrmsr(struct vmctx *ctx, int vcpu, uint32_t num, uint64_t val) { if (cpu_vendor_intel) { switch (num) { case 0xd04: /* Sandy Bridge uncore PMCs */ case 0xc24: return (0); case MSR_BIOS_UPDT_TRIG: return (0); case MSR_BIOS_SIGN: return (0); default: break; } } else if (cpu_vendor_amd) { switch (num) { case MSR_HWCR: /* * Ignore writes to hardware configuration MSR. */ return (0); case MSR_NB_CFG1: case MSR_IC_CFG: return (0); /* Ignore writes */ case MSR_PERFEVSEL0: case MSR_PERFEVSEL1: case MSR_PERFEVSEL2: case MSR_PERFEVSEL3: /* Ignore writes to the PerfEvtSel MSRs */ return (0); case MSR_K7_PERFCTR0: case MSR_K7_PERFCTR1: case MSR_K7_PERFCTR2: case MSR_K7_PERFCTR3: /* Ignore writes to the PerfCtr MSRs */ return (0); case MSR_P_STATE_CONTROL: /* Ignore write to change the P-state */ return (0); default: break; } } return (-1); } int emulate_rdmsr(struct vmctx *ctx, int vcpu, uint32_t num, uint64_t *val) { int error = 0; if (cpu_vendor_intel) { switch (num) { case MSR_BIOS_SIGN: case MSR_IA32_PLATFORM_ID: case MSR_PKG_ENERGY_STATUS: case MSR_PP0_ENERGY_STATUS: case MSR_PP1_ENERGY_STATUS: case MSR_DRAM_ENERGY_STATUS: *val = 0; break; case MSR_RAPL_POWER_UNIT: /* * Use the default value documented in section * "RAPL Interfaces" in Intel SDM vol3. */ *val = 0x000a1003; break; default: error = -1; break; } } else if (cpu_vendor_amd) { switch (num) { case MSR_BIOS_SIGN: *val = 0; break; case MSR_HWCR: /* * Bios and Kernel Developer's Guides for AMD Families * 12H, 14H, 15H and 16H. */ *val = 0x01000010; /* Reset value */ *val |= 1 << 9; /* MONITOR/MWAIT disable */ break; case MSR_NB_CFG1: case MSR_IC_CFG: /* * The reset value is processor family dependent so * just return 0. */ *val = 0; break; case MSR_PERFEVSEL0: case MSR_PERFEVSEL1: case MSR_PERFEVSEL2: case MSR_PERFEVSEL3: /* * PerfEvtSel MSRs are not properly virtualized so just * return zero. */ *val = 0; break; case MSR_K7_PERFCTR0: case MSR_K7_PERFCTR1: case MSR_K7_PERFCTR2: case MSR_K7_PERFCTR3: /* * PerfCtr MSRs are not properly virtualized so just * return zero. */ *val = 0; break; case MSR_SMM_ADDR: case MSR_SMM_MASK: /* * Return the reset value defined in the AMD Bios and * Kernel Developer's Guide. */ *val = 0; break; case MSR_P_STATE_LIMIT: case MSR_P_STATE_CONTROL: case MSR_P_STATE_STATUS: case MSR_P_STATE_CONFIG(0): /* P0 configuration */ *val = 0; break; /* * OpenBSD guests test bit 0 of this MSR to detect if the * workaround for erratum 721 is already applied. - * http://support.amd.com/TechDocs/41322_10h_Rev_Gd.pdf + * https://support.amd.com/TechDocs/41322_10h_Rev_Gd.pdf */ case 0xC0011029: *val = 1; break; default: error = -1; break; } } else { error = -1; } return (error); } int init_msr(void) { int error; u_int regs[4]; char cpu_vendor[13]; do_cpuid(0, regs); ((u_int *)&cpu_vendor)[0] = regs[1]; ((u_int *)&cpu_vendor)[1] = regs[3]; ((u_int *)&cpu_vendor)[2] = regs[2]; cpu_vendor[12] = '\0'; error = 0; if (strcmp(cpu_vendor, "AuthenticAMD") == 0) { cpu_vendor_amd = 1; } else if (strcmp(cpu_vendor, "GenuineIntel") == 0) { cpu_vendor_intel = 1; } else { fprintf(stderr, "Unknown cpu vendor \"%s\"\n", cpu_vendor); error = -1; } return (error); } Index: head/usr.sbin/bsdconfig/networking/share/hostname.subr =================================================================== --- head/usr.sbin/bsdconfig/networking/share/hostname.subr (revision 325095) +++ head/usr.sbin/bsdconfig/networking/share/hostname.subr (revision 325096) @@ -1,162 +1,162 @@ if [ ! "$_NETWORKING_HOSTNAME_SUBR" ]; then _NETWORKING_HOSTNAME_SUBR=1 # # Copyright (c) 2006-2013 Devin Teske # All rights reserved. # # Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without # modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions # are met: # 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright # notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. # 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright # notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the # documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. # # THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND # ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE # IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE # ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE # FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL # DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS # OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) # HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT # LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY # OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF # SUCH DAMAGE. # # $FreeBSD$ # ############################################################ INCLUDES BSDCFG_SHARE="/usr/share/bsdconfig" . $BSDCFG_SHARE/common.subr || exit 1 f_dprintf "%s: loading includes..." networking/hostname.subr f_include $BSDCFG_SHARE/dialog.subr f_include $BSDCFG_SHARE/networking/common.subr f_include $BSDCFG_SHARE/networking/resolv.subr f_include $BSDCFG_SHARE/sysrc.subr BSDCFG_LIBE="/usr/libexec/bsdconfig" APP_DIR="120.networking" f_include_lang $BSDCFG_LIBE/$APP_DIR/include/messages.subr ############################################################ FUNCTIONS # f_dialog_hnerror $error $hostname # # Display a msgbox with the appropriate error message for an error returned by # the f_validate_hostname function. # f_dialog_hnerror() { local error="$1" fqhn="$2" [ ${error:-0} -ne 0 ] || return $SUCCESS case "$error" in 1) f_show_msg "$msg_hostname_label_contains_invalid_chars" "$fqhn" ;; 2) f_show_msg \ "$msg_hostname_label_starts_or_ends_with_hyphen" "$fqhn" ;; 3) f_show_msg "$msg_hostname_label_is_null" "$fqhn" ;; 63) f_show_msg "$msg_hostname_label_exceeds_max_length" "$fqhn" ;; 255) f_show_msg "$msg_hostname_exceeds_max_length" "$fqhn" ;; esac } # f_dialog_validate_hostname $hostname # # Returns zero if the given argument (a fully-qualified hostname) is compliant # with standards set-forth in RFC's 952 and 1123 of the Network Working Group: # # RFC 952 - DoD Internet host table specification -# http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc952 +# https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc952 # # RFC 1123 - Requirements for Internet Hosts - Application and Support -# http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1123 +# https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1123 # # If the hostname is determined to be invalid, the appropriate error will be # displayed using the f_dialog_hnerror function above. # f_dialog_validate_hostname() { local fqhn="$1" f_validate_hostname "$fqhn" local retval=$? # Produce an appropriate error message if necessary. [ $retval -eq $SUCCESS ] || f_dialog_hnerror $retval "$fqhn" return $retval } # f_dialog_input_hostname # # Edits the current hostname. # f_dialog_input_hostname() { local funcname=f_dialog_input_hostname local hostname="$( f_sysrc_get 'hostname:-$(hostname)' )" local hostname_orig="$hostname" # for change-tracking local msg if [ "$USE_XDIALOG" ]; then msg="$xmsg_please_enter_fqhn" else msg="$msg_please_enter_fqhn" fi # # Loop until the user provides taint-free input. # while :; do f_dialog_input hostname "$msg" "$hostname" \ "$hline_alnum_punc_tab_enter" || return $? # Taint-check the user's input f_dialog_validate_hostname "$hostname" && break done # # Save hostname only if the user changed the hostname. # if [ "$hostname" != "$hostname_orig" ]; then f_dialog_info "$msg_saving_hostname" f_eval_catch $funcname f_sysrc_set \ 'f_sysrc_set hostname "%s"' "$hostname" fi # # Update resolv.conf(5) search/domain directives # f_dialog_resolv_conf_update "$hostname" # # Only ask to apply setting if the current hostname is different than # the stored configuration (in rc.conf(5)). # if [ "$( hostname )" != "$( f_sysrc_get hostname )" ]; then [ ! "$USE_XDIALOG" ] && f_dialog_clear # # If connected via ssh(1) and performing X11-Forwarding, don't # allow the hostname to be changed to prevent the fatal error # "X11 connection rejected because of wrong authentication." # if [ "$USE_XDIALOG" -a "$SSH_CONNECTION" ]; then f_show_msg "$msg_activate_hostname_x11warning" \ "$( hostname )" "$hostname" else f_yesno "$msg_activate_hostname" \ "$( hostname )" "$hostname" \ && hostname "$hostname" fi fi return $DIALOG_OK } ############################################################ MAIN f_dprintf "%s: Successfully loaded." networking/hostname.subr fi # ! $_NETWORKING_HOSTNAME_SUBR Index: head/usr.sbin/makefs/tests/makefs_cd9660_tests.sh =================================================================== --- head/usr.sbin/makefs/tests/makefs_cd9660_tests.sh (revision 325095) +++ head/usr.sbin/makefs/tests/makefs_cd9660_tests.sh (revision 325096) @@ -1,394 +1,394 @@ # # Copyright 2015 EMC Corp. # All rights reserved. # # Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without # modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are # met: # # * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright # notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. # * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright # notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the # documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. # # THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS # "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT # LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR # A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT # OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, # SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT # LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, # DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY # THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT # (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE # OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. # # $FreeBSD$ # # A note on specs: # - A copy of the ISO-9660 spec can be found here: -# http://www.ecma-international.org/publications/files/ECMA-ST/Ecma-119.pdf +# https://www.ecma-international.org/publications/files/ECMA-ST/Ecma-119.pdf # - Any references to `rockridge` are referring to the `Rock Ridge` extensions # of the ISO-9660 spec. A copy of the draft `IEEE-P1282` spec can be found # here: # http://www.ymi.com/ymi/sites/default/files/pdf/Rockridge.pdf MAKEFS="makefs -t cd9660" MOUNT="mount_cd9660" . "$(dirname "$0")/makefs_tests_common.sh" common_cleanup() { if ! test_md_device=$(cat $TEST_MD_DEVICE_FILE); then echo "$TEST_MD_DEVICE_FILE could not be opened; has an md(4) device been attached?" return fi umount -f /dev/$test_md_device || : mdconfig -d -u $test_md_device || : } check_base_iso9660_image_contents() { # Symlinks are treated like files when rockridge support isn't # specified check_image_contents "$@" -X c atf_check -e empty -o empty -s exit:0 test -L $TEST_INPUTS_DIR/c atf_check -e empty -o empty -s exit:0 test -f $TEST_MOUNT_DIR/c } check_cd9660_support() { kldstat -m cd9660 || \ atf_skip "Requires cd9660 filesystem support to be present in the kernel" } atf_test_case D_flag cleanup D_flag_body() { atf_skip "makefs crashes with SIGBUS with dupe mtree entries; see FreeBSD bug # 192839" create_test_inputs atf_check -e empty -o save:$TEST_SPEC_FILE -s exit:0 \ mtree -cp $TEST_INPUTS_DIR atf_check -e empty -o not-empty -s exit:0 \ $MAKEFS -F $TEST_SPEC_FILE -M 1m $TEST_IMAGE $TEST_INPUTS_DIR atf_check -e empty -o empty -s exit:0 \ cp $TEST_SPEC_FILE spec2.mtree atf_check -e empty -o save:dupe_$TEST_SPEC_FILE -s exit:0 \ cat $TEST_SPEC_FILE spec2.mtree atf_check -e empty -o not-empty -s not-exit:0 \ $MAKEFS -F dupe_$TEST_SPEC_FILE -M 1m $TEST_IMAGE $TEST_INPUTS_DIR atf_check -e empty -o not-empty -s exit:0 \ $MAKEFS -D -F dupe_$TEST_SPEC_FILE -M 1m $TEST_IMAGE $TEST_INPUTS_DIR } D_flag_cleanup() { common_cleanup } atf_test_case F_flag cleanup F_flag_body() { check_cd9660_support create_test_inputs atf_check -e empty -o save:$TEST_SPEC_FILE -s exit:0 \ mtree -cp $TEST_INPUTS_DIR atf_check -e empty -o empty -s exit:0 \ $MAKEFS -F $TEST_SPEC_FILE -M 1m $TEST_IMAGE $TEST_INPUTS_DIR mount_image check_base_iso9660_image_contents } F_flag_cleanup() { common_cleanup } atf_test_case from_mtree_spec_file cleanup from_mtree_spec_file_body() { check_cd9660_support create_test_inputs atf_check -e empty -o save:$TEST_SPEC_FILE -s exit:0 \ mtree -c -k "$DEFAULT_MTREE_KEYWORDS" -p $TEST_INPUTS_DIR cd $TEST_INPUTS_DIR atf_check -e empty -o empty -s exit:0 \ $MAKEFS $TEST_IMAGE $TEST_SPEC_FILE cd - mount_image check_base_iso9660_image_contents } from_mtree_spec_file_cleanup() { common_cleanup } atf_test_case from_multiple_dirs cleanup from_multiple_dirs_body() { check_cd9660_support test_inputs_dir2=$TMPDIR/inputs2 create_test_inputs atf_check -e empty -o empty -s exit:0 mkdir -p $test_inputs_dir2 atf_check -e empty -o empty -s exit:0 \ touch $test_inputs_dir2/multiple_dirs_test_file atf_check -e empty -o empty -s exit:0 \ $MAKEFS $TEST_IMAGE $TEST_INPUTS_DIR $test_inputs_dir2 mount_image check_base_iso9660_image_contents -d $test_inputs_dir2 } from_multiple_dirs_cleanup() { common_cleanup } atf_test_case from_single_dir cleanup from_single_dir_body() { check_cd9660_support create_test_inputs atf_check -e empty -o empty -s exit:0 \ $MAKEFS $TEST_IMAGE $TEST_INPUTS_DIR mount_image check_base_iso9660_image_contents } from_single_dir_cleanup() { common_cleanup } atf_test_case o_flag_allow_deep_trees cleanup o_flag_allow_deep_trees_body() { create_test_inputs # Make sure the "more than 8 levels deep" requirement is met. atf_check -e empty -o empty -s exit:0 \ mkdir -p $TEST_INPUTS_DIR/a/b/c/d/e/f/g/h/i/j atf_check -e empty -o empty -s exit:0 \ $MAKEFS -o allow-deep-trees $TEST_IMAGE $TEST_INPUTS_DIR mount_image check_base_iso9660_image_contents } o_flag_allow_deep_trees_cleanup() { common_cleanup } atf_test_case o_flag_allow_max_name cleanup o_flag_allow_max_name_body() { atf_expect_fail "-o allow-max-name doesn't appear to be implemented on FreeBSD's copy of makefs [yet]" create_test_inputs long_path=$TEST_INPUTS_DIR/$(jot -s '' -b 0 37) # Make sure the "37 char name" limit requirement is met. atf_check -e empty -o empty -s exit:0 touch $long_path atf_check -e empty -o empty -s exit:0 \ $MAKEFS -o allow-max-name $TEST_IMAGE $TEST_INPUTS_DIR mount_image check_base_iso9660_image_contents } o_flag_allow_max_name_cleanup() { common_cleanup } atf_test_case o_flag_isolevel_1 cleanup o_flag_isolevel_1_body() { atf_expect_fail "this testcase needs work; the filenames generated seem incorrect/corrupt" create_test_inputs atf_check -e empty -o empty -s exit:0 \ $MAKEFS -o isolevel=1 $TEST_IMAGE $TEST_INPUTS_DIR mount_image check_base_iso9660_image_contents } o_flag_isolevel_1_cleanup() { common_cleanup } atf_test_case o_flag_isolevel_2 cleanup o_flag_isolevel_2_body() { create_test_inputs atf_check -e empty -o empty -s exit:0 \ $MAKEFS -o isolevel=2 $TEST_IMAGE $TEST_INPUTS_DIR mount_image check_base_iso9660_image_contents } o_flag_isolevel_2_cleanup() { common_cleanup } atf_test_case o_flag_isolevel_3 cleanup o_flag_isolevel_3_body() { create_test_inputs # XXX: isolevel=3 isn't implemented yet. See FreeBSD bug # 203645 if true; then atf_check -e match:'makefs: ISO Level 3 is greater than 2\.' -o empty -s not-exit:0 \ $MAKEFS -o isolevel=3 $TEST_IMAGE $TEST_INPUTS_DIR else atf_check -e empty -o empty -s exit:0 \ $MAKEFS -o isolevel=3 $TEST_IMAGE $TEST_INPUTS_DIR mount_image check_base_iso9660_image_contents fi } o_flag_isolevel_3_cleanup() { common_cleanup } atf_test_case o_flag_preparer o_flag_preparer_head() { atf_set "require.progs" "strings" } o_flag_preparer_body() { create_test_dirs preparer='My Very First ISO' preparer_uppercase="$(echo $preparer | tr '[[:lower:]]' '[[:upper:]]')" atf_check -e empty -o empty -s exit:0 touch $TEST_INPUTS_DIR/dummy_file atf_check -e empty -o empty -s exit:0 \ $MAKEFS -o preparer="$preparer" $TEST_IMAGE $TEST_INPUTS_DIR atf_check -e empty -o match:"$preparer_uppercase" -s exit:0 \ strings $TEST_IMAGE } atf_test_case o_flag_publisher o_flag_publisher_head() { atf_set "require.progs" "strings" } o_flag_publisher_body() { create_test_dirs publisher='My Super Awesome Publishing Company LTD' publisher_uppercase="$(echo $publisher | tr '[[:lower:]]' '[[:upper:]]')" atf_check -e empty -o empty -s exit:0 touch $TEST_INPUTS_DIR/dummy_file atf_check -e empty -o empty -s exit:0 \ $MAKEFS -o publisher="$publisher" $TEST_IMAGE $TEST_INPUTS_DIR atf_check -e empty -o match:"$publisher_uppercase" -s exit:0 \ strings $TEST_IMAGE } atf_test_case o_flag_rockridge cleanup o_flag_rockridge_body() { create_test_dirs # Make sure the "more than 8 levels deep" requirement is met. atf_check -e empty -o empty -s exit:0 \ mkdir -p $TEST_INPUTS_DIR/a/b/c/d/e/f/g/h/i/j # Make sure the "pathname larger than 255 chars" requirement is met. # # $long_path's needs to be nested in a directory, as creating it # outright as a 256 char filename via touch will fail with ENAMETOOLONG long_path=$TEST_INPUTS_DIR/$(jot -s '/' -b "$(jot -s '' -b 0 64)" 4) atf_check -e empty -o empty -s exit:0 mkdir -p "$(dirname $long_path)" atf_check -e empty -o empty -s exit:0 touch "$long_path" atf_check -e empty -o empty -s exit:0 \ $MAKEFS -o rockridge $TEST_IMAGE $TEST_INPUTS_DIR mount_image check_image_contents -X .rr_moved # .rr_moved is a special directory created when you have deep directory # trees with rock ridge extensions on atf_check -e empty -o empty -s exit:0 \ test -d $TEST_MOUNT_DIR/.rr_moved } o_flag_rockridge_cleanup() { common_cleanup } atf_test_case o_flag_rockridge_dev_nodes cleanup o_flag_rockridge_dev_nodes_head() { atf_set "descr" "Functional tests to ensure that dev nodes are handled properly with rockridge extensions (NetBSD kern/48852; FreeBSD bug 203648)" } o_flag_rockridge_dev_nodes_body() { create_test_dirs (tar -cvf - -C /dev null && touch .tar_ok) | \ atf_check -e not-empty -o empty -s exit:0 tar -xvf - -C "$TEST_INPUTS_DIR" atf_check -e empty -o empty -s exit:0 test -c $TEST_INPUTS_DIR/null atf_check -e empty -o empty -s exit:0 test -f .tar_ok atf_check -e empty -o empty -s exit:0 \ $MAKEFS -o rockridge $TEST_IMAGE $TEST_INPUTS_DIR mount_image check_image_contents } o_flag_rockridge_dev_nodes_cleanup() { common_cleanup } atf_init_test_cases() { atf_add_test_case D_flag atf_add_test_case F_flag atf_add_test_case from_mtree_spec_file atf_add_test_case from_multiple_dirs atf_add_test_case from_single_dir atf_add_test_case o_flag_allow_deep_trees atf_add_test_case o_flag_allow_max_name atf_add_test_case o_flag_isolevel_1 atf_add_test_case o_flag_isolevel_2 atf_add_test_case o_flag_isolevel_3 atf_add_test_case o_flag_preparer atf_add_test_case o_flag_publisher atf_add_test_case o_flag_rockridge atf_add_test_case o_flag_rockridge_dev_nodes } Index: head/usr.sbin/mergemaster/mergemaster.8 =================================================================== --- head/usr.sbin/mergemaster/mergemaster.8 (revision 325095) +++ head/usr.sbin/mergemaster/mergemaster.8 (revision 325096) @@ -1,476 +1,476 @@ .\" Copyright (c) 1998-2011 Douglas Barton .\" All rights reserved. .\" .\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without .\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions .\" are met: .\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright .\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. .\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright .\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the .\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. .\" .\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND .\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE .\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE .\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE .\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL .\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS .\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) .\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT .\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY .\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF .\" SUCH DAMAGE. .\" .\" $FreeBSD$ .\" .Dd March 6, 2017 .Dt MERGEMASTER 8 .Os .Sh NAME .Nm mergemaster .Nd merge configuration files, et al during an upgrade .Sh SYNOPSIS .Nm .Op Fl scrvhpCP .Op Fl a|iFU .Op Fl -run-updates=[always|never] .Op Fl m Ar /path/to/sources .Op Fl t Ar /path/to/temp/root .Op Fl d .Op Fl u Ar N .Op Fl w Ar N .Op Fl A Ar Target architecture .Op Fl D Ar /destdir/path .Sh DESCRIPTION The .Nm utility is a Bourne shell script which is designed to aid you in updating the various configuration and other files associated with .Fx . It is .Sy HIGHLY recommended that you back up your .Pa /etc directory before beginning this process. .Pp The script uses .Pa /usr/src/Makefile to build a temporary root environment from .Pa / down, populating that environment with the various files. You can specify a different source directory with the .Fl m command line option, or specify the destination directory with the .Fl D option. It then compares each file in that environment to its installed counterpart. When the script finds a change in the new file, or there is no installed version of the new file it gives you four options to deal with it. You can install the new file as is, delete the new file, merge the old and new files (as appropriate) using .Xr sdiff 1 or leave the file in the temporary root environment to merge by hand later. .Pp By default it creates the temporary root in .Pa /var/tmp/temproot and compares the Version Control System (VCS) Id strings ($FreeBSD) for files that have them, deleting the temporary file if the strings match. If there is no Id string, or if the strings are different it compares the files themselves. You can also specify that the script ignore the Id strings and compare every file with the .Fl s option. Using the .Fl F option .Nm will install the new file for you if they differ only by VCS strings. .Pp The merge menu option is designed to let you easily combine your customizations from the old version of a file into the new one. While you can use the merge function to incorporate changes from files that you have not customized, it is not recommended. .Pp The .Nm utility checks your umask and issues a warning for anything other than 022. While it is not mandatory to grant world read permissions for most configuration files, you may run into problems without them. If you choose a umask other than 022 and experience trouble later this could be the cause. .Pa /etc/master.passwd is treated as a special case. If you choose to install this file or a merged version of it the file permissions are always 600 (rw-------) for security reasons. After installing an updated version of this file you should probably run .Xr pwd_mkdb 8 with the .Fl p option to rebuild your password databases and recreate .Pa /etc/passwd . .Pp The script uses the owner and group ids that the files are created with by .Pa /usr/src/etc/Makefile , and file permissions as specified by the umask. Unified diffs are used by default to display any differences unless you choose context diffs. .Pp The .Nm utility will source scripts that you specify right before it starts the comparison, and after it is done running. The easiest way to handle this is to place the path to the script(s) in the appropriate variables in your .Pa .mergemasterrc file. The script sourced before comparison is named in .Ev MM_PRE_COMPARE_SCRIPT , and the one sourced after the script is done is .Ev MM_EXIT_SCRIPT . This is the recommended way to specify local modifications, or files that you want to give special handling to. This includes files that you want to be deleted without being compared. Because the named scripts are sourced from within .Nm , all of the script's variables are available for use in your custom script. You can also use .Pa /etc/mergemaster.rc which will be read before .Pa .mergemasterrc . Options specified on the command line are updated last, and therefore can override both files. .Pp When the comparison is done if there are any files remaining in the temproot directory they will be listed, and if the .Fl a option is not in use the user will be given the option of deleting the temproot directory. If there are no files remaining in the temproot directory it will be deleted. .Pp The options are as follows: .Bl -tag -width Fl .It Fl s Perform a strict comparison, diffing every pair of files. This comparison is performed line by line, without regard to VCS Ids. .It Fl c Use context diffs instead of unified diffs. .It Fl r Re-run .Nm on a previously cleaned directory, skipping the creation of the temporary root environment. This option is compatible with all other options. .It Fl v Be more verbose about the process. You should probably use this option the first time you run .Nm . This option also gives you a list of files that exist only in the installed version of .Pa /etc . .It Fl a Run automatically. This option will leave all the files that differ from the installed versions in the temporary directory to be dealt with by hand. If the .Pa temproot directory exists, it creates a new one in a previously non-existent directory. This option unsets the verbose flag, and is not compatible with .Fl i , .Fl F , or .Fl U . Setting .Fl a makes .Fl w superfluous. .It Fl h Display usage and help information. .It Fl i Automatically install any files that do not exist in the destination directory. .It Fl p Pre-buildworld mode. Compares only files known to be essential to the success of {build|install}world, i.e., .Pa /etc/group and .Pa /etc/master.passwd . .It Fl F If the files differ only by VCS Id ($FreeBSD) install the new file. .It Fl C After a standard .Nm run, compares your rc.conf[.local] options to the defaults. .It Fl P Preserve files that you replace in .Pa /var/tmp/mergemaster/preserved-files- , or another directory you specify in your .Nm rc file. .It Fl U Attempt to auto upgrade files that have not been user modified. This option can be dangerous when there are critical changes in the new versions that affect your running system. .It Fl -run-updates=[always|never] Specify always or never to run newaliases, pwd_mkdb, etc. at the end of the comparison run. If this option is omitted the default is to prompt the user for each update as necessary. .It Fl m Ar /path/to/sources Specify the path to the directory where you want to do the .Xr make 1 . (In other words, where your sources are, but -s was already taken.) In older versions of .Nm the path to .Pa src/etc was required. .Nm will convert the path if this older method is used. .It Fl t Ar /path/to/temp/root Create the temporary root environment in .Pa /path/to/temp/root instead of the default .Pa /var/tmp/temproot . .It Fl d Add the date and time to the name of the temporary root directory. If .Fl t is specified, this option must follow it if you want the date added too. .It Fl u Ar N Specify a numeric umask. The default is 022. .It Fl w Ar N Supply an alternate screen width to the .Xr sdiff 1 command in numbers of columns. The default is 80. .It Fl A Ar Target architecture Specify an alternative .Ev TARGET_ARCH architecture name. .It Fl D Ar /path Specify the destination directory for the installed files. .El .Sh ENVIRONMENT The .Nm utility uses the .Ev PAGER environment variable if set. Otherwise it uses .Xr more 1 . If .Ev PAGER specifies a program outside its limited .Ev PATH without specifying the full path, .Nm prompts you with options on how to proceed. The .Ev MM_PRE_COMPARE_SCRIPT and .Ev MM_EXIT_SCRIPT variables are used as described above. Other variables that are used by the script internally can be specified in .Pa .mergemasterrc as described in more detail below. .Sh FILES .Bl -tag -width $HOME/.mergemasterrc -compact .It Pa /etc/mergemaster.rc .It Pa $HOME/.mergemasterrc .El .Pp The .Nm utility will .Ic .\& (source) these files if they exist. Command line options will override rc file options. .Pa $HOME/.mergemasterrc overrides .Pa /etc/mergemaster.rc . Here is an example with all values commented out: .Bd -literal # These are options for mergemaster, with their default values listed # The following options have command line overrides # # The target architecture (-A, unset by default) #ARCHSTRING='TARGET_ARCH=' # # Sourcedir is the directory to do the 'make' in (-m) #SOURCEDIR='/usr/src' # # Directory to install the temporary root environment into (-t) #TEMPROOT='/var/tmp/temproot' # # Specify the destination directory for the installed files (-D) #DESTDIR= # # Strict comparison skips the VCS Id test and compares every file (-s) #STRICT=no # # Type of diff, such as unified, context, etc. (-c) #DIFF_FLAG='-u' # # Install the new file if it differs only by VCS Id ($FreeBSD, -F) #FREEBSD_ID= # # Verbose mode includes more details and additional checks (-v) #VERBOSE= # # Automatically install files that do not exist on the system already (-i) #AUTO_INSTALL= # # Automatically upgrade files that have not been user modified (-U) # ***DANGEROUS*** #AUTO_UPGRADE= # # Either always or never run newaliases, pwd_mkdb at the end (--run-updates) #RUN_UPDATES= # # Compare /etc/rc.conf[.local] to /etc/defaults/rc.conf (-C) #COMP_CONFS= # # Preserve files that you replace (-P) #PRESERVE_FILES= #PRESERVE_FILES_DIR=/var/tmp/mergemaster/preserved-files-`date +%y%m%d-%H%M%S` # # The umask for mergemaster to compare the default file's modes to (-u) #NEW_UMASK=022 # # The following options have no command line overrides # # Files to always avoid comparing #IGNORE_FILES='/etc/motd /etc/printcap foo bar' # # Additional options for diff. This will get unset when using -s. #DIFF_OPTIONS='-Bb' # Ignore changes in whitespace # # Location to store the list of mtree values for AUTO_UPGRADE purposes #MTREEDB='/var/db' # # For those who just cannot stand including the full path to PAGER #DONT_CHECK_PAGER= # # If you set 'yes' above, make sure to include the PATH to your pager #PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:/usr/sbin # # Delete stale files in /etc/rc.d without prompting #DELETE_STALE_RC_FILES= # # Specify the path to scripts to run before the comparison starts, # and/or after the script has finished its work #MM_PRE_COMPARE_SCRIPT= #MM_EXIT_SCRIPT= .Ed .Sh EXIT STATUS Exit status is 0 on successful completion, or if the user bails out manually at some point during execution. .Pp Exit status is 1 if it fails for one of the following reasons: .Pp Invalid command line option .Pp Failure to create the temporary root environment .Pp Failure to populate the temporary root .Pp Presence of the 'nodev' option in .Pa /etc/fstab .Pp Failure to install a file .Sh EXAMPLES Typically all you will need to do is type .Nm at the prompt and the script will do all the work for you. .Pp To use context diffs and have .Nm explain more things as it goes along, use: .Pp .Dl # mergemaster -cv .Pp To specify that .Nm put the temporary root environment in .Pa /usr/tmp/root , use: .Pp .Dl # mergemaster -t /usr/tmp/root .Pp To specify a 110 column screen with a strict comparison, use: .Pp .Dl # mergemaster -sw 110 .Sh SEE ALSO .Xr diff 1 , .Xr make 1 , .Xr more 1 , .Xr sdiff 1 , .Xr pwd_mkdb 8 .Pp .Pa /usr/src/etc/Makefile .Rs -.%U http://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/makeworld.html +.%U https://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/makeworld.html .%T The Cutting Edge (using make world) .%A Nik Clayton .Re .Sh HISTORY The .Nm utility was first publicly available on one of my web pages in a much simpler form under the name .Pa comproot on 13 March 1998. The idea for creating the temporary root environment comes from Nik Clayton's make world tutorial which is referenced above. .Sh AUTHORS This manual page and the script itself were written by .An Douglas Barton Aq Mt dougb@FreeBSD.org . Index: head/usr.sbin/ppp/ppp.8 =================================================================== --- head/usr.sbin/ppp/ppp.8 (revision 325095) +++ head/usr.sbin/ppp/ppp.8 (revision 325096) @@ -1,6079 +1,6079 @@ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2001 Brian Somers .\" All rights reserved. .\" .\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without .\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions .\" are met: .\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright .\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. .\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright .\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the .\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. .\" .\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND .\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE .\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE .\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE .\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL .\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS .\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) .\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT .\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY .\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF .\" SUCH DAMAGE. .\" .\" $FreeBSD$ .\" .Dd March 25, 2017 .Dt PPP 8 .Os .Sh NAME .Nm ppp .Nd Point to Point Protocol (a.k.a. user-ppp) .Sh SYNOPSIS .Nm .Op Fl Va mode .Op Fl nat .Op Fl quiet .Op Fl unit Ns Ar N .Op Ar system ... .Sh DESCRIPTION This is a user process .Em PPP software package. Sometimes, .Em PPP is implemented as a part of the kernel (e.g., as managed by .Nm pppd ) and it is thus somewhat hard to debug and/or modify its behaviour. However, in this implementation .Em PPP is done as a user process with the help of the tunnel device driver (tun). .Pp The .Fl nat flag does the equivalent of a .Dq nat enable yes , enabling .Nm Ns No 's network address translation features. This allows .Nm to act as a NAT or masquerading engine for all machines on an internal LAN. Refer to .Xr libalias 3 for details on the technical side of the NAT engine. Refer to the .Sx NETWORK ADDRESS TRANSLATION (PACKET ALIASING) section of this manual page for details on how to configure NAT in .Nm . .Pp The .Fl quiet flag tells .Nm to be silent at startup rather than displaying the mode and interface to standard output. .Pp The .Fl unit flag tells .Nm to only attempt to open .Pa /dev/tun Ns Ar N . Normally, .Nm will start with a value of 0 for .Ar N , and keep trying to open a tunnel device by incrementing the value of .Ar N by one each time until it succeeds. If it fails three times in a row because the device file is missing, it gives up. .Pp The following .Va mode Ns No s are understood by .Nm : .Bl -tag -width XXX -offset XXX .It Fl auto .Nm opens the tun interface, configures it then goes into the background. The link is not brought up until outgoing data is detected on the tun interface at which point .Nm attempts to bring up the link. Packets received (including the first one) while .Nm is trying to bring the link up will remain queued for a default of 2 minutes. See the .Dq set choked command below. .Pp In .Fl auto mode, at least one .Dq system must be given on the command line (see below) and a .Dq set ifaddr must be done in the system profile that specifies a peer IP address to use when configuring the interface. Something like .Dq 10.0.0.1/0 is usually appropriate. See the .Dq pmdemand system in .Pa /usr/share/examples/ppp/ppp.conf.sample for an example. .It Fl background Here, .Nm attempts to establish a connection with the peer immediately. If it succeeds, .Nm goes into the background and the parent process returns an exit code of 0. If it fails, .Nm exits with a non-zero result. .It Fl foreground In foreground mode, .Nm attempts to establish a connection with the peer immediately, but never becomes a daemon. The link is created in background mode. This is useful if you wish to control .Nm Ns No 's invocation from another process. .It Fl direct This is used for communicating over an already established connection, usually when receiving incoming connections accepted by .Xr getty 8 . .Nm ignores the .Dq set device line and uses descriptor 0 as the link. .Nm will also ignore any configured chat scripts unless the .Dq force-scripts option has been enabled. .Pp If callback is configured, .Nm will use the .Dq set device information when dialing back. .Pp When run in .Fl direct mode, .Nm will behave slightly differently if descriptor 0 was created by .Xr pipe 2 . As pipes are not bi-directional, ppp will redirect all writes to descriptor 1 (standard output), leaving only reads acting on descriptor 0. No special action is taken if descriptor 0 was created by .Xr socketpair 2 . .It Fl dedicated This option is designed for machines connected with a dedicated wire. .Nm will always keep the device open and will ignore any configured chat scripts unless the .Dq force-scripts option has been enabled. .It Fl ddial This mode is equivalent to .Fl auto mode except that .Nm will bring the link back up any time it is dropped for any reason. .It Fl interactive This is a no-op, and gives the same behaviour as if none of the above modes have been specified. .Nm loads any sections specified on the command line then provides an interactive prompt. .El .Pp One or more configuration entries or systems (as specified in .Pa /etc/ppp/ppp.conf ) may also be specified on the command line. .Nm will read the .Dq default system from .Pa /etc/ppp/ppp.conf at startup, followed by each of the systems specified on the command line. .Sh Major Features .Bl -diag .It Provides an interactive user interface. Using its command mode, the user can easily enter commands to establish the connection with the remote end, check the status of connection and close the connection. All functions can also be optionally password protected for security. .It Supports both manual and automatic dialing. Interactive mode has a .Dq term command which enables you to talk to the device directly. When you are connected to the remote peer and it starts to talk .Em PPP , .Nm detects it and switches to packet mode automatically. Once you have determined the proper sequence for connecting with the remote host, you can write a chat script to {define} the necessary dialing and login procedure for later convenience. .It Supports on-demand dialup capability. By using .Fl auto mode, .Nm will act as a daemon and wait for a packet to be sent over the .Em PPP link. When this happens, the daemon automatically dials and establishes the connection. In almost the same manner .Fl ddial mode (direct-dial mode) also automatically dials and establishes the connection. However, it differs in that it will dial the remote site any time it detects the link is down, even if there are no packets to be sent. This mode is useful for full-time connections where we worry less about line charges and more about being connected full time. A third .Fl dedicated mode is also available. This mode is targeted at a dedicated link between two machines. .Nm will never voluntarily quit from dedicated mode - you must send it the .Dq quit all command via its diagnostic socket. A .Dv SIGHUP will force an LCP renegotiation, and a .Dv SIGTERM will force it to exit. .It Supports client callback. .Nm can use either the standard LCP callback protocol or the Microsoft CallBack Control Protocol (https://winprotocoldoc.blob.core.windows.net/productionwindowsarchives/MS-CBCP/[MS-CBCP].pdf). .It Supports NAT or packet aliasing. Packet aliasing (a.k.a.\& IP masquerading) allows computers on a private, unregistered network to access the Internet. The .Em PPP host acts as a masquerading gateway. IP addresses as well as TCP and UDP port numbers are NAT'd for outgoing packets and de-NAT'd for returning packets. .It Supports background PPP connections. In background mode, if .Nm successfully establishes the connection, it will become a daemon. Otherwise, it will exit with an error. This allows the setup of scripts that wish to execute certain commands only if the connection is successfully established. .It Supports server-side PPP connections. In direct mode, .Nm acts as server which accepts incoming .Em PPP connections on stdin/stdout. .It Supports PAP and CHAP (rfc 1994, 2433 and 2759) authentication. With PAP or CHAP, it is possible to skip the Unix style .Xr login 1 procedure, and use the .Em PPP protocol for authentication instead. If the peer requests Microsoft CHAP authentication and .Nm is compiled with DES support, an appropriate MD4/DES response will be made. .It Supports RADIUS (rfc 2138 & 2548) authentication. An extension to PAP and CHAP, .Em \&R Ns No emote .Em \&A Ns No ccess .Em \&D Ns No ial .Em \&I Ns No n .Em \&U Ns No ser .Em \&S Ns No ervice allows authentication information to be stored in a central or distributed database along with various per-user framed connection characteristics. If .Xr libradius 3 is available at compile time, .Nm will use it to make .Em RADIUS requests when configured to do so. .It Supports Proxy Arp. .Nm can be configured to make one or more proxy arp entries on behalf of the peer. This allows routing from the peer to the LAN without configuring each machine on that LAN. .It Supports packet filtering. User can {define} four kinds of filters: the .Em in filter for incoming packets, the .Em out filter for outgoing packets, the .Em dial filter to {define} a dialing trigger packet and the .Em alive filter for keeping a connection alive with the trigger packet. .It Tunnel driver supports bpf. The user can use .Xr tcpdump 1 to check the packet flow over the .Em PPP link. .It Supports PPP over TCP and PPP over UDP. If a device name is specified as .Em host Ns No : Ns Em port Ns .Xo .Op / Ns tcp|udp , .Xc .Nm will open a TCP or UDP connection for transporting data rather than using a conventional serial device. UDP connections force .Nm into synchronous mode. .It Supports PPP over Ethernet (rfc 2516). If .Nm is given a device specification of the format .No PPPoE: Ns Ar iface Ns Xo .Op \&: Ns Ar provider Ns .Xc and if .Xr netgraph 4 is available, .Nm will attempt talk .Em PPP over Ethernet to .Ar provider using the .Ar iface network interface. .Pp On systems that do not support .Xr netgraph 4 , an external program such as .Xr pppoed 8 may be used. .It "Supports IETF draft Predictor-1 (rfc 1978) and DEFLATE (rfc 1979) compression." .Nm supports not only VJ-compression but also Predictor-1 and DEFLATE compression. Normally, a modem has built-in compression (e.g., v42.bis) and the system may receive higher data rates from it as a result of such compression. While this is generally a good thing in most other situations, this higher speed data imposes a penalty on the system by increasing the number of serial interrupts the system has to process in talking to the modem and also increases latency. Unlike VJ-compression, Predictor-1 and DEFLATE compression pre-compresses .Em all network traffic flowing through the link, thus reducing overheads to a minimum. .It Supports Microsoft's IPCP extensions (rfc 1877). Name Server Addresses and NetBIOS Name Server Addresses can be negotiated with clients using the Microsoft .Em PPP stack (i.e., Win95, WinNT) .It Supports Multi-link PPP (rfc 1990) It is possible to configure .Nm to open more than one physical connection to the peer, combining the bandwidth of all links for better throughput. .It Supports MPPE (draft-ietf-pppext-mppe) MPPE is Microsoft Point to Point Encryption scheme. It is possible to configure .Nm to participate in Microsoft's Windows VPN. For now, .Nm can only get encryption keys from CHAP 81 authentication. .Nm must be compiled with DES for MPPE to operate. .It Supports IPV6CP (rfc 2023). An IPv6 connection can be made in addition to or instead of the normal IPv4 connection. .El .Sh PERMISSIONS .Nm is installed as user .Dv root and group .Dv network , with permissions .Dv 04554 . By default, .Nm will not run if the invoking user id is not zero. This may be overridden by using the .Dq allow users command in .Pa /etc/ppp/ppp.conf . When running as a normal user, .Nm switches to user id 0 in order to alter the system routing table, set up system lock files and read the ppp configuration files. All external commands (executed via the "shell" or "!bg" commands) are executed as the user id that invoked .Nm . Refer to the .Sq ID0 logging facility if you are interested in what exactly is done as user id zero. .Sh GETTING STARTED When you first run .Nm you may need to deal with some initial configuration details. .Bl -bullet .It Make sure that your system has a group named .Dq network in the .Pa /etc/group file and that the group contains the names of all users expected to use .Nm . Refer to the .Xr group 5 manual page for details. Each of these users must also be given access using the .Dq allow users command in .Pa /etc/ppp/ppp.conf . .It Create a log file. .Nm uses .Xr syslog 3 to log information. A common log file name is .Pa /var/log/ppp.log . To make output go to this file, put the following lines in the .Pa /etc/syslog.conf file: .Bd -literal -offset indent !ppp *.*/var/log/ppp.log .Ed .Pp It is possible to have more than one .Em PPP log file by creating a link to the .Nm executable: .Pp .Dl # cd /usr/sbin .Dl # ln ppp ppp0 .Pp and using .Bd -literal -offset indent !ppp0 *.*/var/log/ppp0.log .Ed .Pp in .Pa /etc/syslog.conf . Do not forget to send a .Dv HUP signal to .Xr syslogd 8 after altering .Pa /etc/syslog.conf . .It Although not strictly relevant to .Nm Ns No 's operation, you should configure your resolver so that it works correctly. This can be done by configuring a local DNS (using .Xr named 8 ) or by adding the correct .Sq nameserver lines to the file .Pa /etc/resolv.conf . Refer to the .Xr resolv.conf 5 manual page for details. .Pp Alternatively, if the peer supports it, .Nm can be configured to ask the peer for the nameserver address(es) and to update .Pa /etc/resolv.conf automatically. Refer to the .Dq enable dns and .Dq resolv commands below for details. .El .Sh MANUAL DIALING In the following examples, we assume that your machine name is .Dv awfulhak . when you invoke .Nm (see .Sx PERMISSIONS above) with no arguments, you are presented with a prompt: .Bd -literal -offset indent ppp ON awfulhak> .Ed .Pp The .Sq ON part of your prompt should always be in upper case. If it is in lower case, it means that you must supply a password using the .Dq passwd command. This only ever happens if you connect to a running version of .Nm and have not authenticated yourself using the correct password. .Pp You can start by specifying the device name and speed: .Bd -literal -offset indent ppp ON awfulhak> set device /dev/cuau0 ppp ON awfulhak> set speed 38400 .Ed .Pp Normally, hardware flow control (CTS/RTS) is used. However, under certain circumstances (as may happen when you are connected directly to certain PPP-capable terminal servers), this may result in .Nm hanging as soon as it tries to write data to your communications link as it is waiting for the CTS (clear to send) signal - which will never come. Thus, if you have a direct line and cannot seem to make a connection, try turning CTS/RTS off with .Dq set ctsrts off . If you need to do this, check the .Dq set accmap description below too - you will probably need to .Dq set accmap 000a0000 . .Pp Usually, parity is set to .Dq none , and this is .Nm Ns No 's default. Parity is a rather archaic error checking mechanism that is no longer used because modern modems do their own error checking, and most link-layer protocols (that is what .Nm is) use much more reliable checking mechanisms. Parity has a relatively huge overhead (a 12.5% increase in traffic) and as a result, it is always disabled (set to .Dq none ) when .Dv PPP is opened. However, some ISPs (Internet Service Providers) may use specific parity settings at connection time (before .Dv PPP is opened). Notably, Compuserve insist on even parity when logging in: .Bd -literal -offset indent ppp ON awfulhak> set parity even .Ed .Pp You can now see what your current device settings look like: .Bd -literal -offset indent ppp ON awfulhak> show physical Name: deflink State: closed Device: N/A Link Type: interactive Connect Count: 0 Queued Packets: 0 Phone Number: N/A Defaults: Device List: /dev/cuau0 Characteristics: 38400bps, cs8, even parity, CTS/RTS on Connect time: 0 secs 0 octets in, 0 octets out Overall 0 bytes/sec ppp ON awfulhak> .Ed .Pp The term command can now be used to talk directly to the device: .Bd -literal -offset indent ppp ON awfulhak> term at OK atdt123456 CONNECT login: myispusername Password: myisppassword Protocol: ppp .Ed .Pp When the peer starts to talk in .Em PPP , .Nm detects this automatically and returns to command mode. .Bd -literal -offset indent ppp ON awfulhak> # No link has been established Ppp ON awfulhak> # We've connected & finished LCP PPp ON awfulhak> # We've authenticated PPP ON awfulhak> # We've agreed IP numbers .Ed .Pp If it does not, it is probable that the peer is waiting for your end to start negotiating. To force .Nm to start sending .Em PPP configuration packets to the peer, use the .Dq ~p command to drop out of terminal mode and enter packet mode. .Pp If you never even receive a login prompt, it is quite likely that the peer wants to use PAP or CHAP authentication instead of using Unix-style login/password authentication. To set things up properly, drop back to the prompt and set your authentication name and key, then reconnect: .Bd -literal -offset indent ~. ppp ON awfulhak> set authname myispusername ppp ON awfulhak> set authkey myisppassword ppp ON awfulhak> term at OK atdt123456 CONNECT .Ed .Pp You may need to tell ppp to initiate negotiations with the peer here too: .Bd -literal -offset indent ~p ppp ON awfulhak> # No link has been established Ppp ON awfulhak> # We've connected & finished LCP PPp ON awfulhak> # We've authenticated PPP ON awfulhak> # We've agreed IP numbers .Ed .Pp You are now connected! Note that .Sq PPP in the prompt has changed to capital letters to indicate that you have a peer connection. If only some of the three Ps go uppercase, wait until either everything is uppercase or lowercase. If they revert to lowercase, it means that .Nm could not successfully negotiate with the peer. A good first step for troubleshooting at this point would be to .Bd -literal -offset indent ppp ON awfulhak> set log local phase lcp ipcp .Ed .Pp and try again. Refer to the .Dq set log command description below for further details. If things fail at this point, it is quite important that you turn logging on and try again. It is also important that you note any prompt changes and report them to anyone trying to help you. .Pp When the link is established, the show command can be used to see how things are going: .Bd -literal -offset indent PPP ON awfulhak> show physical * Modem related information is shown here * PPP ON awfulhak> show ccp * CCP (compression) related information is shown here * PPP ON awfulhak> show lcp * LCP (line control) related information is shown here * PPP ON awfulhak> show ipcp * IPCP (IP) related information is shown here * PPP ON awfulhak> show ipv6cp * IPV6CP (IPv6) related information is shown here * PPP ON awfulhak> show link * Link (high level) related information is shown here * PPP ON awfulhak> show bundle * Logical (high level) connection related information is shown here * .Ed .Pp At this point, your machine has a host route to the peer. This means that you can only make a connection with the host on the other side of the link. If you want to add a default route entry (telling your machine to send all packets without another routing entry to the other side of the .Em PPP link), enter the following command: .Bd -literal -offset indent PPP ON awfulhak> add default HISADDR .Ed .Pp The string .Sq HISADDR represents the IP address of the connected peer. If the .Dq add command fails due to an existing route, you can overwrite the existing route using: .Bd -literal -offset indent PPP ON awfulhak> add! default HISADDR .Ed .Pp This command can also be executed before actually making the connection. If a new IP address is negotiated at connection time, .Nm will update your default route accordingly. .Pp You can now use your network applications (ping, telnet, ftp, etc.) in other windows or terminals on your machine. If you wish to reuse the current terminal, you can put .Nm into the background using your standard shell suspend and background commands (usually .Dq ^Z followed by .Dq bg ) . .Pp Refer to the .Sx PPP COMMAND LIST section for details on all available commands. .Sh AUTOMATIC DIALING To use automatic dialing, you must prepare some Dial and Login chat scripts. See the example definitions in .Pa /usr/share/examples/ppp/ppp.conf.sample (the format of .Pa /etc/ppp/ppp.conf is pretty simple). Each line contains one comment, inclusion, label or command: .Bl -bullet .It A line starting with a .Pq Dq # character is treated as a comment line. Leading whitespace are ignored when identifying comment lines. .It An inclusion is a line beginning with the word .Sq {!include} . It must have one argument - the file to {include}. You may wish to .Dq {!include} ~/.ppp.conf for compatibility with older versions of .Nm . .It A label name starts in the first column and is followed by a colon .Pq Dq \&: . .It A command line must contain a space or tab in the first column. .It A string starting with the .Dq $ character is substituted with the value of the environment variable by the same name. Likewise, a string starting with the .Dq ~ character is substituted with the full path to the home directory of the user account by the same name, and the .Dq ~ character by itself is substituted with the full path to the home directory of the current user. If you want to include a literal .Dq $ or .Dq ~ character in a command or argument, enclose them in double quotes, e.g., .Bd -literal -offset indent set password "pa$ss~word" .Ed .El .Pp The .Pa /etc/ppp/ppp.conf file should consist of at least a .Dq default section. This section is always executed. It should also contain one or more sections, named according to their purpose, for example, .Dq MyISP would represent your ISP, and .Dq ppp-in would represent an incoming .Nm configuration. You can now specify the destination label name when you invoke .Nm . Commands associated with the .Dq default label are executed, followed by those associated with the destination label provided. When .Nm is started with no arguments, the .Dq default section is still executed. The load command can be used to manually load a section from the .Pa /etc/ppp/ppp.conf file: .Bd -literal -offset indent ppp ON awfulhak> load MyISP .Ed .Pp Note, no action is taken by .Nm after a section is loaded, whether it is the result of passing a label on the command line or using the .Dq load command. Only the commands specified for that label in the configuration file are executed. However, when invoking .Nm with the .Fl background , .Fl ddial , or .Fl dedicated switches, the link mode tells .Nm to establish a connection. Refer to the .Dq set mode command below for further details. .Pp Once the connection is made, the .Sq ppp portion of the prompt will change to .Sq PPP : .Bd -literal -offset indent # ppp MyISP \&... ppp ON awfulhak> dial Ppp ON awfulhak> PPp ON awfulhak> PPP ON awfulhak> .Ed .Pp The Ppp prompt indicates that .Nm has entered the authentication phase. The PPp prompt indicates that .Nm has entered the network phase. The PPP prompt indicates that .Nm has successfully negotiated a network layer protocol and is in a usable state. .Pp If the .Pa /etc/ppp/ppp.linkup file is available, its contents are executed when the .Em PPP connection is established. See the provided .Dq pmdemand example in .Pa /usr/share/examples/ppp/ppp.conf.sample which runs a script in the background after the connection is established (refer to the .Dq shell and .Dq bg commands below for a description of possible substitution strings). Similarly, when a connection is closed, the contents of the .Pa /etc/ppp/ppp.linkdown file are executed. Both of these files have the same format as .Pa /etc/ppp/ppp.conf . .Pp In previous versions of .Nm , it was necessary to re-add routes such as the default route in the .Pa ppp.linkup file. .Nm supports .Sq sticky routes , where all routes that contain the .Dv HISADDR , .Dv MYADDR , .Dv HISADDR6 or .Dv MYADDR6 literals will automatically be updated when the values of these variables change. .Sh BACKGROUND DIALING If you want to establish a connection using .Nm non-interactively (such as from a .Xr crontab 5 entry or an .Xr at 1 job) you should use the .Fl background option. When .Fl background is specified, .Nm attempts to establish the connection immediately. If multiple phone numbers are specified, each phone number will be tried once. If the attempt fails, .Nm exits immediately with a non-zero exit code. If it succeeds, then .Nm becomes a daemon, and returns an exit status of zero to its caller. The daemon exits automatically if the connection is dropped by the remote system, or it receives a .Dv TERM signal. .Sh DIAL ON DEMAND Demand dialing is enabled with the .Fl auto or .Fl ddial options. You must also specify the destination label in .Pa /etc/ppp/ppp.conf to use. It must contain the .Dq set ifaddr command to {define} the remote peers IP address. (refer to .Pa /usr/share/examples/ppp/ppp.conf.sample ) .Bd -literal -offset indent # ppp -auto pmdemand .Ed .Pp When .Fl auto or .Fl ddial is specified, .Nm runs as a daemon but you can still configure or examine its configuration by using the .Dq set server command in .Pa /etc/ppp/ppp.conf , (for example, .Dq Li "set server +3000 mypasswd" ) and connecting to the diagnostic port as follows: .Bd -literal -offset indent # pppctl 3000 (assuming tun0) Password: PPP ON awfulhak> show who tcp (127.0.0.1:1028) * .Ed .Pp The .Dq show who command lists users that are currently connected to .Nm itself. If the diagnostic socket is closed or changed to a different socket, all connections are immediately dropped. .Pp In .Fl auto mode, when an outgoing packet is detected, .Nm will perform the dialing action (chat script) and try to connect with the peer. In .Fl ddial mode, the dialing action is performed any time the line is found to be down. If the connect fails, the default behaviour is to wait 30 seconds and then attempt to connect when another outgoing packet is detected. This behaviour can be changed using the .Dq set redial command: .Pp .No set redial Ar secs Ns .Oo + Ns Ar inc Ns .Oo - Ns Ar max Ns Oc Oc Ns .Op . Ns Ar next .Op Ar attempts .Pp .Bl -tag -width attempts -compact .It Ar secs is the number of seconds to wait before attempting to connect again. If the argument is the literal string .Sq Li random , the delay period is a random value between 1 and 30 seconds inclusive. .It Ar inc is the number of seconds that .Ar secs should be incremented each time a new dial attempt is made. The timeout reverts to .Ar secs only after a successful connection is established. The default value for .Ar inc is zero. .It Ar max is the maximum number of times .Nm should increment .Ar secs . The default value for .Ar max is 10. .It Ar next is the number of seconds to wait before attempting to dial the next number in a list of numbers (see the .Dq set phone command). The default is 3 seconds. Again, if the argument is the literal string .Sq Li random , the delay period is a random value between 1 and 30 seconds. .It Ar attempts is the maximum number of times to try to connect for each outgoing packet that triggers a dial. The previous value is unchanged if this parameter is omitted. If a value of zero is specified for .Ar attempts , .Nm will keep trying until a connection is made. .El .Pp So, for example: .Bd -literal -offset indent set redial 10.3 4 .Ed .Pp will attempt to connect 4 times for each outgoing packet that causes a dial attempt with a 3 second delay between each number and a 10 second delay after all numbers have been tried. If multiple phone numbers are specified, the total number of attempts is still 4 (it does not attempt each number 4 times). .Pp Alternatively, .Bd -literal -offset indent set redial 10+10-5.3 20 .Ed .Pp tells .Nm to attempt to connect 20 times. After the first attempt, .Nm pauses for 10 seconds. After the next attempt it pauses for 20 seconds and so on until after the sixth attempt it pauses for 1 minute. The next 14 pauses will also have a duration of one minute. If .Nm connects, disconnects and fails to connect again, the timeout starts again at 10 seconds. .Pp Modifying the dial delay is very useful when running .Nm in .Fl auto mode on both ends of the link. If each end has the same timeout, both ends wind up calling each other at the same time if the link drops and both ends have packets queued. At some locations, the serial link may not be reliable, and carrier may be lost at inappropriate times. It is possible to have .Nm redial should carrier be unexpectedly lost during a session. .Bd -literal -offset indent set reconnect timeout ntries .Ed .Pp This command tells .Nm to re-establish the connection .Ar ntries times on loss of carrier with a pause of .Ar timeout seconds before each try. For example, .Bd -literal -offset indent set reconnect 3 5 .Ed .Pp tells .Nm that on an unexpected loss of carrier, it should wait .Ar 3 seconds before attempting to reconnect. This may happen up to .Ar 5 times before .Nm gives up. The default value of ntries is zero (no reconnect). Care should be taken with this option. If the local timeout is slightly longer than the remote timeout, the reconnect feature will always be triggered (up to the given number of times) after the remote side times out and hangs up. NOTE: In this context, losing too many LQRs constitutes a loss of carrier and will trigger a reconnect. If the .Fl background flag is specified, all phone numbers are dialed at most once until a connection is made. The next number redial period specified with the .Dq set redial command is honoured, as is the reconnect tries value. If your redial value is less than the number of phone numbers specified, not all the specified numbers will be tried. To terminate the program, type .Bd -literal -offset indent PPP ON awfulhak> close ppp ON awfulhak> quit all .Ed .Pp A simple .Dq quit command will terminate the .Xr pppctl 8 or .Xr telnet 1 connection but not the .Nm program itself. You must use .Dq quit all to terminate .Nm as well. .Sh RECEIVING INCOMING PPP CONNECTIONS (Method 1) To handle an incoming .Em PPP connection request, follow these steps: .Bl -enum .It Make sure the modem and (optionally) .Pa /etc/rc.serial is configured correctly. .Bl -bullet -compact .It Use Hardware Handshake (CTS/RTS) for flow control. .It Modem should be set to NO echo back (ATE0) and NO results string (ATQ1). .El .It Edit .Pa /etc/ttys to enable a .Xr getty 8 on the port where the modem is attached. For example: .Pp .Dl ttyd1 Qo /usr/libexec/getty std.38400 Qc dialup on secure .Pp Do not forget to send a .Dv HUP signal to the .Xr init 8 process to start the .Xr getty 8 : .Pp .Dl # kill -HUP 1 .Pp It is usually also necessary to train your modem to the same DTR speed as the getty: .Bd -literal -offset indent # ppp ppp ON awfulhak> set device /dev/cuau1 ppp ON awfulhak> set speed 38400 ppp ON awfulhak> term deflink: Entering terminal mode on /dev/cuau1 Type `~?' for help at OK at OK atz OK at OK ~. ppp ON awfulhak> quit .Ed .It Create a .Pa /usr/local/bin/ppplogin file with the following contents: .Bd -literal -offset indent #! /bin/sh exec /usr/sbin/ppp -direct incoming .Ed .Pp Direct mode .Pq Fl direct lets .Nm work with stdin and stdout. You can also use .Xr pppctl 8 to connect to a configured diagnostic port, in the same manner as with client-side .Nm . .Pp Here, the .Ar incoming section must be set up in .Pa /etc/ppp/ppp.conf . .Pp Make sure that the .Ar incoming section contains the .Dq allow users command as appropriate. .It Prepare an account for the incoming user. .Bd -literal ppp:xxxx:66:66:PPP Login User:/home/ppp:/usr/local/bin/ppplogin .Ed .Pp Refer to the manual entries for .Xr adduser 8 and .Xr vipw 8 for details. .It Support for IPCP Domain Name Server and NetBIOS Name Server negotiation can be enabled using the .Dq accept dns and .Dq set nbns commands. Refer to their descriptions below. .El .Sh RECEIVING INCOMING PPP CONNECTIONS (Method 2) This method differs in that we use .Nm to authenticate the connection rather than .Xr login 1 : .Bl -enum .It Configure your default section in .Pa /etc/gettytab with automatic ppp recognition by specifying the .Dq pp capability: .Bd -literal default:\\ :pp=/usr/local/bin/ppplogin:\\ ..... .Ed .It Configure your serial device(s), enable a .Xr getty 8 and create .Pa /usr/local/bin/ppplogin as in the first three steps for method 1 above. .It Add either .Dq enable chap or .Dq enable pap (or both) to .Pa /etc/ppp/ppp.conf under the .Sq incoming label (or whatever label .Pa ppplogin uses). .It Create an entry in .Pa /etc/ppp/ppp.secret for each incoming user: .Bd -literal Pfredxxxx Pgeorgeyyyy .Ed .El .Pp Now, as soon as .Xr getty 8 detects a ppp connection (by recognising the HDLC frame headers), it runs .Dq /usr/local/bin/ppplogin . .Pp It is .Em VITAL that either PAP or CHAP are enabled as above. If they are not, you are allowing anybody to establish a ppp session with your machine .Em without a password, opening yourself up to all sorts of potential attacks. .Sh AUTHENTICATING INCOMING CONNECTIONS Normally, the receiver of a connection requires that the peer authenticates itself. This may be done using .Xr login 1 , but alternatively, you can use PAP or CHAP. CHAP is the more secure of the two, but some clients may not support it. Once you decide which you wish to use, add the command .Sq enable chap or .Sq enable pap to the relevant section of .Pa ppp.conf . .Pp You must then configure the .Pa /etc/ppp/ppp.secret file. This file contains one line per possible client, each line containing up to five fields: .Pp .Ar name Ar key Oo .Ar hisaddr Op Ar label Op Ar callback-number .Oc .Pp The .Ar name and .Ar key specify the client username and password. If .Ar key is .Dq \&* and PAP is being used, .Nm will look up the password database .Pq Xr passwd 5 when authenticating. If the client does not offer a suitable response based on any .Ar name Ns No / Ns Ar key combination in .Pa ppp.secret , authentication fails. .Pp If authentication is successful, .Ar hisaddr (if specified) is used when negotiating IP numbers. See the .Dq set ifaddr command for details. .Pp If authentication is successful and .Ar label is specified, the current system label is changed to match the given .Ar label . This will change the subsequent parsing of the .Pa ppp.linkup and .Pa ppp.linkdown files. .Pp If authentication is successful and .Ar callback-number is specified and .Dq set callback has been used in .Pa ppp.conf , the client will be called back on the given number. If CBCP is being used, .Ar callback-number may also contain a list of numbers or a .Dq \&* , as if passed to the .Dq set cbcp command. The value will be used in .Nm Ns No 's subsequent CBCP phase. .Sh PPP OVER TCP and UDP (a.k.a Tunnelling) Instead of running .Nm over a serial link, it is possible to use a TCP connection instead by specifying the host, port and protocol as the device: .Pp .Dl set device ui-gate:6669/tcp .Pp Instead of opening a serial device, .Nm will open a TCP connection to the given machine on the given socket. It should be noted however that .Nm does not use the telnet protocol and will be unable to negotiate with a telnet server. You should set up a port for receiving this .Em PPP connection on the receiving machine (ui-gate). This is done by first updating .Pa /etc/services to name the service: .Pp .Dl ppp-in 6669/tcp # Incoming PPP connections over TCP .Pp and updating .Pa /etc/inetd.conf to tell .Xr inetd 8 how to deal with incoming connections on that port: .Pp .Dl ppp-in stream tcp nowait root /usr/sbin/ppp ppp -direct ppp-in .Pp Do not forget to send a .Dv HUP signal to .Xr inetd 8 after you have updated .Pa /etc/inetd.conf . Here, we use a label named .Dq ppp-in . The entry in .Pa /etc/ppp/ppp.conf on ui-gate (the receiver) should contain the following: .Bd -literal -offset indent ppp-in: set timeout 0 set ifaddr 10.0.4.1 10.0.4.2 .Ed .Pp and the entry in .Pa /etc/ppp/ppp.linkup should contain: .Bd -literal -offset indent ppp-in: add 10.0.1.0/24 HISADDR .Ed .Pp It is necessary to put the .Dq add command in .Pa ppp.linkup to ensure that the route is only added after .Nm has negotiated and assigned addresses to its interface. .Pp You may also want to enable PAP or CHAP for security. To enable PAP, add the following line: .Bd -literal -offset indent enable PAP .Ed .Pp You will also need to create the following entry in .Pa /etc/ppp/ppp.secret : .Bd -literal -offset indent MyAuthName MyAuthPasswd .Ed .Pp If .Ar MyAuthPasswd is a .Dq * , the password is looked up in the .Xr passwd 5 database. .Pp The entry in .Pa /etc/ppp/ppp.conf on awfulhak (the initiator) should contain the following: .Bd -literal -offset indent ui-gate: set escape 0xff set device ui-gate:ppp-in/tcp set dial set timeout 30 set log Phase Chat Connect hdlc LCP IPCP IPV6CP CCP tun set ifaddr 10.0.4.2 10.0.4.1 .Ed .Pp with the route setup in .Pa /etc/ppp/ppp.linkup : .Bd -literal -offset indent ui-gate: add 10.0.2.0/24 HISADDR .Ed .Pp Again, if you are enabling PAP, you will also need this in the .Pa /etc/ppp/ppp.conf profile: .Bd -literal -offset indent set authname MyAuthName set authkey MyAuthKey .Ed .Pp We are assigning the address of 10.0.4.1 to ui-gate, and the address 10.0.4.2 to awfulhak. To open the connection, just type .Pp .Dl awfulhak # ppp -background ui-gate .Pp The result will be an additional "route" on awfulhak to the 10.0.2.0/24 network via the TCP connection, and an additional "route" on ui-gate to the 10.0.1.0/24 network. The networks are effectively bridged - the underlying TCP connection may be across a public network (such as the Internet), and the .Em PPP traffic is conceptually encapsulated (although not packet by packet) inside the TCP stream between the two gateways. .Pp The major disadvantage of this mechanism is that there are two "guaranteed delivery" mechanisms in place - the underlying TCP stream and whatever protocol is used over the .Em PPP link - probably TCP again. If packets are lost, both levels will get in each others way trying to negotiate sending of the missing packet. .Pp To avoid this overhead, it is also possible to do all this using UDP instead of TCP as the transport by simply changing the protocol from "tcp" to "udp". When using UDP as a transport, .Nm will operate in synchronous mode. This is another gain as the incoming data does not have to be rearranged into packets. .Pp Care should be taken when adding a default route through a tunneled setup like this. It is quite common for the default route (added in .Pa /etc/ppp/ppp.linkup ) to end up routing the link's TCP connection through the tunnel, effectively garrotting the connection. To avoid this, make sure you add a static route for the benefit of the link: .Bd -literal -offset indent ui-gate: set escape 0xff set device ui-gate:ppp-in/tcp add ui-gate x.x.x.x ..... .Ed .Pp where .Dq x.x.x.x is the IP number that your route to .Dq ui-gate would normally use. .Pp When routing your connection across a public network such as the Internet, it is preferable to encrypt the data. This can be done with the help of the MPPE protocol, although currently this means that you will not be able to also compress the traffic as MPPE is implemented as a compression layer (thank Microsoft for this). To enable MPPE encryption, add the following lines to .Pa /etc/ppp/ppp.conf on the server: .Bd -literal -offset indent enable MSCHAPv2 disable deflate pred1 deny deflate pred1 .Ed .Pp ensuring that you have put the requisite entry in .Pa /etc/ppp/ppp.secret (MSCHAPv2 is challenge based, so .Xr passwd 5 cannot be used) .Pp MSCHAPv2 and MPPE are accepted by default, so the client end should work without any additional changes (although ensure you have .Dq set authname and .Dq set authkey in your profile). .Sh NETWORK ADDRESS TRANSLATION (PACKET ALIASING) The .Fl nat command line option enables network address translation (a.k.a.\& packet aliasing). This allows the .Nm host to act as a masquerading gateway for other computers over a local area network. Outgoing IP packets are NAT'd so that they appear to come from the .Nm host, and incoming packets are de-NAT'd so that they are routed to the correct machine on the local area network. NAT allows computers on private, unregistered subnets to have Internet access, although they are invisible from the outside world. In general, correct .Nm operation should first be verified with network address translation disabled. Then, the .Fl nat option should be switched on, and network applications (web browser, .Xr telnet 1 , .Xr ftp 1 , .Xr ping 8 , .Xr traceroute 8 ) should be checked on the .Nm host. Finally, the same or similar applications should be checked on other computers in the LAN. If network applications work correctly on the .Nm host, but not on other machines in the LAN, then the masquerading software is working properly, but the host is either not forwarding or possibly receiving IP packets. Check that IP forwarding is enabled in .Pa /etc/rc.conf and that other machines have designated the .Nm host as the gateway for the LAN. .Sh PACKET FILTERING This implementation supports packet filtering. There are four kinds of filters: the .Em in filter, the .Em out filter, the .Em dial filter and the .Em alive filter. Here are the basics: .Bl -bullet .It A filter definition has the following syntax: .Pp set filter .Ar name .Ar rule-no .Ar action .Op !\& .Oo .Op host .Ar src_addr Ns Op / Ns Ar width .Op Ar dst_addr Ns Op / Ns Ar width .Oc .Ar [ proto Op src Ar cmp port .Op dst Ar cmp port .Op estab .Op syn .Op finrst .Op timeout Ar secs ] .Bl -enum .It .Ar Name should be one of .Sq in , .Sq out , .Sq dial or .Sq alive . .It .Ar Rule-no is a numeric value between .Sq 0 and .Sq 39 specifying the rule number. Rules are specified in numeric order according to .Ar rule-no , but only if rule .Sq 0 is defined. .It .Ar Action may be specified as .Sq permit or .Sq deny , in which case, if a given packet matches the rule, the associated action is taken immediately. .Ar Action can also be specified as .Sq clear to clear the action associated with that particular rule, or as a new rule number greater than the current rule. In this case, if a given packet matches the current rule, the packet will next be matched against the new rule number (rather than the next rule number). .Pp The .Ar action may optionally be followed with an exclamation mark .Pq Dq !\& , telling .Nm to reverse the sense of the following match. .It .Op Ar src_addr Ns Op / Ns Ar width and .Op Ar dst_addr Ns Op / Ns Ar width are the source and destination IP number specifications. If .Op / Ns Ar width is specified, it gives the number of relevant netmask bits, allowing the specification of an address range. .Pp Either .Ar src_addr or .Ar dst_addr may be given the values .Dv MYADDR , .Dv HISADDR , .Dv MYADDR6 or .Dv HISADDR6 (refer to the description of the .Dq bg command for a description of these values). When these values are used, the filters will be updated any time the values change. This is similar to the behaviour of the .Dq add command below. .It .Ar Proto may be any protocol from .Xr protocols 5 . .It .Ar Cmp is one of .Sq \< , .Sq \&eq or .Sq \> , meaning less-than, equal and greater-than respectively. .Ar Port can be specified as a numeric port or by service name from .Pa /etc/services . .It The .Sq estab , .Sq syn , and .Sq finrst flags are only allowed when .Ar proto is set to .Sq tcp , and represent the TH_ACK, TH_SYN and TH_FIN or TH_RST TCP flags respectively. .It The timeout value adjusts the current idle timeout to at least .Ar secs seconds. If a timeout is given in the alive filter as well as in the in/out filter, the in/out value is used. If no timeout is given, the default timeout (set using .Ic set timeout and defaulting to 180 seconds) is used. .El .It Each filter can hold up to 40 rules, starting from rule 0. The entire rule set is not effective until rule 0 is defined, i.e., the default is to allow everything through. .It If no rule in a defined set of rules matches a packet, that packet will be discarded (blocked). If there are no rules in a given filter, the packet will be permitted. .It It is possible to filter based on the payload of UDP frames where those frames contain a .Em PROTO_IP .Em PPP frame header. See the .Ar filter-decapsulation option below for further details. .It Use .Dq set filter Ar name No -1 to flush all rules. .El .Pp See .Pa /usr/share/examples/ppp/ppp.conf.sample . .Sh SETTING THE IDLE TIMER To check/set the idle timer, use the .Dq show bundle and .Dq set timeout commands: .Bd -literal -offset indent ppp ON awfulhak> set timeout 600 .Ed .Pp The timeout period is measured in seconds, the default value for which is 180 seconds (or 3 min). To disable the idle timer function, use the command .Bd -literal -offset indent ppp ON awfulhak> set timeout 0 .Ed .Pp In .Fl ddial and .Fl dedicated modes, the idle timeout is ignored. In .Fl auto mode, when the idle timeout causes the .Em PPP session to be closed, the .Nm program itself remains running. Another trigger packet will cause it to attempt to re-establish the link. .Sh PREDICTOR-1 and DEFLATE COMPRESSION .Nm supports both Predictor type 1 and deflate compression. By default, .Nm will attempt to use (or be willing to accept) both compression protocols when the peer agrees (or requests them). The deflate protocol is preferred by .Nm . Refer to the .Dq disable and .Dq deny commands if you wish to disable this functionality. .Pp It is possible to use a different compression algorithm in each direction by using only one of .Dq disable deflate and .Dq deny deflate (assuming that the peer supports both algorithms). .Pp By default, when negotiating DEFLATE, .Nm will use a window size of 15. Refer to the .Dq set deflate command if you wish to change this behaviour. .Pp A special algorithm called DEFLATE24 is also available, and is disabled and denied by default. This is exactly the same as DEFLATE except that it uses CCP ID 24 to negotiate. This allows .Nm to successfully negotiate DEFLATE with .Nm pppd version 2.3.*. .Sh CONTROLLING IP ADDRESS For IPv4, .Nm uses IPCP to negotiate IP addresses. Each side of the connection specifies the IP address that it is willing to use, and if the requested IP address is acceptable then .Nm returns an ACK to the requester. Otherwise, .Nm returns NAK to suggest that the peer use a different IP address. When both sides of the connection agree to accept the received request (and send an ACK), IPCP is set to the open state and a network level connection is established. To control this IPCP behaviour, this implementation has the .Dq set ifaddr command for defining the local and remote IP address: .Bd -ragged -offset indent .No set ifaddr Oo Ar src_addr Ns .Op / Ns Ar \&nn .Oo Ar dst_addr Ns Op / Ns Ar \&nn .Oo Ar netmask .Op Ar trigger_addr .Oc .Oc .Oc .Ed .Pp where, .Sq src_addr is the IP address that the local side is willing to use, .Sq dst_addr is the IP address which the remote side should use and .Sq netmask is the netmask that should be used. .Sq Src_addr defaults to the current .Xr hostname 1 , .Sq dst_addr defaults to 0.0.0.0, and .Sq netmask defaults to whatever mask is appropriate for .Sq src_addr . It is only possible to make .Sq netmask smaller than the default. The usual value is 255.255.255.255, as most kernels ignore the netmask of a POINTOPOINT interface. .Pp Some incorrect .Em PPP implementations require that the peer negotiates a specific IP address instead of .Sq src_addr . If this is the case, .Sq trigger_addr may be used to specify this IP number. This will not affect the routing table unless the other side agrees with this proposed number. .Bd -literal -offset indent set ifaddr 192.244.177.38 192.244.177.2 255.255.255.255 0.0.0.0 .Ed .Pp The above specification means: .Pp .Bl -bullet -compact .It I will first suggest that my IP address should be 0.0.0.0, but I will only accept an address of 192.244.177.38. .It I strongly insist that the peer uses 192.244.177.2 as his own address and will not permit the use of any IP address but 192.244.177.2. When the peer requests another IP address, I will always suggest that it uses 192.244.177.2. .It The routing table entry will have a netmask of 0xffffffff. .El .Pp This is all fine when each side has a pre-determined IP address, however it is often the case that one side is acting as a server which controls all IP addresses and the other side should go along with it. In order to allow more flexible behaviour, the .Dq set ifaddr command allows the user to specify IP addresses more loosely: .Pp .Dl set ifaddr 192.244.177.38/24 192.244.177.2/20 .Pp A number followed by a slash .Pq Dq / represents the number of bits significant in the IP address. The above example means: .Pp .Bl -bullet -compact .It I would like to use 192.244.177.38 as my address if it is possible, but I will also accept any IP address between 192.244.177.0 and 192.244.177.255. .It I would like to make him use 192.244.177.2 as his own address, but I will also permit him to use any IP address between 192.244.176.0 and 192.244.191.255. .It As you may have already noticed, 192.244.177.2 is equivalent to saying 192.244.177.2/32. .It As an exception, 0 is equivalent to 0.0.0.0/0, meaning that I have no preferred IP address and will obey the remote peers selection. When using zero, no routing table entries will be made until a connection is established. .It 192.244.177.2/0 means that I will accept/permit any IP address but I will suggest that 192.244.177.2 be used first. .El .Pp When negotiating IPv6 addresses, no control is given to the user. IPV6CP negotiation is fully automatic. .Sh CONNECTING WITH YOUR INTERNET SERVICE PROVIDER The following steps should be taken when connecting to your ISP: .Bl -enum .It Describe your providers phone number(s) in the dial script using the .Dq set phone command. This command allows you to set multiple phone numbers for dialing and redialing separated by either a pipe .Pq Dq \&| or a colon .Pq Dq \&: : .Bd -ragged -offset indent .No set phone Ar telno Ns .Oo \&| Ns Ar backupnumber Oc Ns ... Ns Oo : Ns Ar nextnumber Oc Ns ... .Ed .Pp Numbers after the first in a pipe-separated list are only used if the previous number was used in a failed dial or login script. Numbers separated by a colon are used sequentially, irrespective of what happened as a result of using the previous number. For example: .Bd -literal -offset indent set phone "1234567|2345678:3456789|4567890" .Ed .Pp Here, the 1234567 number is attempted. If the dial or login script fails, the 2345678 number is used next time, but *only* if the dial or login script fails. On the dial after this, the 3456789 number is used. The 4567890 number is only used if the dial or login script using the 3456789 fails. If the login script of the 2345678 number fails, the next number is still the 3456789 number. As many pipes and colons can be used as are necessary (although a given site would usually prefer to use either the pipe or the colon, but not both). The next number redial timeout is used between all numbers. When the end of the list is reached, the normal redial period is used before starting at the beginning again. The selected phone number is substituted for the \\\\T string in the .Dq set dial command (see below). .It Set up your redial requirements using .Dq set redial . For example, if you have a bad telephone line or your provider is usually engaged (not so common these days), you may want to specify the following: .Bd -literal -offset indent set redial 10 4 .Ed .Pp This says that up to 4 phone calls should be attempted with a pause of 10 seconds before dialing the first number again. .It Describe your login procedure using the .Dq set dial and .Dq set login commands. The .Dq set dial command is used to talk to your modem and establish a link with your ISP, for example: .Bd -literal -offset indent set dial "ABORT BUSY ABORT NO\\\\sCARRIER TIMEOUT 4 \\"\\" \e ATZ OK-ATZ-OK ATDT\\\\T TIMEOUT 60 CONNECT" .Ed .Pp This modem "chat" string means: .Bl -bullet .It Abort if the string "BUSY" or "NO CARRIER" are received. .It Set the timeout to 4 seconds. .It Expect nothing. .It Send ATZ. .It Expect OK. If that is not received within the 4 second timeout, send ATZ and expect OK. .It Send ATDTxxxxxxx where xxxxxxx is the next number in the phone list from above. .It Set the timeout to 60. .It Wait for the CONNECT string. .El .Pp Once the connection is established, the login script is executed. This script is written in the same style as the dial script, but care should be taken to avoid having your password logged: .Bd -literal -offset indent set authkey MySecret set login "TIMEOUT 15 login:-\\\\r-login: awfulhak \e word: \\\\P ocol: PPP HELLO" .Ed .Pp This login "chat" string means: .Bl -bullet .It Set the timeout to 15 seconds. .It Expect "login:". If it is not received, send a carriage return and expect "login:" again. .It Send "awfulhak" .It Expect "word:" (the tail end of a "Password:" prompt). .It Send whatever our current .Ar authkey value is set to. .It Expect "ocol:" (the tail end of a "Protocol:" prompt). .It Send "PPP". .It Expect "HELLO". .El .Pp The .Dq set authkey command is logged specially. When .Ar command or .Ar chat logging is enabled, the actual password is not logged; .Sq ******** is logged instead. .Pp Login scripts vary greatly between ISPs. If you are setting one up for the first time, .Em ENABLE CHAT LOGGING so that you can see if your script is behaving as you expect. .It Use .Dq set device and .Dq set speed to specify your serial line and speed, for example: .Bd -literal -offset indent set device /dev/cuau0 set speed 115200 .Ed .Pp Cuad0 is the first serial port on .Fx . If you are running .Nm on .Ox , cua00 is the first. A speed of 115200 should be specified if you have a modem capable of bit rates of 28800 or more. In general, the serial speed should be about four times the modem speed. .It Use the .Dq set ifaddr command to {define} the IP address. .Bl -bullet .It If you know what IP address your provider uses, then use it as the remote address (dst_addr), otherwise choose something like 10.0.0.2/0 (see below). .It If your provider has assigned a particular IP address to you, then use it as your address (src_addr). .It If your provider assigns your address dynamically, choose a suitably unobtrusive and unspecific IP number as your address. 10.0.0.1/0 would be appropriate. The bit after the / specifies how many bits of the address you consider to be important, so if you wanted to insist on something in the class C network 1.2.3.0, you could specify 1.2.3.1/24. .It If you find that your ISP accepts the first IP number that you suggest, specify third and forth arguments of .Dq 0.0.0.0 . This will force your ISP to assign a number. (The third argument will be ignored as it is less restrictive than the default mask for your .Sq src_addr ) . .El .Pp An example for a connection where you do not know your IP number or your ISPs IP number would be: .Bd -literal -offset indent set ifaddr 10.0.0.1/0 10.0.0.2/0 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 .Ed .It In most cases, your ISP will also be your default router. If this is the case, add the line .Bd -literal -offset indent add default HISADDR .Ed .Pp to .Pa /etc/ppp/ppp.conf (or to .Pa /etc/ppp/ppp.linkup for setups that do not use .Fl auto mode). .Pp This tells .Nm to add a default route to whatever the peer address is (10.0.0.2 in this example). This route is .Sq sticky , meaning that should the value of .Dv HISADDR change, the route will be updated accordingly. .It If your provider requests that you use PAP/CHAP authentication methods, add the next lines to your .Pa /etc/ppp/ppp.conf file: .Bd -literal -offset indent set authname MyName set authkey MyPassword .Ed .Pp Both are accepted by default, so .Nm will provide whatever your ISP requires. .Pp It should be noted that a login script is rarely (if ever) required when PAP or CHAP are in use. .It Ask your ISP to authenticate your nameserver address(es) with the line .Bd -literal -offset indent enable dns .Ed .Pp Do .Em NOT do this if you are running a local DNS unless you also either use .Dq resolv readonly or have .Dq resolv restore in .Pa /etc/ppp/ppp.linkdown , as .Nm will simply circumvent its use by entering some nameserver lines in .Pa /etc/resolv.conf . .El .Pp Please refer to .Pa /usr/share/examples/ppp/ppp.conf.sample and .Pa /usr/share/examples/ppp/ppp.linkup.sample for some real examples. The pmdemand label should be appropriate for most ISPs. .Sh LOGGING FACILITY .Nm is able to generate the following log info either via .Xr syslog 3 or directly to the screen: .Pp .Bl -tag -width XXXXXXXXX -offset XXX -compact .It Li All Enable all logging facilities. This generates a lot of log. The most common use of 'all' is as a basis, where you remove some facilities after enabling 'all' ('debug' and 'timer' are usually best disabled.) .It Li Async Dump async level packet in hex. .It Li CBCP Generate CBCP (CallBack Control Protocol) logs. .It Li CCP Generate a CCP packet trace. .It Li Chat Generate .Sq dial , .Sq login , .Sq logout and .Sq hangup chat script trace logs. .It Li Command Log commands executed either from the command line or any of the configuration files. .It Li Connect Log Chat lines containing the string "CONNECT". .It Li Debug Log debug information. .It Li DNS Log DNS QUERY packets. .It Li Filter Log packets permitted by the dial filter and denied by any filter. .It Li HDLC Dump HDLC packet in hex. .It Li ID0 Log all function calls specifically made as user id 0. .It Li IPCP Generate an IPCP packet trace. .It Li LCP Generate an LCP packet trace. .It Li LQM Generate LQR reports. .It Li Phase Phase transition log output. .It Li Physical Dump physical level packet in hex. .It Li Radius Dump RADIUS information. RADIUS information resulting from the link coming up or down is logged at .Dq Phase level unless .Dq Radius logging is enabled. This log level is most useful for monitoring RADIUS alive information. .It Li Sync Dump sync level packet in hex. .It Li TCP/IP Dump all TCP/IP packets. .It Li Timer Log timer manipulation. .It Li TUN Include the tun device on each log line. .It Li Warning Output to the terminal device. If there is currently no terminal, output is sent to the log file using syslogs .Dv LOG_WARNING . .It Li Error Output to both the terminal device and the log file using syslogs .Dv LOG_ERROR . .It Li Alert Output to the log file using .Dv LOG_ALERT . .El .Pp The .Dq set log command allows you to set the logging output level. Multiple levels can be specified on a single command line. The default is equivalent to .Dq set log Phase . .Pp It is also possible to log directly to the screen. The syntax is the same except that the word .Dq local should immediately follow .Dq set log . The default is .Dq set log local (i.e., only the un-maskable warning, error and alert output). .Pp If The first argument to .Dq set log Op local begins with a .Sq + or a .Sq - character, the current log levels are not cleared, for example: .Bd -literal -offset indent PPP ON awfulhak> set log phase PPP ON awfulhak> show log Log: Phase Warning Error Alert Local: Warning Error Alert PPP ON awfulhak> set log +tcp/ip -warning PPP ON awfulhak> set log local +command PPP ON awfulhak> show log Log: Phase TCP/IP Warning Error Alert Local: Command Warning Error Alert .Ed .Pp Log messages of level Warning, Error and Alert are not controllable using .Dq set log Op local . .Pp The .Ar Warning level is special in that it will not be logged if it can be displayed locally. .Sh SIGNAL HANDLING .Nm deals with the following signals: .Bl -tag -width "USR2" .It INT Receipt of this signal causes the termination of the current connection (if any). This will cause .Nm to exit unless it is in .Fl auto or .Fl ddial mode. .It HUP, TERM & QUIT These signals tell .Nm to exit. .It USR1 This signal, tells .Nm to re-open any existing server socket, dropping all existing diagnostic connections. Sockets that could not previously be opened will be retried. .It USR2 This signal, tells .Nm to close any existing server socket, dropping all existing diagnostic connections. .Dv SIGUSR1 can still be used to re-open the socket. .El .Sh MULTI-LINK PPP If you wish to use more than one physical link to connect to a .Em PPP peer, that peer must also understand the .Em MULTI-LINK PPP protocol. Refer to RFC 1990 for specification details. .Pp The peer is identified using a combination of his .Dq endpoint discriminator and his .Dq authentication id . Either or both of these may be specified. It is recommended that at least one is specified, otherwise there is no way of ensuring that all links are actually connected to the same peer program, and some confusing lock-ups may result. Locally, these identification variables are specified using the .Dq set enddisc and .Dq set authname commands. The .Sq authname (and .Sq authkey ) must be agreed in advance with the peer. .Pp Multi-link capabilities are enabled using the .Dq set mrru command (set maximum reconstructed receive unit). Once multi-link is enabled, .Nm will attempt to negotiate a multi-link connection with the peer. .Pp By default, only one .Sq link is available (called .Sq deflink ) . To create more links, the .Dq clone command is used. This command will clone existing links, where all characteristics are the same except: .Bl -enum .It The new link has its own name as specified on the .Dq clone command line. .It The new link is an .Sq interactive link. Its mode may subsequently be changed using the .Dq set mode command. .It The new link is in a .Sq closed state. .El .Pp A summary of all available links can be seen using the .Dq show links command. .Pp Once a new link has been created, command usage varies. All link specific commands must be prefixed with the .Dq link Ar name command, specifying on which link the command is to be applied. When only a single link is available, .Nm is smart enough not to require the .Dq link Ar name prefix. .Pp Some commands can still be used without specifying a link - resulting in an operation at the .Sq bundle level. For example, once two or more links are available, the command .Dq show ccp will show CCP configuration and statistics at the multi-link level, and .Dq link deflink show ccp will show the same information at the .Dq deflink link level. .Pp Armed with this information, the following configuration might be used: .Bd -literal -offset indent mp: set timeout 0 set log phase chat set device /dev/cuau0 /dev/cuau1 /dev/cuau2 set phone "123456789" set dial "ABORT BUSY ABORT NO\\sCARRIER TIMEOUT 5 \\"\\" ATZ \e OK-AT-OK \\\\dATDT\\\\T TIMEOUT 45 CONNECT" set login set ifaddr 10.0.0.1/0 10.0.0.2/0 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 set authname ppp set authkey ppppassword set mrru 1500 clone 1,2,3 # Create 3 new links - duplicates of the default link deflink remove # Delete the default link (called ``deflink'') .Ed .Pp Note how all cloning is done at the end of the configuration. Usually, the link will be configured first, then cloned. If you wish all links to be up all the time, you can add the following line to the end of your configuration. .Bd -literal -offset indent link 1,2,3 set mode ddial .Ed .Pp If you want the links to dial on demand, this command could be used: .Bd -literal -offset indent link * set mode auto .Ed .Pp Links may be tied to specific names by removing the .Dq set device line above, and specifying the following after the .Dq clone command: .Bd -literal -offset indent link 1 set device /dev/cuau0 link 2 set device /dev/cuau1 link 3 set device /dev/cuau2 .Ed .Pp Use the .Dq help command to see which commands require context (using the .Dq link command), which have optional context and which should not have any context. .Pp When .Nm has negotiated .Em MULTI-LINK mode with the peer, it creates a local domain socket in the .Pa /var/run directory. This socket is used to pass link information (including the actual link file descriptor) between different .Nm invocations. This facilitates .Nm Ns No 's ability to be run from a .Xr getty 8 or directly from .Pa /etc/gettydefs (using the .Sq pp= capability), without needing to have initial control of the serial line. Once .Nm negotiates multi-link mode, it will pass its open link to any already running process. If there is no already running process, .Nm will act as the master, creating the socket and listening for new connections. .Sh PPP COMMAND LIST This section lists the available commands and their effect. They are usable either from an interactive .Nm session, from a configuration file or from a .Xr pppctl 8 or .Xr telnet 1 session. .Bl -tag -width 2n .It accept|deny|enable|disable Ar option.... These directives tell .Nm how to negotiate the initial connection with the peer. Each .Dq option has a default of either accept or deny and enable or disable. .Dq Accept means that the option will be ACK'd if the peer asks for it. .Dq Deny means that the option will be NAK'd if the peer asks for it. .Dq Enable means that the option will be requested by us. .Dq Disable means that the option will not be requested by us. .Pp .Dq Option may be one of the following: .Bl -tag -width 2n .It acfcomp Default: Enabled and Accepted. ACFComp stands for Address and Control Field Compression. Non LCP packets will usually have an address field of 0xff (the All-Stations address) and a control field of 0x03 (the Unnumbered Information command). If this option is negotiated, these two bytes are simply not sent, thus minimising traffic. .Pp See .Pa rfc1662 for details. .It chap Ns Op \&05 Default: Disabled and Accepted. CHAP stands for Challenge Handshake Authentication Protocol. Only one of CHAP and PAP (below) may be negotiated. With CHAP, the authenticator sends a "challenge" message to its peer. The peer uses a one-way hash function to encrypt the challenge and sends the result back. The authenticator does the same, and compares the results. The advantage of this mechanism is that no passwords are sent across the connection. A challenge is made when the connection is first made. Subsequent challenges may occur. If you want to have your peer authenticate itself, you must .Dq enable chap . in .Pa /etc/ppp/ppp.conf , and have an entry in .Pa /etc/ppp/ppp.secret for the peer. .Pp When using CHAP as the client, you need only specify .Dq AuthName and .Dq AuthKey in .Pa /etc/ppp/ppp.conf . CHAP is accepted by default. Some .Em PPP implementations use "MS-CHAP" rather than MD5 when encrypting the challenge. MS-CHAP is a combination of MD4 and DES. If .Nm was built on a machine with DES libraries available, it will respond to MS-CHAP authentication requests, but will never request them. .It deflate Default: Enabled and Accepted. This option decides if deflate compression will be used by the Compression Control Protocol (CCP). This is the same algorithm as used by the .Xr gzip 1 program. Note: There is a problem negotiating .Ar deflate capabilities with .Nm pppd - a .Em PPP implementation available under many operating systems. .Nm pppd (version 2.3.1) incorrectly attempts to negotiate .Ar deflate compression using type .Em 24 as the CCP configuration type rather than type .Em 26 as specified in .Pa rfc1979 . Type .Ar 24 is actually specified as .Dq PPP Magna-link Variable Resource Compression in .Pa rfc1975 ! .Nm is capable of negotiating with .Nm pppd , but only if .Dq deflate24 is .Ar enable Ns No d and .Ar accept Ns No ed . .It deflate24 Default: Disabled and Denied. This is a variance of the .Ar deflate option, allowing negotiation with the .Nm pppd program. Refer to the .Ar deflate section above for details. It is disabled by default as it violates .Pa rfc1975 . .It dns Default: Disabled and Denied. This option allows DNS negotiation. .Pp If .Dq enable Ns No d, .Nm will request that the peer confirms the entries in .Pa /etc/resolv.conf . If the peer NAKs our request (suggesting new IP numbers), .Pa /etc/resolv.conf is updated and another request is sent to confirm the new entries. .Pp If .Dq accept Ns No ed, .Nm will answer any DNS queries requested by the peer rather than rejecting them. The answer is taken from .Pa /etc/resolv.conf unless the .Dq set dns command is used as an override. .It enddisc Default: Enabled and Accepted. This option allows control over whether we negotiate an endpoint discriminator. We only send our discriminator if .Dq set enddisc is used and .Ar enddisc is enabled. We reject the peers discriminator if .Ar enddisc is denied. .It LANMan|chap80lm Default: Disabled and Accepted. The use of this authentication protocol is discouraged as it partially violates the authentication protocol by implementing two different mechanisms (LANMan & NT) under the guise of a single CHAP type (0x80). .Dq LANMan uses a simple DES encryption mechanism and is the least secure of the CHAP alternatives (although is still more secure than PAP). .Pp Refer to the .Dq MSChap description below for more details. .It lqr Default: Disabled and Accepted. This option decides if Link Quality Requests will be sent or accepted. LQR is a protocol that allows .Nm to determine that the link is down without relying on the modems carrier detect. When LQR is enabled, .Nm sends the .Em QUALPROTO option (see .Dq set lqrperiod below) as part of the LCP request. If the peer agrees, both sides will exchange LQR packets at the agreed frequency, allowing detailed link quality monitoring by enabling LQM logging. If the peer does not agree, and if the .Dq echo option is enabled, .Nm will send .Em LCP ECHO requests instead. These packets pass no information of interest, but they .Em MUST be replied to by the peer. .Pp Whether using .Em LQR or .Em LCP ECHO , .Nm will abruptly drop the connection if 5 unacknowledged packets have been sent rather than sending a 6th. A message is logged at the .Em PHASE level, and any appropriate .Dq reconnect values are honoured as if the peer were responsible for dropping the connection. .Pp Refer to the .Dq enable echo command description for differences in behaviour prior to .Nm version 3.4.2. .It mppe Default: Enabled and Accepted. This is Microsoft Point to Point Encryption scheme. MPPE key size can be 40-, 56- and 128-bits. Refer to .Dq set mppe command. .It MSChapV2|chap81 Default: Disabled and Accepted. It is very similar to standard CHAP (type 0x05) except that it issues challenges of a fixed 16 bytes in length and uses a combination of MD4, SHA-1 and DES to encrypt the challenge rather than using the standard MD5 mechanism. .It MSChap|chap80nt Default: Disabled and Accepted. The use of this authentication protocol is discouraged as it partially violates the authentication protocol by implementing two different mechanisms (LANMan & NT) under the guise of a single CHAP type (0x80). It is very similar to standard CHAP (type 0x05) except that it issues challenges of a fixed 8 bytes in length and uses a combination of MD4 and DES to encrypt the challenge rather than using the standard MD5 mechanism. CHAP type 0x80 for LANMan is also supported - see .Dq enable LANMan for details. .Pp Because both .Dq LANMan and .Dq NT use CHAP type 0x80, when acting as authenticator with both .Dq enable Ns No d , .Nm will rechallenge the peer up to three times if it responds using the wrong one of the two protocols. This gives the peer a chance to attempt using both protocols. .Pp Conversely, when .Nm acts as the authenticatee with both protocols .Dq accept Ns No ed , the protocols are used alternately in response to challenges. .Pp Note: If only LANMan is enabled, .Nm pppd (version 2.3.5) misbehaves when acting as authenticatee. It provides both the NT and the LANMan answers, but also suggests that only the NT answer should be used. .It pap Default: Disabled and Accepted. PAP stands for Password Authentication Protocol. Only one of PAP and CHAP (above) may be negotiated. With PAP, the ID and Password are sent repeatedly to the peer until authentication is acknowledged or the connection is terminated. This is a rather poor security mechanism. It is only performed when the connection is first established. If you want to have your peer authenticate itself, you must .Dq enable pap . in .Pa /etc/ppp/ppp.conf , and have an entry in .Pa /etc/ppp/ppp.secret for the peer (although see the .Dq passwdauth and .Dq set radius options below). .Pp When using PAP as the client, you need only specify .Dq AuthName and .Dq AuthKey in .Pa /etc/ppp/ppp.conf . PAP is accepted by default. .It pred1 Default: Enabled and Accepted. This option decides if Predictor 1 compression will be used by the Compression Control Protocol (CCP). .It protocomp Default: Enabled and Accepted. This option is used to negotiate PFC (Protocol Field Compression), a mechanism where the protocol field number is reduced to one octet rather than two. .It shortseq Default: Enabled and Accepted. This option determines if .Nm will request and accept requests for short (12 bit) sequence numbers when negotiating multi-link mode. This is only applicable if our MRRU is set (thus enabling multi-link). .It vjcomp Default: Enabled and Accepted. This option determines if Van Jacobson header compression will be used. .El .Pp The following options are not actually negotiated with the peer. Therefore, accepting or denying them makes no sense. .Bl -tag -width 2n .It echo Default: Disabled. When this option is enabled, .Nm will send .Em LCP ECHO requests to the peer at the frequency defined by .Dq echoperiod . Note, .Em LQR requests will supersede .Em LCP ECHO requests if enabled and negotiated. See .Dq set lqrperiod below for details. .Pp Prior to .Nm version 3.4.2, .Dq echo was considered enabled if lqr was enabled and negotiated, otherwise it was considered disabled. For the same behaviour, it is now necessary to .Dq enable lqr echo rather than just .Dq enable lqr . .It filter-decapsulation Default: Disabled. When this option is enabled, .Nm will examine UDP frames to see if they actually contain a .Em PPP frame as their payload. If this is the case, all filters will operate on the payload rather than the actual packet. .Pp This is useful if you want to send PPPoUDP traffic over a .Em PPP link, but want that link to do smart things with the real data rather than the UDP wrapper. .Pp The UDP frame payload must not be compressed in any way, otherwise .Nm will not be able to interpret it. It is therefore recommended that you .Ic disable vj pred1 deflate and .Ic deny vj pred1 deflate in the configuration for the .Nm invocation with the udp link. .It force-scripts Default: Disabled. Forces execution of the configured chat scripts in .Dv direct and .Dv dedicated modes. .It idcheck Default: Enabled. When .Nm exchanges low-level LCP, CCP and IPCP configuration traffic, the .Em Identifier field of any replies is expected to be the same as that of the request. By default, .Nm drops any reply packets that do not contain the expected identifier field, reporting the fact at the respective log level. If .Ar idcheck is disabled, .Nm will ignore the identifier field. .It iface-alias Default: Enabled if .Fl nat is specified. This option simply tells .Nm to add new interface addresses to the interface rather than replacing them. The option can only be enabled if network address translation is enabled .Pq Dq nat enable yes . .Pp With this option enabled, .Nm will pass traffic for old interface addresses through the NAT engine (see .Xr libalias 3 ) , resulting in the ability (in .Fl auto mode) to properly connect the process that caused the PPP link to come up in the first place. .Pp Disabling NAT with .Dq nat enable no will also disable .Sq iface-alias . .It ipcp Default: Enabled. This option allows .Nm to attempt to negotiate IP control protocol capabilities and if successful to exchange IP datagrams with the peer. .It ipv6cp Default: Enabled. This option allows .Nm to attempt to negotiate IPv6 control protocol capabilities and if successful to exchange IPv6 datagrams with the peer. .It keep-session Default: Disabled. When .Nm runs as a Multi-link server, a different .Nm instance initially receives each connection. After determining that the link belongs to an already existing bundle (controlled by another .Nm invocation), .Nm will transfer the link to that process. .Pp If the link is a tty device or if this option is enabled, .Nm will not exit, but will change its process name to .Dq session owner and wait for the controlling .Nm to finish with the link and deliver a signal back to the idle process. This prevents the confusion that results from .Nm Ns No 's parent considering the link resource available again. .Pp For tty devices that have entries in .Pa /etc/ttys , this is necessary to prevent another .Xr getty 8 from being started, and for program links such as .Xr sshd 8 , it prevents .Xr sshd 8 from exiting due to the death of its child. As .Nm cannot determine its parents requirements (except for the tty case), this option must be enabled manually depending on the circumstances. .It loopback Default: Enabled. When .Ar loopback is enabled, .Nm will automatically loop back packets being sent out with a destination address equal to that of the .Em PPP interface. If disabled, .Nm will send the packet, probably resulting in an ICMP redirect from the other end. It is convenient to have this option enabled when the interface is also the default route as it avoids the necessity of a loopback route. .It NAS-IP-Address Default: Enabled. This option controls whether .Nm sends the .Dq NAS-IP-Address attribute to the RADIUS server when RADIUS is in use .Pq see Dq set radius . .Pp Note, at least one of .Dq NAS-IP-Address and .Dq NAS-Identifier must be enabled. .Pp Versions of .Nm prior to version 3.4.1 did not send the .Dq NAS-IP-Address attribute as it was reported to break the Radiator RADIUS server. As the latest rfc (2865) no longer hints that only one of .Dq NAS-IP-Address and .Dq NAS-Identifier should be sent (as rfc 2138 did), .Nm now sends both and leaves it up to the administrator that chooses to use bad RADIUS implementations to .Dq disable NAS-IP-Address . .It NAS-Identifier Default: Enabled. This option controls whether .Nm sends the .Dq NAS-Identifier attribute to the RADIUS server when RADIUS is in use .Pq see Dq set radius . .Pp Note, at least one of .Dq NAS-IP-Address and .Dq NAS-Identifier must be enabled. .It passwdauth Default: Disabled. Enabling this option will tell the PAP authentication code to use the password database (see .Xr passwd 5 ) to authenticate the caller if they cannot be found in the .Pa /etc/ppp/ppp.secret file. .Pa /etc/ppp/ppp.secret is always checked first. If you wish to use passwords from .Xr passwd 5 , but also to specify an IP number or label for a given client, use .Dq \&* as the client password in .Pa /etc/ppp/ppp.secret . .It proxy Default: Disabled. Enabling this option will tell .Nm to proxy ARP for the peer. This means that .Nm will make an entry in the ARP table using .Dv HISADDR and the .Dv MAC address of the local network in which .Dv HISADDR appears. This allows other machines connecteed to the LAN to talk to the peer as if the peer itself was connected to the LAN. The proxy entry cannot be made unless .Dv HISADDR is an address from a LAN. .It proxyall Default: Disabled. Enabling this will tell .Nm to add proxy arp entries for every IP address in all class C or smaller subnets routed via the tun interface. .Pp Proxy arp entries are only made for sticky routes that are added using the .Dq add command. No proxy arp entries are made for the interface address itself (as created by the .Dq set ifaddr command). .It sroutes Default: Enabled. When the .Dq add command is used with the .Dv HISADDR , .Dv MYADDR , .Dv HISADDR6 or .Dv MYADDR6 values, entries are stored in the .Sq sticky route list. Each time these variables change, this list is re-applied to the routing table. .Pp Disabling this option will prevent the re-application of sticky routes, although the .Sq stick route list will still be maintained. .It Oo tcp Oc Ns No mssfixup Default: Enabled. This option tells .Nm to adjust TCP SYN packets so that the maximum receive segment size is not greater than the amount allowed by the interface MTU. .It throughput Default: Enabled. This option tells .Nm to gather throughput statistics. Input and output is sampled over a rolling 5 second window, and current, best and total figures are retained. This data is output when the relevant .Em PPP layer shuts down, and is also available using the .Dq show command. Throughput statistics are available at the .Dq IPCP and .Dq physical levels. .It utmp Default: Enabled. Normally, when a user is authenticated using PAP or CHAP, and when .Nm is running in .Fl direct mode, an entry is made in the utmp and wtmp files for that user. Disabling this option will tell .Nm not to make any utmp or wtmp entries. This is usually only necessary if you require the user to both login and authenticate themselves. .El .It add Ns Xo .Op !\& .Ar dest Ns Op / Ns Ar nn .Op Ar mask .Op Ar gateway .Xc .Ar Dest is the destination IP address. The netmask is specified either as a number of bits with .Ar /nn or as an IP number using .Ar mask . .Ar 0 0 or simply .Ar 0 with no mask refers to the default route. It is also possible to use the literal name .Sq default instead of .Ar 0 . .Ar Gateway is the next hop gateway to get to the given .Ar dest machine/network. Refer to the .Xr route 8 command for further details. .Pp It is possible to use the symbolic names .Sq MYADDR , .Sq HISADDR , .Sq MYADDR6 or .Sq HISADDR6 as the destination, and .Sq HISADDR or .Sq HISADDR6 as the .Ar gateway . .Sq MYADDR is replaced with the interface IP address, .Sq HISADDR is replaced with the interface IP destination (peer) address, .Sq MYADDR6 is replaced with the interface IPv6 address, and .Sq HISADDR6 is replaced with the interface IPv6 destination address, .Pp If the .Ar add!\& command is used (note the trailing .Dq !\& ) , then if the route already exists, it will be updated as with the .Sq route change command (see .Xr route 8 for further details). .Pp Routes that contain the .Dq HISADDR , .Dq MYADDR , .Dq HISADDR6 , .Dq MYADDR6 , .Dq DNS0 , or .Dq DNS1 constants are considered .Sq sticky . They are stored in a list (use .Dq show ncp to see the list), and each time the value of one of these variables changes, the appropriate routing table entries are updated. This facility may be disabled using .Dq disable sroutes . .It allow Ar command Op Ar args This command controls access to .Nm and its configuration files. It is possible to allow user-level access, depending on the configuration file label and on the mode that .Nm is being run in. For example, you may wish to configure .Nm so that only user .Sq fred may access label .Sq fredlabel in .Fl background mode. .Pp User id 0 is immune to these commands. .Bl -tag -width 2n .It allow user Ns Xo .Op s .Ar logname Ns No ... .Xc By default, only user id 0 is allowed access to .Nm . If this command is used, all of the listed users are allowed access to the section in which the .Dq allow users command is found. The .Sq default section is always checked first (even though it is only ever automatically loaded at startup). .Dq allow users commands are cumulative in a given section, but users allowed in any given section override users allowed in the default section, so it is possible to allow users access to everything except a given label by specifying default users in the .Sq default section, and then specifying a new user list for that label. .Pp If user .Sq * is specified, access is allowed to all users. .It allow mode Ns Xo .Op s .Ar mode Ns No ... .Xc By default, access using any .Nm mode is possible. If this command is used, it restricts the access .Ar modes allowed to load the label under which this command is specified. Again, as with the .Dq allow users command, each .Dq allow modes command overrides any previous settings, and the .Sq default section is always checked first. .Pp Possible modes are: .Sq interactive , .Sq auto , .Sq direct , .Sq dedicated , .Sq ddial , .Sq background and .Sq * . .Pp When running in multi-link mode, a section can be loaded if it allows .Em any of the currently existing line modes. .El .It nat Ar command Op Ar args This command allows the control of the network address translation (also known as masquerading or IP aliasing) facilities that are built into .Nm . NAT is done on the external interface only, and is unlikely to make sense if used with the .Fl direct flag. .Pp If nat is enabled on your system (it may be omitted at compile time), the following commands are possible: .Bl -tag -width 2n .It nat enable yes|no This command either switches network address translation on or turns it off. The .Fl nat command line flag is synonymous with .Dq nat enable yes . .It nat addr Op Ar addr_local addr_alias This command allows data for .Ar addr_alias to be redirected to .Ar addr_local . It is useful if you own a small number of real IP numbers that you wish to map to specific machines behind your gateway. .It nat deny_incoming yes|no If set to yes, this command will refuse all incoming packets where an aliasing link does not already exist. Refer to the .Sx CONCEPTUAL BACKGROUND section of .Xr libalias 3 for a description of what an .Dq aliasing link is. .Pp It should be noted under what circumstances an aliasing link is created by .Xr libalias 3 . It may be necessary to further protect your network from outside connections using the .Dq set filter or .Dq nat target commands. .It nat help|? This command gives a summary of available nat commands. .It nat log yes|no This option causes various NAT statistics and information to be logged to the file .Pa /var/log/alias.log . .It nat port Ar proto Ar targetIP Ns Xo .No : Ns Ar targetPort Ns .Oo .No - Ns Ar targetPort .Oc Ar aliasPort Ns .Oo .No - Ns Ar aliasPort .Oc Oo Ar remoteIP : Ns .Ar remotePort Ns .Oo .No - Ns Ar remotePort .Oc .Oc .Xc This command causes incoming .Ar proto connections to .Ar aliasPort to be redirected to .Ar targetPort on .Ar targetIP . .Ar proto is either .Dq tcp or .Dq udp . .Pp A range of port numbers may be specified as shown above. The ranges must be of the same size. .Pp If .Ar remoteIP is specified, only data coming from that IP number is redirected. .Ar remotePort must either be .Dq 0 (indicating any source port) or a range of ports the same size as the other ranges. .Pp This option is useful if you wish to run things like Internet phone on machines behind your gateway, but is limited in that connections to only one interior machine per source machine and target port are possible. .It nat proto Ar proto localIP Oo .Ar publicIP Op Ar remoteIP .Oc This command tells .Nm to redirect packets of protocol type .Ar proto (see .Xr protocols 5 ) to the internal address .Ar localIP . .Pp If .Ar publicIP is specified, only packets destined for that address are matched, otherwise the default alias address is used. .Pp If .Ar remoteIP is specified, only packets matching that source address are matched, .Pp This command is useful for redirecting tunnel endpoints to an internal machine, for example: .Pp .Dl nat proto ipencap 10.0.0.1 .It "nat proxy cmd" Ar arg Ns No ... This command tells .Nm to proxy certain connections, redirecting them to a given server. Refer to the description of .Fn PacketAliasProxyRule in .Xr libalias 3 for details of the available commands. .It nat punch_fw Op Ar base count This command tells .Nm to punch holes in the firewall for FTP or IRC DCC connections. This is done dynamically by installing temporary firewall rules which allow a particular connection (and only that connection) to go through the firewall. The rules are removed once the corresponding connection terminates. .Pp A maximum of .Ar count rules starting from rule number .Ar base will be used for punching firewall holes. The range will be cleared when the .Dq nat punch_fw command is run. .Pp If no arguments are given, firewall punching is disabled. .It nat skinny_port Op Ar port This command tells .Nm which TCP port is used by the Skinny Station protocol. Skinny is used by Cisco IP phones to communicate with Cisco Call Managers to setup voice over IP calls. The typical port used by Skinny is 2000. .Pp If no argument is given, skinny aliasing is disabled. .It nat same_ports yes|no When enabled, this command will tell the network address translation engine to attempt to avoid changing the port number on outgoing packets. This is useful if you want to support protocols such as RPC and LPD which require connections to come from a well known port. .It nat target Op Ar address Set the given target address or clear it if no address is given. The target address is used by libalias to specify how to NAT incoming packets by default. If a target address is not set or if .Dq default is given, packets are not altered and are allowed to route to the internal network. .Pp The target address may be set to .Dq MYADDR , in which case libalias will redirect all packets to the interface address. .It nat use_sockets yes|no When enabled, this option tells the network address translation engine to create a socket so that it can guarantee a correct incoming ftp data or IRC connection. .It nat unregistered_only yes|no Only alter outgoing packets with an unregistered source address. According to RFC 1918, unregistered source addresses are 10.0.0.0/8, 172.16.0.0/12 and 192.168.0.0/16. .El .Pp These commands are also discussed in the file .Pa README.nat which comes with the source distribution. .It Oo !\& Oc Ns Xo .No bg Ar command .Xc The given .Ar command is executed in the background with the following words replaced: .Bl -tag -width COMPILATIONDATE .It Li AUTHNAME This is replaced with the local .Ar authname value. See the .Dq set authname command below. .It Li COMPILATIONDATE In previous software revisions, this was replaced with the date on which .Nm was compiled. This is no longer supported as it breaks the ability to recompile the same code to produce an exact duplicate of a previous compilation. .It Li DNS0 & DNS1 These are replaced with the primary and secondary nameserver IP numbers. If nameservers are negotiated by IPCP, the values of these macros will change. .It Li ENDDISC This is replaced with the local endpoint discriminator value. See the .Dq set enddisc command below. .It Li HISADDR This is replaced with the peers IP number. .It Li HISADDR6 This is replaced with the peers IPv6 number. .It Li INTERFACE This is replaced with the name of the interface that is in use. .It Li IPOCTETSIN This is replaced with the number of IP bytes received since the connection was established. .It Li IPOCTETSOUT This is replaced with the number of IP bytes sent since the connection was established. .It Li IPPACKETSIN This is replaced with the number of IP packets received since the connection was established. .It Li IPPACKETSOUT This is replaced with the number of IP packets sent since the connection was established. .It Li IPV6OCTETSIN This is replaced with the number of IPv6 bytes received since the connection was established. .It Li IPV6OCTETSOUT This is replaced with the number of IPv6 bytes sent since the connection was established. .It Li IPV6PACKETSIN This is replaced with the number of IPv6 packets received since the connection was established. .It Li IPV6PACKETSOUT This is replaced with the number of IPv6 packets sent since the connection was established. .It Li LABEL This is replaced with the last label name used. A label may be specified on the .Nm command line, via the .Dq load or .Dq dial commands and in the .Pa ppp.secret file. .It Li MYADDR This is replaced with the IP number assigned to the local interface. .It Li MYADDR6 This is replaced with the IPv6 number assigned to the local interface. .It Li OCTETSIN This is replaced with the number of bytes received since the connection was established. .It Li OCTETSOUT This is replaced with the number of bytes sent since the connection was established. .It Li PACKETSIN This is replaced with the number of packets received since the connection was established. .It Li PACKETSOUT This is replaced with the number of packets sent since the connection was established. .It Li PEER_ENDDISC This is replaced with the value of the peers endpoint discriminator. .It Li PROCESSID This is replaced with the current process id. .It Li SOCKNAME This is replaced with the name of the diagnostic socket. .It Li UPTIME This is replaced with the bundle uptime in HH:MM:SS format. .It Li USER This is replaced with the username that has been authenticated with PAP or CHAP. Normally, this variable is assigned only in -direct mode. This value is available irrespective of whether utmp logging is enabled. .It Li VERSION This is replaced with the current version number of .Nm . .El .Pp These substitutions are also done by the .Dq set proctitle , .Dq ident and .Dq log commands. .Pp If you wish to pause .Nm while the command executes, use the .Dq shell command instead. .It clear physical|ipcp|ipv6 Op current|overall|peak... Clear the specified throughput values at either the .Dq physical , .Dq ipcp or .Dq ipv6cp level. If .Dq physical is specified, context must be given (see the .Dq link command below). If no second argument is given, all values are cleared. .It clone Ar name Ns Xo .Op \&, Ns Ar name Ns .No ... .Xc Clone the specified link, creating one or more new links according to the .Ar name argument(s). This command must be used from the .Dq link command below unless you have only got a single link (in which case that link becomes the default). Links may be removed using the .Dq remove command below. .Pp The default link name is .Dq deflink . .It close Op lcp|ccp Ns Op !\& If no arguments are given, the relevant protocol layers will be brought down and the link will be closed. If .Dq lcp is specified, the LCP layer is brought down, but .Nm will not bring the link offline. It is subsequently possible to use .Dq term (see below) to talk to the peer machine if, for example, something like .Dq slirp is being used. If .Dq ccp is specified, only the relevant compression layer is closed. If the .Dq !\& is used, the compression layer will remain in the closed state, otherwise it will re-enter the STOPPED state, waiting for the peer to initiate further CCP negotiation. In any event, this command does not disconnect the user from .Nm or exit .Nm . See the .Dq quit command below. .It delete Ns Xo .Op !\& .Ar dest .Xc This command deletes the route with the given .Ar dest IP address. If .Ar dest is specified as .Sq ALL , all non-direct entries in the routing table for the current interface, and all .Sq sticky route entries are deleted. If .Ar dest is specified as .Sq default , the default route is deleted. .Pp If the .Ar delete!\& command is used (note the trailing .Dq !\& ) , .Nm will not complain if the route does not already exist. .It dial|call Oo Ar label Oc Ns Xo .No ... .Xc This command is the equivalent of .Dq load label followed by .Dq open , and is provided for backwards compatibility. .It down Op Ar lcp|ccp Bring the relevant layer down ungracefully, as if the underlying layer had become unavailable. It is not considered polite to use this command on a Finite State Machine that is in the OPEN state. If no arguments are supplied, the entire link is closed (or if no context is given, all links are terminated). If .Sq lcp is specified, the .Em LCP layer is terminated but the device is not brought offline and the link is not closed. If .Sq ccp is specified, only the relevant compression layer(s) are terminated. .It help|? Op Ar command Show a list of available commands. If .Ar command is specified, show the usage string for that command. .It ident Op Ar text Ns No ... Identify the link to the peer using .Ar text . If .Ar text is empty, link identification is disabled. It is possible to use any of the words described for the .Ic bg command above. Refer to the .Ic sendident command for details of when .Nm identifies itself to the peer. .It iface Ar command Op args This command is used to control the interface used by .Nm . .Ar Command may be one of the following: .Bl -tag -width 2n .It iface add Ns Xo .Op !\& .Ar addr Ns Op / Ns Ar bits .Op Ar peer .Xc .It iface add Ns Xo .Op !\& .Ar addr .Ar mask .Ar peer .Xc Add the given .Ar addr mask peer combination to the interface. Instead of specifying .Ar mask , .Ar /bits can be used (with no space between it and .Ar addr ) . If the given address already exists, the command fails unless the .Dq !\& is used - in which case the previous interface address entry is overwritten with the new one, allowing a change of netmask or peer address. .Pp If only .Ar addr is specified, .Ar bits defaults to .Dq 32 and .Ar peer defaults to .Dq 255.255.255.255 . This address (the broadcast address) is the only duplicate peer address that .Nm allows. .It iface clear Op INET | INET6 If this command is used while .Nm is in the OPENED state or while in .Fl auto mode, all addresses except for the NCP negotiated address are deleted from the interface. If .Nm is not in the OPENED state and is not in .Fl auto mode, all interface addresses are deleted. .Pp If the INET or INET6 arguments are used, only addresses for that address family are cleared. .It iface delete Ns Xo .Op !\& Ns .No |rm Ns Op !\& .Ar addr .Xc This command deletes the given .Ar addr from the interface. If the .Dq !\& is used, no error is given if the address is not currently assigned to the interface (and no deletion takes place). .It iface name Ar name Renames the interface to .Ar name . .It iface description Ar description Sets the interface description to .Ar description . Useful if you have many interfaces on your system. .It iface show Shows the current state and current addresses for the interface. It is much the same as running .Dq ifconfig INTERFACE . .It iface help Op Ar sub-command This command, when invoked without .Ar sub-command , will show a list of possible .Dq iface sub-commands and a brief synopsis for each. When invoked with .Ar sub-command , only the synopsis for the given sub-command is shown. .El .It Oo data Oc Ns Xo .No link .Ar name Ns Oo , Ns Ar name Oc Ns ... Ar command Op Ar args .Xc This command may prefix any other command if the user wishes to specify which link the command should affect. This is only applicable after multiple links have been created in Multi-link mode using the .Dq clone command. .Pp .Ar Name specifies the name of an existing link. If .Ar name is a comma separated list, .Ar command is executed on each link. If .Ar name is .Dq * , .Ar command is executed on all links. .It load Oo Ar label Oc Ns Xo .No ... .Xc Load the given .Ar label Ns No (s) from the .Pa ppp.conf file. If .Ar label is not given, the .Ar default label is used. .Pp Unless the .Ar label section uses the .Dq set mode , .Dq open or .Dq dial commands, .Nm will not attempt to make an immediate connection. .It log Ar word Ns No ... Send the given word(s) to the log file with the prefix .Dq LOG: . Word substitutions are done as explained under the .Dq !bg command above. .It open Op lcp|ccp|ipcp This is the opposite of the .Dq close command. All closed links are immediately brought up apart from second and subsequent .Ar demand-dial links - these will come up based on the .Dq set autoload command that has been used. .Pp If the .Dq lcp argument is used while the LCP layer is already open, LCP will be renegotiated. This allows various LCP options to be changed, after which .Dq open lcp can be used to put them into effect. After renegotiating LCP, any agreed authentication will also take place. .Pp If the .Dq ccp argument is used, the relevant compression layer is opened. Again, if it is already open, it will be renegotiated. .Pp If the .Dq ipcp argument is used, the link will be brought up as normal, but if IPCP is already open, it will be renegotiated and the network interface will be reconfigured. .Pp It is probably not good practice to re-open the PPP state machines like this as it is possible that the peer will not behave correctly. It .Em is however useful as a way of forcing the CCP or VJ dictionaries to be reset. .It passwd Ar pass Specify the password required for access to the full .Nm command set. This password is required when connecting to the diagnostic port (see the .Dq set server command). .Ar Pass is specified on the .Dq set server command line. The value of .Ar pass is not logged when .Ar command logging is active, instead, the literal string .Sq ******** is logged. .It quit|bye Op all If .Dq quit is executed from the controlling connection or from a command file, ppp will exit after closing all connections. Otherwise, if the user is connected to a diagnostic socket, the connection is simply dropped. .Pp If the .Ar all argument is given, .Nm will exit despite the source of the command after closing all existing connections. .It remove|rm This command removes the given link. It is only really useful in multi-link mode. A link must be in the .Dv CLOSED state before it is removed. .It rename|mv Ar name This command renames the given link to .Ar name . It will fail if .Ar name is already used by another link. .Pp The default link name is .Sq deflink . Renaming it to .Sq modem , .Sq cuau0 or .Sq USR may make the log file more readable. .It resolv Ar command This command controls .Nm Ns No 's manipulation of the .Xr resolv.conf 5 file. When .Nm starts up, it loads the contents of this file into memory and retains this image for future use. .Ar command is one of the following: .Bl -tag -width readonly .It Em readonly Treat .Pa /etc/resolv.conf as read only. If .Dq dns is enabled, .Nm will still attempt to negotiate nameservers with the peer, making the results available via the .Dv DNS0 and .Dv DNS1 macros. This is the opposite of the .Dq resolv writable command. .It Em reload Reload .Pa /etc/resolv.conf into memory. This may be necessary if for example a DHCP client overwrote .Pa /etc/resolv.conf . .It Em restore Replace .Pa /etc/resolv.conf with the version originally read at startup or with the last .Dq resolv reload command. This is sometimes a useful command to put in the .Pa /etc/ppp/ppp.linkdown file. .It Em rewrite Rewrite the .Pa /etc/resolv.conf file. This command will work even if the .Dq resolv readonly command has been used. It may be useful as a command in the .Pa /etc/ppp/ppp.linkup file if you wish to defer updating .Pa /etc/resolv.conf until after other commands have finished. .It Em writable Allow .Nm to update .Pa /etc/resolv.conf if .Dq dns is enabled and .Nm successfully negotiates a DNS. This is the opposite of the .Dq resolv readonly command. .El .It save This option is not (yet) implemented. .It sendident This command tells .Nm to identify itself to the peer. The link must be in LCP state or higher. If no identity has been set (via the .Ic ident command), .Ic sendident will fail. .Pp When an identity has been set, .Nm will automatically identify itself when it sends or receives a configure reject, when negotiation fails or when LCP reaches the opened state. .Pp Received identification packets are logged to the LCP log (see .Ic set log for details) and are never responded to. .It set Ns Xo .Op up .Ar var value .Xc This option allows the setting of any of the following variables: .Bl -tag -width 2n .It set accmap Ar hex-value ACCMap stands for Asynchronous Control Character Map. This is always negotiated with the peer, and defaults to a value of 00000000 in hex. This protocol is required to defeat hardware that depends on passing certain characters from end to end (such as XON/XOFF etc). .Pp For the XON/XOFF scenario, use .Dq set accmap 000a0000 . .It set Oo auth Oc Ns Xo .No key Ar value .Xc This sets the authentication key (or password) used in client mode PAP or CHAP negotiation to the given value. It also specifies the password to be used in the dial or login scripts in place of the .Sq \eP sequence, preventing the actual password from being logged. If .Ar command or .Ar chat logging is in effect, .Ar value is logged as .Sq ******** for security reasons. .Pp If the first character of .Ar value is an exclamation mark .Pq Dq !\& , .Nm treats the remainder of the string as a program that must be executed to determine the .Dq authname and .Dq authkey values. .Pp If the .Dq !\& is doubled up (to .Dq !! ) , it is treated as a single literal .Dq !\& , otherwise, ignoring the .Dq !\& , .Ar value is parsed as a program to execute in the same was as the .Dq !bg command above, substituting special names in the same manner. Once executed, .Nm will feed the program three lines of input, each terminated by a newline character: .Bl -bullet .It The host name as sent in the CHAP challenge. .It The challenge string as sent in the CHAP challenge. .It The locally defined .Dq authname . .El .Pp Two lines of output are expected: .Bl -bullet .It The .Dq authname to be sent with the CHAP response. .It The .Dq authkey , which is encrypted with the challenge and request id, the answer being sent in the CHAP response packet. .El .Pp When configuring .Nm in this manner, it is expected that the host challenge is a series of ASCII digits or characters. An encryption device or Secure ID card is usually required to calculate the secret appropriate for the given challenge. .It set authname Ar id This sets the authentication id used in client mode PAP or CHAP negotiation. .Pp If used in .Fl direct mode with CHAP enabled, .Ar id is used in the initial authentication challenge and should normally be set to the local machine name. .It set autoload Xo .Ar min-percent max-percent period .Xc These settings apply only in multi-link mode and default to zero, zero and five respectively. When more than one .Ar demand-dial (also known as .Fl auto ) mode link is available, only the first link is made active when .Nm first reads data from the tun device. The next .Ar demand-dial link will be opened only when the current bundle throughput is at least .Ar max-percent percent of the total bundle bandwidth for .Ar period seconds. When the current bundle throughput decreases to .Ar min-percent percent or less of the total bundle bandwidth for .Ar period seconds, a .Ar demand-dial link will be brought down as long as it is not the last active link. .Pp Bundle throughput is measured as the maximum of inbound and outbound traffic. .Pp The default values cause .Ar demand-dial links to simply come up one at a time. .Pp Certain devices cannot determine their physical bandwidth, so it is sometimes necessary to use the .Dq set bandwidth command (described below) to make .Dq set autoload work correctly. .It set bandwidth Ar value This command sets the connection bandwidth in bits per second. .Ar value must be greater than zero. It is currently only used by the .Dq set autoload command above. .It set callback Ar option Ns No ... If no arguments are given, callback is disabled, otherwise, .Nm will request (or in .Fl direct mode, will accept) one of the given .Ar option Ns No s . In client mode, if an .Ar option is NAK'd .Nm will request a different .Ar option , until no options remain at which point .Nm will terminate negotiations (unless .Dq none is one of the specified .Ar option ) . In server mode, .Nm will accept any of the given protocols - but the client .Em must request one of them. If you wish callback to be optional, you must {include} .Ar none as an option. .Pp The .Ar option Ns No s are as follows (in this order of preference): .Bl -tag -width Ds .It auth The callee is expected to decide the callback number based on authentication. If .Nm is the callee, the number should be specified as the fifth field of the peers entry in .Pa /etc/ppp/ppp.secret . .It cbcp Microsoft's callback control protocol is used. See .Dq set cbcp below. .Pp If you wish to negotiate .Ar cbcp in client mode but also wish to allow the server to request no callback at CBCP negotiation time, you must specify both .Ar cbcp and .Ar none as callback options. .It E.164 *| Ns Xo .Ar number Ns Op , Ns Ar number Ns .No ... .Xc The caller specifies the .Ar number . If .Nm is the callee, .Ar number should be either a comma separated list of allowable numbers or a .Dq \&* , meaning any number is permitted. If .Nm is the caller, only a single number should be specified. .Pp Note, this option is very unsafe when used with a .Dq \&* as a malicious caller can tell .Nm to call any (possibly international) number without first authenticating themselves. .It none If the peer does not wish to do callback at all, .Nm will accept the fact and continue without callback rather than terminating the connection. This is required (in addition to one or more other callback options) if you wish callback to be optional. .El .It set cbcp Oo .No *| Ns Ar number Ns Oo .No , Ns Ar number Ns ...\& Oc .Op Ar delay Op Ar retry .Oc If no arguments are given, CBCP (Microsoft's CallBack Control Protocol) is disabled - ie, configuring CBCP in the .Dq set callback command will result in .Nm requesting no callback in the CBCP phase. Otherwise, .Nm attempts to use the given phone .Ar number Ns No (s). .Pp In server mode .Pq Fl direct , .Nm will insist that the client uses one of these numbers, unless .Dq \&* is used in which case the client is expected to specify the number. .Pp In client mode, .Nm will attempt to use one of the given numbers (whichever it finds to be agreeable with the peer), or if .Dq \&* is specified, .Nm will expect the peer to specify the number. .It set cd Oo .No off| Ns Ar seconds Ns Op !\& .Oc Normally, .Nm checks for the existence of carrier depending on the type of device that has been opened: .Bl -tag -width XXX -offset XXX .It Terminal Devices Carrier is checked one second after the login script is complete. If it is not set, .Nm assumes that this is because the device does not support carrier (which is true for most .Dq laplink NULL-modem cables), logs the fact and stops checking for carrier. .Pp As ptys do not support the TIOCMGET ioctl, the tty device will switch all carrier detection off when it detects that the device is a pty. .It PPPoE (netgraph) Devices Carrier is checked once per second for 5 seconds. If it is not set after the fifth second, the connection attempt is considered to have failed and the device is closed. Carrier is always required for PPPoE devices. .El .Pp All other device types do not support carrier. Setting a carrier value will result in a warning when the device is opened. .Pp Some modems take more than one second after connecting to assert the carrier signal. If this delay is not increased, this will result in .Nm Ns No 's inability to detect when the link is dropped, as .Nm assumes that the device is not asserting carrier. .Pp The .Dq set cd command overrides the default carrier behaviour. .Ar seconds specifies the maximum number of seconds that .Nm should wait after the dial script has finished before deciding if carrier is available or not. .Pp If .Dq off is specified, .Nm will not check for carrier on the device, otherwise .Nm will not proceed to the login script until either carrier is detected or until .Ar seconds has elapsed, at which point .Nm assumes that the device will not set carrier. .Pp If no arguments are given, carrier settings will go back to their default values. .Pp If .Ar seconds is followed immediately by an exclamation mark .Pq Dq !\& , .Nm will .Em require carrier. If carrier is not detected after .Ar seconds seconds, the link will be disconnected. .It set choked Op Ar timeout This sets the number of seconds that .Nm will keep a choked output queue before dropping all pending output packets. If .Ar timeout is less than or equal to zero or if .Ar timeout is not specified, it is set to the default value of .Em 120 seconds . .Pp A choked output queue occurs when .Nm has read a certain number of packets from the local network for transmission, but cannot send the data due to link failure (the peer is busy etc.). .Nm will not read packets indefinitely. Instead, it reads up to .Em 30 packets (or .Em 30 No + .Em nlinks No * .Em 2 packets in multi-link mode), then stops reading the network interface until either .Ar timeout seconds have passed or at least one packet has been sent. .Pp If .Ar timeout seconds pass, all pending output packets are dropped. .It set ctsrts|crtscts on|off This sets hardware flow control. Hardware flow control is .Ar on by default. .It set deflate Ar out-winsize Op Ar in-winsize This sets the DEFLATE algorithms default outgoing and incoming window sizes. Both .Ar out-winsize and .Ar in-winsize must be values between .Em 8 and .Em 15 . If .Ar in-winsize is specified, .Nm will insist that this window size is used and will not accept any other values from the peer. .It set dns Op Ar primary Op Ar secondary This command specifies DNS overrides for the .Dq accept dns command. Refer to the .Dq accept command description above for details. This command does not affect the IP numbers requested using .Dq enable dns . .It set device|line Xo .Ar value Ns No ... .Xc This sets the device(s) to which .Nm will talk to the given .Dq value . .Pp All serial device names are expected to begin with .Pa /dev/ . Serial devices are usually called .Pa cuaXX . .Pp If .Dq value does not begin with .Pa /dev/ , it must either begin with an exclamation mark .Pq Dq !\& , be of the format .No PPPoE: Ns Ar iface Ns Xo .Op \&: Ns Ar provider Ns .Xc (on .Xr netgraph 4 enabled systems), or be of the format .Sm off .Ar host : port Op /tcp|udp . .Sm on .Pp If it begins with an exclamation mark, the rest of the device name is treated as a program name, and that program is executed when the device is opened. Standard input, output and error are fed back to .Nm and are read and written as if they were a regular device. .Pp If a .No PPPoE: Ns Ar iface Ns Xo .Op \&: Ns Ar provider Ns .Xc specification is given, .Nm will attempt to create a .Em PPP over Ethernet connection using the given .Ar iface interface by using .Xr netgraph 4 . If .Xr netgraph 4 is not available, .Nm will attempt to load it using .Xr kldload 2 . If this fails, an external program must be used such as the .Xr pppoed 8 program available under .Ox . The given .Ar provider is passed as the service name in the PPPoE Discovery Initiation (PADI) packet. If no provider is given, an empty value will be used. .Pp When a PPPoE connection is established, .Nm will place the name of the Access Concentrator in the environment variable .Ev ACNAME . .Pp Refer to .Xr netgraph 4 and .Xr ng_pppoe 4 for further details. .Pp If a .Ar host Ns No : Ns Ar port Ns Oo .No /tcp|udp .Oc specification is given, .Nm will attempt to connect to the given .Ar host on the given .Ar port . If a .Dq /tcp or .Dq /udp suffix is not provided, the default is .Dq /tcp . Refer to the section on .Em PPP OVER TCP and UDP above for further details. .Pp If multiple .Dq values are specified, .Nm will attempt to open each one in turn until it succeeds or runs out of devices. .It set dial Ar chat-script This specifies the chat script that will be used to dial the other side. See also the .Dq set login command below. Refer to .Xr chat 8 and to the example configuration files for details of the chat script format. It is possible to specify some special .Sq values in your chat script as follows: .Bl -tag -width 2n .It Li \ec When used as the last character in a .Sq send string, this indicates that a newline should not be appended. .It Li \ed When the chat script encounters this sequence, it delays two seconds. .It Li \ep When the chat script encounters this sequence, it delays for one quarter of a second. .It Li \en This is replaced with a newline character. .It Li \er This is replaced with a carriage return character. .It Li \es This is replaced with a space character. .It Li \et This is replaced with a tab character. .It Li \eT This is replaced by the current phone number (see .Dq set phone below). .It Li \eP This is replaced by the current .Ar authkey value (see .Dq set authkey above). .It Li \eU This is replaced by the current .Ar authname value (see .Dq set authname above). .El .Pp Note that two parsers will examine these escape sequences, so in order to have the .Sq chat parser see the escape character, it is necessary to escape it from the .Sq command parser . This means that in practice you should use two escapes, for example: .Bd -literal -offset indent set dial "... ATDT\\\\T CONNECT" .Ed .Pp It is also possible to execute external commands from the chat script. To do this, the first character of the expect or send string is an exclamation mark .Pq Dq !\& . If a literal exclamation mark is required, double it up to .Dq !!\& and it will be treated as a single literal .Dq !\& . When the command is executed, standard input and standard output are directed to the open device (see the .Dq set device command), and standard error is read by .Nm and substituted as the expect or send string. If .Nm is running in interactive mode, file descriptor 3 is attached to .Pa /dev/tty . .Pp For example (wrapped for readability): .Bd -literal -offset indent set login "TIMEOUT 5 \\"\\" \\"\\" login:--login: ppp \e word: ppp \\"!sh \\\\-c \\\\\\"echo \\\\-n label: >&2\\\\\\"\\" \e \\"!/bin/echo in\\" HELLO" .Ed .Pp would result in the following chat sequence (output using the .Sq set log local chat command before dialing): .Bd -literal -offset indent Dial attempt 1 of 1 dial OK! Chat: Expecting: Chat: Sending: Chat: Expecting: login:--login: Chat: Wait for (5): login: Chat: Sending: ppp Chat: Expecting: word: Chat: Wait for (5): word: Chat: Sending: ppp Chat: Expecting: !sh \\-c "echo \\-n label: >&2" Chat: Exec: sh -c "echo -n label: >&2" Chat: Wait for (5): !sh \\-c "echo \\-n label: >&2" --> label: Chat: Exec: /bin/echo in Chat: Sending: Chat: Expecting: HELLO Chat: Wait for (5): HELLO login OK! .Ed .Pp Note (again) the use of the escape character, allowing many levels of nesting. Here, there are four parsers at work. The first parses the original line, reading it as three arguments. The second parses the third argument, reading it as 11 arguments. At this point, it is important that the .Dq \&- signs are escaped, otherwise this parser will see them as constituting an expect-send-expect sequence. When the .Dq !\& character is seen, the execution parser reads the first command as three arguments, and then .Xr sh 1 itself expands the argument after the .Fl c . As we wish to send the output back to the modem, in the first example we redirect our output to file descriptor 2 (stderr) so that .Nm itself sends and logs it, and in the second example, we just output to stdout, which is attached directly to the modem. .Pp This, of course means that it is possible to execute an entirely external .Dq chat command rather than using the internal one. See .Xr chat 8 for a good alternative. .Pp The external command that is executed is subjected to the same special word expansions as the .Dq !bg command. .It set enddisc Op label|IP|MAC|magic|psn value This command sets our local endpoint discriminator. If set prior to LCP negotiation, and if no .Dq disable enddisc command has been used, .Nm will send the information to the peer using the LCP endpoint discriminator option. The following discriminators may be set: .Bl -tag -width indent .It Li label The current label is used. .It Li IP Our local IP number is used. As LCP is negotiated prior to IPCP, it is possible that the IPCP layer will subsequently change this value. If it does, the endpoint discriminator stays at the old value unless manually reset. .It Li MAC This is similar to the .Ar IP option above, except that the MAC address associated with the local IP number is used. If the local IP number is not resident on any Ethernet interface, the command will fail. .Pp As the local IP number defaults to whatever the machine host name is, .Dq set enddisc mac is usually done prior to any .Dq set ifaddr commands. .It Li magic A 20 digit random number is used. Care should be taken when using magic numbers as restarting .Nm or creating a link using a different .Nm invocation will also use a different magic number and will therefore not be recognised by the peer as belonging to the same bundle. This makes it unsuitable for .Fl direct connections. .It Li psn Ar value The given .Ar value is used. .Ar Value should be set to an absolute public switched network number with the country code first. .El .Pp If no arguments are given, the endpoint discriminator is reset. .It set escape Ar value... This option is similar to the .Dq set accmap option above. It allows the user to specify a set of characters that will be .Sq escaped as they travel across the link. .It set filter dial|alive|in|out Ar rule-no Xo .No permit|deny|clear| Ns Ar rule-no .Op !\& .Oo Op host .Ar src_addr Ns Op / Ns Ar width .Op Ar dst_addr Ns Op / Ns Ar width .Oc [ Ns Ar proto .Op src lt|eq|gt Ar port .Op dst lt|eq|gt Ar port .Op estab .Op syn .Op finrst .Op timeout Ar secs ] .Xc .Nm supports four filter sets. The .Em alive filter specifies packets that keep the connection alive - resetting the idle timer. The .Em dial filter specifies packets that cause .Nm to dial when in .Fl auto mode. The .Em in filter specifies packets that are allowed to travel into the machine and the .Em out filter specifies packets that are allowed out of the machine. .Pp Filtering is done prior to any IP alterations that might be done by the NAT engine on outgoing packets and after any IP alterations that might be done by the NAT engine on incoming packets. By default all empty filter sets allow all packets to pass. Rules are processed in order according to .Ar rule-no (unless skipped by specifying a rule number as the .Ar action ) . Up to 40 rules may be given for each set. If a packet does not match any of the rules in a given set, it is discarded. In the case of .Em in and .Em out filters, this means that the packet is dropped. In the case of .Em alive filters it means that the packet will not reset the idle timer (even if the .Ar in Ns No / Ns Ar out filter has a .Dq timeout value) and in the case of .Em dial filters it means that the packet will not trigger a dial. A packet failing to trigger a dial will be dropped rather than queued. Refer to the section on .Sx PACKET FILTERING above for further details. .It set hangup Ar chat-script This specifies the chat script that will be used to reset the device before it is closed. It should not normally be necessary, but can be used for devices that fail to reset themselves properly on close. .It set help|? Op Ar command This command gives a summary of available set commands, or if .Ar command is specified, the command usage is shown. .It set ifaddr Oo Ar myaddr Ns .Op / Ns Ar \&nn .Oo Ar hisaddr Ns Op / Ns Ar \&nn .Oo Ar netmask .Op Ar triggeraddr .Oc Oc .Oc This command specifies the IP addresses that will be used during IPCP negotiation. Addresses are specified using the format .Pp .Dl a.b.c.d/nn .Pp Where .Dq a.b.c.d is the preferred IP, but .Ar nn specifies how many bits of the address we will insist on. If .No / Ns Ar nn is omitted, it defaults to .Dq /32 unless the IP address is 0.0.0.0 in which case it defaults to .Dq /0 . .Pp If you wish to assign a dynamic IP number to the peer, .Ar hisaddr may also be specified as a range of IP numbers in the format .Bd -ragged -offset indent .Ar \&IP Ns Oo \&- Ns Ar \&IP Ns Oc Ns Oo , Ns Ar \&IP Ns .Oo \&- Ns Ar \&IP Ns Oc Oc Ns ... .Ed .Pp for example: .Pp .Dl set ifaddr 10.0.0.1 10.0.1.2-10.0.1.10,10.0.1.20 .Pp will only negotiate .Dq 10.0.0.1 as the local IP number, but may assign any of the given 10 IP numbers to the peer. If the peer requests one of these numbers, and that number is not already in use, .Nm will grant the peers request. This is useful if the peer wants to re-establish a link using the same IP number as was previously allocated (thus maintaining any existing tcp or udp connections). .Pp If the peer requests an IP number that is either outside of this range or is already in use, .Nm will suggest a random unused IP number from the range. .Pp If .Ar triggeraddr is specified, it is used in place of .Ar myaddr in the initial IPCP negotiation. However, only an address in the .Ar myaddr range will be accepted. This is useful when negotiating with some .Dv PPP implementations that will not assign an IP number unless their peer requests .Dq 0.0.0.0 . .Pp It should be noted that in .Fl auto mode, .Nm will configure the interface immediately upon reading the .Dq set ifaddr line in the config file. In any other mode, these values are just used for IPCP negotiations, and the interface is not configured until the IPCP layer is up. .Pp Note that the .Ar HISADDR argument may be overridden by the third field in the .Pa ppp.secret file once the client has authenticated itself (if PAP or CHAP are .Dq enabled ) . Refer to the .Sx AUTHENTICATING INCOMING CONNECTIONS section for details. .Pp In all cases, if the interface is already configured, .Nm will try to maintain the interface IP numbers so that any existing bound sockets will remain valid. .It set ifqueue Ar packets Set the maximum number of packets that .Nm will read from the tunnel interface while data cannot be sent to any of the available links. This queue limit is necessary to flow control outgoing data as the tunnel interface is likely to be far faster than the combined links available to .Nm . .Pp If .Ar packets is set to a value less than the number of links, .Nm will read up to that value regardless. This prevents any possible latency problems. .Pp The default value for .Ar packets is .Dq 30 . .It set ccpretry|ccpretries Oo Ar timeout .Op Ar reqtries Op Ar trmtries .Oc .It set chapretry|chapretries Oo Ar timeout .Op Ar reqtries .Oc .It set ipcpretry|ipcpretries Oo Ar timeout .Op Ar reqtries Op Ar trmtries .Oc .It set ipv6cpretry|ipv6cpretries Oo Ar timeout .Op Ar reqtries Op Ar trmtries .Oc .It set lcpretry|lcpretries Oo Ar timeout .Op Ar reqtries Op Ar trmtries .Oc .It set papretry|papretries Oo Ar timeout .Op Ar reqtries .Oc These commands set the number of seconds that .Nm will wait before resending Finite State Machine (FSM) Request packets. The default .Ar timeout for all FSMs is 3 seconds (which should suffice in most cases). .Pp If .Ar reqtries is specified, it tells .Nm how many configuration request attempts it should make while receiving no reply from the peer before giving up. The default is 5 attempts for CCP, LCP and IPCP and 3 attempts for PAP and CHAP. .Pp If .Ar trmtries is specified, it tells .Nm how many terminate requests should be sent before giving up waiting for the peers response. The default is 3 attempts. Authentication protocols are not terminated and it is therefore invalid to specify .Ar trmtries for PAP or CHAP. .Pp In order to avoid negotiations with the peer that will never converge, .Nm will only send at most 3 times the configured number of .Ar reqtries in any given negotiation session before giving up and closing that layer. .It set log Xo .Op local .Op +|- Ns .Ar value Ns No ... .Xc This command allows the adjustment of the current log level. Refer to the Logging Facility section for further details. .It set login Ar chat-script This .Ar chat-script compliments the dial-script. If both are specified, the login script will be executed after the dial script. Escape sequences available in the dial script are also available here. .It set logout Ar chat-script This specifies the chat script that will be used to logout before the hangup script is called. It should not normally be necessary. .It set lqrperiod|echoperiod Ar frequency This command sets the .Ar frequency in seconds at which .Em LQR or .Em LCP ECHO packets are sent. The default is 30 seconds. You must also use the .Dq enable lqr and/or .Dq enable echo commands if you wish to send .Em LQR or .Em LCP ECHO requests to the peer. .It set mode Ar interactive|auto|ddial|background This command allows you to change the .Sq mode of the specified link. This is normally only useful in multi-link mode, but may also be used in uni-link mode. .Pp It is not possible to change a link that is .Sq direct or .Sq dedicated . .Pp Note: If you issue the command .Dq set mode auto , and have network address translation enabled, it may be useful to .Dq enable iface-alias afterwards. This will allow .Nm to do the necessary address translations to enable the process that triggers the connection to connect once the link is up despite the peer assigning us a new (dynamic) IP address. .It set mppe Op 40|56|128|* Op stateless|stateful|* This option selects the encryption parameters used when negotiation MPPE. MPPE can be disabled entirely with the .Dq disable mppe command. If no arguments are given, .Nm will attempt to negotiate a stateful link with a 128 bit key, but will agree to whatever the peer requests (including no encryption at all). .Pp If any arguments are given, .Nm will .Em insist on using MPPE and will close the link if it is rejected by the peer (Note; this behaviour can be overridden by a configured RADIUS server). .Pp The first argument specifies the number of bits that .Nm should insist on during negotiations and the second specifies whether .Nm should insist on stateful or stateless mode. In stateless mode, the encryption dictionary is re-initialised with every packet according to an encryption key that is changed with every packet. In stateful mode, the encryption dictionary is re-initialised every 256 packets or after the loss of any data and the key is changed every 256 packets. Stateless mode is less efficient but is better for unreliable transport layers. .It set mrru Op Ar value Setting this option enables Multi-link PPP negotiations, also known as Multi-link Protocol or MP. There is no default MRRU (Maximum Reconstructed Receive Unit) value. If no argument is given, multi-link mode is disabled. .It set mru Xo .Op max Ns Op imum .Op Ar value .Xc The default MRU (Maximum Receive Unit) is 1500. If it is increased, the other side *may* increase its MTU. In theory there is no point in decreasing the MRU to below the default as the .Em PPP protocol says implementations *must* be able to accept packets of at least 1500 octets. .Pp If the .Dq maximum keyword is used, .Nm will refuse to negotiate a higher value. The maximum MRU can be set to 2048 at most. Setting a maximum of less than 1500 violates the .Em PPP rfc, but may sometimes be necessary. For example, .Em PPPoE imposes a maximum of 1492 due to hardware limitations. .Pp If no argument is given, 1500 is assumed. A value must be given when .Dq maximum is specified. .It set mtu Xo .Op max Ns Op imum .Op Ar value .Xc The default MTU is 1500. At negotiation time, .Nm will accept whatever MRU the peer requests (assuming it is not less than 296 bytes or greater than the assigned maximum). If the MTU is set, .Nm will not accept MRU values less than .Ar value . When negotiations are complete, the MTU is used when writing to the interface, even if the peer requested a higher value MRU. This can be useful for limiting your packet size (giving better bandwidth sharing at the expense of more header data). .Pp If the .Dq maximum keyword is used, .Nm will refuse to negotiate a higher value. The maximum MTU can be set to 2048 at most. Note, it is necessary to use the .Dq maximum keyword to limit the MTU when using PPPoE. .Pp If no .Ar value is given, 1500, or whatever the peer asks for is used. A value must be given when .Dq maximum is specified. .It set nbns Op Ar x.x.x.x Op Ar y.y.y.y This option allows the setting of the Microsoft NetBIOS name server values to be returned at the peers request. If no values are given, .Nm will reject any such requests. .It set openmode active|passive Op Ar delay By default, .Ar openmode is always .Ar active with a one second .Ar delay . That is, .Nm will always initiate LCP/IPCP/CCP negotiation one second after the line comes up. If you want to wait for the peer to initiate negotiations, you can use the value .Ar passive . If you want to initiate negotiations immediately or after more than one second, the appropriate .Ar delay may be specified here in seconds. .It set parity odd|even|none|mark This allows the line parity to be set. The default value is .Ar none . .It set phone Ar telno Ns Xo .Oo \&| Ns Ar backupnumber Oc Ns ... Ns Oo : Ns Ar nextnumber Oc Ns ... Xc This allows the specification of the phone number to be used in place of the \\\\T string in the dial and login chat scripts. Multiple phone numbers may be given separated either by a pipe .Pq Dq \&| or a colon .Pq Dq \&: . .Pp Numbers after the pipe are only dialed if the dial or login script for the previous number failed. .Pp Numbers after the colon are tried sequentially, irrespective of the reason the line was dropped. .Pp If multiple numbers are given, .Nm will dial them according to these rules until a connection is made, retrying the maximum number of times specified by .Dq set redial below. In .Fl background mode, each number is attempted at most once. .It set pppoe Op standard|3Com This option configures the underlying .Xr ng_pppoe 4 node to either standard RFC2516 PPPoE or proprietary 3Com mode. If not set the system default will be used. .It set Oo proc Oc Ns Xo .No title Op Ar value .Xc The current process title as displayed by .Xr ps 1 is changed according to .Ar value . If .Ar value is not specified, the original process title is restored. All the word replacements done by the shell commands (see the .Dq bg command above) are done here too. .Pp Note, if USER is required in the process title, the .Dq set proctitle command must appear in .Pa ppp.linkup , as it is not known when the commands in .Pa ppp.conf are executed. .It set radius Op Ar config-file This command enables RADIUS support (if it is compiled in). .Ar config-file refers to the radius client configuration file as described in .Xr radius.conf 5 . If PAP, CHAP, MSCHAP or MSCHAPv2 are .Dq enable Ns No d , .Nm behaves as a .Em \&N Ns No etwork .Em \&A Ns No ccess .Em \&S Ns No erver and uses the configured RADIUS server to authenticate rather than authenticating from the .Pa ppp.secret file or from the passwd database. .Pp If none of PAP, CHAP, MSCHAP or MSCHAPv2 are enabled, .Dq set radius will do nothing. .Pp .Nm uses the following attributes from the RADIUS reply: .Bl -tag -width XXX -offset XXX .It RAD_FRAMED_IP_ADDRESS The peer IP address is set to the given value. .It RAD_FRAMED_IP_NETMASK The tun interface netmask is set to the given value. .It RAD_FRAMED_MTU If the given MTU is less than the peers MRU as agreed during LCP negotiation, *and* it is less that any configured MTU (see the .Dq set mru command), the tun interface MTU is set to the given value. .It RAD_FRAMED_COMPRESSION If the received compression type is .Dq 1 , .Nm will request VJ compression during IPCP negotiations despite any .Dq disable vj configuration command. .It RAD_FILTER_ID If this attribute is supplied, .Nm will attempt to use it as an additional label to load from the .Pa ppp.linkup and .Pa ppp.linkdown files. The load will be attempted before (and in addition to) the normal label search. If the label does not exist, no action is taken and .Nm proceeds to the normal load using the current label. .It RAD_FRAMED_ROUTE The received string is expected to be in the format .Ar dest Ns Op / Ns Ar bits .Ar gw .Op Ar metrics . Any specified metrics are ignored. .Dv MYADDR and .Dv HISADDR are understood as valid values for .Ar dest and .Ar gw , .Dq default can be used for .Ar dest to specify the default route, and .Dq 0.0.0.0 is understood to be the same as .Dq default for .Ar dest and .Dv HISADDR for .Ar gw . .Pp For example, a returned value of .Dq 1.2.3.4/24 0.0.0.0 1 2 -1 3 400 would result in a routing table entry to the 1.2.3.0/24 network via .Dv HISADDR and a returned value of .Dq 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 or .Dq default HISADDR would result in a default route to .Dv HISADDR . .Pp All RADIUS routes are applied after any sticky routes are applied, making RADIUS routes override configured routes. This also applies for RADIUS routes that do not {include} the .Dv MYADDR or .Dv HISADDR keywords. .It RAD_FRAMED_IPV6_PREFIX If this attribute is supplied, the value is substituted for IPV6PREFIX in a command. You may pass it to an upper layer protocol such as DHCPv6 for delegating an IPv6 prefix to a peer. .It RAD_FRAMED_IPV6_ROUTE The received string is expected to be in the format .Ar dest Ns Op / Ns Ar bits .Ar gw .Op Ar metrics . Any specified metrics are ignored. .Dv MYADDR6 and .Dv HISADDR6 are understood as valid values for .Ar dest and .Ar gw , .Dq default can be used for .Ar dest to specify the default route, and .Dq :: is understood to be the same as .Dq default for .Ar dest and .Dv HISADDR6 for .Ar gw . .Pp For example, a returned value of .Dq 3ffe:505:abcd::/48 :: would result in a routing table entry to the 3ffe:505:abcd::/48 network via .Dv HISADDR6 and a returned value of .Dq :: :: or .Dq default HISADDR6 would result in a default route to .Dv HISADDR6 . .Pp All RADIUS IPv6 routes are applied after any sticky routes are applied, making RADIUS IPv6 routes override configured routes. This also applies for RADIUS IPv6 routes that do not {include} the .Dv MYADDR6 or .Dv HISADDR6 keywords. .It RAD_SESSION_TIMEOUT If supplied, the client connection is closed after the given number of seconds. .It RAD_REPLY_MESSAGE If supplied, this message is passed back to the peer as the authentication SUCCESS text. .It RAD_MICROSOFT_MS_CHAP_ERROR If this .Dv RAD_VENDOR_MICROSOFT vendor specific attribute is supplied, it is passed back to the peer as the authentication FAILURE text. .It RAD_MICROSOFT_MS_CHAP2_SUCCESS If this .Dv RAD_VENDOR_MICROSOFT vendor specific attribute is supplied and if MS-CHAPv2 authentication is being used, it is passed back to the peer as the authentication SUCCESS text. .It RAD_MICROSOFT_MS_MPPE_ENCRYPTION_POLICY If this .Dv RAD_VENDOR_MICROSOFT vendor specific attribute is supplied and has a value of 2 (Required), .Nm will insist that MPPE encryption is used (even if no .Dq set mppe configuration command has been given with arguments). If it is supplied with a value of 1 (Allowed), encryption is made optional (despite any .Dq set mppe configuration commands with arguments). .It RAD_MICROSOFT_MS_MPPE_ENCRYPTION_TYPES If this .Dv RAD_VENDOR_MICROSOFT vendor specific attribute is supplied, bits 1 and 2 are examined. If either or both are set, 40 bit and/or 128 bit (respectively) encryption options are set, overriding any given first argument to the .Dq set mppe command. Note, it is not currently possible for the RADIUS server to specify 56 bit encryption. .It RAD_MICROSOFT_MS_MPPE_RECV_KEY If this .Dv RAD_VENDOR_MICROSOFT vendor specific attribute is supplied, it is value is used as the master key for decryption of incoming data. When clients are authenticated using MSCHAPv2, the RADIUS server MUST provide this attribute if inbound MPPE is to function. .It RAD_MICROSOFT_MS_MPPE_SEND_KEY If this .Dv RAD_VENDOR_MICROSOFT vendor specific attribute is supplied, it is value is used as the master key for encryption of outgoing data. When clients are authenticated using MSCHAPv2, the RADIUS server MUST provide this attribute if outbound MPPE is to function. .El .Pp Values received from the RADIUS server may be viewed using .Dq show bundle . .It set rad_alive Ar timeout When RADIUS is configured, setting .Dq rad_alive to a non-zero .Ar timeout value will tell .Nm to sent RADIUS accounting information to the RADIUS server every .Ar timeout seconds. .It set rad_port_id Ar option When RADIUS is configured, setting the .Dq rad_port_id value specifies what should be sent to the RADIUS server as NAS-Port-Id. The .Ar option Ns No s are as follows: .Bl -tag -width Ds .It pid PID of the corresponding tunnel. .It tunnum .Xr tun 4 interface number. .It ifnum index of the interface as returned by .Xr if_nametoindex 3 . .It default keeps the default behavior. .El .It set reconnect Ar timeout ntries Should the line drop unexpectedly (due to loss of CD or LQR failure), a connection will be re-established after the given .Ar timeout . The line will be re-connected at most .Ar ntries times. .Ar Ntries defaults to zero. A value of .Ar random for .Ar timeout will result in a variable pause, somewhere between 1 and 30 seconds. .It set recvpipe Op Ar value This sets the routing table RECVPIPE value. The optimum value is just over twice the MTU value. If .Ar value is unspecified or zero, the default kernel controlled value is used. .It set redial Ar secs Ns Xo .Oo + Ns Ar inc Ns .Oo - Ns Ar max Ns Oc Oc Ns .Op . Ns Ar next .Op Ar attempts .Xc .Nm can be instructed to attempt to redial .Ar attempts times. If more than one phone number is specified (see .Dq set phone above), a pause of .Ar next is taken before dialing each number. A pause of .Ar secs is taken before starting at the first number again. A literal value of .Dq Li random may be used here in place of .Ar secs and .Ar next , causing a random delay of between 1 and 30 seconds. .Pp If .Ar inc is specified, its value is added onto .Ar secs each time .Nm tries a new number. .Ar secs will only be incremented at most .Ar max times. .Ar max defaults to 10. .Pp Note, the .Ar secs delay will be effective, even after .Ar attempts has been exceeded, so an immediate manual dial may appear to have done nothing. If an immediate dial is required, a .Dq !\& should immediately follow the .Dq open keyword. See the .Dq open description above for further details. .It set sendpipe Op Ar value This sets the routing table SENDPIPE value. The optimum value is just over twice the MTU value. If .Ar value is unspecified or zero, the default kernel controlled value is used. .It "set server|socket" Ar TcpPort Ns No \&| Ns Xo .Ar LocalName Ns No |none|open|closed .Op password Op Ar mask .Xc This command tells .Nm to listen on the given socket or .Sq diagnostic port for incoming command connections. .Pp The word .Dq none instructs .Nm to close any existing socket and clear the socket configuration. The word .Dq open instructs .Nm to attempt to re-open the port. The word .Dq closed instructs .Nm to close the open port. .Pp If you wish to specify a local domain socket, .Ar LocalName must be specified as an absolute file name, otherwise it is assumed to be the name or number of a TCP port. You may specify the octal umask to be used with a local domain socket. Refer to .Xr umask 2 for umask details. Refer to .Xr services 5 for details of how to translate TCP port names. .Pp You must also specify the password that must be entered by the client (using the .Dq passwd variable above) when connecting to this socket. If the password is specified as an empty string, no password is required for connecting clients. .Pp When specifying a local domain socket, the first .Dq %d sequence found in the socket name will be replaced with the current interface unit number. This is useful when you wish to use the same profile for more than one connection. .Pp In a similar manner TCP sockets may be prefixed with the .Dq + character, in which case the current interface unit number is added to the port number. .Pp When using .Nm with a server socket, the .Xr pppctl 8 command is the preferred mechanism of communications. Currently, .Xr telnet 1 can also be used, but link encryption may be implemented in the future, so .Xr telnet 1 should be avoided. .Pp Note; .Dv SIGUSR1 and .Dv SIGUSR2 interact with the diagnostic socket. .It set speed Ar value This sets the speed of the serial device. If speed is specified as .Dq sync , .Nm treats the device as a synchronous device. .Pp Certain device types will know whether they should be specified as synchronous or asynchronous. These devices will override incorrect settings and log a warning to this effect. .It set stopped Op Ar LCPseconds Op Ar CCPseconds If this option is set, .Nm will time out after the given FSM (Finite State Machine) has been in the stopped state for the given number of .Dq seconds . This option may be useful if the peer sends a terminate request, but never actually closes the connection despite our sending a terminate acknowledgement. This is also useful if you wish to .Dq set openmode passive and time out if the peer does not send a Configure Request within the given time. Use .Dq set log +lcp +ccp to make .Nm log the appropriate state transitions. .Pp The default value is zero, where .Nm does not time out in the stopped state. .Pp This value should not be set to less than the openmode delay (see .Dq set openmode above). .It set timeout Ar idleseconds Op Ar mintimeout This command allows the setting of the idle timer. Refer to the section titled .Sx SETTING THE IDLE TIMER for further details. .Pp If .Ar mintimeout is specified, .Nm will never idle out before the link has been up for at least that number of seconds. .It set urgent Xo .Op tcp|udp|none .Oo Op +|- Ns .Ar port .Oc No ... .Xc This command controls the ports that .Nm prioritizes when transmitting data. The default priority TCP ports are ports 21 (ftp control), 22 (ssh), 23 (telnet), 513 (login), 514 (shell), 543 (klogin) and 544 (kshell). There are no priority UDP ports by default. See .Xr services 5 for details. .Pp If neither .Dq tcp or .Dq udp are specified, .Dq tcp is assumed. .Pp If no .Ar port Ns No s are given, the priority port lists are cleared (although if .Dq tcp or .Dq udp is specified, only that list is cleared). If the first .Ar port argument is prefixed with a plus .Pq Dq \&+ or a minus .Pq Dq \&- , the current list is adjusted, otherwise the list is reassigned. .Ar port Ns No s prefixed with a plus or not prefixed at all are added to the list and .Ar port Ns No s prefixed with a minus are removed from the list. .Pp If .Dq none is specified, all priority port lists are disabled and even .Dv IPTOS_LOWDELAY packets are not prioritised. .It set vj slotcomp on|off This command tells .Nm whether it should attempt to negotiate VJ slot compression. By default, slot compression is turned .Ar on . .It set vj slots Ar nslots This command sets the initial number of slots that .Nm will try to negotiate with the peer when VJ compression is enabled (see the .Sq enable command above). It defaults to a value of 16. .Ar Nslots must be between .Ar 4 and .Ar 16 inclusive. .El .It shell|! Op Ar command If .Ar command is not specified a shell is invoked according to the .Dv SHELL environment variable. Otherwise, the given .Ar command is executed. Word replacement is done in the same way as for the .Dq !bg command as described above. .Pp Use of the !\& character requires a following space as with any of the other commands. You should note that this command is executed in the foreground; .Nm will not continue running until this process has exited. Use the .Dv bg command if you wish processing to happen in the background. .It show Ar var This command allows the user to examine the following: .Bl -tag -width 2n .It show bundle Show the current bundle settings. .It show ccp Show the current CCP compression statistics. .It show compress Show the current VJ compression statistics. .It show escape Show the current escape characters. .It show filter Op Ar name List the current rules for the given filter. If .Ar name is not specified, all filters are shown. .It show hdlc Show the current HDLC statistics. .It show help|? Give a summary of available show commands. .It show iface Show the current interface information (the same as .Dq iface show ) . .It show ipcp Show the current IPCP statistics. .It show layers Show the protocol layers currently in use. .It show lcp Show the current LCP statistics. .It show Oo data Oc Ns Xo .No link .Xc Show high level link information. .It show links Show a list of available logical links. .It show log Show the current log values. .It show mem Show current memory statistics. .It show ncp Show the current NCP statistics. .It show physical Show low level link information. .It show mp Show Multi-link information. .It show proto Show current protocol totals. .It show route Show the current routing tables. .It show stopped Show the current stopped timeouts. .It show timer Show the active alarm timers. .It show version Show the current version number of .Nm . .El .It term Go into terminal mode. Characters typed at the keyboard are sent to the device. Characters read from the device are displayed on the screen. When a remote .Em PPP peer is detected, .Nm automatically enables Packet Mode and goes back into command mode. .El .Sh MORE DETAILS .Bl -bullet .It Read the example configuration files. They are a good source of information. .It Use .Dq help , .Dq nat \&? , .Dq enable \&? , .Dq set ?\& and .Dq show ?\& to get online information about what is available. .It The following URLs contain useful information: .Bl -bullet -compact .It -http://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/faq/ppp.html +https://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/faq/ppp.html .It -http://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/handbook/userppp.html +https://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/handbook/userppp.html .El .El .Sh FILES .Nm refers to four files: .Pa ppp.conf , .Pa ppp.linkup , .Pa ppp.linkdown and .Pa ppp.secret . These files are placed in the .Pa /etc/ppp directory. .Bl -tag -width 2n .It Pa /etc/ppp/ppp.conf System default configuration file. .It Pa /etc/ppp/ppp.secret An authorisation file for each system. .It Pa /etc/ppp/ppp.linkup A file to check when .Nm establishes a network level connection. .It Pa /etc/ppp/ppp.linkdown A file to check when .Nm closes a network level connection. .It Pa /var/log/ppp.log Logging and debugging information file. Note, this name is specified in .Pa /etc/syslog.conf . See .Xr syslog.conf 5 for further details. .It Pa /var/spool/lock/LCK..* tty port locking file. Refer to .Xr uucplock 3 for further details. .It Pa /var/run/tunN.pid The process id (pid) of the .Nm program connected to the tunN device, where .Sq N is the number of the device. .It Pa /var/run/ttyXX.if The tun interface used by this port. Again, this file is only created in .Fl background , .Fl auto and .Fl ddial modes. .It Pa /etc/services Get port number if port number is using service name. .It Pa /var/run/ppp-authname-class-value In multi-link mode, local domain sockets are created using the peer authentication name .Pq Sq authname , the peer endpoint discriminator class .Pq Sq class and the peer endpoint discriminator value .Pq Sq value . As the endpoint discriminator value may be a binary value, it is turned to HEX to determine the actual file name. .Pp This socket is used to pass links between different instances of .Nm . .El .Sh SEE ALSO .Xr at 1 , .Xr ftp 1 , .Xr gzip 1 , .Xr hostname 1 , .Xr login 1 , .Xr tcpdump 1 , .Xr telnet 1 , .Xr kldload 2 , .Xr pipe 2 , .Xr socketpair 2 , .Xr libalias 3 , .Xr libradius 3 , .Xr syslog 3 , .Xr uucplock 3 , .Xr netgraph 4 , .Xr ng_pppoe 4 , .Xr crontab 5 , .Xr group 5 , .Xr passwd 5 , .Xr protocols 5 , .Xr radius.conf 5 , .Xr resolv.conf 5 , .Xr syslog.conf 5 , .Xr adduser 8 , .Xr chat 8 , .Xr getty 8 , .Xr inetd 8 , .Xr init 8 , .Xr named 8 , .Xr ping 8 , .Xr pppctl 8 , .Xr pppoed 8 , .Xr route 8 , .Xr sshd 8 , .Xr syslogd 8 , .Xr traceroute 8 , .Xr vipw 8 .Sh HISTORY This program was originally written by .An Toshiharu OHNO Aq Mt tony-o@iij.ad.jp , and was submitted to .Fx 2.0.5 by .An Atsushi Murai Aq Mt amurai@spec.co.jp . .Pp It was substantially modified during 1997 by .An Brian Somers Aq Mt brian@Awfulhak.org , and was ported to .Ox in November that year (just after the 2.2 release). .Pp Most of the code was rewritten by .An Brian Somers in early 1998 when multi-link ppp support was added.